mpt spectrum rule

RREEPPUUBBLLIICC OOFF TTHHEE UUNNIIOONN OOFF MMYYAANNMMAARR MMIINNIISSTTRRYY OOFF CCOOMMMMUUNNIICCAATTIIOONNSS AANNDD IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN TTEECCHHNNOOLLOOGGYY

UUNNIIOONN MMIINNIISSTTEERR''SS OOFFFFIICCEE

AAnnnneexx CC--44:: PPuubblliicc LLaanndd MMoobbiillee SSppeeccttrruumm AAssssiiggnnmmeenntt PPllaann

NNoovveemmbbeerr 44,, 22001133

Proposed Spectrum Rules ‐ Annexes November 4, 2013

C‐2

Annex C‐4: Public Land Mobile Spectrum Assignment Plan This annex contains the specific arrangements that have been established for the public land mobile Telecommunications Services sector in Myanmar. The 450 MHz band (from 452 to 470 MHz) The 450 MHz band is currently assigned as follows:

Frequency range (MHz)

Assigned user Current use Bandwidth (MHz)

452.5 ‐453.35 None Guard band 0.85

453.35 – 457.1 463.35 – 467.1

MPT CDMA 4501 2 x 3.375

457.1 – 457.475 None Guard band 0.375

457.475 – 462.5 None Not assigned 5.025

462.5 – 463.35 None Guard band 0.850

467.1 – 467.475 None Guard band 0.375

467.475 – 470 Multiple walkie‐talkie equipment users (construction company etc)

Walkie‐talkie communication

2.525

Source: PTD Regarding Public Land Mobile Network within the 450 MHz band, the frequency range of 453.35 to 457.1 and 463.35 to 467.1 MHz is used by MPT for its CDMA 450 network.2 The 700 MHz band (from 698 to 806 MHz) The 700 MHz band is currently not in use. The 700 MHz band is allocated to broadcasting as well as to fixed and mobile services according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations. The 800 MHz band (from 806 to 880 MHz) The 800 MHz band is currently assigned as follows:

Frequency range (MHz) Assigned user Current use Bandwidth (MHz)

806 – 825 None None 19

825 – 835 / 870 – 880

MPT CDMA 8003 2 x 10

835 – 870 None None 35

Source: PTD Regarding Public Land Mobile Network within the 800 MHz band, 2 x 10 MHz of the 800 MHz band is currently used by MPT for its CDMA mobile and CDMA WLL (Wireless Local Loop) service. The frequency spectrum currently occupied by MPT is 825 – 835 / 870 – 880 MHz. Within the 800 MHz band (806 – 880 MHz), a total of 54 MHz of spectrum in the range of 806 – 825 MHz, 835 – 870 MHz are still available to be assigned.

1 For both Fixed Wireless (WLL) and mobile. 2 In addition, not part of the 450 MHz band, MPT has also deployed Mc400 network, using a derivative of SCDMA

technology (20 MHz in the 410‐430 MHz band). 3 For both Fixed Wireless (WLL) and mobile.


C‐3

The 900 MHz Band (from 880 to 960 MHz) The P‐GSM band of 890 – 915 MHz and 935 – 960 MHz currently is utilized by MPT for its nationwide GSM 900 network. The E‐GSM band of 880 – 890 / 925 – 935 MHz is not in use. MPT has been requested by PTD to free up 2 x 10 MHz in this band by the end of 2013. Looking forward, MPT will: (a) retain 2 x 15 MHz bandwidth of the P‐GSM band (900 – 915 MHz for uplink and 945– 960 MHz for downlink); (b) release 2 x 10 MHz by migrating its base stations to the reassigned spectrum. The migration process will be completed by December 31st, 2013. The spectrum assignment after the migration and adoption of E‐GSM spectrum is illustrated as follows:


Planned user Planned use Bandwidth (MHz)

880 – 885/ 925 – 930

Second Myanmar Operator Mobile services 2 x 5

885 – 890/ 930 – 935

Reserved for future Mobile services 2 x 5

890 – 895/ 935 – 940

New Operator 1 Mobile services 2 x 5

895 ‐900/ 940 – 945


900 – 915 945 – 960

MPT Mobile services (GSM and other services)

2 x 15

915 – 925 None Reserved as guard band 10

Source: PTD The 1800 MHz Band (from 1710 to 1785 and from 1805 to 1880 MHz) The spectrum in the 1800 MHz band is reserved and may be released for mobile operators to deploy mobile services in the future. MPT is being allowed to temporarily use 1730 – 1750 / 1825 – 1845 MHz for the SEA Games, but this frequency range is not permanently assigned to MPT and cannot be used for commercial launch. The rest of the band is not in use. The planned assignment is illustrated in the following table:



1710 – 1785/ 1805 – 1880

Available for mobile operator(s) in the future

Reserved for mobile services

2 x 75

Source: PTD Within the 1800 MHz band, 2 x 75 MHz is available. The 2100 MHz Band (from 1920 to 1980 and from 2110 to 2170 MHz) MPT currently uses 1935 – 1950 MHz (uplink) / 2125 – 2140 MHz (downlink) for 3G services. The rest of the band is not in use.


C‐4

MPT will retain the 2 x 15 MHz spectrum it currently holds in the 2100 MHz band. Two blocks of 2 x 10 MHz spectrum in the 2100 MHz band will be offered to the two new operators. The second Myanmar operator is also expected to be assigned 2 x 10 MHz in the 2100 MHz band. Three blocks of 2 x 5 MHz spectrum will still be available for mobile operators and may be released to then‐existing operators in the future according to the terms specified in their Licence. The assignment and use of the 2100 MHz band is illustrated in the following table:



1935 – 1950 (uplink) 2125 – 2140 (downlink)

MPT 3G service 2 x 15

1920 – 1930 / 2110 – 2120

Second Myanmar Operator Mobile services 2 x 10

1930 – 1935 / 2120 – 2125


1950 – 1960 / 2140 – 2150


1960 – 1965 / 2150 ‐ 2155


1965 – 1975 / 2155 ‐ 2165


1975 – 1980 / 2165 ‐ 2170


Source : PTD The 2300 MHz Band (from 2300 to 2399 MHz) The 2300 MHz band is currently assigned as follows:

Frequency range (MHz) Assigned user Current use Bandwidth (MHz)

2305 – 2315 2350 – 2360

YTP WiMax 20

2316 – 2336 Department of Civil Aviation Fixed wireless access 20

2300 – 2305 2336 – 2350 2361 ‐ 2399

None None 59

Source: PTD YTP currently uses 2305 – 2315 and 2350 – 2360 for WiMax services. The Department of Civil Aviation currently uses 2316 – 2336 for fixed wireless access. The rest of the band is not in use.


C‐5

The 2600 MHz Band (from 2545 to 2699 MHz) The 2600 MHz band is currently assigned as follows:


Assigned user Current use Bandwidth (MHz)

2545 ‐ 2548 None None 3

2548 – 2602 YTP WiMax 54

2602 – 2640 None None 38

2640 – 2680 YTP WiMax 40

2680 – 2699 None None 19

Source: PTD

RREEPPUUBBLLIICC OOFF TTHHEE UUNNIIOONN OOFF MMYYAANNMMAARR

MMIINNIISSTTRRYY OOFF CCOOMMMMUUNNIICCAATTIIOONNSS AANNDD IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN TTEECCHHNNOOLLOOGGYY


AAnnnneexx CC--55::

FFrreeqquueenncciieess aanndd CChhaannnneelllliinngg AArrrraannggeemmeennttss ffoorr

MMaarriittiimmee MMoobbiillee SSeerrvviiccee


5.1. Introduction In this chapter maritime-mobile frequencies in HF and VHF bands are g iven. The coming tables and sections have been extracted from the latest ITU-R Radio Regulation Appendices S17 and S18.

5.2. Frequencies and channelling arrangements in the high-frequency bands for the maritime mobile service 5.2.1. Table of subdivided bands

In the table, where appropriate1, the assignable frequencies in a given band for each usage are: – indicated by the lowest and highest frequency, in heavy type, assigned in that band; – regularly spaced, the number of assignable frequencies (f.) and the spacing in kHz being indicated in italics.

Table 5.1. Frequencies (kHz) to be used in the band between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz allocated exclusively to the maritime mobile service

Band (MHz) 4 6 8 12 16 18/19 22 25/26

Limits (kHz) 4 063 6 200 8 195 12 230 16 360 18 780 22 000 25 070

Frequencies assignable to ship stations for oceanographic data transmission c)

4 063.3 to

4 064.8

6 f. 0.3 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 065 6 200 8 195 12 230 16 360 18 780 22 000 25 070

Frequencies assignable to ship stations for telephony, duplex operation a) i)

4 066.4 to

4 144.4

27 f. 3 kHz

6 201.4 to

6 222.4

8 f. 3 kHz

8 196.4 to

8 292.4

33 f. 3 kHz

12 231.4 to

12 351.4

41 f. 3 kHz

16 361.4 to

16 526.4

56 f. 3 kHz

18 781.4 to

18 823.4

15 f. 3 kHz

22 001.4 to

22 157.4

53 f. 3 kHz

25 071.4 to

25 098.4

10 f. 3 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 146 6 224 8 294 12 353 16 528 18 825 22 159 25 100

Frequencies assignable to ship stations and coast stations for telephony, simplex operation a)

4 147.4 to

4 150.4

2 f. 3 kHz

6 225.4 to

6 231.4

3 f. 3 kHz

8 295.4 to

8 298.4

2 f. 3 kHz

12 354.4 to

12 366.4

5 f. 3 kHz

16 529.4 to

16 547.4

7 f. 3 kHz

18 826.4 to

18 844.4

7 f. 3 kHz

22 160.4 to

22 178.4

7 f. 3 kHz

25 101.4 to

25 119.4

7 f. 3 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 152 6 233 8 300 12 368 16 549 18 846 22 180 25 121

1 Within the non-shaded boxes.

Proposed Spectrum Rules – Annexes November 4, 2013

D-1

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

Frequencies and Channelling Arrangements for Maritime Mobile Service

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

ANNEX C-5

Table 5.1. Frequencies (kHz) to be used in the band between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz allocated exclusively to the maritime mobile service (continued)

Band (MHz) 4 6 8 12 16 18/19 22 25/26

Limits (kHz) 4 152 6 233 8 300 12 368 16 549 18 846 22 180 25 121

Frequencies assignable to ship stations for wide-band telegraphy, facsimile and special transmission systems

4 154 to

4 170

5 f. 4 kHz

6 235 to

6 259

7 f. 4 kHz

8 302 to

8 338

10 f. 4 kHz

12 370 to

12 418

13 f. 4 kHz

16 551 to

16 615

17 f. 4 kHz

18 848 to

18 868

6 f. 4 kHz

22 182 to

22 238

15 f. 4 kHz

25 123 to

25 159

10 f. 4 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 172 6 261 8 340 12 420 16 617 18 870 22 240 25 161.25

Frequencies assignable to ship stations for oceanographic data transmission c)

6 261.3 to

6 262.5

5 f. 0.3 kHz

8 340.3 to

8 341.5

5 f. 0.3 kHz

12 420.3 to

12 421.5

5 f. 0.3 kHz

16 617.3 to

16 618.5

5 f. 0.3 kHz

22 240.3 to

22 241.5

5 f. 0.3 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 172 6 262.75 8 341.75 12 421.75 16 618.75 18 870 22 241.75 25 161.25

Frequencies (paired) assignable to ship stations for narrow-band direct-printing (NBDP) telegraphy and data transmission systems at speeds not exceeding 100 Bd for FSK and 200 Bd for PSK d) j) m)

4 172.5 to

4 181.5

18 f. 0.5 kHz

6 263 to

6 275.5

25 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 181.75 6 275.75 8 341.75 12 421.75 16 618.75 18 870 22 241.75 25 161.25

Calling frequencies assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy g)

Limits (kHz) 4 186.75 6 280.75 8 341.75 12 421.75 16 618.75 18 870 22 241.75 25 161.25

Frequencies (paired) assignable to ship stations for NBDP telegraphy and data transmission systems at speeds not exceeding 100 Bd for FSK and 200 Bd for PSK d) m)

6 281 to

6 284.5

8 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 186.75 6 284.75 8 341.75 12 421.75 16 618.75 18 870 22 241.75 25 161.25

Working frequencies assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy e) f) h)

4 187 to

4 202

31 f. 0.5 kHz

6 285 to

6 300

31 f. 0.5 kHz

8 342 to

8 365.5

48 f. 0.5 kHz

12 422 to

12 476.5

110 f. 0.5 kHz

16 619 to

16 683

129 f. 0.5 kHz

22 242 to

22 279

75 f. 0.5 kHz

25 161.5 to

25 171

20 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 365.75 12 476.75 16 683.25 18 870 22 279.25 25 171.25


Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 370.75 12 476.75 16 683.25 18 870 22 284.25 25 172.75


D-2


Band (MHz) 4 6 8 12 16 18/19 22 25/26 Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 370.75 12 476.75 16 683.25 18 870 22 284.25 25 172.75

Working frequencies assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy e) f)

8 371 to

8 376

11 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 376.25 12 476.75 16 683.25 18 870 22 284.25 25 172.75

Frequencies (paired) assignable to ship stations for NBDP telegraphy and data transmission systems at speeds not exceeding 100 bauds for FSK and 200 bauds for PSK d) j) m)

8 376.5 to

8 396

40 f. 0.5 kHz

12 477 to

12 549.5

146 f. 0.5 kHz

16 683.5 to

16 733.5

101 f. 0.5 kHz

18 870.5 to

18 892.5

45 f. 0.5 kHz

22 284.5 to

22 351.5

135 f. 0.5 kHz

25 173 to

25 192.5

40 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 396.25 12 549.75 16 733.75 18 892.75 22 351.75 25 192.75


Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 396.25 12 554.75 16 738.75 18 892.75 22 351.75 25 192.75

Frequencies (paired) assignable to ship stations for NBDP telegraphy and data transmission systems at speeds not exceeding 100 bauds for FSK and 200 bauds for PSK d) m)

12 555 to

12 559.5

10 f. 0.5 kHz

16 739 to

16 784.5

92 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 202.25 6 300.25 8 396.25 12 559.75 16 784.75 18 892.75 22 351.75 25 192.75

Frequencies (non paired) assignable to ship stations for NBDP telegraphy and data transmission systems at speeds not exceeding 100 Bd for FSK and 200 Bd for PSK and for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working) b)

4 202.5 to

4 207

10 f. 0.5 kHz

6 300.5 to

6 311.5

23 f. 0.5 kHz

8 396.5 to

8 414

36 f. 0.5 kHz

12 560 to

12 576.5

34 f. 0.5 kHz

16 785 to

16 804

39 f. 0.5 kHz

18 893 to

18 898

11 f. 0.5 kHz

22 352 to

22 374

45 f. 0.5 kHz

25 193 to

25 208

31 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 207.25 6 311.75 8 414.25 12 576.75 16 804.25 18 898.25 22 374.25 25 208.25

Frequencies assignable to ship stations for digital selective calling k) l)

4 207.5 to

4 209

4 f. 0.5 kHz

6 312 to

6 313.5

4 f. 0.5 kHz

8 414.5 to

8 416

4 f. 0.5 kHz

12 577 to

12 578.5

4 f. 0.5 kHz

16 804.5 to

16 806

4 f. 0.5 kHz

18 898.5 to

18 899.5

3 f. 0.5 kHz

22 374.5 to

22 375.5

3 f. 0.5 kHz

25 208.5 to

25 209.5

3 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 209.25 6 313.75 8 416.25 12 578.75 16 806.25 18 899.75 22 375.75 25 210


D-3


Band (MHz) 4 6 8 12 16 18/19 22 25/26 Limits (kHz) 4 209.25 6 313.75 8 416.25 12 578.75 16 806.25 18 899.75 22 375.75 25 210

Frequencies (paired) assignable to coast stations for NBDP and data transmission systems, at speeds not exceeding 100 Bd for FSK and 200 Bd for PSK d) n) o)

4 209.5 to

4 219

20 f. 0.5 kHz

6 314 to

6 330.5

34 f. 0.5 kHz

8 416.5 to

8 436

40 f. 0.5 kHz

12 579 to

12 656.5

156 f. 0.5 kHz

16 806.5 to

16 902.5

193 f. 0.5 kHz

19 680.5 to

19 703

46 f. 0.5 kHz

22 376 to

22 443.5

136 f. 0.5 kHz

26 100.5 to

26 120.5

41 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 219.25 6 330.75 8 436.25 12 656.75 16 902.75 19 703.25 22 443.75 26 120.75

Frequencies assignable to coast stations for digital selective calling l)

4 219.5 to

4 220.5

3 f. 0.5 kHz

6 331 to

6 332

3 f. 0.5 kHz

8 436.5 to

8 437.5

3 f. 0.5 kHz

12 657 to

12 658

3 f. 0.5 kHz

16 903 to

16 904

3 f. 0.5 kHz

19 703.5 to

19 704.5

3 f. 0.5 kHz

22 444 to

22 445

3 f. 0.5 kHz

26 121 to

26 122

3 f. 0.5 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 221 6 332.5 8 438 12 658.5 16 904.5 19 705 22 445.5 26 122.5

Frequencies assignable to coast stations for wide-band and A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy, facsimile, special and data transmission systems and direct-printing telegraphy systems

Limits (kHz) 4 351 6 501 8 707 13 077 17 242 19 755 22 696 26 145

Frequencies assignable to coast stations for telephony, duplex operation a)

4 352.4 to

4 436.4

29 f. 3 kHz

6 502.4 to

6 523.4

8 f. 3 kHz

8 708.4 to

8 813.4

36 f. 3 kHz

13 078.4 to

13 198.4

41 f. 3 kHz

17 243.4 to

17 408.4

56 f. 3 kHz

19 756.4 to

19 798.4

15 f. 3 kHz

22 697.4 to

22 853.4

53 f. 3 kHz

26 146.4 to

26 173.4

10 f. 3 kHz

Limits (kHz) 4 438 6 525 8 815 13 200 17 410 19 800 22 855 26 175

Notes for Table 5.1

a) See 5.3.1, b) See 5.2.2.3, c) The frequency bands may also be u sed by buoy stations for oceanographic data tranmission and by stations interrogating these buoys. d) See Section 5.2.2.2 e) In the frequency bands to be used by ship stations for A1A Morse telegraphy working at speeds not exceeding 40 Bd, administrations may assign additional frequencies interleaved between the assignable frequencies. Any frequencies so assigned shall be multiples of 100 Hz. Administrations shall ensure a uniform distribution of such assignments within the bands. f) See section 5.2.2.5 g) See Section 5.2.2.4 h) For the conditions of use of the frequency 8 364 kHz, see section 4.2 in chapter 4 i) For the use of the carrier frequencies 4 125 kHz, 6 215 kHz, 8 291 kHz, 12 290 kHz and 16 420 kHz in these sub-bands by ship and coast stations for distress and safety purposes, by single-sideband radiotelephony, see RR Article S31 and section 4.2. j) For the use of the frequencies 4 177.5 kHz, 6 268 kHz, 8 376.5 kHz, 12 520 kHz and 16 695 kHz in these sub-bands by ship and coast stations for distress and safety purposes, by NBDP telegraphy, see RR Article S31. k) For the use of the frequencies 4 207.5 kHz, 6 312 kHz, 8 414.5 kHz, 12 577 kHz and 16 804.5 kHz in these sub-bands by ship and coast stations for distress and safety purposes, by digital selective calling, see RR Article S31. l) The following paired frequencies (for ship/coast stations) 4 208/4 219.5 kHz, 6 312.5/6 331 kHz, 8 415/ 8 436.5 kHz, 12 577.5/12 657 kHz, 16 805/16 903 kHz, 18 898.5/19 703.5 kHz, 22 374.5/22 444 kHz and 25 208.5/26 121 kHz are t he first


D-4

choice international frequencies for digital selective calling (see RR Article S54). m) Frequencies from these frequency bands may also be used for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working) (see section 5.2.2.2). n) The frequencies 4 210 kHz, 6 314 kHz, 8 416.5 kHz, 12 579 kHz, 16 806.5 kHz, 19 680.5 kHz, 22 376 kHz et 26 100.5 kHz are th e exclusive international frequencies for the transmission of Maritime Safety Information (MSI) (see RR Articles S31 and S33. o) The frequency 4 209.5 kHz is an exclusive international frequency for the transmission of NAVTEX type information (see RR Articles S31 and S33).

5.2.2 Channelling arrangements 5.2.2.1 Radiotelephony Radiotelephone channelling arrangements for the frequencies to be used by coast and ship stations in the bands allocated to the maritime mobile service are indicated in the following Tables:

• Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for duplex (two-frequency) operation, Table 5.2. The frequencies of the channel No.s 421 in the 4 MHz band, 606 in the 6 MHz band, 821 in the 8 MHz band, 1221 in the 12 MHz band, 1621 in the 16 MHz band, 1806 in the 18 MHz band, 2221 in the 22 MHz band and 2510 in the 25 MHz band in this Table are allocated for calling purposes (the use of channels 1221 and 1621 for calling purposes shall cease as soon as possible no later than 31 December 2003). One or more series of frequencies from Table 5.2 (with the exception of those frequencies mentioned above for calling purpose) may be as signed to each coast station, which uses these frequencies associated in pairs (see RR No. S52.226); each pair consists of a transmitting and a receiving frequency. The series shall be selected with due regard to the areas served and so as to avoid, as far as possible, harmful interference between the services of different coast stations.

• Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for simplex (single-frequency) operation and for intership cross-band (two-frequency) operation, Table 5.3. T he frequencies in this Table are prov ided for worldwide common use by ships of all categ ories, according to traf fic requirements, for ship transmissions to coas t stations and for intership communication. They are als o authorized for worldwide common use for transmissions by coast stations (simplex operation) provided the peak envelope power does not exceed 1 kW;

• Table of recommended single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for ship stations in the band 4 000-4 063 kHz shared with the fixed service, Table 5.4,

• Table of recommended single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for ship and coast stations in the band 8 100-8 195 kHz shared with the fixed service.

The technical characteristics for single-sideband transmitters are specified in ITU-R Recommendation M.1173. The remaining frequencies in Tables 5.2 to 5.5 are working frequencies. For the use of the carrier f requencies: 4 125 kHz (Channel No. 421), 6 215 kHz (Channel No. 606), 8 291 kHz (Channel No. 833), 12 290 kHz (Channel No. 1221) an d 16 420 k Hz (Channel No. 1621) in Table 5.2, by coast and ship stations for distress and safety purposes, see Article S31 and section 4.2. Maritime radiotelephone stations using single-sideband emissions in the bands between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz exclusively allocated to the maritime mobile service shall operate only on the carrier frequencies shown in the Tables 5.2 and 5.3 in conformity with the technical characteristics specified in Recommendation ITU-R M.1173. S hip stations, when using frequencies for single-sideband radiotelephony from the bands 4 000-4 063 kHz and ship and coast stations, when using frequencies for single-sideband radiotelephony in the band 8 100-8 195 kHz should operate on the carrier frequencies indicated in Tables 5.4 and 5.5 respectively. Technical characteristics of the equipment shall be those specified in Recommendation ITU-R M.1173. Stations employing the single-sideband mode shall use only class J3E emissions. The channelling plan established in Table 5.5 does not prejudice the rights of administrations to establish, and to notify assignments to stations in the maritime mobile service other than those using radiotelephony in the band 8 100-8 195 kHz, in conformity with the relevant provisions of these Regulations. For the use and notification of Channel Nos. 427, 428, 429, 607, 608, 832, 834, 835, 836, 837, 1233 u p to and including 1241, 1642 up to and including 1656, 1801 up to and including 1805, 1807 up to and including 1815, 2241 up to and including 2253 and 2501 up to and including 2509, see Resolution 325 (Mob-87)*.

* This Resolution was abrogated by WRC-95.


D-5

Table 5.2. Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for duplex

4 MHz band

Channel No.

Coast stations Ship stations

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

401 4 357 4 358.4 4 065 4 066.4 402 4 360 4 361.4 4 068 4 069.4 403 4 363 4 364.4 4 071 4 072.4 404 4 366 4 367.4 4 074 4 075.4 405 4 369 4 370.4 4 077 4 078.4 406 4 372 4 373.4 4 080 4 081.4 407 4 375 4 376.4 4 083 4 084.4 408 4 378 4 379.4 4 086 4 087.4 409 4 381 4 382.4 4 089 4 090.4 410 4 384 4 385.4 4 092 4 093.4 411 4 387 4 388.4 4 095 4 096.4 412 4 390 4 391.4 4 098 4 099.4 413 4 393 4 394.4 4 101 4 102.4 414 4 396 4 397.4 4 104 4 105.4 415 4 399 4 400.4 4 107 4 108.4 416 4 402 4 403.4 4 110 4 111.4 417 4 405 4 406.4 4 113 4 114.4 418 4 408 4 409.4 4 116 4 117.4 419 4 411 4 412.4 4 119 4 120.4 420 4 414 4 415.4 4 122 4 123.4 421 4 417 * 4 418.4 * 4 125 * 4 4 126.4 * 422 4 420 4 421.4 4 128 4 129.4 423 4 423 4 424.4 4 131 4 132.4 424 4 426 4 427.4 4 134 4 135.4 425 4 429 4 430.4 4 137 4 138.4 426 4 432 4 433.4 4 140 4 141.4 427 2 4 435 4 436.4 4 143 4 144.4 428 1, 2, 3 4 351 4 352.4 – – 429 1, 2, 3 4 354 4 355.4 – –

6 MHz band

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

601 6 501 6 502.4 6 200 6 201.4 602 6 504 6 505.4 6 203 6 204.4 603 6 507 6 508.4 6 206 6 207.4 604 6 510 6 511.4 6 209 6 210.4 605 6 513 6 514.4 6 212 6 213.4 606 6 516 * 6 517.4 * 6 215 * 5 6 216.4 * 607 2 6 519 6 520.4 6 218 6 219.4 608 2 6 522 6 523.4 6 221 6 222.4

8 MHz band

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

801 8 719 8 720.4 8 195 8 196.4 802 8 722 8 723.4 8 198 8 199.4 803 8 725 8 726.4 8 201 8 202.4 804 8 728 8 729.4 8 204 8 205.4 805 8 731 8 732.4 8 207 8 208.4 806 8 734 8 735.4 8 210 8 211.4 807 8 737 8 738.4 8 213 8 214.4 808 8 740 8 741.4 8 216 8 217.4 809 8 743 8 744.4 8 219 8 220.4 810 8 746 8 747.4 8 222 8 223.4 811 8 749 8 750.4 8 225 8 226.4 812 8 752 8 753.4 8 228 8 229.4 813 8 755 8 756.4 8 231 8 232.4 814 8 758 8 759.4 8 234 8 235.4 815 8 761 8 762.4 8 237 8 238.4 816 8 764 8 765.4 8 240 8 241.4 817 8 767 8 768.4 8 243 8 244.4 818 8 770 8 771.4 8 246 8 247.4 819 8 773 8 774.4 8 249 8 250.4 820 8 776 8 777.4 8 252 8 253.4 821 8 779 * 8 780.4 * 8 255 * 8 256.4 * 822 8 782 8 783.4 8 258 8 259.4 823 8 785 8 786.4 8 261 8 262.4 824 8 788 8 789.4 8 264 8 265.4 825 8 791 8 792.4 8 267 8 268.4 826 8 794 8 795.4 8 270 8 271.4 827 8 797 8 798.4 8 273 8 274.4 828 8 800 8 801.4 8 276 8 277.4 829 8 803 8 804.4 8 279 8 280.4 830 8 806 8 807.4 8 282 8 283.4 831 8 809 8 810.4 8 285 8 286.4 832 2 8 812 8 813.4 8 288 8 289.4 833 8 2917 8 292.4 8 291 7 8 292.4 834 2, 3, 6 8 707 8 708.4 – – 835 2, 3, 6 8 710 8 711.4 – – 836 2, 3, 6 8 713 8 714.4 – – 837 2, 3, 6 8 716 8 717.4 – –

12 MHz band

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

1201 13 077 13 078.4 12 230 12 231.4 1202 13 080 13 081.4 12 233 12 234.4 1203 13 083 13 084.4 12 236 12 237.4 1204 13 086 13 087.4 12 239 12 240.4 1205 13 089 13 090.4 12 242 12 243.4


D-6

Table 5.2. Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for duplex (continued)

12 MHz band (end)

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

1206 13 092 13 093.4 12 245 12 246.4 1207 13 095 13 096.4 12 248 12 249.4 1208 13 098 13 099.4 12 251 12 252.4 1209 13 101 13 102.4 12 254 12 255.4 1210 13 104 13 105.4 12 257 12 258.4 1211 13 107 13 108.4 12 260 12 261.4 1212 13 110 13 111.4 12 263 12 264.4 1213 13 113 13 114.4 12 266 12 267.4 1214 13 116 13 117.4 12 269 12 270.4 1215 13 119 13 120.4 12 272 12 273.4 1216 13 122 13 123.4 12 275 12 276.4 1217 13 125 13 126.4 12 278 12 279.4 1218 13 128 13 129.4 12 281 12 282.4 1219 13 131 13 132.4 12 284 12 285.4 1220 13 134 13 135.4 12 287 12 288.4 1221 13 137 * 13 138.4 * 12 290 * 8 12 291.4 * 1222 13 140 13 141.4 12 293 12 294.4 1223 13 143 13 144.4 12 296 12 297.4 1224 13 146 13 147.4 12 299 12 300.4 1225 13 149 13 150.4 12 302 12 303.4 1226 13 152 13 153.4 12 305 12 306.4 1227 13 155 13 156.4 12 308 12 309.4 1228 13 158 13 159.4 12 311 12 312.4 1229 13 161 13 162.4 12 314 12 315.4 1230 13 164 13 165.4 12 317 12 318.4 1231 13 167 13 168.4 12 320 12 321.4 1232 13 170 13 171.4 12 323 12 324.4 1233 2 13 173 13 174.4 12 326 12 327.4 1234 2 13 176 13 177.4 12 329 12 330.4 1235 2 13 179 13 180.4 12 332 12 333.4

1236 2 13 182 13 183.4 12 335 12 336.4 1237 2 13 185 13 186.4 12 338 12 339.4 1238 2 13 188 13 189.4 12 341 12 342.4 1239 2 13 191 13 192.4 12 344 12 345.4 1240 2 13 194 13 195.4 12 347 12 348.4

1241 2 13 197 13 198.4 12 350 12 351.4

16 MHz band

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

1601 17 242 17 243.4 16 360 16 361.4 1602 17 245 17 246.4 16 363 16 364.4 1603 17 248 17 249.4 16 366 16 367.4 1604 17 251 17 252.4 16 369 16 370.4 1605 17 254 17 255.4 16 372 16 373.4

16 MHz band (end)

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

1606 17 257 17 258.4 16 375 16 376.4 1607 17 260 17 261.4 16 378 16 379.4 1608 17 263 17 264.4 16 381 16 382.4 1609 17 266 17 267.4 16 384 16 385.4 1610 17 269 17 270.4 16 387 16 388.4 1611 17 272 17 273.4 16 390 16 391.4 1612 17 275 17 276.4 16 393 16 394.4 1613 17 278 17 279.4 16 396 16 397.4 1614 17 281 17 282.4 16 399 16 400.4 1615 17 284 17 285.4 16 402 16 403.4 1616 17 287 17 288.4 16 405 16 406.4 1617 17 290 17 291.4 16 408 16 409.4 1618 17 293 17 294.4 16 411 16 412.4 1619 17 296 17 297.4 16 414 16 415.4 1620 17 299 17 300.4 16 417 16 418.4 1621 17 302 * 17 303.4 * 16 420 * 9 16 421.4 * 1622 17 305 17 306.4 16 423 16 424.4 1623 17 308 17 309.4 16 426 16 427.4 1624 17 311 17 312.4 16 429 16 430.4 1625 17 314 17 315.4 16 432 16 433.4 1626 17 317 17 318.4 16 435 16 436.4 1627 17 320 17 321.4 16 438 16 439.4 1628 17 323 17 324.4 16 441 16 442.4 1629 17 326 17 327.4 16 444 16 445.4 1630 17 329 17 330.4 16 447 16 448.4 1631 17 332 17 333.4 16 450 16 451.4 1632 17 335 17 336.4 16 453 16 454.4 1633 17 338 17 339.4 16 456 16 457.4 1634 17 341 17 342.4 16 459 16 460.4 1635 17 344 17 345.4 16 462 16 463.4 1636 17 347 17 348.4 16 465 16 466.4 1637 17 350 17 351.4 16 468 16 469.4 1638 17 353 17 354.4 16 471 16 472.4 1639 17 356 17 357.4 16 474 16 475.4 1640 17 359 17 360.4 16 477 16 478.4 1641 17 362 17 363.4 16 480 16 481.4

1642 2 17 365 17 366.4 16 483 16 484.4 1643 2 17 368 17 369.4 16 486 16 487.4 1644 2 17 371 17 372.4 16 489 16 490.4 1645 2 17 374 17 375.4 16 492 16 493.4

1646 2 17 377 17 378.4 16 495 16 496.4 1647 2 17 380 17 381.4 16 498 16 499.4 1648 2 17 383 17 384.4 16 501 16 502.4 1649 2 17 386 17 387.4 16 504 16 505.4 1650 2 17 389 17 390.4 16 507 16 508.4

1651 2 17 392 17 393.4 16 510 16 511.4 1652 2 17 395 17 396.4 16 513 16 514.4 1653 2 17 398 17 399.4 16 516 16 517.4 1654 2 17 401 17 402.4 16 519 16 520.4 1655 2 17 404 17 405.4 16 522 16 523.4

1656 2 17 407 17 408.4 16 525 16 526.4


D-7

Table 5.2. Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for duplex (continued)

18/19 MHz band Channel

No. Coast stations Ship stations

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

1801 2 19 755 19 756.4 18 780 18 781.4 1802 2 19 758 19 759.4 18 783 18 784.4 1803 2 19 761 19 762.4 18 786 18 787.4 1804 2 19 764 19 765.4 18 789 18 790.4 1805 2 19 767 19 768.4 18 792 18 793.4

1806 19 770 * 19 771.4 * 18 795 * 18 796.4 * 1807 2 19 773 19 774.4 18 798 18 799.4 1808 2 19 776 19 777.4 18 801 18 802.4 1809 2 19 779 19 780.4 18 804 18 805.4 1810 2 19 782 19 783.4 18 807 18 808.4

1811 2 19 785 19 786.4 18 810 18 811.4 1812 2 19 788 19 789.4 18 813 18 814.4 1813 2 19 791 19 792.4 18 816 18 817.4 1814 2 19 794 19 795.4 18 819 18 820.4 1815 2 19 797 19 798.4 18 822 18 823.4

22 MHz band (end)

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

2226 22 771 22 772.4 22 075 22 076.4 2227 22 774 22 775.4 22 078 22 079.4 2228 22 777 22 778.4 22 081 22 082.4 2229 22 780 22 781.4 22 084 22 085.4 2230 22 783 22 784.4 22 087 22 088.4 2231 22 786 22 787.4 22 090 22 091.4 2232 22 789 22 790.4 22 093 22 094.4 2233 22 792 22 793.4 22 096 22 097.4 2234 22 795 22 796.4 22 099 22 100.4 2235 22 798 22 799.4 22 102 22 103.4 2236 22 801 22 802.4 22 105 22 106.4 2237 22 804 22 805.4 22 108 22 109.4 2238 22 807 22 808.4 22 111 22 112.4 2239 22 810 22 811.4 22 114 22 115.4 2240 22 813 22 814.4 22 117 22 118.4

2241 2 22 816 22 817.4 22 120 22 121.4 2242 2 22 819 22 820.4 22 123 22 124.4 2243 2 22 822 22 823.4 22 126 22 127.4 2244 2 22 825 22 826.4 22 129 22 130.4 2245 2 22 828 22 829.4 22 132 22 133.4

2246 2 22 831 22 832.4 22 135 22 136.4 2247 2 22 834 22 835.4 22 138 22 139.4 2248 2 22 837 22 838.4 22 141 22 142.4 2249 2 22 840 22 841.4 22 144 22 145.4 2250 2 22 843 22 844.4 22 147 22 148.4

2251 2 22 846 22 847.4 22 150 22 151.4 2252 2 22 849 22 850.4 22 153 22 154.4 2253 2 22 852 22 853.4 22 156 22 157.4

22 MHz band

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

2201 22 696 22 697.4 22 000 22 001.4 2202 22 699 22 700.4 22 003 22 004.4 2203 22 702 22 703.4 22 006 22 007.4 2204 22 705 22 706.4 22 009 22 010.4 2205 22 708 22 709.4 22 012 22 013.4 2206 22 711 22 712.4 22 015 22 016.4 2207 22 714 22 715.4 22 018 22 019.4 2208 22 717 22 718.4 22 021 22 022.4 2209 22 720 22 721.4 22 024 22 025.4 2210 22 723 22 724.4 22 027 22 028.4 2211 22 726 22 727.4 22 030 22 031.4 2212 22 729 22 730.4 22 033 22 034.4 2213 22 732 22 733.4 22 036 22 037.4 2214 22 735 22 736.4 22 039 22 040.4 2215 22 738 22 739.4 22 042 22 043.4 2216 22 741 22 742.4 22 045 22 046.4 2217 22 744 22 745.4 22 048 22 049.4 2218 22 747 22 748.4 22 051 22 052.4 2219 22 750 22 751.4 22 054 22 055.4 2220 22 753 22 754.4 22 057 22 058.4 2221 22 756 * 22 757.4 * 22 060 * 22 061.4 * 2222 22 759 22 760.4 22 063 22 064.4 2223 22 762 22 763.4 22 066 22 067.4 2224 22 765 22 766.4 22 069 22 070.4 2225 22 768 22 769.4 22 072 22 073.4

25/26 MHz band

Channel No.


Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

Carrier freq.

Assigned freq.

2501 2 26 145 26 146.4 25 070 25 071.4 2502 2 26 148 26 149.4 25 073 25 074.4 2503 2 26 151 26 152.4 25 076 25 077.4 2504 2 26 154 26 155.4 25 079 25 080.4 2505 2 26 157 26 158.4 25 082 25 083.4

2506 2 26 160 26 161.4 25 085 25 086.4 2507 2 26 163 26 164.4 25 088 25 089.4 2508 2 26 166 26 167.4 25 091 25 092.4 2509 2 26 169 26 170.4 25 094 25 095.4 2510 26 172 * 26 173.4 * 25 097 * 25 098.4 *


D-8

Footnotes to Table 5.2 : 1 These coast station frequencies may be paired with a ship station frequency from the table of simplex frequencies for ship and coast stations (see Sub-Section B) or with a frequency from the band 4 000-4 063 kHz (see Table 5.4) to be selected by the administration concerned. 2 For the use and notification of these frequencies, see Resolution 325 (Mob-87)*. 3 These channels may also be used for simplex (single frequency) operation. 4 For the conditions of use of the carrier frequency 4 125 kHz, see RR Nos. S52.224 and S52.225, and section 4.3. 5 For the conditions of use of the carrier frequency 6 215 kHz, see sections 4.2 and 4.3. 6 These coast station frequencies may be paired with a ship station frequency from the table of simplex frequencies for ship

and coast stations (see Table 5.3) or with a frequency from the band 8 100-8 195 kHz (see Table 5.5) to be selected by the administration concerned.

7 For the conditions of use of the carrier frequency 8 291 kHz, see section 4.3. 8 For the conditions of use of the carrier frequency 12 290 kHz, see section 4.3. 9 For the conditions of use of the carrier frequency 16 420 kHz, see section 4.3. * The frequencies followed by an asterisk are calling frequencies (see RR Nos. S52.221 and S52.222).

Table 5.3. Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for simplex (single-frequency) operation and for intership cross-band (two-frequency) operation*

4 MHz band1 6 MHz band 8 MHz band2 12 MHz band

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

4 146 4 149

4 147.4 4 150.4

6 224 6 227 6 230

6 225.4 6 228.4 6 231.4

8 294 8 297

8 295.4 8 298.4

12 353 12 356 12 362 12 365

12 354.4 12 357.4 12 363.4 12 366.4

1 These frequencies may be used for duplex operation with coast stations operating on Channels. 428 and 429 (see Table 5.2). 2 These frequencies may be used for duplex operation with coast stations operating on Channel Nos. 834 up to and including

837 (see Table 5.2). * The frequencies in Table 5.3 are prov ided for worldwide common use by ships of all categ ories, according to traffic requirements, for ship transmissions to coast stations and for intership communication. They are also authorized for worldwide common use for transmissions by coast stations (simplex operation) provided the peak envelope power does not exceed 1 kW.

Table 5.3. Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for simplex (single-frequency)

operation and for intership cross-band (two-frequency) operation (Cont.)

* This Resolution was abrogated by WRC-95.

16 MHz band3 18/19 MHz band 22 MHz band 25/26 MHz band

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

16 528 16 531 16 534

16 540

16 543 16 546

16 529.4 16 532.4 16 535.4

16 541.4

16 544.4 16 547.4

18 825 18 828 18 831 18 834 18 837

18 840 18 843

18 826.4 18 829.4 18 832.4 18 835.4 18 838.4

18 841.4 18 844.4

22 159 22 162 22 165 22 168 22 171

22 174 22 177

22 160.4 22 163.4 22 166.4 22 169.4 22 172.4

22 175.4 22 178.4

25 100 25 103 25 106 25 109 25 112

25 115 25 118

25 101.4 25 104.4 25 107.4 25 110.4 25 113.4

25 116.4 25 119.4

3 The frequencies 12 359 kHz and 16 537 kHz are alternative to frequencies 13 137 kHz and 17 302 kHz for using by ship and coast stations for calling on a simplex basis, with peak envelope power less than 1kW.


D-9

Table 5.4. Table of recommended single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for ship stations in the band 4 000-4 063 kHz shared with the fixed service

The frequencies in this Table may be used: – for supplementing ship-to-shore channels for duplex operation in 5.2; – for intership simplex (single-frequency) and cross-band operation; – for cross-band working with coast stations on channels in Table 5.5; – for duplex operation with coast stations working in the band 4 438-4 650 kHz; – for duplex operation with Channel Nos. 428 and 429.

Table 5.5. Table of recommended single-sideband transmitting frequencies (kHz) for ship and coast stations in the band 8 100-8 195 kHz shared with the fixed service

The frequencies in this Table may be used: – for supplementing ship-to-shore and shore-to-ship channels for duplex operation in Table 5.2; – for intership simplex (single frequency) and cross-band operation; – for cross-band working with ship stations on channels in 5.4; – for ship-to-shore or shore-to-ship simplex operation; – for duplex operation with Channel Nos. 834, 835, 836 and 837.

Channel No.

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Channel No.

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

1 8 101 8 102.4 17 8 149 8 150.4 2 8 104 8 105.4 18 8 152 8 153.4 3 8 107 8 108.4 19 8 155 8 156.4 4 8 110 8 111.4 20 8 158 8 159.4 5 8 113 8 114.4 21 8 161 8 162.4 6 8 116 8 117.4 22 8 164 8 165.4 7 8 119 8 120.4 23 8 167 8 168.4 8 8 122 8 123.4 24 8 170 8 171.4 9 8 125 8 126.4 25 8 173 8 174.4 10 8 128 8 129.4 26 8 176 8 177.4 11 8 131 8 132.4 27 8 179 8 180.4 12 8 134 8 135.4 28 8 182 8 183.4 13 8 137 8 138.4 29 8 185 8 186.4 14 8 140 8 141.4 30 8 188 8 189.4 15 8 143 8 144.4 31 8 191 8 192.4 16 8 146 8 147.4

Channel No.

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

Channel No.

Carrier frequency

Assigned frequency

1 4 000* 4 001.4* 12 4 033 4 034.4 2 4 003* 4 004.4* 13 4 036 4 037.4 3 4 006 4 007.4 14 4 039 4 040.4 4 4 009 4 010.4 15 4 042 4 043.4 5 4 012 4 013.4 16 4 045 4 046.4 6 4 015 4 016.4 17 4 048 4 049.4 7 4 018 4 019.4 18 4 051 4 052.4 8 4 021 4 022.4 19 4 054 4 055.4 9 4 024 4 025.4 20 4 057 4 058.4 10 4 027 4 028.4 21 4 060 4 061.4 11 4 030 4 031.4

* Administrations are requested to urge ship stations under their jurisdiction to refrain from using the band 4 000-4 005 kHz when navigating in Region 3 (see also chapter 2, S5.126).


D-10

The channelling plan established in Table 5.5 does not prejudice the rights of administrations to establish, and to notify assignments to stations in the maritime mobile service other than those using radiotelephony in the band 8 100-8 195 kHz, in conformity with the relevant provisions of these Regulations. 5.2.2.2. Narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy (paired frequencies)

Each coast station which uses paired frequencies is assigned one or more frequency pairs from the following series; each pair consists of a transmitting and a receiving frequency. The speed of the narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy and data systems shall not exceed 100 Bd for FSK and 200 Bd for PSK.

Table 5.6. Table of frequencies for two-frequency operation by coast stations (kHz)

Channel 4 MHz band 1 6 MHz band 3 8 MHz band 4 No. Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive 1 2 3 4 5

4 210.5 4 211 4 211.5 4 212 4 212.5

4 172.5 4 173 4 173.5 4 174 4 174.5

6 314.5 6 315 6 315.5 6 316 6 316.5

6 263 6 263.5 6 264 6 264.5 6 265

8 376.5 2 8 417 8 417.5 8 418 8 418.5

8 376.5 2 8 377 8 377.5 8 378 8 378.5

6 7 8 9 10

4 213 4 213.5 4 214 4 214.5 4 215

4 175 4 175.5 4 176 4 176.5 4 177

6 317 6 317.5 6 318 6 318.5 6 319

6 265.5 6 266 6 266.5 6 267 6 267.5

8 419 8 419.5 8 420 8 420.5 8 421

8 379 8 379.5 8 380 8 380.5 8 381

11 12 13 14 15

4 177.5 2 4 215.5 4 216 4 216.5 4 217

4 177.5 2 4 178 4 178.5 4 179 4 179.5

6 268 2 6 319.5 6 320 6 320.5 6 321

6 268 2 6 268.5 6 269 6 269.5 6 270

8 421.5 8 422 8 422.5 8 423 8 423.5

8 381.5 8 382 8 382.5 8 383 8 383.5

16 17 18 19 20

4 217.5 4 218 4 218.5 4 219

4 180 4 180.5 4 181 4 181.5

6 321.5 6 322 6 322.5 6 323 6 323.5

6 270.5 6 271 6 271.5 6 272 6 272.5

8 424 8 424.5 8 425 8 425.5 8 426

8 384 8 384.5 8 385 8 385.5 8 386

21 22 23 24 25

6 324 6 324.5 6 325 6 325.5 6 326

6 273 6 273.5 6 274 6 274.5 6 275

8 426.5 8 427 8 427.5 8 428 8 428.5

8 386.5 8 387 8 387.5 8 388 8 388.5

26 27 28 29 30

6 326.5 6 327 6 327.5 6 328 6 328.5

6 275.5 6 281 6 281.5 6 282 6 282.5

8 429 8 429.5 8 430 8 430.5 8 431

8 389 8 389.5 8 390 8 390.5 8 391

31 32 33 34 35

6 329 6 329.5 6 330 6 330.5

6 283 6 283.5 6 284 6 284.5

8 431.5 8 432 8 432.5 8 433 8 433.5

8 391.5 8 392 8 392.5 8 393 8 393.5

36 37 38 39 40

8 434 8 434.5 8 435 8 435.5 8 436

8 394 8 394.5 8 395 8 395.5 8 396

1 Ship stations may use the coast station receiving frequencies for transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working), with the exception of channel No. 11 (see section 4.3). 2 For the conditions of use of this frequency, see RR Article S31. 3 Ship stations may use the coast station receiving frequencies of channel Nos. 25 up to an d including 34 f or transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working). 4 Ship stations may use the coast station receiving frequencies of channel Nos. 29 up to an d including 40 f or transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working).


D-11

Table 5.6. Table of frequencies for two-frequency operation by coast stations (kHz) (Cont.)

Channel 12 MHz band 5 16 MHz band 6 18/19 MHz band (end)

No. Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive

1 2 3 4 5

12 579.5 12 580 12 580.5 12 581 12 581.5

12 477 12 477.5 12 478 12 478.5 12 479

16 807 16 807.5 16 808 16 808.5 16 809

16 683.5 16 684 16 684.5 16 685 16 685.5

19 681 19 681.5 19 682 19 682.5 19 683

18 870.5 18 871 18 871.5 18 872 18 872.5

6 7 8 9 10

12 582 12 582.5 12 583 12 583.5 12 584

12 479.5 12 480 12 480.5 12 481 12 481.5

16 809.5 16 810 16 810.5 16 811 16 811.5

16 686 16 686.5 16 687 16 687.5 16 688

19 683.5 19 684 19 684.5 19 685 19 685.5

18 873 18 873.5 18 874 18 874.5 18 875

11 12 13 14 15

12 584.5 12 585 12 585.5 12 586 12 586.5

12 482 12 482.5 12 483 12 483.5 12 484

16 812 16 812.5 16 813 16 813.5 16 814

16 688.5 16 689 16 689.5 16 690 16 690.5

19 686 19 686.5 19 687 19 687.5 19 688

18 875.5 18 876 18 876.5 18 877 18 877.5

16 17 18 19 20

12 587 12 587.5 12 588 12 588.5 12 589

12 484.5 12 485 12 485.5 12 486 12 486.5

16 814.5 16 815 16 815.5 16 816 16 816.5

16 691 16 691.5 16 692 16 692.5 16 693

19 688.5 19 689 19 689.5 19 690 19 690.5

18 878 18 878.5 18 879 18 879.5 18 880

21 22 23 24 25

12 589.5 12 590 12 590.5 12 591 12 591.5

12 487 12 487.5 12 488 12 488.5 12 489

16 817 16 817.5 16 818 16 695 2 16 818.5

16 693.5 16 694 16 694.5 16 695 2 16 695.5

19 691 19 691.5 19 692 19 692.5 19 693

18 880.5 18 881 18 881.5 18 882 18 882.5

26 27 28 29 30

12 592 12 592.5 12 593 12 593.5 12 594

12 489.5 12 490 12 490.5 12 491 12 491.5

16 819 16 819.5 16 820 16 820.5 16 821

16 696 16 696.5 16 697 16 697.5 16 698

19 693.5 19 694 19 694.5 19 695 19 695.5

18 883 18 883.5 18 884 18 884.5 18 885

31 32 33 34 35

12 594.5 12 595 12 595.5 12 596 12 596.5

12 492 12 492.5 12 493 12 493.5 12 494

16 821.5 16 822 16 822.5 16 823 16 823.5

16 698.5 16 699 16 699.5 16 700 16 700.5

19 696 19 696.5 19 697 19 697.5 19 698

18 885.5 18 886 18 886.5 18 887 18 887.5

36 37 38 39 40

12 597 12 597.5 12 598 12 598.5 12 599

12 494.5 12 495 12 495.5 12 496 12 496.5

16 824 16 824.5 16 825 16 825.5 16 826

16 701 16 701.5 16 702 16 702.5 16 703

19 698.5 19 699 19 699.5 19 700 19 700.5

18 888 18 888.5 18 889 18 889.5 18 890

41 42 43 44 45

12 599.5 12 600 12 600.5 12 601 12 601.5

12 497 12 497.5 12 498 12 498.5 12 499

16 826.5 16 827 16 827.5 16 828 16 828.5

16 703.5 16 704 16 704.5 16 705 16 705.5

19 701 19 701.5 19 702 19 702.5 19 703

18 890.5 18 891 18 891.5 18 892 18 892.5

5 Ship stations may use the coast station receiving frequencies of channel Nos. 58 up to and including 156 for transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working), with the exception of channel No. 87 (see Appendix S15).

6 Ship stations may use the coast station receiving frequencies of channel Nos. 71 up to and including 193 for transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working).


D-12


Channel 12 MHz band 5 (cont.) 16 MHz band 6 (cont.)

No. Transmit Receive Transmit Receive

46 47 48 49 50

12 602 12 602.5 12 603

12 603.5 12 604

12 499.5 12 500

12 500.5 12 501

12 501.5

16 829 16 829.5 16 830

16 830.5 16 831

16 706 16 706.5 16 707

16 707.5 16 708

51 52 53 54 55

12 604.5 12 605

12 605.5 12 606

12 606.5

12 502 12 502.5 12 503

12 503.5 12 504

16 831.5 16 832

16 832.5 16 833

16 833.5

16 708.5 16 709

16 709.5 16 710

16 710.5

56 57 58 59 60

12 607 12 607.5 12 608

12 608.5 12 609

12 504.5 12 505

12 505.5 12 506

12 506.5

16 834 16 834.5 16 835

16 835.5 16 836

16 711 16 711.5 16 712

16 712.5 16 713

61 62 63 64 65

12 609.5 12 610

12 610.5 12 611

12 611.5

12 507 12 507.5 12 508

12 508.5 12 509

16 836.5 16 837

16 837.5 16 838

16 838.5

16 713.5 16 714

16 714.5 16 715

16 715.5

66 67 68 69 70

12 612 12 612.5 12 613

12 613.5 12 614

12 509.5 12 510

12 510.5 12 511

12 511.5

16 839 16 839.5 16 840

16 840.5 16 841

16 716 16 716.5 16 717

16 717.5 16 718

71 72 73 74 75

12 614.5 12 615

12 615.5 12 616

12 616.5

12 512 12 512.5 12 513

12 513.5 12 514

16 841.5 16 842

16 842.5 16 843

16 843.5

16 718.5 16 719

16 719.5 16 720

16 720.5

76 77 78 79 80

12 617 12 617.5 12 618

12 618.5 12 619

12 514.5 12 515

12 515.5 12 516

12 516.5

16 844 16 844.5 16 845

16 845.5 16 846

16 721 16 721.5 16 722

16 722.5 16 723

81 82 83 84 85

12 619.5 12 620

12 620.5 12 621

12 621.5

12 517 12 517.5 12 518

12 518.5 12 519

16 846.5 16 847

16 847.5 16 848

16 848.5

16 723.5 16 724

16 724.5 16 725

16 725.5

86 87 88 89 90

12 622 12 520 2 12 622.5 12 623

12 623.5

12 519.5 12 520 2 12 520.5 12 521

12 521.5

16 849 16 849.5 16 850

16 850.5 16 851

16 726 16 726.5 16 727

16 727.5 16 728

91 92 93 94 95

12 624 12 624.5 12 625

12 625.5 12 626

12 522 12 522.5 12 523

12 523.5 12 524

16 851.5 16 852

16 852.5 16 853

16 853.5

16 728.5 16 729

16 729.5 16 730

16 730.5

Channel 12 MHz band 5 (cont.) 16 MHz band 6 (cont.) No. Transmit Receive Transmit Receive

96 97 98 99 100

12 626.5 12 627

12 627.5 12 628

12 628.5

12 524.5 12 525

12 525.5 12 526

12 526.5

16 854 16 854.5 16 855

16 855.5 16 856

16 731 16 731.5 16 732 16 732.5 16 733

101 102 103 104 105

12 629 12 629.5 12 630

12 630.5 12 631

12 527 12 527.5 12 528

12 528.5 12 529

16 856.5 16 857

16 857.5 16 858

16 858.5

16 733.5 16 739 16 739.5 16 740 16 740.5

106 107 108 109 110

12 631.5 12 632

12 632.5 12 633

12 633.5

12 529.5 12 530

12 530.5 12 531

12 531.5

16 859 16 859.5 16 860

16 860.5 16 861

16 741 16 741.5 16 742 16 742.5 16 743

111 112 113 114 115

12 634 12 634.5 12 635

12 635.5 12 636

12 532 12 532.5 12 533

12 533.5 12 534

16 861.5 16 862

16 862.5 16 863

16 863.5

16 743.5 16 744 16 744.5 16 745 16 745.5

116 117 118 119 120

12 636.5 12 637

12 637.5 12 638

12 638.5

12 534.5 12 535

12 535.5 12 536

12 536.5

16 864 16 864.5 16 865

16 865.5 16 866

16 746 16 746.5 16 747 16 747.5 16 748

121 122 123 124 125

12 639 12 639.5 12 640

12 640.5 12 641

12 537 12 537.5 12 538

12 538.5 12 539

16 866.5 16 867

16 867.5 16 868

16 868.5

16 748.5 16 749 16 749.5 16 750 16 750.5

126 127 128 129 130

12 641.5 12 642

12 642.5 12 643

12 643.5

12 539.5 12 540

12 540.5 12 541

12 541.5

16 869 16 869.5 16 870

16 870.5 16 871

16 751 16 751.5 16 752 16 752.5 16 753

131 132 133 134 135

12 644 12 644.5 12 645

12 645.5 12 646

12 542 12 542.5 12 543

12 543.5 12 544

16 871.5 16 872

16 872.5 16 873

16 873.5

16 753.5 16 754 16 754.5 16 755 16 755.5

136 137 138 139 140

12 646.5 12 647

12 647.5 12 648

12 648.5

12 544.5 12 545

12 545.5 12 546

12 546.5

16 874 16 874.5 16 875

16 875.5 16 876

16 756 16 756.5 16 757 16 757.5 16 758

141 142 143 144 145

12 649 12 649.5 12 650

12 650.5 12 651

12 547 12 547.5 12 548

12 548.5 12 549

16 876.5 16 877

16 877.5 16 878

16 878.5

16 758.5 16 759 16 759.5 16 760 16 760.5


D-13


Channel 12 MHz band 5 (end) 16 MHz band 6 (end) No. Transmit Receive Transmit Receive

146 147 148 149 150

12 651.5 12 652 12 652.5 12 653 12 653.5

12 549.5 12 555 12 555.5 12 556 12 556.5

16 879 16 879.5 16 880 16 880.5 16 881

16 761 16 761.5 16 762

16 762.5 16 763

151 152 153 154 155

12 654 12 654.5 12 655 12 655.5 12 656

12 557 12 557.5 12 558 12 558.5 12 559

16 881.5 16 882 16 882.5 16 883 16 883.5

16 763.5 16 764

16 764.5 16 765

16 765.5

156 157 158 159 160

12 656.5 12 559.5 16 884 16 884.5 16 885 16 885.5 16 886

16 766 16 766.5 16 767

16 767.5 16 768

161 162 163 164 165

16 886.5 16 887 16 887.5 16 888 16 888.5

16 768.5 16 769

16 769.5 16 770

16 770.5

166 167 168 169 170

16 889 16 889.5 16 890 16 890.5 16 891

16 771 16 771.5 16 772

16 772.5 16 773

171 172 173 174 175

16 891.5 16 892 16 892.5 16 893 16 893.5

16 773.5 16 774

16 774.5 16 775

16 775.5

176 177 178 179 180

16 894 16 894.5 16 895 16 895.5 16 896

16 776 16 776.5 16 777

16 777.5 16 778

181 182 183 184 185

16 896.5 16 897 16 897.5 16 898 16 898.5

16 778.5 16 779

16 779.5 16 780

16 780.5

186 187 188 189 190

16 899 16 899.5 16 900 16 900.5 16 901

16 781 16 781.5 16 782

16 782.5 16 783

191 192 193

16 901.5 16 902 16 902.5

16 783.5 16 784

16 784.5

Channel 22 MHz band 7 25/26 MHz band (end) No. Transmit Receive Transmit Receive

1 2 3 4 5

22 376.5 22 377

22 377.5 22 378

22 378.5

22 284.5 22 285

22 285.5 22 286

22 286.5

26 101 26 101.5 26 102

26 102.5 26 103

25 173 25 173.5 25 174

25 174.5 25 175

6 7 8 9 10

22 379 22 379.5 22 380

22 380.5 22 381

22 287 22 287.5 22 288

22 288.5 22 289

26 103.5 26 104

26 104.5 26 105

26 105.5

25 175.5 25 176

25 176.5 25 177

25 177.5

11 12 13 14 15

22 381.5 22 382

22 382.5 22 383

22 383.5

22 289.5 22 290

22 290.5 22 291

22 291.5

26 106 26 106.5 26 107

26 107.5 26 108

25 178 25 178.5 25 179

25 179.5 25 180

16 17 18 19 20

22 384 22 384.5 22 385

22 385.5 22 386

22 292 22 292.5 22 293

22 293.5 22 294

26 108.5 26 109

26 109.5 26 110

26 110.5

25 180.5 25 181

25 181.5 25 182

25 182.5

21 22 23 24 25

22 386.5 22 387

22 387.5 22 388

22 388.5

22 294.5 22 295

22 295.5 22 296

22 296.5

26 111 26 111.5 26 112

26 112.5 26 113

25 183 25 183.5 25 184

25 184.5 25 185

26 27 28 29 30

22 389 22 389.5 22 390

22 390.5 22 391

22 297 22 297.5 22 298

22 298.5 22 299

26 113.5 26 114

26 114.5 26 115

26 115.5

25 185.5 25 186

25 186.5 25 187

25 187.5

31 32 33 34 35

22 391.5 22 392

22 392.5 22 393

22 393.5

22 299.5 22 300

22 300.5 22 301

22 301.5

26 116 26 116.5 26 117

26 117.5 26 118

25 188 25 188.5 25 189

25 189.5 25 190

36 37 38 39 40

22 394 22 394.5 22 395

22 395.5 22 396

22 302 22 302.5 22 303

22 303.5 22 304

26 118.5 26 119

26 119.5 26 120

26 120.5

25 190.5 25 191

25 191.5 25 192

25 192.5

41 42 43 44 45

22 396.5 22 397

22 397.5 22 398

22 398.5

22 304.5 22 305

22 305.5 22 306

22 306.5

46 47 48 49 50

22 399 22 399.5 22 400

22 400.5 22 401

22 307 22 307.5 22 308

22 308.5 22 309

7 Ship stations may use the coast station receiving frequencies of channels No. 68 up to a nd including 135 for transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working)


D-14


Channel 22 MHz band 7 (cont.) No. Transmit Receive

51 52 53 54 55

22 401.5 22 402 22 402.5 22 403 22 403.5

22 309.5 22 310 22 310.5 22 311 22 311.5

56 57 58 59 60

22 404 22 404.5 22 405 22 405.5 22 406

22 312 22 312.5 22 313 22 313.5 22 314

61 62 63 64 65

22 406.5 22 407 22 407.5 22 408 22 408.5

22 314.5 22 315 22 315.5 22 316 22 316.5

66 67 68 69 70

22 409 22 409.5 22 410 22 410.5 22 411

22 317 22 317.5 22 318 22 318.5 22 319

71 72 73 74 75

22 411.5 22 412 22 412.5 22 413 22 413.5

22 319.5 22 320 22 320.5 22 321 22 321.5

76 77 78 79 80

22 414 22 414.5 22 415 22 415.5 22 416

22 322 22 322.5 22 323 22 323.5 22 324

81 82 83 84 85

22 416.5 22 417 22 417.5 22 418 22 418.5

22 324.5 22 325 22 325.5 22 326 22 326.5

86 87 88 89 90

22 419 22 419.5 22 420 22 420.5 22 421

22 327 22 327.5 22 328 22 328.5 22 329

91 92 93 94 95

22 421.5 22 422 22 422.5 22 423 22 423.5

22 329.5 22 330 22 330.5 22 331 22 331.5

96 97 98 99 100

22 424 22 424.5 22 425 22 425.5 22 426

22 332 22 332.5 22 333 22 333.5 22 334

101 102 103 104 105

22 426.5 22 427 22 427.5 22 428 22 428.5

22 334.5 22 335 22 335.5 22 336 22 336.5

Channel 22 MHz band 7 (end) No. Transmit Receive

106 107 108 109 110

22 429 22 429.5 22 430 22 430.5 22 431

22 337 22 337.5 22 338 22 338.5 22 339

111 112 113 114 115

22 431.5 22 432 22 432.5 22 433 22 433.5

22 339.5 22 340 22 340.5 22 341 22 341.5

116 117 118 119 120

22 434 22 434.5 22 435 22 435.5 22 436

22 342 22 342.5 22 343 22 343.5 22 344

121 122 123 124 125

22 436.5 22 437 22 437.5 22 438 22 438.5

22 344.5 22 345 22 345.5 22 346 22 346.5

126 127 128 129 130

22 439 22 439.5 22 440 22 440.5 22 441

22 347 22 347.5 22 348 22 348.5 22 349

131 132 133 134 135

22 441.5 22 442 22 442.5 22 443 22 443.5

22 349.5 22 350 22 350.5 22 351 22 351.5


D-15

5.2.2.3. Narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy (non-paired frequencies) One or more frequencies are assigned to each ship station as transmitting frequencies. However, all frequencies in this chapter may also be used by ship stations for transmitting A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy (working) and for NBDP duplex operation. The corresponding coast station frequencies should be selected by the administration concerned from the sub-bands for coast station wideband telegraphy, A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy, facsimile, special and data transmission systems and direct-printing telegraphy systems. The speed of the narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy and data systems shall not exceed 100 Bd for FSK and 200 Bd for PSK.

Table 5.7. Table of ship station transmitting frequencies (kHz)

Frequency bands Channel # 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 18/19 MHz 22 MHz 25/26 MHz

1 2 3 4 5

4 202.5 4 203 4 203.5 4 204 4 204.5

6 300.5 6 301 6 301.5 6 302 6 302.5

8 396.5 8 397 8 397.5 8 398 8 398.5

12 560 12 560.5 12 561 12 561.5 12 562

16 785 16 785.5 16 786 16 786.5 16 787

18 893 18 893.5 18 894 18 894.5 18 895

22 352 22 352.5 22 353 22 353.5 22 354

25 193 25 193.5 25 194 25 194.5 25 195

6 7 8 9 10

4 205 4 205.5 4 206 4 206.5 4 207

6 303 6 303.5 6 304 6 304.5 6 305

8 399 8 399.5 8 400 8 400.5 8 401

12 562.5 12 563 12 563.5 12 564 12 564.5

16 787.5 16 788 16 788.5 16 789 16 789.5

18 895.5 18 896 18 896.5 18 897 18 897.5

22 354.5 22 355 22 355.5 22 356 22 356.5

25 195.5 25 196 25 196.5 25 197 25 197.5

11 12 13 14 15

6 305.5 6 306 6 306.5 6 307 6 307.5

8 401.5 8 402 8 402.5 8 403 8 403.5

12 565 12 565.5 12 566 12 566.5 12 567

16 790 16 790.5 16 791 16 791.5 16 792

18 898 22 357 22 357.5 22 358 22 358.5 22 359

25 198 25 198.5 25 199 25 199.5 25 200

16 17 18 19 20

6 308 6 308.5 6 309 6 309.5 6 310

8 404 8 404.5 8 405 8 405.5 8 406

12 567.5 12 568 12 568.5 12 569 12 569.5

16 792.5 16 793 16 793.5 16 794 16 794.5

22 359.5 22 360 22 360.5 22 361 22 361.5

25 200.5 25 201 25 201.5 25 202 25 202.5

21 22 23 24 25

6 310.5 6 311 6 311.5

8 406.5 8 407 8 407.5 8 408 8 408.5

12 570 12 570.5 12 571 12 571.5 12 572

16 795 16 795.5 16 796 16 796.5 16 797

22 362 22 362.5 22 363 22 363.5 22 364

25 203 25 203.5 25 204 25 204.5 25 205

26 27 28 29 30

8 409 8 409.5 8 410 8 410.5 8 411

12 572.5 12 573 12 573.5 12 574 12 574.5

16 797.5 16 798 16 798.5 16 799 16 799.5

22 364.5 22 365 22 365.5 22 366 22 366.5

25 205.5 25 206 25 206.5 25 207 25 207.5

31 32 33 34 35

8 411.5 8 412 8 412.5 8 413 8 413.5

12 575 12 575.5 12 576 12 576.5

16 800 16 800.5 16 801 16 801.5 16 802

22 367 22 367.5 22 368 22 368.5 22 369

25 208

36 37 38 39 40

8 414 16 802.5 16 803 16 803.5 16 804

22 369.5 22 370 22 370.5 22 371 22 371.5

41 42 43 44 45

22 372 22 372.5 22 373 22 373.5 22 374


D-16

5.2.2.4. Morse telegraphy (calling)

Table 5.8. Table of calling frequencies assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy at speeds not exceeding 40 Bd* (kHz)

Examples of subdivision of channels (centre frequencies are underlined)

Group Channel

series 4 MHz band

6 MHz band

8 MHz band

12 MHz band

16 MHz band

22 MHz band

25/26 MHz band

I 1 2

4 182 4 182.5

6 277 6 277.5

8 366 8 366.5

12 550 12 550.5

16 734 16 734.5

22 279.5 22 280

Channel A 25 171.5 Groups I

and II

Common channel

Common channel

3

4

4 184 4 184.5

6 276 6 276.5

8 368 8 369

12 552 12 533.5

16 736 16 738

22 280.5 22 281

Common channel C

25 172

II 5 6

4 183 4 183.5

6 278 6 278.5

8 367 8 367.5

12 551 12 551.5

16 735 16 735.5

22 281.5 22 282

Channel A 25 171.5 Groups I

and II

III 7 8

4 185 4 185.5

6 279 6 279.5

8 368.5 8 369.5

12 552.5 12 553

16 736.5 16 737

22 282.5 22 283

Channel B 25 172.5

IV 9 10

4 186 4 186.5

6 280 6 280.5

8 370 8 370.5

12 554 12 554.5

16 737.5 16 738.5

22 283.5 22 284

Groups III and IV

* Channel width in every band: 0.5 kHz. NOTES 1 Only the common channels in the 4, 6, 8, 12 and 16 MHz for A1A Morse telegraphy are harmonically related. 2 Administrations should assign the frequencies as they appear in this chapter only to ship stations equipped with cristal

controlled oscillators. 3 However, administrations may subdivide each appropriate group channel and common channel into s pecific calling

frequencies on every full 100 Hz in the channel and assign these discrete frequencies to ships with synthetized transmitters.

4 181.8 4 181.9 4 182 4 182.1 4 182.2

6 276.8 6 276.9 6 277 6 277.1 6 277.2

8 365.8 8 365.9 8 366 8 366.1 8 366.2

12 549.8 12 549.9 12 550 12 550.1 12 550.2

16 733.8 16 733.9 16 734 16 734.1 16 734.2

22 279.3 22 279.4 22 279.5 22 279.6 22 279.7

25 171.3 25 171.4 25 171.5 25 171.6 25 171.7

4 Administrations should avoid as far as possible, assigning the two frequencies at ± 100 Hz from the harmonically related common channel.

5 In the 22 MHz bands and 25/26 MHz bands the channels are not harmonically related to those in the 4 to 16 MHz bands. However, the principle of subdivision of channels into specific calling frequencies on 100 Hz applies.


D-17

5.2.2.5. Morse telegraphy (working)

Table 5.9. Table of working frequencies, in kHz, assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy at speeds not exceeding 40 Bd *

Frequency bands

Channel No. 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 22 MHz 25/26

MHz

1 2 3 4 5

4 187 4 187,5 4 188 4 188,5 4 189

6 285 6 285,5 6 286 6 286,5 6 287

8 342 8 342,5 8 343 8 343,5 8 344

12 422 12 422,5 12 423 12 423,5 12 424

16 619 16 619,5 16 620 16 620,5 16 621

22 242 22 242,5 22 243 22 243,5 22 244

25 161,5 25 162 25 162,5 25 163 25 163,5

6 7 8 9 10

4 189,5 4 190 4 190,5 4 191 4 191,5

6 287,5 6 288 6 288,5 6 289 6 289,5

8 344,5 8 345 8 345,5 8 346 8 346,5

12 424,5 12 425 12 425,5 12 426 12 426,5

16 621,5 16 622 16 622,5 16 623 16 623,5

22 244,5 22 245 22 245,5 22 246 22 246,5

25 164 25 164,5 25 165 25 165,5 25 166

11 12 13 14 15

4 192 4 192,5 4 193 4 193,5 4 194

6 290 6 290,5 6 291 6 291,5 6 292

8 347 8 347,5 8 348 8 348,5 8 349

12 427 12 427,5 12 428 12 428,5 12 429

16 624 16 624,5 16 625 16 625,5 16 626

22 247 22 247,5 22 248 22 248,5 22 249

25 166,5 25 167 25 167,5 25 168 25 168,5

16 17 18 19 20

4 194,5 4 195 4 195,5 4 196 4 196,5

6 292,5 6 293 6 293,5 6 294 6 294,5

8 349,5 8 350 8 350,5 8 351 8 351,5

12 429,5 12 430 12 430,5 12 431 12 431,5

16 626,5 16 627 16 627,5 16 628 16 628,5

22 249,5 22 250 22 250,5 22 251 22 251,5

25 169 25 169,5 25 170 25 170,5 25 171

21 22 23 24 25

4 197 4 197,5 4 198 4 198,5 4 199

6 295 6 295,5 6 296 6 296,5 6 297

8 352 8 352,5 8 353 8 353,5 8 354

12 432 12 432,5 12 433 12 433,5 12 434

16 629 16 629,5 16 630 16 630,5 16 631

22 252 22 252,5 22 253 22 253,5 22 254

26 27 28 29 30

4 199,5 4 200 4 200,5 4 201 4 201,5

6 297,5 6 298 6 298,5 6 299 6 299,5

8 354,5 8 355 8 355,5 8 356 8 356,5

12 434,5 12 435 12 435,5 12 436 12 436,5

16 631,5 16 632 16 632,5 16 633 16 633,5

22 254,5 22 255 22 255,5 22 256 22 256,5

31 32 33 34 35

4 202 6 300 8 357 8 357,5 8 358 8 358,5 8 359

12 437 12 437,5 12 438 12 438,5 12 439

16 634 16 634,5 16 635 16 635,5 16 636

22 257 22 257,5 22 258 22 258,5 22 259

36 37 38 39 40

8 359,5 8 360 8 360,5 8 361 8 361,5

12 439,5 12 440 12 440,5 12 441 12 441,5

16 636,5 16 637 16 637,5 16 638 16 638,5

22 259,5 22 260 22 260,5 22 261 22 261,5

41 42 43 44 45

8 362 8 362,5 8 363 8 363,5 8 364

12 442 12 442,5 12 443 12 443,5 12 444

16 639 16 639,5 16 640 16 640,5 16 641

22 262 22 262,5 22 263 22 263,5 22 264


D-18

Table 5.9. Table of working frequencies, in kHz, assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy at speeds not exceeding 40 Bd * (Cont.)

Frequency bands

Channel No. 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 22 MHz 25/26

MHz

46 47 48 49 50

8 364,5 8 365 8 365,5 8 371 8 371,5

12 444,5 12 445 12 445,5 12 446 12 446,5

16 641,5 16 642 16 642,5 16 643 16 643,5

22 264,5 22 265 22 265,5 22 266 22 266,5

51 52 53 54 55

8 372 8 372,5 8 373 8 373,5 8 374

12 447 12 447,5 12 448 12 448,5 12 449

16 644 16 644,5 16 645 16 645,5 16 646

22 267 22 267,5 22 268 22 268,5 22 269

56 57 58 59 60

8 374,5 8 375 8 375,5 8 376

12 449,5 12 450 12 450,5 12 451 12 451,5

16 646,5 16 647 16 647,5 16 648 16 648,5

22 269,5 22 270 22 270,5 22 271 22 271,5

61 62 63 64 65

12 452 12 452,5 12 453 12 453,5 12 454

16 649 16 649,5 16 650 16 650,5 16 651

22 272 22 272,5 22 273 22 273,5 22 274

66 67 68 69 70

12 454,5 12 455 12 455,5 12 456 12 456,5

16 651,5 16 652 16 652,5 16 653 16 653,5

22 274,5 22 275 22 275,5 22 276 22 276,5

71 72 73 74 75

12 457 12 457,5 12 458 12 458,5 12 459

16 654 16 654,5 16 655 16 655,5 16 656

22 277 22 277,5 22 278 22 278,5 22 279

76 77 78 79 80

12 459,5 12 460 12 460,5 12 461 12 461,5

16 656,5 16 657 16 657,5 16 658 16 658,5

81 82 83 84 85

12 462 12 462,5 12 463 12 463,5 12 464

16 659 16 659,5 16 660 16 660,5 16 661

86 87 88 89 90

12 464,5 12 465 12 465,5 12 466 12 466,5

16 661,5 16 662 16 662,5 16 663 16 663,5

91 92 93 94 95

12 467 12 467,5 12 468 12 468,5 12 469

16 664 16 664,5 16 665 16 665,5 16 666


D-19

Table 5.9. Table of working frequencies, in kHz, assignable to ship stations for A1A or A1B Morse telegraphy at speeds not exceeding 40 Bd * (Cont.)

* In the frequency bands to be u sed by ship stations for A1A Morse telegraphy working at speeds not exceeding 40 Bd, administrations may assign additional frequencies interleaved between the assignable frequencies. Any frequencies so assigned shall be multiples of 100 Hz. Administrations shall ensure a uniform distribution of such assignments within the bands.

Frequency Bands

Channel No. 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 22 MHz 25/26 MHz

96 97 98 99 100

12 469,5 12 470 12 470,5 12 471 12 471,5

16 666,5 16 667 16 667,5 16 668 16 668,5

101 102 103 104 105

12 472 12 472,5 12 473 12 473,5 12 474

16 669 16 669,5 16 670 16 670,5 16 671

106 107 108 109 110

12 474,5 12 475 12 475,5 12 476 12 476,5

16 671,5 16 672 16 672,5 16 673 16 673,5

111 112 113 114 115

16 674 16 674,5 16 675 16 675,5 16 676

116 117 118 119 120

16 676,5 16 677 16 677,5 16 678 16 678,5

121 122 123 124 125

16 679 16 679,5 16 680 16 680,5 16 681

126 127 128 129

16 681,5 16 682 16 682,5 16 683


D-20

5.3. Transmitting frequencies in the VHF maritime mobile band (See Article S52)

NOTE – For assistance in understanding the Table, see notes a) to n) below.

Table 5.10. Table of transmitting frequencies in the VHF maritime mobile band

Channel

Notes

Transmitting frequencies

(MHz)

Inter-ship

Port operations and ship movement

Public corres-

designator Ship stations

Coast stations

Single frequency

Two frequency

pondence

60 156.025 160.625 x x 01 156.050 160.650 x x

61 m), o) 156.075 160.675 x x x 02 m), o) 156.100 160.700 x x x

62 m), o) 156.125 160.725 x x x 03 m), o) 156.150 160.750 x x x

63 m), o) 156.175 160.775 x x x 04 m), o) 156.200 160.800 x x x

64 m), o) 156.225 160.825 x x x 05 m), o) 156.250 160.850 x x x

65 m), o) 156.275 160.875 x x x 06 f) 156.300 x

66 156.325 160.925 x x 07 156.350 160.950 x x

67 h) 156.375 156.375 x x 08 156.400 x

68 156.425 156.425 x 09 i) 156.450 156.450 x x

69 156.475 156.475 x x 10 h) 156.500 156.500 x x

70 j) 156.525 156.525 Digital selective calling for distress, safety and calling 11 156.550 156.550 x

71 156.575 156.575 x

12 156.600 156.600 x

72 i) 156.625 x

13 k) 156.650 156.650 x x

73 h), i) 156.675 156.675 x x

14 156.700 156.700 x

74 156.725 156.725 x

15 g) 156.750 156.750 x x

75 n) 156.775 x


D-21

Table 5.10. Table of transmitting frequencies in the VHF maritime mobile band (Cont.)

Notes referring to the Table General notes a) Administrations may designate frequencies in the intership, port operations and ship movement services for use by light aircraft and helicopters to communicate with ships or participatin g coast stations in predominantly maritime support operations under the conditions specified in Nos. S51.69, S51.73, S51.74, S51.75, S51.76, S51.77 and S51.78. However, the use of the channels which are shared with public correspondence shall be subject to prior ag reement between interested and affected administrations. The channels of the section 5.3, with the exception of channels 06, 13, 15, 16, 17, 70, 75 an d 76, may also be used for high-speed data and facsimile transmissions, subject to special arrangement between interested and affected administrations. c) The channels of the present Appendix, but preferably channel 28 and with the exception of channels 06, 13, 15, 16, 17, 70, 75 an d 76, m ay be u sed for direct-printing telegraphy and data transmission, subject to special arrangement between interested and affected administrations. d) The frequencies in this table may also be used for radiocommunications on inland waterways in accordance with the conditions specified in chapter 2, S5.226. e) Administrations having an urgent need to reduce local congestion may apply 12.5 kHz channel interleaving on a non-interference basis to 25 kHz channels, provided:

Channel

Notes

Transmitting frequencies

(MHz)

Inter-ship

Port operations and ship movement

Public corres-

designator Ship stations

Coast stations

Single frequency

Two frequency

pondence

16 156.800 156.800 DISTRESS, SAFETY AND CALLING 76 n) 156.825 x

17 g) 156.850 156.850 x x 77 156.875 x

18 m) 156.900 161.500 x x x 78 156.925 161.525 x x

19 156.950 161.550 x x 79 156.975 161.575 x x

20 157.000 161.600 x x 80 157.025 161.625 x x

21 157.050 161.650 x x 81 157.075 161.675 x x

22 m) 157.100 161.700 x x x 82 m), o) 157.125 161.725 x x x

23 m), o) 157.150 161.750 x x x 83 m), o) 157.175 161.775 x x x

24 m), o) 157.200 161.800 x x x 84 m), o) 157.225 161.825 x x x

25 m), o) 157.250 161.850 x x x 85 m), o) 157.275 161.875 x x x

26 m), o) 157.300 161.900 x x x 86 m), o) 157.325 161.925 x x x

27 157.350 161.950 x x 87 157.375 x

28 157.400 162.000 x x 88 157.425 x

AIS 1 l) 161.975 161.975 AIS 2 l) 162.025 162.025


D-22

– Recommendation ITU-R M.1084-2 shall be taken into account when changing to 12.5 kHz channels; – it shall not affect the 25 kHz channels of the Table 5.10 maritime mobile distress and safety frequencies, especially the channels 06, 13, 15, 16, 17, an d 70, nor the technical characteristics mentioned in Recommendation ITU-R M.489-2 for those channels; – implementation of 12.5 kHz channel interleaving and consequential national requirements shall be subject to prior agreement between the implementing administrations and administrations whose ship stations or services may be affected. Specific notes f) The frequency 156.300 MH z (channel 06) (s ee RR No. S51.79 and sections 4.2 an d 4.3) m ay also be u sed for

communication between ship stations and aircraft stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations. Ship stations shall avoid harmful interference to such communications on channel 06 as well as to com munications between aircraft stations, ice-breakers and assisted ships during ice seasons.

g) Channels 15 and 17 may also be used for on-board communications provided the effective radiated power does not exceed 1 W, and subject to the national regulations of the administration concerned when these channels are used in its territorial waters.

h) Within the European Maritime Area and in Canada, these frequencies (channels 10, 67, 73) may also be used, if so required, by the individual administrations concerned, for communication between ship stations, aircraft stations and participating land stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue and anti-pollution operations in local areas, under the conditions specified in RR Nos. S51.69, S51.73, S51.74, S51.75, S51.76, S51.77 and S51.78.

i) The preferred first three frequencies for the purpose indicated in note a) are 156.450 MHz (channel 09), 156.625 MHz (channel 72) and 156.675 MHz (channel 73).

j) Channel 70 is to be used exclusively for digital selective calling for distress, safety and calling. k) Channel 13 is designated for use on a worldwide basis as a navigation safety communication channel, primarily for

intership navigation safety communications. It may also be used for the ship movement and port operations service subject to the national regulations of the administrations concerned.

l) These channels (AIS 1 and AIS 2) will be used for an automatic ship identification and surveillance system capable of providing worldwide operation on high seas, unless other frequencies are designated on a regional basis for this purpose.

m) These channels may be operated as single frequency channels, subject to special arrangement between interested or affected administrations.

n) The use of these channels (75 and 76) should be restricted to navigation-related communications only and all precautions should be taken to avoid harmful interference to channel 16, e.g. by limiting the output power to 1 W or by means of geographical separation.

o) These channels may be used to provide bands for initial testing and the possible future introduction of new technologies, subject to special arrangement between interested or affected administrations. Stations using these channels or bands for the testing and the possible future introduction of new technologies shall not cause harmful interference to, and shall not claim protection from, other stations operating in accordance with alloation plan in chapter 2.


D-23

5.4. Frequencies assigned for coast radiotelephone stations operating in the exclusive maritime mobile bands between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz for The Union of Myanmar coastal station

The coast radiotelephone stations operating in the bands allocated exclusively to the maritime mobile service between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz must use the minimum power required to cover their service area. They may in no case use a peak envelope power above 10 kW per channel (see RR No. S52.219)

Table 5.11. Frequencies assigned for coast radiotelephone stations operating in the exclusive maritime mobile bands between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz for

The Union of Myanmar coastal station

Assigned frquency

Carrier frequency

Channel No.

8 804.4 8 803 829 13 183.4 13 182 1236 17 327.4 17 326 1629 22 700.4 22 699 2202

The procedure mentioned in Section I of Appendix S25, can be performed for bringing up to date the national frequency allotment Plan for coast stations. The frequencies can be selected from the Table of single-sideband transmitting frequencies for duplex communication in of section 5.2.2.


D-24




AAnnnneexx CC--66::

AAeerroonnaauuttiiccaall MMoobbiillee FFrreeqquueenncciieess


6.1. Introduction Based on the nature of Aeronautical Mobile communication, high movement speed of planes, roaming ability above more than one country in international flights and safty reasons, harmonized desisions on spectrum usage for aeronautical mobile services, in-route or off-route, is one of the most urgent needs of world. Therefore ITU has been allocated some bands globally to this kind of service with enough concensus, especialy below 30 MHz which can be used for long distance communications. In this chapter off-route and in-route frequency arrangments, in addition to relavent allotement areas, collected from two RR Appedices S26 and S27.

6.2. Aeronautical Mobile (OR) freequencies 6.2.1. Exclusively aeronautical mobile (OR) service bands, between 3 025 kHz and 18 030 kHz

According to the chapter 2, frequency bands allocated exclusively to Aeronautical Mobile (outside the national or international civil air routes (OR)) can be tabulated as below:

3 025-3 155 kHz 3 900-3 950 kHz (Region 1 only) 4 700-4 750 kHz 5 680-5 730 kHz 6 685-6 765 kHz

8 965- 9 040 kHz 11 175-11 275 kHz 13 200-13 260 kHz 15 010-15 100 kHz 17 970-18 030 kHz

Table 6.1. Channeling arrangement (carrier (reference) frequencies)

for the aeronautical mobile (OR) service bands between 3 025 kHz and 18 030 kHz

Frequency band 3 025-3 155 kHz: 43 ++++ 1 channel 3 023 1 3 053 3 083 3 113 3 143

3 026 3 056 3 086 3 116 3 146

3 029 3 059 3 089 3 119 3 149

3 032 3 062 3 092 3 122 3 152

3 035 3 065 3 095 3 125

3 038 3 068 3 098 3 128

3 041 3 071 3 101 3 131

3 044 3 074 3 104 3 134

3 047 3 077 3 107 3 137

3 050 3 080 3 110 3 140

Frequency band 3 900-3 950 kHz (Region 1 only): 16 channels 3 900 3 930

3 903 3 933

3 906 3 936

3 909 3 939

3 912 3 942

3 915 3 945

3 918 3 921 3 924 3 927

Frequency band 4 700-4 750 kHz: 16 channels 4 700 4 730

4 703 4 733

4 706 4 736

4 709 4 739

4 712 4 742

4 715 4 745

4 718 4 721 4 724 4 727

Frequency band 5 680-5 730 kHz: 15 ++++ 1 channel 5 680 1 5 711

5 684 5 714

5 687 5 717

5 690 5 720

5 693 5 723

5 696 5 726

5 699 5 702 5 705 5 708

Frequency band 6 685-6 765 kHz: 26 channels 6 685 6 715 6 745

6 688 6 718 6 748

6 691 6 721 6 751

6 694 6 724 6 754

6 697 6 727 6 757

6 700 6 730 6 760

6 703 6 733

6 706 6 736

6 709 6 739

6 712 6 742


8 968 8 998 9 028

8 971 9 001 9 031

8 974 9 004 9 034

8 977 9 007 9 037

8 980 9 010

8 983 9 013

8 986 9 016

8 989 9 019

8 992 9 022

Frequency band 11 175-11 275 kHz: 33 channels 11 175 11 205 11 235 11 265

11 178 11 208 11 238 11 268

11 181 11 211 11 241 11 271

11 184 11 214 11 244

11 187 11 217 11 247

11 190 11 220 11 250

11 193 11 223 11 253

11 196 11 226 11 256

11 199 11 229 11 259

11 202 11 232 11 262


E-1

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

Aeronautical Mobile Frequencies

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

ANNEX C-6

Table 6.1. Channeling arrangement (carrier (reference) frequencies) for the aeronautical mobile (OR) service bands between 3 025 kHz and 18 030 kHz (Cont.)


13 203 13 233

13 206 13 236

13 209 13 239

13 212 13 242

13 215 13 245

13 218 13 248

13 221 13 251

13 224 13 254

13 227 13 257


15 013 15 043 15 073

15 016 15 046 15 076

15 019 15 049 15 079

15 022 15 052 15 082

15 025 15 055 15 085

15 028 15 058 15 088

15 031 15 061 15 091

15 034 15 064 15 094

15 037 15 067 15 097


17 973 18 003

17 976 18 006

17 979 18 009

17 982 18 012

17 985 18 015

17 988 18 018

17 991 18 021

17 994 18 024

17 997 18 027

1 The carrier (reference) frequencies 3 023 kHz and 5 680 kHz are intended for worldwide common use (see also RR Appendix S27, Nos. S27/232 to S27/238).

6.2.2. Classes of emission and power

In the aeronautical mobile (OR) serv ice, in the bands governed by section 6.2, the use of the emissions listed below is permissible; additionally, the use of other emissions is also permissible, subject to below conditions:

– the occupied bandwidth does not exceed 2 800 Hz an d is situated wholly within one frequency channel (see also Resolution 411 (WARC-92));

– the limits of unwanted emission are m et. These limits for aircraft station transmitters first installed after 1 February 1983 and for aeronautical station transmitters in use after 1 February 1983 are in accordance to below table.

Table 6.2. Limits of unwanted emission

!" Telephony

– J3E (single-sideband, suppressed carrier).

!" Telegraphy (including automatic data transmission)

– A1A, A1B, F1B; – (A,H)2(A,B); – (R,J)2(A,B,D); – J(7,9)(B,D,X).

Unless otherwise determined with bilateral coordination, the following transmitter power limits (i.e., p ower supplied to the antenna), shall be applied:

Table 6.3. Transmitter power limits

Class of emission Power limit values

(peak envelope power supplied to the antenna) Aeronautical station Aircraft station J3E 36 dBW (PX) 23 dBW (PX) A1A, A1B 30 dBW (PX) 17 dBW (PX) F1B 30 dBW (PX) 17 dBW (PX) A2A, A2B 32 dBW (PX) 19 dBW (PX) H2A, H2B 33 dBW (PX) 20 dBW (PX) (R,J)2(A,B,D) 36 dBW (PX) 23 dBW (PX) J(7,9)(B,D,X) 36 dBW (PX) 23 dBW (PX)

Frequency separation ∆∆∆∆ from the assigned frequency (kHz)

Minimum attenuation below peak envelope power (PX) (dB)

1.5 ≤ ∆ < 4.5 30 4.5 ≤ ∆ < 7.5 38

7.5 ≤ ∆

Aircraft stations: 43 Aeronautical stations: *

* For transmitter power up to and including 50 W: 43 + 10 log10 (PX) (W). For transmitter powers more than 50 W, the attenuation shall be at least 60 dB.


E-2

On the assumption that no antenna gain is in volved, the transmitter powers specified above will result in a m ean effective radiated power of 1 kW (for the aeronautical stations) and 50 W (for the aircraft stations), used as the basis for the establishment of the Plan contained below (Part III of RR. Appendix 26).

Table 6.4. Frequecies assigned to aeronautical mobile service (OR) in Myanmar

Frequency bands (kHz) Assigned frequency (kHz) 3 025-3 155 3 086, 3 107, 3 143, 3 149 4 700-4 750 4 700, 4 703, 4 715, 4 718, 4 727, 4 730 5 680-5 730 5 693, 5 696, 5 699, 5702, 5 708, 5 711 6 685-6 765 6 661, 6 694, 6 712, 6 715, 6 736, 6 739, 6 757, 6 760 8 965-9 040 8 965, 8 968, 8 971, 8 974, 8 989, 8 992, 9 007, 9 010, 9 031, 9 034 11 175-11 275 11 190, 11 235, 11 256 13 200-13 260 13 245, 13 254 15 010-15 100 No assignment 17 970-18 030 No assignment

6.2.3. Alloted frequencies for the aeronautical mobile (OR) service in the exclusive bands between 3 025 and 18 030 kHz in Region 3 where the Union of Myanmar included

Here, in the Table 6.5, the Allotment areas, where the union of Myanmar icluded, extracted from RR Appendix S26, Part III. The complete Allotment plan which contains all three regions and their common coverage areas can be found in Appendix S26, Part III. Whenever the allotment area is followed by another administration's code, indicated in parentheses, the notifications are receivable from the latter administration on the basis of an agreement in accordance with Resolution 1(Rev.WRC-97).

Table 6.5. Alloted frequency where the Uinion of Myanmar included

Carrier frequency

(kHz)

Allotment are

3 086 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM J(USA) MHL(USA) PNG 3 107 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND INS J MHL(USA) PAK PNG 3 143 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM J J(USA) MHL(USA) PNG 4 700 REG3 AUS BGD BRM CHN DGA(USA) FJI GUM HKG IND J(USA) KOR MAC MHL(USA)

NZL PAK PNG TMP(POR) 4 703 REG3 AUS BGD BRM CHN CLN FJI GUM HKG IND J J(USA) KOR MAC MHL(USA) MLA

NZL PAK PNG TMP(POR) 4 715 REG3 AUS BGD BRM FJI GUM HKG IND J(USA) MHL(USA) MLA PAK THA 4 718 REG3 AUS BGD BR M CLN FJI GUM HKG IND J (USA) MHL(USA) MLA NZL PAK PNG

SNG* THA 4 727 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND J MHL(USA) THA TON 4 730 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND INS J(USA) MHL(USA) NZL THA 5 693 REG3 AUS BGD BRM GUM HKG J J(USA) MLA NZL PAK PNG THA 5 696 REG3 AUS BGD BRM CLN FJI GUM J(USA) NZL PAK SNG THA 5 699 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND IRN J MAC MHL(USA) NZL PAK THA VTN 5 702 REG3 AUS BRM CHN FJI IND INS IRN J(USA) MAC NZL PNG THA 5 708 REG3 AUS BRM CHN IND J KOR MHL(USA) NZL PNG SNG THA TMP(POR) 5 711 REG3 AUS BRM CHN IND J(USA) KOR MHL(USA) MLA NZL PNG THA TMP(POR) 6 691 REG3 AUS BGD BRM CHN GUM HKG IND J J(USA) KOR PAK SLM SNG WAK 6 694 REG3 AUS BRM CHN CLN FJI GUM HKG IND J(USA) KOR MLA NZL PNG SNG* WAK 6 712 REG3 AUS BRM CHN IND J(USA) KOR PAK THA TMP(POR) VTN


E-3

Table 6.5. Alloted frequencies where the Uinion of Myanmar included (Cont.) Carrier

frequency (kHz)

Allotment are

6 715 REG3 AUS BRM CHN FJI GUM IND INS J(USA) KOR NZL PAK PHL(USA) PNG THA TMP(POR) 6 736 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM J KOR MHL(USA) PAK SNG THA VTN 6 739 REG3 AUS BRM CHN CLN GUM J(USA) KOR MHL(USA) MLA NZL PAK PNG THA VTN VUT 6 757 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND J MHL(USA) THA TMP(POR) 6 760 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND J J(USA) MHL(USA) MLA NZL PNG SNG* THA TMP(POR) 8 965 REG3 AUS BRM FJI HKG J(USA) KRE MHL(USA) NZL PAK PNG 8 968 REG3 AUS BRM CLN FJI HKG INS J(USA) MHL(USA) MLA NZL PNG SNG* 8 971 REG3 AUS BRM CHN DGA(USA) GUM J(USA) MHL(USA) PNG VTN 8 974 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM J(USA) MHL(USA) NZL PNG VTN 8 989 REG3 AUS BRM FJI IND J J(USA) NZL 8 992 REG3 AUS BRM CHN FJI GUM IND J(USA) NZL PNG 9 007 REG3 AUS BRM CHN FJI GUM INS IRN J KIR VTN WAK 9 010 REG3 AUS BRM FJI GUM INS IRN J KIR NZL PAK VTN WAK 9 031 REG3 AUS BGD BRM CHN GUM J MHL(USA) MLA NZL PAK TMP(POR) WAK 9 034 REG3 BGD BRM CHN GUM INS J MHL(USA) MLA NZL PAK SMO TMP(POR) WAK

11 190 REG3 AUS BRM CHN DGA(USA) GUM INS IRN J(USA) MHL(USA) NZL 11 235 REG3 AUS BRM GUM J PNG SNG 11 256 REG3 AUS BRM CHN FJI GUM INS IRN J(USA) 13 245 REG3 AUS BRM CHN FJI GUM J J(USA) MHL(USA) NZL OCE VTN 13 254 REG3 AUS BRM CHN GUM IND J(USA) NZL WAK

Note: The allotment which is followed by an asterisk (*) is subject to coordination with another administration (see Notes on the concluded operational agreements which follow the Arrangement).

6.3. Frequency allotment Plan for the aeronautical mobile (R) service and related information

6.3.1. Frequencies allotted The list of carrier (reference) frequencies allotted in the bands allocated exclusively to the aeronautical mobile (R) service

will be found in the Table 6.62. The frequency separation between carrier (ref erence) frequencies shall be 3 kHz. This is adequate to permit communications in the frequency bands between 2 850 kHz and 22 000 kHz allocated exclusively to the aeronautical mobile (R) service, using the below classes of emission:

− A3E (double sideband, Telephony – amplitude modulation) − H3E (single sideband, full carrier, Telephony – amplitude modulation) − J3E (single sideband, suppressed carrier, Telephony – amplitude modulation) − A1A, A1B (telegraphy without the use of a modulating audio frequency (by on-off keying) – H2B (telegraphy by the on-off keying of an amplitude modulating audio frequency or audio frequencies or by

the on-off keying of the modulated emission and including selective calling, single sideband, full carrier) – J7B (multichannel voice frequency telegraphy, single sideband, suppressed carrier) – JXX (other telegraphy transmissions such as automatic data transmission, single sideband, suppressed carrier) – F1B (telegraphy by frequency shift keying without the use of a m odulating audio frequency, one of two

frequencies being emitted at any instant) The carrier (reference) frequency of the channels in the Plan shall be an integral multiple of 1 kHz. The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) coordinates radiocommunications of the aeronautical mobile (R) service with international aeronautical operations and this Organization should be consulted in all appropriate cases in the operational use of the frequencies in the Plan.

2 To calculate the assigned frequency from a carrier (ref erence) frequency given in the table, reference should be made to Nos. S27/75, S27/77 and S27/78 in Appendix RR S27. * Note by the Secretariat: The relevant article in the Radio Regulations is now Article S6 entitled “Special Agreements”.


E-4

Table 6.6. Table Frequencies allotted in the bands allocated exclusively to the aeronautical mobile (R) service 2 850-3 025 kHz

2 851 2 938 2 854 2 941 2 857 2 944 2 860 2 947 2 863 2 950 2 866 2 953 2 869 2 956 2 872 2 959 2 875 2 962 2 878 2 965 2 881 2 968 2 884 2 971 2 887 2 974 2 890 2 977 2 893 2 980 57 2 896 2 983 chan- 2 899 2 986 nels 2 902 2 989 2 905 2 992 2 908 2 995 2 911 2 998 2 914 3 001 2 917 3 004 2 920 3 007 2 923 3 010 2 926 3 013 2 929 3 016 2 932 3 019 2 935

(R) 3 023 and (OR)

3 400-3 500 kHz

3 401 3 452 3 404 3 455 3 407 3 458 3 410 3 461 3 413 3 464 3 416 3 467 3 419 3 470 3 422 3 473 33 3 425 3 476 chan- 3 428 3 479 nels 3 431 3 482 3 434 3 485 3 437 3 488 3 440 3 491 3 443 3 494 3 446 3 497 3 449

4 650-4 700 kHz

4 651 4 675 4 654 4 678 4 657 4 681 16 4 660 4 684 chan- 4 663 4 687 nels 4 666 4 690 4 669 4 693 4 672 4 696

5 450-5 480 kHz

Region2

5 451 5 466 5 454 5 469 9 5 457 5 472 chan- 5 460 5 475 nels 5 463

5 480-5 680 kHz

5 481 5 580 5 484 5 583 5 487 5 586 5 490 5 589 5 493 5 592 5 496 5 595 5 499 5 598 5 502 5 601 5 505 5 604 5 508 5 607 5 511 5 610 5 514 5 613 5 517 5 616 5 520 5 619 5 523 5 622 5 526 5 625 5 529 5 628 66 5 532 5 631 chan- 5 535 5 634 nels 5 538 5 637 5 541 5 640 5 544 5 643 5 547 5 646 5 550 5 649 5 553 5 652 5 556 5 655 5 559 5 658 5 562 5 661 5 565 5 664 5 568 5 667 5 571 5 670 5 574 5 673 5 577 5 676

(R) 5 680 and (OR)

6 525-6 685 kHz

6 526 6 607 6 529 6 610 6 532 6 613 6 535 6 616 6 538 6 619 6 541 6 622 6 544 6 625 6 547 6 628 6 550 6 631 6 553 6 634 6 556 6 637 6 559 6 640 6 562 6 643 53 6 565 6 646 chan- 6 568 6 649 nels 6 571 6 652 6 574 6 655 6 577 6 658 6 580 6 661 6 583 6 664 6 586 6 667 6 589 6 670 6 592 6 673 6 595 6 676 6 598 6 679 6 601 6 682 6 604

8 815 -8 965 kHz

8 816 8 891 8 819 8 894 8 822 8 897 8 825 8 900 8 828 8 903 8 831 8 906 8 834 8 909 8 837 8 912 8 840 8 915 8 843 8 918 8 846 8 921 8 849 8 924 8 852 8 927 49 8 855 8 930 chan- 8 858 8 933 nels 8 861 8 936 8 864 8 939 8 867 8 942 8 870 8 945 8 873 8 948 8 876 8 951 8 879 8 954 8 882 8 957 8 885 8 960 8 888

10 005-10 100 kHz

10 006 10 054 10 009 10 057 10 012 10 060 10 015 10 063 10 018 10 066 10 021 10 069 10 024 10 072 31 10 027 10 075 chan- 10 030 10 078 nels 10 033 10 081 10 036 10 084 10 039 10 087 10 042 10 090 10 045 10 093 10 048 10 096 10 051

11 275-11 400 kHz

11 276 11 339 11 279 11 342 11 282 11 345 11 285 11 348 11 288 11 351 11 291 11 354 11 294 11 357 11 297 11 360 11 300 11 363 11 303 11 366 41 11 306 11 369 chan- 11 309 11 372 nels 11 312 11 375 11 315 11 378 11 318 11 381 11 321 11 384 11 324 11 387 11 327 11 390 11 330 11 393 11 333 11 396 11 336

13 260-13 360 kHz

13 261 13 312 13 264 13 315 13 267 13 318 13 270 13 321 13 273 13 324 13 276 13 327 13 279 13 330 13 282 13 333 33 13 285 13 336 chan- 13 288 13 339 nels 13 291 13 342 13 294 13 345 13 297 13 348 13 300 13 351 13 303 13 354 13 306 13 357 13 309

17 900-17 970 kHz

17 901 17 937 17 904 17 940 17 907 17 943 17 910 17 946 17 913 17 949 23 17 916 17 952 chan- 17 919 17 955 nels 17 922 17 958 17 925 17 961 17 928 17 964 17 931 17 967 17 934

21 924-22 000 kHz

21 925 21 964 21 928 21 967 21 931 21 970 21 934 21 973 21 937 21 976 21 940 21 979 25 21 943 21 982 chan- 21 946 21 985 nels 21 949 21 988 21 952 21 991 21 955 21 994 21 958 21 997 21 961


E-5

6.3.2. Assigned frequencies

For single-sideband emissions, except the class of emission H2B, the assigned frequency shall be at a value 1 400 Hz above the carrier (reference) frequency. If aeronautical stations equipped with selective calling systems, the class of emission H2B shall be indicated in the Supplementary Information column of the form of notice (see RR Appendix S4). In other cases, the assigned frequency shall be at the carrier (reference) frequency.

6.3.3. Frequency separation

The frequency separation between carrier (reference) frequencies shall be 3 kHz. This is adequate to permit communications using the above classes of emission in the frequency bands between 2 850 kHz and 22 000 kHz allocated exclusively to the aeronautical mobile (R) service. The carrier (reference) frequency of the channels in the Plan shall be an integral multiple of 1 kHz.

For radiotelephone emissions the audio frequencies will be limited to between 300 Hz an d 2 700 Hz and the occupied bandwidth of other authorized emissions will not exceed the upper limit of J3E emissions. In specifying these limits, however, no restriction in their extension is implied in so far as em issions other than J3E are co ncerned, provided that the limits of unwanted emissions are met. These limits explained in Table 6.2. For aircraft and aeronautical station transmitter types first installed before 1 February 1983, the audio frequencies will be limited to 3 000 Hz. On account of the possibility of interference, a g iven channel should not be used in the same allotment area f or radiotelephony and data transmissions.

In addition, the use of channels derived from the frequencies indicated in Table 6.6 for the various classes of emissions other than J3E and H2B will be subject to special arrangements by the administrations concerned and affected in order to avoid harmful interference which may result from the simultaneous use of the same channel for several classes o f emission. To preclude the possibility of interference, adjacent channels in the list of frequencies in Table 6.6 have not as a rule been allotted to the same MWARA, RDARA or VOLMET areas. However, to satisfy particular needs, the administrations concerned may conclude special arrangements for the assignment of adjacent channels derived from the frequencies in the table. T hese arrangements should be made under the Articles of the Constitution and Convention of the International Telecommunication Union and the Radio Regulations entitled “Special Arrangements*”.

6.4. Air routes 6.4.1. Air routes definition A major world air route is a lo ng-distance route, made up of one or more segments, essentially international in character, extending through more than one country and requiring long-distance communication facilities. A major world air route area (MWARA) is an area em bracing a certain number of major world air rou tes, which generally follow the same traffic pattern and are so related geographically that the same frequency families may logically be applied. Regional and Domestic Air Route are all those using the Aeronautical Mobile (R) Service not covered by the definition of a Major World Air Route. Regional and Domestic Air Route Area (RDARA) is an area embracing a certain number of the air routes defined in Regional and Domestic Air Route. A VOLMET Allotment Area is an area encompassing all points where an HF broadcast facility might be required to operate on a family of frequencies common to the area A VOLMET Reception Area is an area within which aircraft should be able to receiv e broadcasts front one or more stations in the associated VOLMET Allotment Area. A World-Wide Allotment Area is one in which frequencies are allo tted to provide long-distance communication between an aeronautical station within that allotment area and aircraft operating anywhere in the world1.

The detailed and classified definition of above air routes can be found in RR Appendix S27 and here just those parts have been given that covers or crosses the Union of Myanmar in association with relevant maps in Annex 6.1.

6.4.2. Description of the boundaries of the regional and domestic air route areas and relevant allotment plan (RDARAs) where The union of Myanmar included

Sub-Area 6A From the point 37° N 75° E, along the border between Pakistan and Afghanistan, and the Islamic Republic of Iran and

Pakistan to the point 23° N 61° E. Thence to Mumbai. From Mumbai to 24° N 80° E. Thence to Calcutta. Thence along the coast of Bangladesh and Myanmar to reach the border betw een Myanmar and Thailand. North along this border and that

1 S27/9.1 The type of communication referred to in S27/9 may be regulated by administrations.


E-6

between Myanmar and Lao People’s Democratic Republic. Thence along the border between China and Myanmar. Thence westward along the southern border of China to the point 37° N 75° E.

Sub-Area 6E From the point 20° N 73° E, and through the points 02° S 73° E, 02° S 92° E, through Weh Island (off the north coast

of Sumatra) to 10° N 97° E. Thence along the coasts of Myanmar, Bangladesh and India to Calcutta. Then through the points 24° N 80° E to 20° N 73° E.

Sub-Area 6F From the point 25° N 123° E, 21° N 121° 30' E, 20° N 120° E, 20° N 113° E, thence south around the Island of Hainan

and along China-Viet Nam, China-Lao People’s Democratic Republic and China-Myanmar borders to the junction of the borders of China, India and Myanmar, south along the India-Myanmar and Bangladesh-Myanmar borders to the Bay of Bengal. Along the coast of Myanmar to its southernmost point then to Weh Island (off the north coast of Sumatra). Then to the point 02° S 92° E and through the point 10° S 92° E to 10° S 110° E. Then northward along 110° E meridian, thence along the boundary of Sub-Area 6C to the points 20° N 130° E, 43° N 147° E, thence westward between the territorial waters of Japan and the Russian Federation and along the border between the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea and the Russian Federation, then the border bet ween China and the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, to the points 39° 49' 41" N 124° 10' 06" E, 39° 31' 51" N 124° 06' 31" E, 39° N 124° E, then to the point 32° 30' N 124° E. Between the points 32° 30' N 124° E and 25° N 123° E, the limit of this Sub-Area is undefined.

Sub-Area 6G From the point 32° 30' N 124° E northward to 39° N 124° E, 39° 31' 51" N 124° 06' 31" E then to 39° 49' 41" N

124° 10' 06" E on the border bet ween China and the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea. Then along the border of China to the junction of the border w ith India and Myanmar. Thence southward along the India-Myanmar and Bangladesh-Myanmar borders to the Bay of Bengal. Along the coast of Myanmar to its southernmost point. Then to Weh Island (off the north coast of Sumatra). Then to the point 02° S 92° E and through the point 10° S 92° E to 10° S 110° E. Then eastward to 10° S 141° E extending northward to 00° 141° E and then to 04° N 130° E through the point 20° N 130° E to 20° N 120° 40' E. Thence northward to the points 21° N 121° 30' E and 25° N 123° E. Between the points 25° N 123° E and the point 32° 30' N 124° E, the limit of this Sub-Area is undefined. In the area where Sub-Areas 6D, 6F an d 6G are com mon, the frequencies allotted to Su b-Area 6G shall be used only by the aeronautical stations of China; the frequencies allotted to Sub-Areas 6D and 6F will be used only by the aeronautical stations of the other administrations in the common area. A lso in this common area, th e operational use by China of the frequencies allotted to Sub-Area 6G shall be within the area defined by a line starting at 21° 32' 52" N 108° E, passing through the points 20° N 108° E, 20° N 107° E, 18° N 107° E, 18° N 108° E, 15° N 110° E, 10° N 110° E, 06° N 108° E, 03° 30' N 112° E, 04° N 113° E, 08° N 116° E, 10° N 118° E, 14° N 119° E, 18° N 119° E to 20° N 120° 40' E and thence along the limit of Sub-Area 6D to 21° 32' 52" N 108° E.

Table 6.7. Frequency allotment Plan in RDARAs where the Union of Myanmar included Frequency bands (MHz)

Area 3 3.5 4.7 5.4 (Reg. 2)

5.6 6.6 9 10 11.3 13.3 18

kHz kHz KHz kHz kHz KHz KHz KHz kHz kHz kHz 6A 2 872

2 923 2 947 3 001

3 479 4 657* 4 675

5 484 5 580 5 601

6 607 6 613 6 658

8 891 8 906 8 948

10 006 10 051

10 081*

11 321 11 357

6D 2 866 2 884

3 416 5 490 5 520 5 568 5 574 5 631

6 550 6 568 6 577 6 595

8 882 8 957

11 309 11 372

6E 2 854 2 872 2 917 3 001

3 443 4 657* 4 675

5 514 5 526 5 550

6 583 6 655 6 661

8 861* 8 906 8 909

10 036 10 051 10 084

11 357 11 363

6F 2 926 2 941

3 434 3 440

5 496 5 508

6 526 6 667

8 864 8 939

10 060 11 279 11 366


E-7

Table 6.7. Frequency allotment Plan in RDARAs where the Union of Myanmar included (Cont.)

Frequency bands (MHz) Area 3 3.5 4.7 5.4

(Reg. 2) 5.6 6.6 9 10 11.3 13.3 18

kHz kHz KHz kHz kHz KHz KHz kHz kHz KHz kHz 6G 2 869*

2 875* 2 890

2 896* 2 899

2 902* 2 911* 2 917* 2 938 2 953 2 962

2 968* 2 971 2 977 2 983 2 989 2 995

3 413* 3 422* 3 431* 3 437 3 446

3 449* 3 464 3 482

4 651* 4 663* 4 669* 4 672* 4 690* 4 696*

5 481 5 487

5 493* 5 499* 5 505* 5 511* 5 517* 5 523 5 547 5 553 5 559 5 565 5 571 5 577 5 583 5 592 5 598 5 604

6 529 6 535 6 541 6 547 6 553 6 559 6 565 6 574 6 580 6 586 6 598 6 604 6 610 6 616 6 622 6 628 6 634 6 649

8 816 8 825 8 831 8 843 8 858 8 867

8 870* 8 873

8 888* 8 912* 8 960

10 018* 10 054* 10 063*

11 276* 11 282* 11 288 11 294* 11 300* 11 306 11 315 11 369

13 270 13 276

17 913

6.4.3. Description of the boundaries of the major world air route areas (MWARAs) and relevant allotment plan, where The union of Myanmar included or crossed

Major World Air Route Area – INDIAN OCEAN (MWARA-INO) From the South Pole through the points 30° S 26° E, 20° N 35° E, 30° N 60° E, 30° N 90° E, 30° S 120° E, 40° S 160° E to the South Pole.

Major World Air Route Area – SOUTH EAST ASIA (MWARA-SEA) From the point 26° N 130° E, through the points 00° 130° E, 00° 135° E, 12° S 145° E, 12° S 160° E, 25° S 155° E, 40° S 150° E, 35° S 115° E, 18° N 62° E, 26° N 65° E, to the point 26° N 130° E.

Major World Air Route Area – EAST ASIA (MWARA-EA) From the point 55° N 124° E through the points 37° N 145° E, 26° N 130° E, 00° 130° E, 00° 80° E, 18° N 62° E, 37° N 67° E, 55° N 80° E to the point 55° N 124° E.

Table 6.8. Frequency allotment Plan in MWARAs where the Union of Myanmar included

Frequency bands (MHz)

Area 3 3.5 4.7 5.4 (Reg. 2)

5.6 6.6 9 10 11.3 13.3 18

kHz kHz KHz kHz kHz KHz KHz kHz kHz kHz kHz

INO 3 476 5 634 8 879 13 306 17 961 SEA 3 470

3 485 5 649

5 655 6 556 8 942 10 066 11 396 13 309

13 318 17 907

EA 3 016 3 485 3 491

5 655 5 670

6 571 8 897 10 042 11 396 13 297 13 303 13 309

17 907


E-8

6.4.4. Description of the boundaries of the VOLMET allotment areas, VOLMET reception areas and relevant allotment plan, where The union of Myanmar included

VOLMET Area – PACIFIC (PAC-MET) The PA C-MET allotment area is defined by a line drawn from the point 52° N 132° E, through the points 63° N 149° W, 38° N 120° W, 50° S 120° W, 50° S 145° E, 28° S 145° E, 03° S 129° E, 22° N 112° E to the point 52° N 132° E.

The PAC-MET reception area is defined by a l ine drawn from the point 60° N 100° E through the points 75° N 160°W, 75° N 110° W, 65° S 110° W, 65° S 145° E, 28° S 145° E, 03° S 129° E, 05° N 80° E, 40° N 80° E, to the point 60° N 100° E.

VOLMET Area – SOUTH EAST ASIA (SEA-MET) The SEA-MET allotment area is defined by a line drawn from the point 55° N 75° E, through the points 55° N 135° E, 45° N 135° E, 35° N 130° E, 10° N 130° E, 10° S 155° E, 35° S 155° E, 35° S 116° E, 08° N 75° E, 26° N 65° E, to the point 55° N 75° E.

The SEA-MET reception area is defined by a line drawn from the point 55° N 50° E, through the points 55° N 180°, 50° S 180°, 50° S 70° E, 08° N 70° E, 08° N 50° E, to the point 55° N 50° E.

Table 6.9. Frequency allotment Plan in VOLMET areas where the Union of Myanmar included


Area 3 3.5 4.7 5.4 (Reg. 2)

5.6 6.6 9 10 11.3 13.3 18 22

kHz kHz kHz KHz kHz kHz kHz KHz kHz kHz kHz KHz

VPAC 2 863 6 679 8 828 13 282 VSEA 2 965 3 458 5 673 6 676 8 849 11 387 13 285

6.4.5. World-wide allotment areas, where the Union of Myanmar included The Union of Myanmar located within World-wide Area III. Table 6.10 contains allotted frequency in this area.

Table 6.10. World-wide allotment areas III


Area 3 3.5 4.7 5.4 (Reg. 2)

5.6 6.6 9 10 11.3 13.3 18 22

kHz kHz KHz kHz kHz kHz kHz kHz kHz kHz kHz kHz

W III 3 007 4 687 6 637 8 921 8 930

10 072 10 078

11 342 11 351

13 324 13 333 13 342 13 351

17 916 17 922 17 928 17 934 17 940

21 949 21 970


E-9

Annex 6.1. Maps of air routs

Figure 6.1. The boundaries of the VOLMET allotment areas and VOLMET reception areas, where The union of Myanmar included

Figure 6.2. The boundaries of the major world air route areas (MWARAs), where The union of Myanmar included or crossed


E-10

Figure 6.3. The boundaries of the regional and domestic air route areas (RDARAs) where The union of Myanmar included


E-11




AAnnnneexx CC--77::

BBrrooaaddccaassttiinngg FFrreeqquueenncciieess



F‐2

Annex C‐7: Broadcasting Frequencies Sound broadcasting In Myanmar, the following frequency bands are used for the public sound Broadcasting service:

Frequency band (kHz)

Type of emission Commercial name

526.5 ‐ 1 606.5 standard (double side band) AM sound broadcasting

MW (medium wave) band

5 900 ‐ 6 200 standard (double side band) AM sound broadcasting

SW (short wave) band

7 100 ‐ 7 350 standard (double side band) AM sound broadcasting

SW (short wave) band

87 000 ‐ 108 000 commercial FM sound broadcasting FM band

In ITU Region 3, these bands are also allocated to broadcasting service exclusively; therefore, Myanmar’s allocation is compatible with the regional allocation plan. Television broadcasting The following table shows the frequency bands and channel carrier frequencies (M system) that are being used (or being considered for use) by television broadcasters in Myanmar: frequency band

(MHz) radio frequency

channel numbers frequency

band (MHz) picture carrier

frequency (MHz) sound carrier

frequency (MHz)

174-223 (High VHF band)

7 174-180 175.25 179.75 8 180-186 181.25 185.75 9 186-192 187.25 191.75

10 192-198 193.25 197.75 11 198-204 199.25 203.75 12 204-210 205.25 209.75 13 210-216 211.25 215.75

470-585 (UHF band)

14 470-476 471.25 475.75 15 476-482 477.25 481.75 16 482-488 483.25 487.75 17 488-494 489.25 493.75 18 494-500 495.25 499.75 19 500-506 501.25 505.75 20 506-512 507.25 511.75 21 512-518 513.25 517.75 22 518-524 519.25 523.75 23 524-530 525.25 529.75 24 530-536 531.25 535.75 25 536-542 537.25 541.75 26 542-548 543.25 547.75 27 548-554 549.25 553.75 28 554-560 555.25 559.75 29 560-566 561.25 565.75 30 566-572 567.25 571.75 31 572-578 573.25 577.75 32 578-584 589.75 583.75




AAnnnneexx CC--88::

SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonn ooff EEmmiissssiioonnss


3.1. Classification of emissions and necessary bandwidths

3.1.1. Necessary bandwidth

The necessary bandwidth, as defined in section 1.7 and determined in accordance with the formulae and examples, shall be expressed by three numerals and one letter. T he letter o ccupies the position of the decimal point and represents the unit of bandwidth. The first character shall be neither zero nor K, M or G. The Necessary bandwidths1:

between 0.001 and 999 Hz shall be expressed in Hz (letter H); between 1.00 and 999 kHz shall be expressed in kHz (letter K); between 1.00 and 999 MHz shall be expressed in MHz (letter M); between 1.00 and 999 GHz shall be expressed in GHz (letter G).

For the full designation of an emission, the necessary bandwidth, indicated in four characters, shall be added just before the classification symbols. When used, the necessary bandwidth shall be determined by one of the following methods:

• use of the formulae and examples of necessary bandwidths and designation of corresponding emissions given in Recommendation ITU-R SM.1138;

• computation, in accordance with other ITU-R Recommendations; • measurement, in cases not covered by two above methods.

3.1.2. Classification

Various types of emissions, based on their basic characteristics, can be clas sified using three mandatory and two optional symbols. The meaning of three basic characteristic symbols is:

!" first symbol – type of modulation of the main carrier; !" second symbol – nature of signal(s) modulating the main carrier; !" third symbol – type of information to be transmitted.

Modulation used only for short periods and for incidental purposes (such as, in many cases, for identification or calling) may be ignored provided that the necessary bandwidth as indicated is not thereby increased.

Table 3.1. First symbol – type of modulation of the main carrier Type of modulation symbol

Emission of an unmodulated carrier N Double-sideband, A Single-sideband, full carrier H Single-sideband, reduced or variable level carrier R Single-sideband, suppressed carrier J Independent sidebands B

Amplitude modulation

Vestigial sideband, C Frequency modulation F Angle

modulation Phase modulation G Emission in which the main carrier is amplitude- and angle-modulated either simultaneously or in a pre-established sequence

D

Sequence of unmodulated pulses P

1 Examples: 0.002 Hz = H002 12.5 kHz = 12K5 1.25 MHz = 1M25 25.3 Hz = 25H3 180.4 kHz = 180K 10 MHz = 10M0 400 Hz = 400H 180.5 kHz = 181K 202 MHz = 202M 2.4 kHz = 2K40 180.7 kHz = 181K 5.65 GHz = 5G65


G-1

yara

Typewritten Text

Specification of Emissions

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

ANNEX C-8

Table 3.1. First symbol – type of modulation of the main carrier (Cont.)

Type of modulation symbol modulated in amplitude K modulated in width/duration L modulated in position/phase M in which the carrier is angle-modulated during the angle-period of the pulse Q

A sequence of pulses

which is a combination of the foregoing or is produced by other means V Cases not covered above, in which an emission consists of the main carrier modulated, either simultaneously or in a pre-established sequence, in a combination of two or more of the following modes: amplitude, angle, pulse

W

Cases not otherwise covered X

Table 3.2. Second symbol – nature of signal(s) modulating the main carrier

Type of modulation symbol No modulating signal 0 A single channel containing quantized or digital information without the use of a modulating sub-carrier1

1

A single channel containing quantized or digital information with the use of a modulating sub-carrier1

2

A single channel containing analogue information 3 Two or more channels containing quantized or digital information 7 Two or more channels containing analogue information 8 Composite system with one or more channels containing quantized or digital information, together with one or more channels containing analogue information

9

Cases not otherwise covered X

Table 3.3. Third symbol – type of information to be transmitted2

Type of modulation symbol No information transmitted N

for aural reception A

Telegraphy for automatic reception B

Facsimile C Data transmission, telemetry, telecommand D Telephony (including sound broadcasting) E Television (video) F Combination of the above W Cases not otherwise covered X

3.1.3. Optional characteristics for the classification of emissions

Two optional characteristics should be added for a more complete description of an emission. These are:

Fourth symbol – Details of signal(s), Fifth symbol – Nature of multiplexing,

Where the fourth or fifth symbol is used it shall be as indicated below. Where the fourth or the fifth symbol is not used this should be indicated by a dash where each symbol would otherwise appear.

1 This excludes time-division multiplex. 2 In this context the word “information” does not include information of a constant, unvarying nature such as is provided by standard frequency emissions, continuous wave and pulse radars, etc.


G-2

Table 3.4. Fourth symbol – Details of signal(s)

Type of modulation symbol elements of differing numbers and/or durations A

elements of the same number and duration without error-correction B Two-condition code with elements of the same number and duration with error- correction C

Four-condition code in which each condition represents a signal element (or one or more bits) D in which each condition represents a signal element (of one or more bits) E Multi-condition

code in which each condition or combination of conditions represents a character F broadcasting quality (monophonic) G broadcasting quality (stereophonic or quadraphonic) H commercial quality (excluding categories given in below ‘K’ and ‘L’ symbols

J

commercial quality with the use of frequency inversion or band- splitting K

Sound of

commercial quality with separate frequency-modulated signals to control the level of demodulated signal

L

Monochrome M

Video signal Colour N

Combination of the above W Cases not otherwise covered X

Table 3.5. Fifth symbol – Nature of multiplexing

Type of modulation symbol None N Code-division multiplex1 C Frequency-division multiplex F Time-division multiplex T Combination of frequency-division multiplex and time-division multiplex W Other types of multiplexing X

3.2. Table of transmitter frequency tolerances Frequency tolerance is defined in section 1.7 and is expressed in parts in 106 in right column, unless otherwise indicated. In this table, the power shown for the various categories of stations is the peak envelope power for single-sideband transmitters and the mean power for all other transmitters, unless otherwise indicated. The term “power of a radio transmitter” is defined in section 1.7. However, for technical and operational reasons, certain categories of stations may need more stringent tolerances than those shown in the table.

Table 3.6. Frequency Tolerances

Frequency bands (lower limit exclusive, upper limit inclusive) and categories of stations

Tolerances applicable to transmitters

Band: 9 kHz to 535 kHz 1 Fixed stations: – 9 kHz to 50 kHz

– 50 kHz to 535 kHz

100 50

2 Land stations: a) Coast stations b) Aeronautical stations

100 1, 2 100

3 Mobile stations: a) Ship stations

b) Ship’s emergency transmitters c) Survival craft stations d) Aircraft stations

200 3, 4 500 5 500 100

1 This includes bandwidth expansion techniques.


G-3

Table 3.6. Frequency Tolerances (Cont.)



4 Radiodetermination stations 100 5 Broadcasting stations 10 Hz

Band: 535 kHz to 1 606.5 kHz (1 605 kHz in Region 2) Broadcasting stations

10 Hz 6

Band: 1 606.5 kHz (1 605 kHz in Region 2) to 4 000 kHz 1 Fixed stations: – power 200 W or less

– power above 200 W

100 7, 8

5 0 7, 8 2 Land stations: – power 200 W or less


100 1, 2, 7, 9, 10 50 1, 2, 7, 9, 10

Band: 1 606.5 kHz (1 605 kHz in Region 2) to 4 000 kHz (cont.) 3 Mobile stations: a) Ship stations

b) Survival craft stations c) Emergency position-indicating radiobeacons d) Aircraft stations e) Land mobile stations

40 Hz 3, 4, 12 100 100 100 10 50 13

4 Radiodetermination stations: – power 200 W or less


20 14 10 14

5 Broadcasting stations 10 Hz 15 Band: 4 MHz to 29.7 MHz 1 Fixed stations: a) Single-sideband and independent-sideband emissions: – power 500 W or less

– power above 500 W b) Class F1B emissions c) Other classes of emission: – power 500 W or less


50 Hz 20 Hz 10 Hz 20 10

2 Land stations: a) Coast stations

20 Hz 1, 2, 16

b) Aeronautical stations: – power 500 W or less

– power above 500 W c) Base stations

100 10 50 10 20 7

3 Mobile stations: a) Ship stations: 1) Class A1A emissions

2) Emissions other than Class A1A b) Survival craft stations c) Aircraft stations d) Land mobile stations

10 50 Hz 3, 4, 19 50 100 10 40 20


G-4




4 Broadcasting stations 10 Hz 15, 21 5 Space stations 20 6 Earth stations 20 Band: 29.7 MHz to 100 MHz 1 Fixed stations: – power 50 W or less


30 20

2 Land stations 20 3 Mobile stations 20 22 4 Radiodetermination stations 50 5 Broadcasting stations (other than television) 2 000 Hz 23 6 Broadcasting stations (television sound and vision) 500 Hz 24, 25 7 Space stations 20 8 Earth stations 20 Band: 100 MHz to 470 MHz 1 Fixed stations: – power 50 W or less


20 26

10 2 Land stations: a) Coast stations b) Aeronautical stations c) Base stations: – in the band 100-235 MHz

– in the band 235-401 MHz – in the band 401-470 MHz

10 20 28 15 29 7 29

5 29 3 Mobile stations: a) Ship stations and survival craft stations: – in the band 156-174 MHz

– outside the band 156-174 MHz

10 50 31

b) Aircraft stations c) Land mobile stations: – in the band 100-235 MHz

– in the band 235-401 MHz – in the band 401-470 MHz

30 28 15 29 7 29, 32

5 29, 32 4 Radiodetermination stations 50 33 5 Broadcasting stations (other than television) 2 000 Hz 23 6 Broadcasting stations (television sound and vision) 500 Hz 24, 25 7 Space stations 20 8 Earth stations 20


G-5




Band: 470 MHz to 2 450 MHz 1 Fixed stations: – power 100 W or less


100 50

2 Land stations 20 36 3 Mobile stations 20 36 4 Radiodetermination stations 500 33 5 Broadcasting stations (other than television) 100 6 Broadcasting stations (television sound and vision) in the band 470 MHz to 960 MHz

500 Hz 24, 25

7 Space stations 20 8 Earth stations 20 Band: 2 450 MHz to 10 500 MHz 1 Fixed stations: – power 100 W or less


200 50

2 Land stations 100 3 Mobile stations 100 4 Radiodetermination stations 1 250 33 5 Space stations 50 6 Earth stations 50 Band: 10.5 GHz to 40 GHz 1 Fixed station 300 2 Radiodetermination stations 5 000 33 3 Broadcasting stations 100 4 Space stations 100 5 Earth stations 100

Notes in the table of transmitter frequency tolerances, Table 3.6 1 For coast station transmitters used for direct-printing telegraphy or for data transmission, the tolerance is: – 5 Hz for narrow-band phase-shift keying; – 15 Hz for frequency-shift keying for transmitters in use or installed before 2 January 1992; – 10 Hz for frequency-shift keying for transmitters installed after 1 January 1992. 2 For coast station transmitters used for digital selective calling, the tolerance is 10 Hz. This tolerance applies to transmitters installed after 1 January 1992 and to all transmitters after the date of full implementation of the GMDSS (s ee Annex 4.1). 3 For ship station transmitters used for direct-printing telegraphy or for data transmission, the tolerance is: – 5 Hz for narrow-band phase-shift keying; – 40 Hz for frequency-shift keying for transmitters in use or installed before 2 January 1992; – 10 Hz for frequency-shift keying for transmitters installed after 1 January 1992. 4 For ship station transmitters used for digital selective calling, the tolerance is 1 0 Hz. T his tolerance applies to transmitters installed after 1 January 1992 and to all transmitters after the date of full implementation of the GMDSS (s ee Annex 4.1). 5 If the emergency transmitter is used as the reserve transmitter for the main transmitter, the tolerance for ship station transmitters applies. 6 In countries covered by the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement (NARBA) the tolerance of 20 Hz may continue to be applied. 7 For single-sideband radiotelephone transmitters except at coast stations, the tolerance is: – 50 Hz in the bands 1 606.5 (1 605 Region 2)-4 000 kHz and 4-29.7 MHz, for peak envelope powers of 200 W or less and 500 W or less, respectively;


G-6

– 20 Hz in the bands 1 606.5 (1 605 Region 2)-4 000 kHz and 4-29.7 MHz, for peak envelope powers above 200 W and 500 W, respectively. 8 For radiotelegraphy transmitters with frequency-shift keying the tolerance is 10 Hz. 9 For coast station single-sideband radiotelephone transmitters the tolerance is 20 Hz. 10 For single-sideband transmitters operating in the frequency bands 1 606.5 (1 605 Region 2)-4 000 kHz & 4-29.7 MHz which are allocated exclusively to the aeronautical mobile (R) service, the tolerance on the carrier (reference) frequency is: a) for all aeronautical stations, 10 Hz; b) for all aircraft stations operating on international services, 20 Hz; c) for aircraft stations operating exclusively on national services, 50 Hz*. 12 For A1A emissions the tolerance is 50 × 10–6. 13 For transmitters used for single-sideband or for frequency-shift keying radiotelegraphy the tolerance is 40 Hz. 14 For radiobeacon transmitters in the band 1 606.5 (1 605 Region 2)-1 800 kHz the tolerance is 50 × 10–6. 15 For A3E emissions with carrier power of 10 kW or less the tolerance is 20 × 10–6, 15 × 10–6 and 10 × 10–6 in the bands 1 606.5 (1 605 Region 2)-4 000 kHz, 4-5.95 MHz and 5.95-29.7 MHz respectively. 16 For A1A emissions the tolerance is 10 × 10–6. 19 For ship station transmitters in the band 26 175-27 500 kHz, on board small craft, with a carrier power not exceeding 5W in or near coastal waters and utilizing A3E or F3E and G3E emissions, the frequency tolerance is 40 × 10–6. 20 The tolerance is 50Hz for single-sideband radiotelephone transmitters, except for those transmitters operating in the band 26 175-27 500 kHz, and not exceeding a peak envelope power of 15 W, f or which the basic tolerance of 40 × 10–6 applies. 21 It is suggested that administrations avoid carrier frequency differences of a few hertz, which cause degradations similar to periodic fading. This could be avoided if the frequency tolerance were 0.1 Hz, a tolerance which would be suitable for single-sideband emissions*. 22 For non-vehicular mounted portable equipment with a tran smitter mean power not exceeding 5W, the tolerance is 40 ×10–6. 23 For transmitters of a m ean power of 50W or les s operating at f requencies below 108MHz a toleran ce of 3 000Hz applies. 24 In the case of television stations of: – 50 W (vision peak envelope power) or less in the band 29.7-100 MHz; – 100 W (vision peak envelope power) or less in the band 100-960 MHz; and which receive their input from other television stations or which serve small isolated communities, it may not, for operational reasons, be possible to maintain this tolerance. For such stations, the tolerance is 2 000 Hz. For stations of 1 W (vision peak envelope power) or less, this tolerance may be relaxed further to: – 5 kHz in the band 100-470 MHz; – 10 kHz in the band 470-960 MHz. 25 For transmitters for system M (NT SC) the tolerance is 1 000 Hz. However, for low power transmitters using this system Note 24 applies. 26 For multi-hop radio-relay systems employing direct frequency conversion the tolerance is 30 × 10–6. 28 For a channel spacing of 50 kHz the tolerance is 50 × 10–6. 29 These tolerances apply to channel spacings equal to or greater than 20 kHz. 31 For transmitters used by on-board communication stations a tolerance of 5 × 10–6 shall apply. 32 For non-vehicular mounted portable equipment with a tran smitter mean power not exceeding 5 W the tolerance is 15 ×10–6. 33 Where specific frequencies are n ot assigned to radar s tations, the bandwidth occupied by the emissions of such stations shall be maintained wholly within the band allocated to the service and the indicated tolerance does not apply. 36 In applying this tolerance administrations should be guided by the latest relevant ITU-R Recommendations.

* NOTE – In order to achieve maximum intelligibility, it is suggested that administrations encourage the reduction of this tolerance to 20 Hz. * NOTE – The single-sideband system adopted for the bands exclusively allocated to HF broadcasting does not require a frequency tolerance less than 10 Hz. The above-mentioned degradation occurs when the ratio of wanted-to-interfering signal is well below the required protection ratio. This remark is equally valid for both double- and single-sideband emissions.


G-7

3.3. Table of maximum permitted spurious emission power levels The following sections indicate the maximum permitted levels of spurious emissions, in terms of power as indicated in the tables, of any spurious component supplied by a transmitter to the antenna transmission line. Section 3.3.1 is applicable until 1 January 2012 to tran smitters installed on or before 1 January 2003; Section 3.3.2 is applicable to transmitters installed after 1 January 2003 and to all transmitters after 1 January 2012. The frequency assigned to a station of a given service shall be separated from the limits of the band allocated to this service in such a way that, taking account of the frequency band assigned to a station, no harmful interference is caused to s ervices to w hich frequency bands immediately adjoining are allocated. Spurious emission from any part of the installation, other than the antenna and its transmission line, shall not have an effect greater than would occur if this antenna system were supplied with the maximum permitted power at that spurious emission frequency. These levels shall not, however, apply to emergency position-indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB) stations, emergency locator transmitters, ships’ emergency transmitters, lifeboat transmitters, survival craft stations or maritime transmitters when used in emergency situations.

For technical or operational reasons, more stringent levels than those specified may be applied to protect specific services in certain frequency bands. The levels applied to protect th ese services, such as safety and passive services, shall be th ose agreed upon by the appropriate world radiocommunication conference. Additionally, special consideration of transmitter spurious emissions may be requ ired for the protection of safety services, radio as tronomy and space services using passive sensors. Information on the levels of interference detrimental to radio astronomy, Earth exploration satellites an d meteorological passive sensing is given in the most recent version of Recommendation ITU-R SM.329. Spurious emission limits for combined radiocommunication and information technology equipment are th ose for the radiocommunication transmitters.

3.3.1. Spurious emission limits for transmitters installed on or before 1 January 2003 (valid until 1 January 2012)

Radar systems are exempt from spurious emission limits under this Section. The lowest practicable pow er of spurious emission should be achieved.

Table 3.7. Attenuation values and absolute mean power levels used to calculate maximum

permitted spurious emission power levels for use with radio equipment

Frequency band containing the assignment

(lower limit exclusive, upper limit inclusive)

For any spurious component, the attenuation (mean power within the necessary bandwidth relative to the mean power of the spurious

component concerned) shall be at least that specified below and the absolute mean power levels given shall not be exceeded1

9 kHz to 30 MHz 40 dB 50 mW 2, 3, 4

30 MHz to 235 MHz – mean power above 25 W 60 dB

1 mW 5 – mean power 25 W or less 40 dB

25 µW 235 MHz to 960 MHz – mean power above 25 W 60 dB

20 mW 6, 7 – mean power 25 W or less 40 dB

25 µW 6, 7 960 MHz to 17.7 GHz – mean power above 10 W 50 dB

100 mW 6, 7, 8, 9 – mean power 10 W or less 100 µW 6, 7, 8, 9 Above 17.7 GHz The lowest possible values achievable shall be employed (see

Recommendation 66 (Rev.WRC-97)).

Notes in the table 3.7

1 When checking compliance with the provisions of the Table, it s hall be v erified that the bandwidth of the measuring equipment is sufficiently wide to accept all significant components of the spurious emission concerned.


G-8

2 For mobile transmitters which operate below 30 MHz, any spurious component shall have an attenuation of at least 40 dB without exceeding the value of 200 mW, but every effort should be made to comply with the level of 50 mW wherever practicable.

3 For transmitters of a mean power exceeding 50 kW which can operate on two or more frequencies covering a frequency range approaching an octave or more, while a reduction below 50 mW is not mandatory, a minimum attenuation of 60 dB shall be provided.

4 For hand-portable equipment of mean power less than 5 W, the attenuation shall be 30 dB, but every practicable effort should be made to attain 40 dB attenuation. 5 Administrations may adopt a level of 10 mW provided that harmful interference is not caused. 6 Where several transmitters feed a co mmon antenna or closely spaced antennas on neighbouring frequencies, every

practicable effort should be made to comply with the levels specified. 7 Since these levels may not provide adequate protection for receiving stations in the radio as tronomy and space services,

more stringent levels might be considered in each individual case in the light of the geographical position of the stations concerned.

8 These levels are not applicable to systems using digital modulation techniques, but may be used as a g uide. Values for these systems may be prov ided by the relevant ITU-R Recommendations, when available (see Recommendation 66 (Rev.WRC-97)).

9 These levels are not applicable to s tations in the space services, but the levels of their spurious emissions should be reduced to the lowest possible values compatible with the technical and economic constraints to w hich the equipment is subject. Values for these systems may be prov ided by the relevant ITU-R Recommendations, when available (see Recommendation 66 Rev.WRC-97)).

3.3.2. Spurious emission limits for transmitters installed after 1 January 2003 and for all transmitters after 1 January 2012

Application of these limits The frequency range of the measurement of spurious emissions is from 9 kHz to 110 GHz or the second harmonic if higher. Guidance regarding the methods of measuring spurious emissions is given in the most recent version of Recommendation ITU-R SM.329. The e.i.r.p. method specified in that Recommendation should be used when it is not possible to accurately measure the power supplied to the antenna transmission line (for example, radars), or for specific applications where the antenna is designed to provide significant attenuation at the spurious frequencies. Additionally, the e.i.r.p. method may need some modification for special cases, e.g. beam forming radars. Guidance regarding the methods of measuring spurious emissions from radar systems is given in the most recent version of Recommendation ITU-R M.1177. The reference bandwidths required for proper measurement of radar spurious emissions should be calculated for each particular radar system. Thus, for the three general types of radar pulse modulation utilized for radionavigation, radiolocation, acquisition, tracking and other radiodetermination functions, the reference bandwidth values should be: – for fixed-frequency, non-pulse-coded radar, on e divided by the radar pu lse length, in seconds (e.g. if the radar pulse

length is 1 µs, then the reference bandwidth is 1/1 µs = 1 MHz); – for fixed-frequency, phase coded pulsed radar, one divided by the phase chip length, in seconds (e.g. if the phase coded

chip is 2 µs long, then the reference bandwidth is 1/2 µs = 500 kHz); – for frequency modulated (FM) or chirped radar, the square root of the quantity obtained by dividing the radar bandwidth

in MHz by the pulse length, in seconds (e.g. if the FM is f rom 1 250 MHz to 1 280 MHz or 30 MHz during the pulse of 10 µs, then the reference bandwidth is (30 MHz/10 µs)1/2 = 1.73 MHz).

For those radar systems for which acceptable methods of measurement do not exist, the lowest practicable power of spurious emission should be achieved. The spurious emission levels are specified in the following reference bandwidths: – 1 kHz between 9 kHz and 150 kHz – 10 kHz between 150 kHz and 30 MHz – 100 kHz between 30 MHz and 1 GHz – 1 MHz above 1 GHz. As a special case, the reference bandwidth of all space service spurious emissions should be 4 kHz.

For the purpose of setting limits, all em issions, including harmonic emissions, intermodulation products, frequency


G-9

conversion products and parasitic emissions, which fall at frequencies separated from the centre frequency of the emission by ± 250%, or more, of the necessary bandwidth of the emission will generally be considered as spurious emissions. However, this frequency separation may be dependent on the type of modulation used, the maximum bit rate in the case of digital modulation, the type of transmitter and frequency coordination factors. For example, in the case of digital (including digital broadcasting) modulation systems, broadband systems, pulsed modulation systems and narrow-band high power transmitters, the frequency separation may need to differ from the ± 250% factor. For multichannel or multicarrier transmitters/transponders, where several carriers may be transmitted simultaneously from a final output amplifier or an active antenna, the centre frequency of the emission is taken to be the centre of the – 3 dB bandwidth of the transmitter or transponder and the necessary bandwidth is taken to be the transmitter or transponder bandwidth. As the bandwidth of an emitted signal becomes more and more narrow (to the limiting case of an unmodulated carrier with a th eoretical necessary bandwidth of zero), th e application of the term “necessary bandwidth” as used in determining the region where spurious emission limits apply to space services becomes more and more difficult. In the limiting case, ± 250% of necessary bandwidth (recognized in many cases as establishing the region beyond which spurious emissions are defined) approaches zero. Radio beacon signals and other unmodulated signals, such as those used in uplink and downlink circuits in control and tracking of satellites, are ex amples of a case w here it is d ifficult in practice to apply the concept of “necessary bandwidth” in determining where out-of-band emissions end, and spurious emissions begin. Pending further studies and definitive action by a f uture world radiocommunication conference for determining the portion of spectrum where spurious emission limits apply for transmitters using amplifiers to pass an essentially unmodulated signal (or a signal with very small bandwidth), the amplifier bandwidth is taken to be the necessary bandwidth. For the case of a single satellite operating with more than one transponder in the same service area, and when considering the limits for spurious emissions as indicated in above, spurious emissions from one transponder may fall on a frequency at which a second, companion transponder is transmitting. In these situations, the level of spurious emissions from the first transponder is well exceeded by the fundamental or out-of-band emissions of the second transponder. Therefore, the limits of this Appendix should not apply to those spurious emissions of a satellite that fall within either the necessary bandwidth or the out-of-band region of another transponder on the same satellite, in the same service area (see Fig. 3.1).

Figure 3.1. Example of the applicability of spurious emission limits��

�

Transponders A, B, C and D are operating on the same satellite in the same service area. Transponder A is not required to meet spurious emission limits in frequency ranges # and $, but is required to meet them in frequency ranges % and &.

Examples of applying 43 ++++ 10 log (P) to calculate attenuation requirements

Where specified in relation to mean power, spurious emissions are to be at leas t x dB below the total mean power P, i.e. – x dBc. The power P (W) is to be measured in a bandwidth wide enough to include the total mean power. The spurious emissions are to be measured in the reference bandwidths given in the Recommendation. The measurement of the spurious emission power is independent of the value of necessary bandwidth. Because the absolute emission power limit, derived from 43 + 10 log (P), can become too stringent for high-power transmitters, alternative relative powers are also provided in Table 3.8.

Example 1 A land mobile transmitter, with any value of necessary bandwidth, must meet a spurious emission attenuation of 43 + 10 log (P), or 70 dBc, whichever is less stringent. To measure spurious emissions in the frequency range between 30 MHz and 1 GHz, Recommendation ITU-R SM.329-7 recommends 4.1 indicates the use of a ref erence bandwidth of 100 kHz. For other frequency ranges, the measurement must use the appropriate reference bandwidths given in recommends 4.1.

With a measured total mean power of 10 W: – Attenuation relative to total mean power = 43 + 10 log (10) = 53 dBc. – The 53 dBc value is less stringent than the 70 dBc, so the 53 dBc value is used. – Therefore: Spurious emissions must not exceed 53 dBc in a 100 kHz bandwidth, or converting to an absolute level,

# $% &

Transponder A Transponder B Transponder C Transponder

OOB OO


G-10

spurious emissions must not exceed 10 dBW – 53 dBc = _ 43 dBW in a 100 kHz reference bandwidth.

With a measured total mean power of 1 000 W: – Attenuation relative to total mean power = 43 + 10 log (1 000) = 73 dBc. – The 73 dBc value is more stringent than the 70 dBc limit, so the 70 dBc value is used. – Therefore: Spurious emissions must not exceed 70 dBc in a 100 kHz bandwidth, or converting to an absolute level,

spurious emissions must not exceed 30 dBW – 70 dBc = _ 40 dBW in a 100 kHz reference bandwidth.

Example 2 A space service transmitter with any value of necessary bandwidth must meet a spurious emission attenuation of 43 + 10 log (P), or 60 dBc, whichever is less stringent. To measure spurious emissions at any frequency, Note 10 to Table 3.8 indicates using a reference bandwidth of 4 kHz. With a measured total mean power of 20 W:

– Attenuation relative to total mean power = 43 + 10 log (20) = 56 dBc. – The 56 dBc value is less stringent than the 60 dBc limit, so the 56 dBc value is used. – Therefore: Spurious emissions must not exceed 56 dBc in a 4 kHz reference bandwidth, or con verting to an absolute

level, spurious emissions must not exceed 13 dBW – 56 dBc = _ 43 dBW in a 4 kHz reference bandwidth.

Table 3.8. Attenuation values used to calculate maximum permitted spurious emission power levels for use with radio equipment

Service category in accordance with Article S1, or equipment

type 15

Attenuation (dB) below the power supplied to the antenna transmission line

All services except those services quoted below: 43 + 10 log (P), or 70 dBc, whichever is less stringent

Space services (earth stations) 10, 16 43 + 10 log (P), or 60 dBc, whichever is less stringent

Space services (space stations) 10, 17 43 + 10 log (P), or 60 dBc, whichever is less stringent

Radiodetermination14 43 + 10 log (PEP), or 60 dB, whichever is less stringent

Broadcast television 11 46 + 10 log (P), or 60 dBc, whichever is less stringent, without

exceeding the absolute mean power level of 1 mW for VHF stations or 12 mW for UHF stations. However, greater attenuation may be necessary on a case by case basis.

Broadcast FM 46 + 10 log (P), or 70 dBc, whichever is less stringent; the absolute mean power level of 1 mW should not be exceeded

Broadcasting at MF/HF 50 dBc; the absolute mean power level of 50 mW should not be exceeded

SSB from mobile stations 12 43 dB below PEP

Amateur services operating below 30 MHz (including with SSB)

16 43 + 10 log (PEP), or 50 dB, whichever is less stringent

Services operating below 30 MHz, except space, radiodetermination, broadcast, those using SSB from mobile stations, and amateur

12

43 + 10 log (X), or 60 dBc, whichever is less stringent, where X = PEP for SSB modulation, and X = P for other modulation

Low-power device radio equipment 13 56 + 10 log (P), or 40 dBc, whichever is less stringent

Emergency transmitter18 No limit


G-11

P: mean power in watts supplied to the antenna transmission line, in accordance with definition in section 1.7. When burst transmission is used, the mean power P and the mean power of any spurious emissions are measured using power averaging over the burst duration. PEP: peak envelope power in watts supplied to the antenna transmission line, in accordance with definition in section 1.7. dBc: decibels relative to the unmodulated carrier power of the emission. In the cases which do n ot have a carrier, f or example in some digital modulation schemes where the carrier is not accessible for measurement, the reference level equivalent to dBc is decibels relative to the mean power P. 10 Spurious emission limits for all space services are stated in a 4 kHz reference bandwidth. 11 For analogue television transmissions, the mean power level is defined with a specified video signal modulation. This video

signal has to be chosen in such a w ay that the maximum mean power level (e.g. at th e video signal blanking level for negatively modulated television systems) is supplied to the antenna transmission line.

12 All classes of emission using SSB are included in the category “SSB”. 13 Low-power radio devices having a m aximum output power of less than 100 mW and intended for short-range

communication or control purposes; such equipment is in general exempt from individual licensing. 14 For radiodetermination systems (radar as d efined in section 1.5 in chapter 1), spurious emission attenuation (dB) shall be

determined for radiated emission levels, and not at the antenna transmission line. The measurement methods for determining the radiated spurious emission levels from radar systems should be guided by Recommendation ITU-R M.1177.

15 In some cases of digital modulation (including digital broadcasting), broadband systems, pulsed modulation and narrow-band high-power transmitters for all categories of services, there may be difficulties in meeting limits close to ± 250% of the necessary bandwidth 16 Earth stations in the amateur-satellite service operating below 30 MHz are in the service category “Amateur services

operating below 30 MHz (including those using SSB)”. 17 Space stations in the space research service intended for operation in deep space as defined in 1.9 chapter 1, are exempt

from spurious emission limits. 18 Emergency position-indicating radio beacon, emergency locator transmitters, personal location beacons, search and rescue

transponders, ship emergency, lifeboat and survival craft transmitters and emergency land, aeronautical or maritime transmitters.


G-12

REPUBLIC OF THE UNION OF MYANMAR

MINISTRY OF COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

UNION MINISTER'S OFFICE

Annex C:

Proposed Spectrum Rules

November 4, 2013

Proposed Spectrum Rules Republic of the Union of Myanmar

November 4, 2013

CONTENTS

PART I. PRELIMINARY ................................................................................................................................... 4

1. Citation .............................................................................................................................................. 4

2. Objective ........................................................................................................................................... 4

3. Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 4

4. Application ........................................................................................................................................ 4

5. Interpretation.................................................................................................................................... 4

PART II. Spectrum Management ................................................................................................................... 8

6. General Prinicples ............................................................................................................................. 8

7. National Table of Frequency Allocations .......................................................................................... 8

8. Unlicensed/license-exempt Spectrum .............................................................................................. 9

9. National Frequency Assignment Register ....................................................................................... 10

PART III. General Conditions for Spectrum Use Authorizations ................................................................ 10

10. License Required ......................................................................................................................... 10

11. License Mechanisms ................................................................................................................... 10

12. Eligibility ...................................................................................................................................... 11

13. General Terms and Conditions.................................................................................................... 11

14. License Renewal .......................................................................................................................... 12

15. Spectrum Fees ............................................................................................................................. 13

16. Coverage Obligations .................................................................................................................. 14

17. Post-authorization Transfers, Changes of Control and Sub-licensing ......................................... 14

18. Modifications of Licenses ............................................................................................................ 15

19. Compliance ................................................................................................................................. 15

20. Enforcement ............................................................................................................................... 18

21. Penalties for Non-payment of Fees ............................................................................................ 19

PART IV. Spectrum Use Authorizations ...................................................................................................... 19

22. Application for Spectrum Use Authorization .............................................................................. 19

23. Public Land Mobile Spectrum License ........................................................................................ 20

24. Maritime Station License ............................................................................................................ 21

25. Aircraft Station License ............................................................................................................... 23

26. Satellite Spectrum License .......................................................................................................... 25

27. Private Network Spectrum License. ............................................................................................ 27

28. Fixed Spectrum Licenses ............................................................................................................. 29


November 4, 2013

29. Broadcasting Spectrum License .................................................................................................. 31

30. Amateur Spectrum Licenses ....................................................................................................... 33

31. Government Spectrum Use Licenses .......................................................................................... 34

32. Other Radiocommunication Services .......................................................................................... 35

33. Special Temporary Licenses ........................................................................................................ 35

PART V. Technical Standards ....................................................................................................................... 36

34. Compliance with Technical Standards ........................................................................................ 36

35. Prohibition on Interference ........................................................................................................ 36

36. Efficient Use of Spectrum ........................................................................................................... 37

37. Compliance with Emissions Requirements ................................................................................. 37

38. Radio Frequency Emissions Standards ........................................................................................ 37

PART VI. Competition Conditions ............................................................................................................... 38

39. Wholesale Access Agreements ................................................................................................... 38

40. Spectrum Sharing ........................................................................................................................ 38

Part VII. Transition Provisions .................................................................................................................... 39

41. Applicability ................................................................................................................................. 39

42. Requirement to Obtain New License .......................................................................................... 39

43. Existing Licenses .......................................................................................................................... 39

Part VIII. Cross-border coordination and treaties ...................................................................................... 39

44. Cross-border Coordination ......................................................................................................... 39

45. Treaties ....................................................................................................................................... 40


November 4, 2013

PART I. PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These Rules may be cited as the “Spectrum Rules of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2013.”

2. Objective

To ensure a simplified, liberalized, transparent, and non-discriminatory spectrum management framework that promotes efficient use of the spectrum resource and encourages innovation in order to facilitate the rapid deployment of Telecommunications Services to the people of Myanmar.

3. Scope

These Rules provides for the management and use of radio frequencies and Radio Apparatus, and contains the rights and obligations of organizations and individuals involved in the management and use of radio frequencies in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar. These Rules govern the process to authorize the use of Frequency Spectrum by eligible licensees. The provisions hereunder are complimentary to and should be read in conjunction with the provisions found in the other Rules.

4. Application

a) These Rules apply to Radio Apparatus operating:

i. within the territorial limits of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar;

ii. on any ship registered in Myanmar; and

iii. on any aircraft registered in Myanmar.

b) With the exception of the prohibitions against interference found in Section 35, these regulations do not apply to:

i. ships and aircraft not registered in Myanmar, or

ii. equipment transiting Myanmar or ordinarily used outside the territorial limits (e.g., mobile phones of tourists).

5. Interpretation

Headings and titles used in these Rules are for reference only and shall not affect its interpretation or construction.

The terms below shall have the following meanings for purposes of these Rules only. To the extent that a term is capitalized in these Rules and not defined below, the term is defined in the Telecommunications Law.

a) “Affiliate” means an entity that complies with the following test: An entity is an Affiliate of another entity if:

i. the first entity has a Controlling Interest in the second entity;

ii. the second entity has a Controlling Interest in the first entity; or

iii. a third entity has a Controlling Interest in both the first and second entity.


November 4, 2013

b) “Applicable Regulatory Framework” means the regulations, rules, notifications, orders, directives, instructions, procedures and codes of practice specified by the Ministry or Department.

c) “Application” means the form and procedure for obtaining a Radio Spectrum License.

d) “Assigned Frequencies” means the frequencies the Department has authorized the Licensee to use.

e) “Associated Operating License” means the license to offer Telecommunications Services granted by the Ministry to the Licensee.

f) “Change of Control” means a transaction by which a Person obtains a Controlling Interest in the Licensee.

g) “Condition” means the obligations specified to which the grant of License is subject.

h) “Controlling Interest” means an Ownership Interest:

i. whether directly or indirectly, of more than fifty (50) percent of the voting stock, membership interest, general partnership interest or assets in another entity; or

ii. that provides the Person with the right to do any or all of the following:

1) appoint more than fifty (50) percent of the board of directors or management committee of another entity or receive more than fifty (50) percent of the profits of an entity;

2) appoint, promote, demote, and dismiss senior executives who control the day-to-day activities of another entity;

3) make critical investment, administrative or management decisions of another entity;

4) play a decisive role in management decisions of another entity;

5) manage the day-to-day operations of another entity; or

6) make decisions or otherwise engage in practices or activities that determine or significantly influence the nature or types of services provided by another entity, the terms on which those services are offered or the prices charges for such services.

i) “Co-Primary Basis” means the nature of a right granted to the holder of a License to use specified frequencies, subject to the condition that the Licensee shall coordinate with Other Licensees also licensed on a Co-Primary Basis to limit Harmful Interference of additional Radio Apparatus and services operating in the relevant frequency bands, and facilitate the introduction of additional Radio Apparatus and services in the relevant frequency band. Other Licensees licensed on a Co-Primary Basis shall refrain from causing Harmful interference to, and may not require protection from, the Radio Apparatus and services of Other Licensees licensed on a Co-Primary Basis that were previously authorized and are operating in the same frequency bands. All Other Licensees on a Co-Primary Basis authorized to use the frequencies specified in their respective spectrum licenses are entitled to protection from:


November 4, 2013

i. Harmful Interference caused by any other licensee that may be authorized to use the same Radio Spectrum on a Secondary Basis, and

ii. claims of Harmful Interference from holders of secondary licenses with respect to their frequencies.

j) “Convention” means the treaties of the International Telecommunication Union, to which the Republic of the Union of Myanmar is a party, including any modifications.

k) “Days” means calendar days.

l) “Department” means the Postal and Telecommunications Department under the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.

m) “End User” means a business or an individual, other than an Other Licensee, to whom a Licensee provides a Telecommunications Service.

n) “Effective Date” means the date on which these Rules become legally effective.

o) “Expiry Date” means the date on which the then-current term of a Licence ends, unless previously surrendered or terminated.

p) ”Harmful Interference” means an emission, radiation, induction, conductions or other electromagnetic effect that endangers the functioning of a radionavigation service or other safety services or that seriously degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts any radiocommunication service operating in accordance with applicable regulations or administrative determinations and the Convention.

q) “ITU” means the International Telecommunication Union.

r) “License” means Radio Spectrum license.

s) “Licensee” means the recipient of a License granted by the Department under these Rules.

t) “Ministry” means the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the Union Government.

u) “National Table of Frequency Allocations” means the plan, adopted by the Ministry pursuant to which the Department may assign spectrum. It is annexed to these Rules as Annex C-1: National Table of Frequency Allocations.

v) “National Frequency Assignment Register” means a register containing a list of Radio Spectrum assignments, including the name of the Licensee, the frequencies assigned, the uses for which they are authorized and any other relevant information.

w) “Other Licensee” means another licensee that holds any License granted by the Department for the provision of Radiocommunications Services or the use of Radio Spectrum, or is otherwise authorized to provide such service, or use such Radio Spectrum, in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

x) “Ownership Interest” means a legal or beneficial interest in a percentage of shares, profit or assets of an entity.

y) “Person” means any legal entity or individual.


November 4, 2013

z) “Primary Basis” means the nature of a right granted to the holder of a Radio Spectrum License, pursuant to which the Licensee is the only Person authorized to use the specified frequencies on a Primary Basis, and that is also entitled to protection from:

i. Harmful Interference caused by any other Licensee who may be authorized to use the same spectrum on a Secondary Basis or any user of Radio Spectrum that is authorized for unlicensed use; and

ii. claims of Harmful Interference by any such Licensee or unlicensed user.

aa) “Primary Legislation” means the Constitution of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and any statutes enacted by the Union Parliament and signed by the Union President.

bb) “Radio Amateur Certificate” means the document that is given to a Person upon demonstrating competency in the operation and use of Radio Apparatus used for non-commercial, personal use.

cc) “Radio Apparatus” means any equipment, machinery or device used for the transmission of radio signals utilizing Radio Spectrum.

dd) “Radiocommunication Services” means a service involving the transmission, emission and/or reception of radio waves for specific telecommunication purposes.

ee) “Radio Spectrum” means a radio frequency or frequencies of naturally propagated electromagnetic waves that are used for the transmission and reception of electronic communications signals.

ff) “Radio Station” means facilities for the transmission of radio signals.

gg) “Radio Regulations” means the Radio Regulations of the International Telecommunication Union.

hh) “Relevant Revenue” means the portion of the revenue that the Licensee receives from the provision of Telecommunications Services to End Users and to Other Licensees pursuant to its Associated Operating Licence minus payments that the Licensee makes to Other Licensees for interconnection, access or wholesale services that the Licensee uses to provide those services.

ii) “Renewal Fee” means a fee that the Licensee must pay in order to have a License renewed for an additional period.

jj) “Secondary Basis” means the nature of a right granted to a holder of a Radio Spectrum License that is authorized to use specified frequencies subject to the condition that such Licensee does not cause any Harmful Interference to, or claim protection from any Harmful Interference caused by, other licensees who have been granted the right to use the same frequency bands on a Primary Basis or Co-Primary Basis.

kk) “Spectrum License Fee” means the fee paid by the Licensee as a condition for the grant of a License.

ll) “Spectrum Management Fee” means the recurring fee, imposed by the Department, to cover the cost of maintaining the spectrum allocation system and monitoring spectrum usage, and to ensure that spectrum is used efficiently.


November 4, 2013

mm) Spectrum Sharing” means the sharing of the same portion of the Radio Spectrum, or the pooling of different portions of the Radio Spectrum, by two or more Licensees to provide Telecommunications Services.

nn) “Spectrum Sharing Agreement” means an agreement pursuant to which two or more Licensees agree, subject to the approval of the Department, to engage in Spectrum Sharing.

oo) “Spectrum Wholesale Access” means the making available of a specific portion of the Radio Spectrum to an Other Licensee, under defined conditions, for the purpose of providing Telecommunications Services.

pp) “Spectrum Wholesale Access Agreement” means an agreement pursuant to which one Licensee agrees, subject to the approval of the Department, to provide Spectrum Wholesale Access to an Other Licensee.

qq) “Sub-license” means any segregation or partition of the radio frequency usage rights granted herein and shall include any arrangement by the Licensee to share radio frequency rights with one or more third parties, including any Affiliate.

rr) “Telecommunications Law” means the Telecommunications Law 2013 enacted by the Union Parliament and signed by the President of the Repulic of the Union of Myanmar.

PART II. SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT

6. General Prinicples

a) Harmonization. National spectrum allocations are to be harmonized, to the greatest extent possible, with both regional and the international (ITU) allocation.

b) Ensure Adequate Spectrum. The Ministry will ensure that adequate spectrum will be made available to foster competition and the introduction of new Telecommunication Services. Periodic reviews will be performed to determine spectrum needs and the potential availability of additional spectrum bands for future use.

c) Promote Innovation. The Ministry will conduct periodic reviews to determine whether spectrum should be reallocated to foster the introduction of new Telecommunication Services.

7. National Table of Frequency Allocations

a) The Ministry shall create and update, at least every five (5) years, a comprehensive and publicly available National Table of Frequency Allocations for the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

b) The Table will show:

i. the ITU allocations for each spectrum band;

ii. what frequencies have been allocated in Myanmar for use by which Radiocommunication Services; and

iii. which frequency bands are available for use by devices that are exempt from licensing.

c) The National Table of Frequency Allocations is found in Annex C-1 of these Rules, and is an integral part of them.


November 4, 2013

d) Changes to the National Table of Frequency Allocations, including adding new allocations to a particular spectrum band, deleting allocations for a particular spectrum band or changes in the status (Primary or Secondary) of a radiocommunication service:

i. Shall be consistent with the General Principles of Section 6.

ii. Shall be made, to the extent practicable, to keep the National Table of Frequency Allocations consistent with the most recent version of the international Table of Frequency Allocations contained in Article 5 of the Radio Regulations.

iii. May be proposed by the Ministry at any time based on a finding of national need.

iv. May be proposed by interested parties at any time.

v. Shall be considered through a public consultation process, regardless of whether the proposed change originated according to provision ii. or iii. above.

vi. Shall be made effective through a decision from the Ministry, a copy of which will be available on the Ministry’s website.

8. Unlicensed/license-exempt Spectrum

a) The following bands, which are identified by the ITU (Section 5.150 of Volume 1 of the Radio Rules) for use by industrial, scientific and medical equipment, may be used by Radio Apparatus without the need for obtaining a license under Part IV of these Rules:

- 13 553-13 567 kHz (centre frequency 13 560 kHz),

- 26 957-27 283 kHz (centre frequency 27 120 kHz),

- 40.66-40.70 MHz (centre frequency 40.68 MHz),

- 2400-2500 MHz (centre frequency 2 450 MHz),

- 5725-5875 MHz (centre frequency 5 800 MHz), and

- 24-24.25 GHz (centre frequency 24.125 GHz)

b) In addition, the 5150-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz bands may also be used, but only in compliance with ITU Resolution 229 (Rev.WRC 12).

c) The Ministry may identify additional frequency bands that can be used by Radio Apparatus that are exempt from licensing.

d) Per Section 30 of the Computer Science Development Law, serivces provided using Radio Apparatus authorized by this Section do not need an Associated Operating License unless the services are being provided toEnd Users in return for monetary remuneration.

e) The provisions of Section 34 apply to the Radio Apparatus authorized under this section.

f) To ensure that license-exempt Radio Apparatus does not cause interference:

i. License-exempt Radio Apparatus may not cause Harmful Interference to any individually-licensed Radiocommunication Service and must accept interference from those services as well as from other license-exempt Radio Apparatus.


November 4, 2013

ii. Additional regulations may be issued from time to time by the Department or Ministry to address power levels, operating characteristics and limitations, out-of-band emission criteria, and other technical details.

9. National Frequency Assignment Register

a) The Department shall develop and maintain an accurate and up-to-date list, to be called the National Frequency Assignment Register, of all Persons holding authorizations pursuant to Part III of this Regulation.

b) The Register will contain, at a minimum, the Licensee’s name and contact information; specific frequencies and/or frequency bands the Licensee is authorized to use; the Radiocommunication Services the Licensee is authorized to provide; the geographic area the Licensee is authorized to serve and the duration of the License.

PART III. GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR SPECTRUM USE AUTHORIZATIONS

This Part specifies the general conditions and requirements applicable to all Persons authorized to use the Radio Spectrum in the Union of the Republic of Myanmar. Additional terms and conditions for specific types of Radiocommunication Services are provided in Part IV.

10. License Required

a) The transmission of radio frequencies is prohibited except in accordance with one of the following:

i. a valid License for a radiocommunication service specified in Part IV; or

ii. authorized Radio Apparatus operating in license-exempt spectrum as specified in Section 8.

b) A Person shall not possess, establish, install or use any Radio Apparatus that requires licensing under this Regulation in any place or on board any local vessel, aircraft or vehicle operated in Myanmar, unless that Person has a valid License or Radio Apparatus authorization granted by the Department.

11. License Mechanisms

a) The procedure for authorizing the right to use Radio Spectrum, the conditions for participation in the authorization of spectrum rights and the charges payable for spectrum rights shall be determined by the Department after public consultation, and, without limiting the methods which may be used, may include any one or a combination of the following methods:

i. by auction;

ii. by tender; or

iii. by fixed price.

b) The procedures for authorization by auction may include, but are not limited to:

i. auction format or mechanism;

ii. advertising of auctions;


November 4, 2013

iii. entry fees for prospective bidders;

iv. reserve prices (if any);

v. deposits (if any) payable to successful bidders; and

vi. methods of payment for licenses.

c) The procedures for authorization by tender may include, but are not limited to:

i. type of tender;

ii. advertising of tender;

iii. entry fees for prospective tenderers;

iv. reserve prices (if any);

v. deposits (if any) payable to successful bidders;

vi. methods of payment for licenses.

d) The procedures for authorization by fixed price may include, but are not limited to:

i. the way in which prices are to be determined;

ii. advertising of proposed authorizations;

iii. methods of payment for licenses.

12. Eligibility

a) For authorizations subject to tender or auction, the Department will issue pre-qualification requirements from which Department will select suitable companies that are required to demonstrate through monetary or non-monetary resources that each is a viable candidate to be considered by the Department for a License.

b) For authorizations subject to a fixed price process, the Department shall publish guidelines that specify the Persons eligible for each type of radiocommunication service and eligibility criteria for the authorization of Licenses from time to time.

13. General Terms and Conditions

An authorization to use spectrum granted by the Department shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Department considers appropriate. The following terms and conditions will apply to authorizations for such services. They include, but are not limited to:

a) Consistent with National Table of Frequency Allocations. All authorizations to use frequencies or a frequency band shall be consistent with the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

b) No ownership interest. A License does not grant the Licensee any ownership rights in the authorized frequencies, and no such rights shall be created or implied by virtue of the Licensee’s use of its authorized frequencies.

c) Non-discrimination. The Department shall subject all Licensees to the same general terms and conditions, provided that the general terms and conditions are based on open and transparent consultation processes and well-defined metrics for determining the conditions under which


November 4, 2013

License terms or applicable regulations in this Regulation or supplementary regulation may differ. The Department will not place a condition that unduly burdens a specific Licensee’s right to use its licensed Radio Spectrum.

d) Technology neutrality. The Department will not specify, or require the approval of, the types of technologies licensees use or the specific services they offer.

e) Adherence to technical standards. Licensees shall comply with all the requirements specified in Part IV of these Rules.

f) Relation to other licenses. A Person shall not be granted a License unless such licensee holds an Associated Operating License that remains in effect.

g) Service area. A License will specify the geographic area in which the authorized frequencies may be used. Such areas may be national, regional or local in scope, depending on the particular service and other terms of the License and Associated Operating License.

h) Distress and safety communications. Licensees shall comply with the relevant portions of Annex C-2: Distress and Safety Communications Frequencies.

14. License Renewal

a) A Licensee may request renewal of a License by submitting a written request to the Department. Any request for renewal shall be made no earlier than twenty-four (24) months before, and no later than twelve (12) months before:

i. the fifteenth anniversary of the Effective Date; or

ii. if the License has been renewed previously, before the Expiry Date.

b) Upon receiving a request for renewal pursuant to provision a) in this Section, unless the Department and the Licensee agree otherwise, the Department will renew the License, on the same or substantially similar terms, for no less than ten (10) years, if the Licensee has substantially complied with:

i. all applicable Primary Legislation;

ii. the Applicable Regulatory Framework; and

iii. the Conditions contained in its License.

c) Where the Department refuses to grant an application to renew a License, the Department shall provide written notice to the Licensee. Such notice shall:

i. state the reasons for such refusal;

ii. provide the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to remedy any defect identified by the Department and resubmit the application to renew; and

iii. be provided to the Licensee within sixty (60) days of receiving the application to renew.

d) The Licensee shall pay the Renewal Fee according to the relevant authorization category in Part IV, and the Department shall determine the methodology upon receiving the request if the License or Rules do not provide otherwise.

e) The duration of the renewed License shall not exceed that of the Associated Operating License.


November 4, 2013

15. Spectrum Fees

Licensees may be subject to the following fees. The specific fees to be assessed are set according to the services described in Part IV of these Rules. They are contained in Annex C-3, and may be modified from time to time.

a) Initial License Fee. Licensees shall pay a one-time Spectrum License Fee .

i. Initial fees for Licenses awarded according to a fixed price shall be the same for all Licensees and shall be due upon application.

ii. Fees for Licenses awarded according to a tender shall generally be equivalent, unless the Department determines as part of a public consultation that different fees should apply. These will be due according to a schedule to be determined by the Department and included as a condition in each License.

iii. Initial fees for Licenses awarded by auction will be those submitted by the winning bidder(s), and will be due according to a schedule to be determined by the Department and included as a condition in each License.

iv. Initial License Fees may be subject to payment in full upon the grant of the License, or an installment payment plan, as determined by the Department.

b) Spectrum Management Fee. Licensees shall pay an annually recurring Spectrum Management Fee.

i. The calculation of this fee will depend on the specific type of radiocommunication service provided and may vary between services. See Part IV of these Rules.

ii. The Licensee will pay the Spectrum Management Fee, in arrears, on a yearly basis. Specifically, unless the Department directs otherwise, the Licensee shall pay the above-specified fees by 31 March, based on spectrum usage during the preceding calendar year.

iii. The Department, following an audit, may direct the Licensee to pay any additional Spectrum Management Fee owed or refund any excess Spectrum Management Fee paid.

c) Renewal Fees. If the Department renews a License pursuant to Section 14, on or before the date on which the renewal becomes effective, the Licensee shall pay a Renewal Fee as specified in the terms and conditions of the License, per the relevant authorization category in Part IV.

d) Other Fees. The Licensee shall pay any other reasonable fees that the Department may establish, pursuant to theTelecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, for the operation of Radio Apparatus. Any such fees shall be reasonable and proportionate.


November 4, 2013

16. Coverage Obligations

a) If deemed necessary as a result of a public consultation on any new spectrum authorization, minimum coverage obligations may be established as part of the terms and conditions of a License.

b) Coverage obligations may be defined as a percentage of population and/or area of geographic coverage in which service must be available by a set deadline or schedule.

c) Similarly authorized Licensees shall generally have the same or comparable coverage obligations.

17. Post-authorization Transfers, Changes of Control and Sub-licensing

a) License Transfers.

i. After a License has been granted, such License may only be transferred from the Licensee to another Person upon obtaining prior written approval from the Department.

ii. The transferee shall comply with all applicable requirements, as stipulated in the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework.

b) Change of Control. No Change of Control of the Licensee may occur without the prior written authorization of the Department, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Department may consider, among other factors: the qualification of the proposed transferee and the likely impact of the proposed transfer on competition and the interest of End Users.

c) Sub-licensing.

i. The Licensee shall not Sub-license, assign or grant spectrum usage rights or any other right, interest, entitlement or obligations under the License without prior written approval from the Department.

ii. Licensees may negotiate with other Persons to Sub-license Radio Spectrum according to:

- Frequency. A Licensee maySub-license a portion/subset of its authorized frequencies across the entire geographic coverage area of the License.

- Geography. A Licensee may Sub-license the entirety of their authorized frequencies in a specifically defined geographic section of the coverage area of the License.

- A combination of a) and b) above. A Licensee may Sub-license a portion/subset of its authorized frequencies only in a specifically defined geographic section of the coverage area of the License.

iii. All Sub-licensing agreements shall be submitted to the Department, which will evaluate the proposed agreement and make a recommendation to the Ministry to approve, reject or seek modification of the Agreement.

iv. Any Sub-licensing agreement shall not become effective until the Ministry has granted approval.

v. The Ministry may reject, or require modification of, any Sub-licensing agreement that the Department concludes, following notice and a reasonable opportunity to comment,


November 4, 2013

is unreasonably discriminatory, is likely to substantially lessen competition or is in any other way contrary to the interests of End Users.

vi. The Ministry shall approve, reject or specify required modifications within sixty (60) days of the date on which the Sub-licensing Agreement was submitted to the Department.

vii. If a Sub-licensing agreement is rejected,

- the Ministry shall provide the reason for the rejection in writing to the parties to the agreement;

- the parties may amend the agreement and resubmit it to the Department for reconsideration; and

- the Department shall review the amended agreement and forward it to the Ministry with its recommendation for further action.

18. Modifications of Licenses

Any License may be modified under any of the following circumstances:

a) at the request, or with the consent, of the Licensee;

b) if the Department, pursuant to the Telecommunications Law and the applicable parts of this Regulation, concludes that doing so is in the public interest;

c) to bring the terms of the License into conformity with international treaty obligations or regulations, the Telecommunication Law or this Regulation (including the National Table of Frequency Allocations), as they may be amended from time to time; or

d) to conform to the terms and conditions of the Associated Operating License, including any modifications thereto;

e) if the Department, following an enforcement proceeding pursuant to Section 20, determines that the Licensee has failed to comply with:

i. any provision of the Telecommunications Law; or

ii. any element of the Applicable Regulatory Framework; or

iii. any condition contained in the License.

19. Compliance

The Licensee shall comply with all of the following obligations but, in the event of an irreconcilable conflict between or among them, shall comply in the order of precedence specified below.

a) The Licensee shall comply with all applicable Primary Legislation, including:

i. any international agreements relating to Telecommunications to which the Republic of

the Union of Myanmar is a party;

ii. the Telecommunications Law; and

iii. any other applicable legislation in effect in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar to which the Licensee is subject.


November 4, 2013

b) The Licensee shall comply with the Applicable Regulatory Framework, including:

i. any rules and regulations issued by the Ministry or Department with the approval of the Union Government pursuant to Section 88a of the Telecommunications Law;

ii. any notifications, orders, directives , instructions and procedures issued by the Ministry or Department pursuant to Section 88b of the Telecommunication Law; and

iii. any orders and directives issued by the Department pursuant to Section 88c of the Telecommunications Law.

iv. any codes of practice issued by the Department pursuant to Section 83 of the Telecommunications Law.

c) The Licensee shall comply with the terms of its Associated Operating License.

d) The Licensee shall comply with the specific terms and conditions contained in its License.

e) The Licensee shall comply with the terms of any other license granted to it by the Department.

f) Record-keeping requirements.

The Licensee shall maintain, and keep up-to-date, records of their operations and equipment as determined by the Department from time to time, including but not limited to:

i. the equipment specifications of all Radio Stations and other Radio Apparatus operating under a License;

ii. the coverage area of the Licensee’s Telecommunications Network and of each Radio Station;

iii. the effective radiated power of any Radio Station and its location and height;

iv. the measures taken to ensure that each Radio Station is not a source of harmful radiation to the public, and the Licensee’s employees and contractors per Section [38];

v. any information necessary for the Department to develop and keep updated the National Table of Frequency Allocations and National Frequency Assignment Register;

vi. the emission designation of each Radio Station; and

vii. the types of services provided to the Licensee’s End Users using the Assigned Frequencies.

g) Provision of Information to the Department.

The Licensee, upon receiving a written request from the Department pursuant to Section 40of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Reguatory Framework, shall within the period specified by the Department:

i. provide the Department with any information, data, document, papers or other information required by the Department concerning the Licensee’s actual or proposed use of the Assigned Frequencies and other Radio Spectrum resources;

ii. make any officer or employee available for examination by the Department.


November 4, 2013

h) The Licensee shall maintain, and keep up-to-date, the following records and, upon receiving a written request from the Department pursuant to Section 40 of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, shall within the period specified by the Department provide the Department with copies of:

i. the equipment specifications of all Radio Stations and other Radio Apparatus operating under this License;

ii. the coverage area of the Licensee’s Telecommunications Network and of each Radio Station;

iii. the effective radiated power of any Radio Station and its location and height;

iv. the measures taken to ensure that each Radio Station is not a source of harmful radiation to the public, and the Licensee’s employees and contractors;

v. any information necessary for the Ministry and Department to develop and keep updated the National Table of Frequency Allocations and National Frequency Assignment Register;

vi. the emission designation of each Radio Station; and

vii. the types of services provided to the Licensee’s End Users using the Assigned Frequencies.

i) The Licensee shall cooperate fully with the Department in identifying whether and to what extent the Assigned Frequencies are being used efficiently and whether the Licensee has a reasonable need for all or a portion of the Assigned Frequencies. If the Department believes that frequencies are being used inefficiently pursuant to rule 36 a), or if the Department believes the Licensee does not have a need for all its Assigned Frequencies, the Department may initiate an action under section 20 to reclaim those frequencies.

j) The Licensee may submit a request, pursuant to the standards and procedures specified in the Applicable Regulatory Framework, for confidential treatment of information submitted. The Department shall give due regard to the confidentiality of commercially sensitive information submitted by the Licensee, and shall notify the Licensee, and provide a reasonable opportunity for comment, in any case in which the Department proposes to disclose information for which the Licensee has requested confidential treatment.

k) Right of Inspection.

The Licensee, upon receiving a written request from the Department pursuant to the Section 40 of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, shall

i. permit the Department, or any Person designated by the Department, to enter upon the Licensee’s premises to conduct an inspection, examination, investigation or audit of the Licensee to the extent reasonably required by the Department to discharge its functions under the Telecommunications Law.

ii. provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Department or by its designee;


November 4, 2013

iii. except in emergency or other exigent circumstances, be provided reasonable advanced notice of any inspection by the Department, which will take reasonable measures to avoid causing injury or damage to Persons or property.

20. Enforcement

a) The Department may initiate enforcement proceedings, pursuant to the Applicable Regulatory Framework, if it has probable cause to believe that the Licensee may have contravened any term or condition contained in its License or an obligation set forth under the Applicable Regulatory Framework.

b) Before taking any enforcement action, the Department will provide the Licensee with:

i. written notice that will contain a reasonable explanation regarding the factual and legal basis on which the Department has probable cause to believe that the Licensee has committed a contravention; and

ii. a reasonable opportunity to respond to the Department’s allegation.

c) If, after providing notice and a reasonable opportunity to comment, the Department concludes that a contravention has occurred, the Department may take one or more of the following enforcement actions:

i. issue a warning to the Licensee;

ii. issue a directive to the Licensee to take, or refrain from taking, an action necessary to remedy the contravention and/or prevent any future contravention;

iii. require the Licensee to pay a monetary penalty of up to five (5) percent of its Relevant Revenue during the preceding calendar year, provided that any monetary penalty shall be reasonable and proportionate to the extent of the Licensee’s non-compliance;

iv. reclaim all or a portion of the Licensee’s Assigned Frequencies; or

v. suspend or terminate the License

- if it concludes that imposition of any of the remedies listed in i-iv above would not adequately remedy the Licensee’s contravention and deter future non-compliance; but

- not until the Licensee has had an opportunity to seek review by the Appeal Tribunal and, if review is sought, until the Appeal Tribunal renders a final decision.

d) In any case in which the Department concludes that it should take enforcement action, it will send a written notification to the Licensee, which will:

i. describe the Department’s factual conclusions;

ii. describe the Department’s legal conclusions; and

iii. specify the enforcement action that the Department has decided to take.

e) If the Licensee is dissatisfied with any enforcement decision made by the Department, the Licensee may:

i. request the Department to reconsider its decision by presenting additional evidence in its favor;


November 4, 2013

ii. appeal the decision to the Ministry; or

iii. take any other action authorized by law.

f) In extraordinary circumstances, and notwithstanding provisions a)-f) above, when Harmful Interference is preventing another Licensee from operating on its assigned channels in accordance with its License, the Department may direct the Licensee that is causing the interference to either reduce its power or shut down its operations until a permanent solution is found.

21. Penalties for Non-payment of Fees

Pursuant to the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework,

a) in any case in which, following an enforcement proceeding conducted in accordance with Section 20, the Department determines that the Licensee, without a reasonable justification, has failed to pay any fee (or make any other payment) due to the Department within thirty (30) days of the date on which the payment is due, the Department may direct that (in addition to paying the principal amount due) the Licensee shall pay to the Department interest, retroactive to the date on which the payment was due, at a rate to be specified by the Department based on the then-prevailing commercial lending rate in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

b) in any case in which following an enforcement proceeding conducted in accordance with Section 20, the Department determines that the Licensee willfully or repeatedly failed to pay any fee (or make other payment) due to the Department within thirty (30) days of the date on which the payment is due, the Department may direct that (in addition to paying the principal amount due) the Licensee:

i. pay a penalty of up to fifty (50) percent of the amount (principal and interest) due; and/or

ii. obtain a financial guarantee, in an amount sufficient to ensure future compliance, from a recognized financial institution.

PART IV. SPECTRUM USE AUTHORIZATIONS

All Licensees holding Licenses under this part are also subject to all relevant provisions of Part III.

22. Application for Spectrum Use Authorization

a) Within sixty (60) days of receiving an Application form for any Radio Spectrum License, the Department shall complete its review of the Application.

b) If the Application is not complete, or if the Department has reason to believe that the information provided in the Application is not accurate, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant of any deficiencies or further information that is required to process that Application. The applicant may then amend its Application to correct any issues identified by the Department and resubmit it.

c) The deadline for Department review of an amended Application is sixty (60) days.


November 4, 2013

d) If the review of an initial or amended Application is expected to exceed sixty (60) days, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant explaining the reason(s) for delay. The notice shall include an expected date for completion of the Application review.

e) If no further information is required, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing whether the Application is approved or denied.

i. If an Application is approved, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing of the applicable fee the Applicant must pay (the initial license fee; see rule 15 a)).

ii. If an Application is denied, the Department shall provide the reasons for such denial in writing and the applicant may reapply.

23. Public Land Mobile Spectrum License

a) The Department may authorize Persons to transmit, receive, or transmit and receive Information and/or Content by means of Radio Apparatus for the purpose of providing land mobile Telecommunications Services to the public.

b) The Department shall license Persons for public land mobile spectrum only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations, taking into consideration the frequencies identified for International Mobile Telecommunications by the ITU.

c) The specific assignment plans for the provision of public mobile Telecommunications Services in various bands is shown in [Annex C-4: Public Land Mobile].

d) License Conditions and Requirements

i. An Associated Operating License is required.

ii. Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and to operate the End User Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies.

iii. A License granted under this Section authorizes the Licensee to deploy an unlimited number of base stations and End User terminals; no individual authorization of such Radio Apparatus is required.

iv. Network and End User Radio Apparatus does not require approval by the Department prior to the commencement of operations, but may be subject to certification requirements, per Section 34.

v. Geographical coverage limits may be applied, as determined by the Department, in view of the proposed service.

vi. Radio Apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34.

vii. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits for Network Facilities and End User devices) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference.

e) Obligations of Licensee

All holders of a public land mobile spectrum License shall:


November 4, 2013

i. only use the radio frequencies or radio frequency bands approved by the Department;

ii. ensure that Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry and contained either in Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the License itself;

iii. register all towers and antenna structures, but no prior approval for such facilities is required. It is noted that permits may be required from other local Government agencies for tower construction; and

iv. keep adequate records to allow any instances of interference to be resolved.

f) Duration. Licenses for Public Land Mobile Spectrum are valid and effective from the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the earlier of:

i. a term of up to fifteen (15) years determined by the Ministry from the Effective Date;

ii. any date on which the License is revoked pursuant to Section 20;

iii. any date on which the Licensee surrenders the License in accordance with provision 22 g); or

iv. any date on which the Licensee’s Associated Operating License is revoked or surrendered.

g) Surrender of the License

The Licensee may surrender its License only according to the following conditions:

i. prior written approval of the Department is required.

ii. a written request to surrender the License must be submitted to the Department no less than 180 days in advance of the date on which the Licensee proposes to surrender its License, unless the Department allows a shorter period.

Upon approval of the surrender by the Department, the Licensee shall make reasonable efforts as the Department may require to transition affected End Users to alternative providers of Telecommunications Services.

h) Fees

Fees associated with the Public Land Mobile Spectrum License are found in Annex C-3.

24. Maritime Station License

a) The Department may authorize Persons to transmit, receive, or transmit and receive Information and/or Content by means of Radio Apparatus for the purpose of providing telecommunications services to and from ships, including ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and shore-to-ship.

b) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for maritime services only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

c) Application.


November 4, 2013

The provisions of this Section apply to ships registered in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, but not to ships registered in a foreign country.

d) Certificate of Competency.

i. No Person shall operate the Radio Apparatus of a maritime station unless they hold a Certificate of Competency granted by the Ministry in accordance with the Convention and other international agreements.

ii. The Ministry will issue a Certificate of Competency in maritime radiocommunications to a Person upon their having successfully passed an test demonstrating that he or she is qualified to hold the Certificate of Competency under these Rules.

iii. Pursuant to Section 84b of the Telecommunications Law, the Department will administer the required test(s) required under provision ii above.

e) License Conditions and Requirements

i. No Associated Operating License is required.

ii. Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and to operate the End User and network Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies.

iii. A License granted under this Section permits the licensee to operate all forms of maritime communication onboard a single vessel, with the exception of communications to and from a satellite; no individual authorization of Radiocommunication Services or Radio Apparatus used to provide those services is required. Satellite communications on board a ship shall be licensed according to Section 26.

iv. Network and End User Radio Apparatus may be subject to certification requirements, per Section 34.

v. Radio Apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34.

vi. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits for Network Facilities and End User devices) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and licensees.

f) Obligations of Licensee

All holders of a Maritime Station License shall:

i. only use the radio frequencies or radio frequency bands approved by the Department, and in accordance with the frequencies and channeling arrangements found in [Annex C-5: Frequencies and Channeling Arrangements for Maritime Mobile Service];

ii. ensure that Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry in accordance with Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization itself;

iii. ensure that only Persons holding a Certificate of Competency operate Radio Apparatus authorized under a maritime station license.


November 4, 2013

iv. register all land-based towers and antenna structures, but no prior approval for such facilities is required. It is noted that permits may be required from other local Government agencies for tower construction.

v. abide by the provisions of the Radio Rules and any other international rules and regulations applicable to Radio Apparatus on board a ship to which the Republic of the Union of Myanmar is a party (e.g., the International Maritime Organization); and

vi. keep adequate records to allow any instances of interference to be resolved.

g) Duration of the authorization.

The initial duration of the authorization will be five (5) years, with renewals allowed per Section 14.

h) Fees.

Fees associated with the Maritime Station License are found in Annex C-3.

25. Aircraft Station License

a) The Department may authorize Persons to transmit, receive, or transmit and receive Information and/or Content by means of Radio Apparatus for the purpose of providing communications services to and from aircraft.

b) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for aeronautical services only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

c) Application.

The provisions of this Section apply to aircraft registered in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, but not to aircraft registered in a foreign country.

d) Aircraft Radio Operator Certificate.

i. No Person shall operate the Radio Apparatus of an aircraft station unless they hold an Aircraft Radio Operator Certificate granted by the Ministry in accordance with the Convention and applicable international agreements.

ii. Persons desiring to obtain an Aircraft Radio Operator Certificate shall apply to the Ministry of Aviation, and complete the required training it offers.

iii. After completing the training specified by provision ii above, Persons desiring to obtain an Aircraft Radio Operator Certificate shall take a test administered by the Department pursuant to Section 84B of the Telecommunications Law.

iv. The Ministry of Communications and Information Technology will issue an Aircraft Radio Operator Certificate to a Person upon their having successfully passed the test specified in provision iii above, and in conformance with Annex 1 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation.

e) License Conditions and Requirements



November 4, 2013


iii. An authorization granted under this Section permits the Licensee to operate all forms of aeronautical communication onboard a single aircraft, with the exception of communications to and from a satellite; no individual authorization of Radiocommunication Services or Radio Apparatus used to provide those services is required. Satellite communications on board a ship shall be licensed according to Section 26.

iv. Network and End User Radio Apparatus may be subject to certification requirements, per Section 34.

v. Radio apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34.

vi. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits for Network Facilities and End User devices) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and Licensees.

f) Obligations of Licensee

All holders of an Aircraft Station License shall:

i. only use the radio frequencies or radio frequency bands approved by the Department and in accordance with the frequency specifications found in [Annex C-6: Aeronautical Mobile Frequencies];

ii. ensure that Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry in accordance with Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization or license itself;

iii. register all towers and antenna structures, but no prior approval for such facilities is required. It is noted that permits may be required from other local Government agencies for tower construction;

iv. abide by the provisions of the Radio Rules and any other international rules and regulations applicable to Radio Apparatus on board an aircraft to which the Republic of the Union of Myanmar is a party (e.g., the International Civil Aviation Organization); and

v. keep adequate records to allow any instances of interference to be resolved.

g) Duration of the authorization.


i) Fees.

Fees associated with the Aircraft Station License are found in Annex C-3.


November 4, 2013

26. Satellite Spectrum License

a) The Department may authorize Persons to transmit, receive, or transmit and receive Information and/or Content using a satellite for the purpose of providing Telecommunications Services to themselves or for sale to End Users.

b) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for satellite services only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

c) Application

Satellite Spectrum Licenses that may be granted include (but are not limited to) those for:

i. Very Small Aperture Terminals (VSAT);

ii. Satellite news gathering (SNG);

iii. Satellite Radio Apparatus installed on ships and aircraft;

iv. Earth Stations transmitting to satellites; and

v. Mobile Satellite Service (e.g., portable satellite communication terminals).

vi. Satellite broadcasting (one-way) services, including Direct-to-Home (DTH)

Such authorizations may include handheld, portable, transportable (vehicle mounted and re-locatable) and fixed Radio Apparatus.

d) International Satellite Operators

i. Operators of satellites launched and licensed pursuant to the regulations of another country may provide services to End Users in Myanmar and/or may provide capacity to satellite service providers offering services to End Users (both businesses and individuals).

ii. A Satellite Spectrum License will be issued to authorize the use of specific frequencies and Radio Apparatus.

iii. Such operators must also obtain the appropriate Associated Operating License as set forth in the Licensing Rules if Telecommunications Services are provided to End Users.

iv. If an international satellite operator directly, or through an Affiliate, sells or otherwise distributes Radio Apparatus to End Users, it must obtain the technical standard approval of the Department as required by section 27 of the Telecommunications Law.

e) Receive-only systems and services

i. Radio Apparatus that is only capable of receiving transmissions from a satellite (no transmit capability) does not require an individual Satellite Spectrum License, but may need a Telecommunications Equipment License, per section 13 of the Telecommunications Law.


November 4, 2013

ii. Persons desiring to provide satellite broadcasting or one-way services (e.g., Direct-to-Home video programming or data broadcasting) must obtain a Satellite Spectrum License.

iii. Persons desiring to provide satellite broadcasting services may be required to obtain a separate broadcasting service license from the Ministry of Information.

1. A Person must hold an authorization from the Ministry of Information prior to applying for a satellite broadcasting spectrum license.

2. No satellite broadcasting spectrum license will be authorized if a Person has not been authorized by the Ministry of Information to provide broadcasting services.

3. A request for a satellite broadcasting spectrum license will be acted upon within thirty (30) days of confirmation that a Person has been authorized by the Ministry of Information to provide broadcasting services.

iv. Any Person, including Afiliates, providing Telecommunications Services through the use of receive-only apparatus sold or otherwise distributed to End Users must obtain the appropriate Associated Operating License and must obtain the technical standard approval of the Department as required by section 27 of the Telecommunications Law.

v. The provisions of f) and g) below apply, as applicable.

f) Myanmar Satellite Operators

[RESERVED-to be developed in the future]

g) License Conditions and Requirements

i. Satellite Spectrum Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and End User Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies.

ii. Frequencies for use of satellite services are identified in the National Table of Frequency Allocations; other frequencies will not be assigned for satellite use.

iii. In bands that are shared with the Fixed Service, a sharing analysis may be required as part of the application process to avoid interference.

iv. For Telecommunications Services that are provided to End Users, an Associated Operating License is required. Any service that provides interconnecting service to a Telecommunications Network licensed in Myanmar requires an Associated Operating License. No Associated Operating License is required if services are solely for internal, private use only within members of a company and its Affiliates.

v. Network and End User Radio Apparatus may be subject to certification requirements, per Section 34.

vi. Radio apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34.


November 4, 2013

vii. Depending on the type of system, a license granted under this Section may authorize the licensee to deploy an unlimited number of End User Radio Apparatus (e.g., VSAT terminals); no individual authorization of such apparatus is required.

viii. Earth station authorizations may be subject to further regulations to be determined as needed.

ix. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits for Network Facilities and End User devices) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and licensees.

h) Obligations of Licensee

All holders of a Satellite Spectrum License shall:

i. obtain the prior approval of the Department for access to any space segment and shall comply with the relevant rules, regulations and procedures imposed by the satellite operator for station access, booking and fees;

ii. only use the radio frequencies or radio frequency bands approved by the Department for its use;

iii. comply with the relevant:

1. provisions of the Convention and all regulations and recommendations annexed thereto or made thereunder as are applicable to the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and the relevant ITU-R recommendations; and

2. applicable resolutions, recommendations or other directives issued by international organizations (e.g., International Maritime Organization) for the operation of satellite Radio Appparatus onboard ships or aircraft.

iv. ensure that Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry in accordance with Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization or license itself; and

v. keep adequate records (e.g., location of Radio Apparatus and transmitter power) to allow any instances of interference to be resolved.

i) Duration of the authorization.


j) Fees.

Fees associated with the Satellite Spectrum License are found in Annex C-3.

27. Private Network Spectrum License.

k) The Department may authorize Persons to transmit, receive, or transmit and receive Information and/or Content by means of terrestrial Radio Apparatus for the purpose of providing two-way communications services to themselves (e.g., between a company’s base station and the associated vehicular or hand-held portable units).


November 4, 2013

l) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for private network services only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

m) Licenses will generally be granted on a first-come, first-served basis. If necessary, an auction or tender format may be used.

n) Application

Licenses issued under this part shall be used solely for internal, private communications only within the members of a company and its Affiliates. Examples of such use include (but are not limited to): dispatch services, voice or data communication with company personnel or vehicles, machine-to-machine communications, including for the purposes of monitoring and control of company equipment. Licenses may be granted for single frequency systems (for communications between portable units with no associated base station) and two-frequency systems (for communications from a central base station to and from multiple portable units).

o) License Conditions and Requirements



iii. A license granted under this Section authorizes the licensee to deploy an unlimited number of End User terminals; no individual authorization of such terminals is required.

iv. Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus does not require approval by the Department prior to the commencement of operations, but shall be subject to certification requirements, per Section 34.

v. Licenses may be National Geographical coverage limits may be applied, as determined by the Department in view of the proposed service.


vii. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits for Network Facilities and End User devices) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and licensees.

p) Obligations of licensee

All holders of a Private Network Spectrum License shall:


ii. ensure that Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Ministry and contained either in Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization or license itself;

iii. register all towers and antenna structures, but no prior approval for such facilities is required. It is noted that permits may be required from other local Government agencies for tower construction; and


November 4, 2013


q) Duration of the License.

The initial duration of the authorization will be fifteen (15) years, with renewals allowed per Section 14.

r) Fees.

Fees associated with the Private Network Spectrum License are found in Annex C-3.

28. Fixed Spectrum Licenses

a) The Department may authorize Persons to transmit, receive, or transmit and receive Information and/or Content by means of fixed Radio Apparatus for the purpose of providing communications services to itself or for sale to another Person.

b) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for fixed services only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

c) Licenses will generally be granted on a first-come, first-served basis. If necessary, an auction or tender format may be used.

d) Applicants may request:

i. Exclusive use of a channel or channels on a nationwide basis, but only in the 11, 13, 15, 18, 23 and 26 GHz bands; and/or

ii. Specific fixed links on a point-to-point or point-to-multipoint basis, subject to availability and the conditions in e) of this Section.

e) Application.

Licenses that may be granted include (but are not limited to) those for:

i. Fixed Radio Apparatus used for point-to-point or point-to-multipoint operation;

ii. Portable Radio Apparatus (e.g., for electronic newsgathering or other applications where the Radio Apparatus can be moved but which operates only when in a stationary location).

f) License Conditions and Requirements.

i. For services that are for sale to another Person, an Associated Operating License is required. Any service that provides interconnecting service to a Telecommunications Network licensed in Myanmar requires an Associated Operating License.

ii. No Associated Operating License is required if services are solely for internal, private use only within members of a company and its Affiliates.

iii. Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and to operate the Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies.

iv. Prior to operation, the applicant for a fixed spectrum authorization must complete an interference study to determine if its operations will interfere with prior-authorized


November 4, 2013

licensees in the fixed service. That study must be submitted along with the authorization application.

v. Based on the required interference study, the Licensee may have to coordinate its operations with prior-authorized Licensees.


vii. Minimum path length requirements. The distance between end points of a fixed link must be equal to or more than the distances indicated in the following table for their respective bands.

Frequency Band Minimum Path Length (kilometers)

4 GHz 10

5 GHz 10

6 GHz (lower: 5925-6425 MHz) 10

6 GHz (upper: 6425-7125 MHz) 10

7 GHz 10

8 GHz 10

10 GHz 5

11 GHz 5

13 GHz 5

15 GHz 5

18 GHz 2

23 GHz 0

viii. To ensure the most efficient use of fixed service frequencies, the use of frequency diversity shall generally not be allowed. The use of space diversity, angle diversity, and polarization diversity are the preferred approaches to links with difficult conditions. If a License applicant wishes to employ a frequency diversity approach, it may request a waiver of this general rule on a link-specific basis. In such cases, the applicant will need to justify its request with a factual showing indicating why space diversity or hot standby will not provide an adequate level of service availability.

ix. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits for Network Facilities and End User devices) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and licensees.


November 4, 2013

g) Obligations of licensee.

All holders of a Fixed Spectrum License shall:


ii. register tower locations with the Department, but no prior approval for building such towers is required from the Department. It is noted that permits may be required from other local Government agencies for tower construction;

iii. ensure that Network Facilities and End User Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry and contained either in Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization or license itself; and


h) Duration of the License.


i) Fees.

Fees associated with the Fixed Spectrum License are found in Annex C-3.

29. Broadcasting Spectrum License

a) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for radio and television broadcasting only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

b) Licenses granted under this part will generally be based on a fixed price. If necessary, an auction or tender format may be used.

c) Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and to operate the Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies.

d) Applications for the right to use Radio Spectrum to transmit broadcasting services (radio and/or television) must demonstrate that the planned operation will not interfere with the operators of prior-authorized broadcasting licensees.

e) Persons desiring to provide broadcasting services using their own infrastructure may be required to obtain a separate broadcasting service license from the Ministry of Information.

i. A Person must hold an authorization from the Ministry of Information prior to applying for a broadcasting spectrum license.

ii. No broadcasting spectrum license will be authorized if a Person has not been authorized by the Ministry of Information to provide broadcasting services.

iii. A request for a broadcasting spectrum license will be acted upon within thirty (30) days of confirmation that a Person has been authorized by the Ministry of Information to provide broadcasting services.

f) Persons desiring to transmit broadcasting services on behalf of or pursuant to an agreement with a licensed broadcasting service provider may apply for a Radio Spectrum license without obtaining a broadcasting service license from the Ministry of Information.


November 4, 2013

i. Licensees under this provision would only be licensed to provide the physical infrastructure and transmission capability necessary to deliver the broadcast content and services that would be provided to them pursuant to agreements with Persons licensed by the Ministry of Information to provide broadcast services.

ii. Licensees would be required to obtain the appropriate Associated Operating License.

g) License Conditions and Requirements

i. Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and to operate the Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies. No separate spectrum or Radio Apparatus authorizations are required for receive-only End User devices such as televisions or radio receivers.

ii. Prior to operation, the applicant for a broadcasting spectrum authorization must complete an interference study to determine if its operations will interfere with prior-authorized licensees in the broadcasting service. That study must be submitted along with the authorization application.

iii. Based on the required interference study, the licensee may have to coordinate its operations with prior-authorized licensees.

iv. Radio apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34.

v. Other technical conditions may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and licensees.

h) Obligations of Licensee

All holders of a Broadcasting Spectrum License shall:

i. use only the radio frequencies or radio frequency bands specified in [Annex C-7: Broadcasting Frequencies] and power levels authorized by the Department;

ii. register tower locations with the Department, but no prior approval for building such towers is required from the Department. It is noted that permits may be required from other local Government agencies for tower construction;

iii. ensure that broadcast transmitter Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry and contained either in Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization or license itself;

iv. coordinate their station operation as necessary to avoid interference with existing broadcasting spectrum licensees; and

v. keep adequate records to allow any instances of interference to be resolved.

i) Duration.


j) Fees.


November 4, 2013

Fees associated with the Broadcasting Spectrum License are found in Annex C-3.

30. Amateur Spectrum Licenses

a) The Department may authorize Persons interested in the operation of Radio Apparatus to use a radio frequency or frequencies solely for pleasure and not for monetary remuneration.

b) The Department shall authorize Persons to use frequencies for such amateur use only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

c) Persons desiring to obtain an amateur spectrum License are required to first demonstrate their operational and technical qualifications by passing the test to obtain a Radio Amateur Certificate, which is to be developed based on Recommendation ITU-R M.1544, “Minimum qualifications of radio amateurs”.

d) After obtaining a Radio Amateur Certificate, a Person may apply for an Amateur Spectrum License.

e) A separate Telecommunication Equipment License may be required for the Amateur Radio Apparatus.

f) License Conditions and Requirements.

i. The Radio Apparatus shall only be operated at locations registered with the Department;

ii. The Radio Apparatus shall in all cases be operated by the authorized licensee only;

iii. The Radio Apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34 and with the latest ITU-R recommendations applicable to the amateur service.

iv. The Radio Apparatus and associated towers, antennas, etc., shall be erected and used so as not to cause interference to other Radiocommunication Services;

v. Messages transmitted according to an Amateur Spectrum License shall be in plain language and shall relate solely to the licensee’s experiments or personal affairs (not being business affairs), or to the personal affairs of the Person with whom the licensee is communicating;

vi. National and international communication is permitted only between amateur stations, and is limited to matters of a personal nature, or for the purpose of self-training, intercommunication and radio technology investigation, solely with a personal aim and without monetary remuneration. The passing of brief messages of a personal nature on behalf of other Persons is also permitted, provided no fees or other consideration is requested or accepted.

vii. Other technical conditions (e.g., power limits) may be specified from time to time in order to minimize interference to other services and licensees.

g) Obligations of Licensee

All holders of a License under this section shall:


November 4, 2013


ii. only communicate with other authorized amateur spectrum License holders in Myanmar or appropriately licensed amateur authorization holders in other countries;

iii. not make use of encryption devices or equipment in the operation or use of any station, nor can the content of the communication be encoded in such a way as to obscure its meaning;

iv. not begin transmitting without listening in on the radio frequency to be used in order to ascertain that no interference is likely to be caused to any other station that may be transmitting;

v. identify himself or herself by the transmission of the callsign assigned to him by the Department at the beginning and end of each transmission;

vi. obtain the approval of all relevant authorities before erecting any mast or antenna to be used in connection with the operation of the station;

vii. keep a running record of all transmission periods showing the date and time of each period of transmission and the radio frequency and type of emission employed; preserve the record of each entry made for twelve (12) months; and make such record available for inspection by the Department;

viii. not transmit news, advertisements, communications of a business or non-experimental character, or messages for monetary remuneration; and

ix. prepare for, and meet, communication needs in support of disaster relief in accordance with Article 25 of the Radio Rules.

h) Duration.

i. The initial duration of the authorization will be fifteen (15) years, with renewals allowed per Section 14.

ii. The Radio Amateur Certificate is issued in perpetuity; it does not need to be renewed.

i) Fees.

Fees associated with the Amateur Spectrum License are found in Annex C-3.

31. Government Spectrum Use Licenses

a) Upon request from another government authority of the Union Government, the Department may authorize the use of frequencies to provide all forms of government services.

b) The Department shall authorize government entities to use frequencies for such use only according to the National Table of Frequency Allocations.

c) License Conditions and Requirements

i. The use of frequencies under this part is limited to operation by the authorized government entity of networks and/or Radio Apparatus solely for its internal purposes and the accomplishment of its mission; no provision of Telecommunication Services for remuneration is allowed. This provision shall not apply to MPT for the period of time


November 4, 2013

before it obtains the required Spectrum License(s) as required by Section 0 and the Associated Operating License(s).

ii. An authorization to provide government services does not require an Associated Operating License.

iii. Licenses granted under this part include both the right to use approved frequencies and to operate the Radio Apparatus that uses those frequencies.

iv. In any spectrum band that is shared with a non-government licensee(s), the government licensee may have to coordinate its operations with prior-authorized licensees.

v. Radio apparatus used as part of providing the authorized service shall comply with any technical standards or requirements identified by the Department or Ministry, in accordance with Section 34.

d) Obligations of Licensee

All Licensees holding a Government Spectrum License:

i. may use only the radio frequencies or radio frequency bands and power levels authorized by the Department;

ii. must ensure that Radio Apparatus operates in compliance with any technical specifications set by the Department or Ministry and contained either in Section 34 of these Rules or as indicated in the authorization or license itself;

iii. must take steps as necessary to avoid interference with existing spectrum licensees.

iv. must keep adequate records to allow any instances of interference to be resolved.

e) Duration.


f) Fees

At this time, no fees will be charged for authorizations granted under this Section.

32. Other Radiocommunication Services

a) Licenses for other Radiocommunication Services not addressed elsewhere in these Rules may be obtained by applying directly to the Department.

b) – xx) Reserved—These sections are reserved for services or other issues not covered elsewhere in these Rules.

33. Special Temporary Licenses

a) The Department may permit any Person to temporarily use any radio frequency or frequency band in respect of any network or station for the following purposes:

i. Testing of Radio Apparatus;

ii. Emergency response to natural disasters, etc.;


November 4, 2013

iii. Special Events, such as sporting events, etc.; and

iv. Other exigent circumstances as determined by the Department.

b) Frequencies may not be authorized if they have already been assigned to another Licensee in the same geographic area or if Harmful Interference will be caused to an existing Licensee.

c) Such temporary authorizations may be granted without a public consultation, but must be formally announced on the Department’s website or through other appropriate means.

d) Duration. A special temporary license may be granted for a period not exceeding one hundred fifty (150) days, and may be extended for one additional one hundred fifty (150) day period.

e) Fees.

Fees associated with Special Temporary Licenses are found in Annex C-3.

PART V. TECHNICAL STANDARDS

34. Compliance with Technical Standards

a) Licensees shall comply with any technical standards applicable to Radio Apparatus required by the Department, pursuant to the Telecommunications Law or the Applicable Regulatory Framework to any Radio Apparatus that the Licensee uses, sells, leases or distributes.

b) In any case in which the Department does not require the use of a particular technical standard, the Licensee may deploy Radio Apparatus if that Apparatus uses technologies that:

i. comply with technical standards adopted by a recognized international standard-setting body (such as, but not limited to, Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers and the European Telecommunications Standards Institute); or

ii. are routinely used by providers of Telecommunications Services in other countries; or

iii. have been used, for at least one calendar year, by any entity that holds a Controlling Interest in the Licensee, or by any entity in which that entity holds a Controlling Interest; or

iv. have been specifically approved by the Department.

c) If a Licensee distributes Radio Apparatus to End Users as part of its licensed service, it shall comply with the requirements of Section 27 of the Telecommunications Law, which addresses the need for technical standards approval for Telecommunications Equipment.

35. Prohibition on Interference

a) Licensees shall comply with existing and future international coordination requirements and procedures, as appropriate, including the relevant International Radio Rules issued by the ITU. The Licensee shall coordinate, when necessary, with other Radio Spectrum licensees in the Republic of the Union Myanmar to avoid Harmful Interference.

b) In the event of a disagreement between or among licensees regarding the prevention or causation of Harmful Interference, the affected licensees shall be responsible for resolving such disputes expeditiously and, if such efforts are unsuccessful, one or more of the licensees


November 4, 2013

involved may request the Department to resolve the dispute pursuant to Section 50 of the Telecommunications Law.

c) The Ministry is responsible for working with its counterparts in neighboring countries to minimize Harmful Interference in the border regions; Licensees shall cooperate with the Ministry to resolve cases of cross-border Harmful Interference.

36. Efficient Use of Spectrum

a) Licensees shall assist the Ministry and Department in the coordination and management of Radio Spectrum and shall make efficient use of ts Assigned Frequencies.

b) Licensees shall notify the Department promptly if the Licensee no longer requires the use of any or all of the Assigned Frequencies. The Department will then reclaim those frequencies and may reassign them to another Person or Licensee.

37. Compliance with Emissions Requirements

Licensees shall comply with all relevant requirements and specifications found in Annex C-8: Specification of Emissions.

38. Radio Frequency Emissions Standards

a) Licensees shall take appropriate measures to limit human (worker and End User) exposure to radio frequency (non-ionizing radiation) emissions from Radio Apparatus by installing, managing and operating the Radio Apparatus in its network based on the technical radiation standards, limits and procedures described by one or more internationally recognised health and safety standards bodies.

b) The radiation limits of the radio emission of the Licensee‘s Radio Apparatus must comply with one or more applicable radiation safety standards, as approved by an internationally recognised health and safety standards body.

c) Acceptable internationally recognised bodies include, but are not limited to:

i. National Radiological Protection Board of the United Kingdom (now part of Public Health England) DOCS.NRPB, 15, No. 2 and 3;

ii. Department of Health and Welfare Canada, Safety Code 6;

iii. Directives of the European Community, Directorate General V in Matters of Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Energy;

iv. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE C95.1-1999;

v. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) Report 86;

vi. Verband Deutscher Elektrolngenieure of Germany (VDE) DIN-0848; and

vii. International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), “Guidelines for Limiting Exposure to Time-Varying Electric, Magnetic, and Electromagnetic Fields (up to 300 GHz), published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998 (and any subsequent updates).


November 4, 2013

PART VI. COMPETITION CONDITIONS

The provisions of this Part are complimentary to and should be read in conjunction with the Competition Rules and Interconnection and Access Rules.

39. Wholesale Access Agreements

a) The Licensee may enter into a Spectrum Wholesale Access Agreement with an Other Licensee pursuant to Section 33 of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, at the written request of one of the Licensees.

b) If the Department, after providing notice and a reasonable opportunity for comment, issues a directive pursuant to Section 88(c) of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, the Licensee shall seek to negotiate an agreement with any Other Licensee designated by the Department. In such case, the Licensee shall provide Spectrum Wholesale Access to Radio Spectrum assigned pursuant to this License on an equitable and non-discriminatory basis, which shall not be of a lower technical standard and quality than provided in the Licensee’s own network.

c) Any Spectrum Wholesale Access Agreement adopted pursuant to provision a) or b) above shall be submitted to the Department and pursuant to Section 88 (c) of the Telecommunications Law, shall not become effective until the Department has granted approval.

d) The Department may reject, or require modification of, any Spectrum Wholesale Access Agreement that the Department concludes, following notice and a reasonable opportunity to comment, is unreasonably discriminatory or contrary to the interests of End Users.

e) If the two Licensees are unable to reach agreement within ninety (90) days after being directed to enter into an agreement by the Department pursuant to provision b) above, the two Licensees shall refer the matter to dispute resolution pursuant to Section 50 of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework.

f) If the two Licensees are unable to reach agreement within ninety (90) days after a Licensee has made a written request for Spectrum Wholesale Access pursuant to provision a) above, the Licensee that made the request may refer the dispute to the Department, pursuant to Section 50 of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework.

40. Spectrum Sharing

a) The Licensee may enter into agreements with other Licensees, pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework on terms and conditions that are fair, reasonable and transparent for the sharing of Radio Spectrum.

b) Any Spectrum Sharing Agreement arrived at through negotiation shall be submitted to the Department and pursuant to Section 33 of the Telecommunications Law, shall not become effective until the Department has granted written approval.

c) The Department may reject, or require modification of, any Spectrum Sharing Agreement that the Department concludes, following notice and a reasonable opportunity to comment, is unreasonably discriminatory, is likely to substantially lessen competition or is in any other way contrary to the interests of End Users.


November 4, 2013

d) The Department shall approve, reject or specify required modifications within sixty (60) days of the date on which the Spectrum Sharing Agreement was submitted to the Department.

e) If a Spectrum Sharing Agreement is rejected,

i. the Department shall provide the reason for the rejection in writing to the parties to the agreement;

ii. the parties may amend the Spectrum Sharing Agreement and resubmit it to the Department for reconsideration; and

iii. the Department shall review the amended Agreement and forward it to the Ministry with its recommendation for further action.

PART VII. TRANSITION PROVISIONS

41. Applicability

This Part applies to all users of frequencies or frequency bands as of the Effective Date of these Rules.

42. Requirement to Obtain New License

Persons, including MPT, that currently utilize Radio Spectrum, but that do not have an authorization or license to use frequencies or frequency bands are required to apply for a License from the Department within six (6) months from the Effective Date of this Regulation.

43. Existing Licenses

a) All Persons holding authorizations or Licenses that were granted prior to the Telecommunications Law coming into effect shall register such authorizations or Licenses with the Department within twelve (12) months of the coming into effect of the Telecommunications Law.

b) All Persons holding authorizations or Licenses that were granted after the Telecommunications Law came into effect but prior to the enactment of these Rules shall register such authorizations or Licenses with the Department within twelve (12) months of the enactment of these Rules.

c) All authorizations or Licenses noted in provisions a) and b) above will continue to be valid until the current expiration date of the License or authorization.

d) Upon the expiration of the Licenses or authorizations noted in provisions a) and be) above, Licensees may apply for a new license according to the provisions of these Rules.

PART VIII. CROSS-BORDER COORDINATION AND TREATIES

44. Cross-border Coordination

a) The Ministry is responsible for representing the government of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar in all negotiations regarding spectrum use coordination between Myanmar and countries with which it shares a border, including:


November 4, 2013

i. the development of bilateral or multilateral agreements related to the use of spectrum in border areas, including spectrum planning and/or technical means to avoid cross-border Radio Spectrum interference; and

ii. informal or formal discussions to address cross-border Harmful Interference that may occur.

b) Any agreements entered into by the Ministry pursuant to provision a) above will be incorporated into these Spectrum Rules and made publicly available.

45. Treaties

a) These Rules shall be read in conjunction with and as complementary to any relevant treaty in force.

b) These Rules do not supersede any existing treaty or other relevant agreement between the Government of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and any other country or countries. Existing treaties and agreements remain in force. In case of conflicts between these Rules and any treaty or agreement currently in force, the provisions of the treaty or agreement will prevail.

REPUBLIC OF THE UNION OF MYANMAR MINISTRY OF COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Annex D: Proposed Numbering Rules

November 4, 2013

Proposed Numbering Rules Republic of the Union of Myanmar

November 4, 2013

Page | 2

CONTENTS

PART I. Preliminary ....................................................................................................................................... 3

1. Citation ...................................................................................................................................... 3

2. Objectives .................................................................................................................................. 3

3. Scope ......................................................................................................................................... 3

4. Application................................................................................................................................. 3

5. Interpretation ............................................................................................................................ 3

PART II. Development of Numbering Plan .................................................................................................... 5

6. General Principles ...................................................................................................................... 5

7. Amendments to the Numbering Plan ....................................................................................... 6

8. Allocation and reservation of numbers ..................................................................................... 6

9. Licensee Obligations .................................................................................................................. 7

10. Number Portability .................................................................................................................... 7

11. Carrier Selection Codes ............................................................................................................. 8

12. Fees for Use of Numbering Resources ...................................................................................... 8

PART III. Numbering Conventions ................................................................................................................ 8

13. General Principles ...................................................................................................................... 8

14. Overall Numbering Details ........................................................................................................ 8

15. Application Process for Number Allocations and Reservations .............................................. 10

16. Management of the Numbering Plan ...................................................................................... 15

17. Numbering Plan Records and Database .................................................................................. 16

18. Terms and Conditions of the Use of Numbers within the Allocated Ranges .......................... 18


November 4, 2013

Page | 3

PART I. PRELIMINARY 1. Citation

These Rules may be cited as the “Numbering Rules of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2013.” 2. Objectives

a) These Rules seek to ensure the availability of adequate numbers for all eligible Licensees, while ensuring that numbers shall be allocated on a fair, transparent, and non-discriminatory basis, which shall help to promote effective competition, innovation, and consumer choice. Specifically, these Rules seek to: i. ensure an adequate supply of numbers at all times;

ii. make the plan as user friendly as possible;

iii. give competing service providers equal access to numbering resources;

iv. minimize disruption to existing users when changes are made (and in particular to avoid changing existing numbers as much as possible);

v. keep the costs of all changes to a minimum for both service providers and for users; and

vi. ensure that any changes to the numbering plan do not adversely impact the existing tariffing structure.

b) These Rules are designed both to create additional capacity and to increase future flexibility to allow the unhindered development of Myanmar’s National Numbering Plan into the long term future.

3. Scope

These Rules govern the management and use of numbering resources in the Union of Myanmar, as defined in ITU-T Recommendation E.164, and include the process to allocate numbering resources to eligible Licensees. These Rules also contain the rights and obligations of persons using numbering resources. 4. Application

These Rules apply to all Licensees and other entities that apply for and are entitled to use numbers. 5. Interpretation



November 4, 2013

Page | 4


a) “Annual Numbering Report” means a report prepared by the Department showing the organization and overall use of the Numbering Plan.

b) “Annual Numbering Return” means an annual submission made by each holder of a numbering allocation to the Department showing the use of each allocation, the numbers that have been allocated to end users, and a forecast of demand within the allocation.

c) “Area Code” means a numbering code assigned to a geographic area within the PSTN

Numbering Plan.

d) “Days” means calendar days.

e) “Department” means the Posts and Telecommunications Department under the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.

f) “E.164” means the main ITU-T Recommendation on numbering entitled “The international

public telecommunication numbering plan.”

g) “Geographic Number” means a number from the Numbering Plan used for fixed telephony service.

h) “ITU-T” means the Telecommunication Standardization Sector of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), which develops standards for telecommunications. The ITU is the specialized agency responsible for telecommunications within the United Nations.

i) “Licensee” means a Licensee authorized under the Licensing Rules to apply for and obtain

numbers according to the Numbering Plan and these Numbering Rules.

j) “Ministry” means Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the Union Government.

k) “National Destination Code (NDC)” means a nationally optional field code, within the

international public telecommunications numbering plan as set out in ITU-T Recommendation E.164 number plan, which when combined with the Subscriber Number shall constitute the National Significant Number.

l) “National Significant Number” means the portion of the number that follows the country code for geographic areas, consisting of a NDC followed by a Subscriber Number.


November 4, 2013

Page | 5

m) “Numbering Conventions” means the detailed rules concerning the overall management of the Numbering Plan, the rules for the allocation of numbers from the Plan, and the conditions of use of numbers.

n) “Numbering Plan” or “Plan” means a description of the allocations and use of numbers in the

Union of Myanmar for telephony, mobile, and other services.

o) “Non-Geographic Number” means a number used to identify a type of service (such as mobile, freephone, premium rate services, etc.) rather than a geographical location.

p) “Number Block” means a sequential series of numbers.

q) “Numbering Space” means the generic term used for the set of numbers available behind a

numbering code, for example, an access code or geographic Area Code.

r) “PSTN” means the Public Switched Telephone Network, i.e., the network providing the telephony service.

s) “Special Access Codes” means short (typically 3 or 4 digit) codes used to provide access to

special services (e.g., operator services, directory inquiries, and emergency services).

t) “Subscriber Number” means the number identifying a subscriber in a network or numbering area.

u) “X” means a numbering digit that can take any usable value from 0 through 9 (for example, 1XXX).

PART II. DEVELOPMENT OF NUMBERING PLAN In accordance with the Telecommunications Law 2013, Chapter VII, the Ministry is responsible for approving the Numbering Plan and the Department shall be responsible for preparing and managing the Numbering Plan (“Plan”). 6. General Principles

In preparing and managing the Numbering Plan, the Department shall take into account the following principles:

a) The Plan shall account for expected growth in demand for telecommunications services, so that numbers can be allocated expeditiously.

b) The structure of the numbers in the Plan shall be designed, as much as feasibly possible, to minimize inconvenience to users and be consistent with the efficient use of the Licensee’s telecommunications network.


November 4, 2013

Page | 6

c) The costs to incumbent Licensees in accommodating the Plan shall, as far as is reasonable, be

minimized.

d) The Plan shall, where applicable, be fully compatible with all relevant international agreements, standards, and recommendations.

e) The Plan shall, wherever possible, be formatted to ensure that numbers of different types give a broad indication of the service and the tariff.

f) The Department shall ensure that, where changes are made to the designated numbering plan, costs or inconvenience to consumers and Licensees are objectively justified, and are kept to the minimum consistent with meeting the demands for numbers and for sound management of the Plan.

g) Since numbers and codes are a finite, national resource, the Department shall manage the Plan in the interest of the whole country.

7. Amendments to the Numbering Plan

a) The Department may from time to time review the Numbering Plan. This may be initiated upon its own initiative or upon a request in writing by a Licensee, user, or other interested party.

b) The Department may from time to time amend or withdraw in full or in part the Plan already published, or publish additional sections to the Plan. Where appropriate, this shall take place after consulting with the relevant Licensees, end users, and other relevant stakeholders. In these circumstances, the normal consultation period shall be ninety (90) Days. However, in exceptional circumstances, a shorter consultation period of not less than thirty (30) Days may be necessary.

c) Licensees shall not be required to comply with any such amendment or withdrawal unless they have been given a reasonable period of notice, such notice being not less than ninety (90) Days.

8. Allocation and reservation of numbers

a) The Department shall allocate numbers and number ranges to Licensees and others as necessary in accordance with the Numbering Plan.

b) The Department shall allocate or reserve numbers in a fair and equitable manner. The allocation or reservation shall normally be made to the first Licensee who requests the block or code (i.e., on a ‘first come first served’ basis).

c) The Department shall only allocate or reserve numbering capacity to Licensees who meet the eligibility criteria set out in the standards.


November 4, 2013

Page | 7

d) The Department shall take into account the need to anticipate growth and to innovative in the demand for telecommunications services and, when allocating numbers, shall consider the need to conserve numbering capacity in all ranges.

e) When considering new requests for number allocations, the Department shall take into account the utilization of previous numbering allocations made to the Licensee.

f) The application and other processes to be followed for number allocation are described in the Numbering Conventions.

g) The Department shall prepare an Annual Numbering Report on the organization and overall use of the Plan.

9. Licensee Obligations

a) All Licensees shall adopt and publish a numbering plan for such numbers or codes as are allocated to them. This shall be in accordance with the Numbering Plan.

b) All Licensees shall use the numbers for the purpose stipulated at the time of the allocation and shall comply with the relevant terms and conditions of the allocation. Non-compliance by a Licensee shall be considered a violation of the license conditions.

c) All Licensees shall be efficient in their use of numbers.

d) In advertising and other publicity material, Licensees shall not brand numbers, nor associate a number range with a given Licensee.

e) Neither Licensees nor users have any ownership rights over any numbers allocated by the Department.

f) A Licensee shall only change a user’s number if it has reasonable grounds for doing so and if it has given reasonable advance written notice to the user in question, stating the reason and anticipated date of change. In cases of emergency, oral notice with subsequent written confirmation shall be sufficient.

g) All Licensees shall provide any information to the Department upon request regarding their use of numbers from the allocations received.

h) Each Licensee shall submit an Annual Numbering Return that provides information to the Department about the allocation and use of numbers.

10. Number Portability

[Reserved]


November 4, 2013

Page | 8

11. Carrier Selection Codes

[Reserved] 12. Fees for Use of Numbering Resources

Where required, the Department shall invoice and collect numbering fees for the allocation of numbers made to the Licensee.

PART III. NUMBERING CONVENTIONS The Numbering Conventions (“Conventions”) provide a long-term framework within which the telephone numbering scheme can be developed for the benefit of all Licensees and users. The Conventions contain the detailed rules concerning the overall control of the numbering plan, the details of the arrangements for the allocation of numbers from the plan, and the conditions of use of numbers. 13. General Principles

These Conventions seek to:

a) ensure transparent and non-discriminatory access to national numbering resources for all Licensees and users;

b) support the principle of there being many public telecommunications network providers and service providers working on equal and competitively neutral terms in the overall market;

c) take account of the Myanmar telecommunications situation and environment, ensure flexibility, and cater for individual and new requirements;

d) allow solutions to be resolved by market mechanisms wherever possible and reasonable;

e) be forward-looking; and

f) ensure that any changes to subscribers’ numbers are minimized.

14. Overall Numbering Details

a) Numbering Standards. The plans adopted by Licensees shall conform to the relevant international standards, in particular, but not exhaustively, the following ITU-T Recommendations (or their functional successors): ‘E.123’ – Standard notation for national and international telephone numbers ‘E.161’ – Arrangements of figures, letters and symbols on telephones and other devices that can be used for gaining access to a telephone network. ‘E.164’ – The international public telecommunications numbering plan.


November 4, 2013

Page | 9

‘E.166’ – The numbering plan for inter-working the E.164 and X.121 number plans. ‘X.121’ – International numbering plan for public data networks. In addition, ITU-T Recommendations E.169.2, E.169.3, E.175, E.191, and E.195 describe the role of the ITU-T in introducing universal services. The allocation of numbers for such services (e.g., International Freephone 00800) is the responsibility of the ITU-T.

b) Maximum number of digits. All numbers shall comply with ITU-T Recommendation E.164. Inter alia, this states that the maximum number of digits that a national system is expected to handle on an outgoing international call is 15 (excluding the international dialing prefix).

c) ‘0’ Prefix. i. The prefix ‘0’ shall be used for all calls within the country other than for locally dialed calls

and short access codes. For calls within the country, the digits of a National Significant Number shall follow this prefix.

ii. In the medium to long term, Licensees are expected to engineer their systems to accept the full national dialing format for calls that could otherwise have been made using local dialing.

d) ‘00’ Prefix. The international prefix ‘00’ is used for international dialing from the country. The digits of the country code and the National Significant Number shall follow this prefix.

e) Measures for conservation of numbering capacity. Geographic Numbers shall normally be allocated to applicants in blocks of 10,000 consecutive numbers from within the appropriate geographic code range. However, in those areas where there is a potential numbering shortage, or in other circumstances determined by the Department, numbers may be allocated in sub blocks of less than 10,000 numbers.

f) PSTN Services. All PSTN numbers shall begin with leading digits 1 through 8.

g) Mobile Services. All mobile numbers shall begin with leading digit 9.

h) Special Access Codes (“1XY” / “1XYZ” numbers). i. The Department shall categorize access codes by the type of service for which they are

used. There are three types of access codes: 1) Type A access codes – Common public services. Type A access codes are used by

callers to reach commonly used services, such as 19X for emergency services. These codes shall be used by all Licensees. Type A codes shall be designated individually by the Department for such services, and shall not be uniquely allocated to any particular Licensee.


November 4, 2013

Page | 10

2) Type B access codes – Common service codes. Type B access codes are used by callers to reach commonly used services, such as fault reporting or time reporting. Licensees are not required to provide these services, but if they do so then they must use the codes designated by the Department.

3) Type C access codes – Other service codes. Type C access codes are network-specific and can be used for any authorized service. These codes are allocated by the Department and are unique to a particular Licensee. Nevertheless, in order to avoid customer confusion, Licensees are encouraged to use similar codes wherever possible.

ii. Given the need to ensure reasonable numbering capacity, allocation of access codes shall generally be on the basis of either four-digit (1XXX) or five-digit (1XXXX) codes.

15. Application Process for Number Allocations and Reservations

a) Criteria for eligibility of applicants. All Licensees providing publicly available telecommunications services and / or running a licensed telecommunication network are eligible to apply for allocations and reservations of numbering capacity. Other persons (e.g., users) who require the use of numbers shall seek an allocation from an eligible Licensee.

b) Information to be supplied by an applicant for a numbering allocation and / or reservation. i. When applying for an allocation or reservation of numbering capacity, the applicant shall

provide the following information to the Department: 1) Name and contact details of the applicant. Where a person submits an application

form on behalf of the applicant, a signed and dated letter of authorization shall accompany it from that applicant.

2) Details of the relevant telecommunications license under which the applicant intends to operate the numbering capacity sought and of the system being operated.

3) Details of any existing ranges held that are relevant to that application.

4) A preferred numbering code and / or block and, where appropriate, second and third preferences should be indicated.

5) Details of the type of telecommunications service intended on the range and, where appropriate, the proposed tariff rate of the service.

6) The current utilization of any similar allocations already made to the Licensee and a forecast of expected utilization over a specified period.

7) Any other information that the applicant considers necessary or appropriate to justify the application.


November 4, 2013

Page | 11

ii. In addition, applicants shall provide to the Department any other information judged by

the Department to be relevant to the application, and the supply of which does not place an undue burden on the applicant. This may include a brief description of the applicant’s technical and operational system configuration.

c) Timing of applications. Applications for numbering allocations shall be made three months prior to the planned in-service date. In certain circumstances, allocations may be applied for within a shorter timeframe (e.g., emergencies, special events, etc.) and the Department shall have discretion whether to accept such application.

d) Reserving numbers or codes. i. In addition to allocating numbering capacity, the Department may, at its discretion, agree

to reserve numbering capacity to other existing or potential Licensees. Reservations are appropriate where: 1) for commercial confidentiality, an applicant does not want to be identified;

2) the reason for the application should not be divulged prior to an application for the

allocation; or

3) a customer order has not been finalized.

ii. A reservation may be made: 1) in anticipation of an application being made for numbering capacity in accordance

with a three-year rolling forecast provided by Licensees entitled to apply for an allocation; or

2) against a specific request submitted by a Licensee eligible to receive allocations (e.g., for the expansion or growth of existing services or for the introduction of new services).

iii. An application for a reservation shall be made to the Department in accordance with these standards. Applications for reservations shall be treated in confidence, unless the applicant requests otherwise.

iv. Wherever possible, the Department shall endeavor to convert a reservation into an allocation within thirty (30) Days. However, it should be noted that a reservation does not automatically entitle an applicant to activate the capacity. Nor, where numbering capacity is reserved, is there any guarantee that a corresponding allocation shall subsequently be made.


November 4, 2013

Page | 12

v. Reservations shall be time-limited and the limit for reservations shall normally be three months. Reservations may be renewable on request to the Department.

vi. Once a reservation has been made, that numbering capacity shall be unavailable for allocation, except for the purpose and to the organization for which the reservation was made. However, a reservation shall automatically be cancelled if: 1) the time limit has expired;

2) the applicant withdraws the reservation; or

3) the Department and the applicant agree on a substitute reservation or allocation.

e) Handling competing requests for reservation. Where available number ranges are limited, and

several Licensees have requested the same Number Block, the Department may reserve the block for more than one Licensee, but shall allocate it to the first Licensee who provides the Department with firm evidence of a customer order.

f) Considering applications. i. When making number allocations or reservations within the Numbering Plan, the

Department shall take into account: 1) the guiding principles within the Numbering Plan;

2) any relevant license conditions;

3) whether the Department considers that the proposed use of the numbering range is

appropriate;

4) the views of the applicant and other interested parties (through consultation, where appropriate); and

5) any other matters that the Department deems relevant (e.g., any requirement to open a new range or make changes to the Numbering Plan in order to allocate the required numbers or codes).

ii. If any questions in connection with the application need further clarification, the Department shall contact the applicant directly.

iii. On the basis of the application, the Department shall decide the extent to which the application may be met, and the specific numbers, number series, and addresses that may be assigned. It should be noted that in choosing the specific numbers and number series in the numbering plan, the Department shall have regard to existing allocations in the Numbering Plan.


November 4, 2013

Page | 13

iv. If several applications for the same numbering resource are received, then the application

first registered as received by the Department shall be dealt with first. This means that the administration shall generally be based on a “first come, first served” principle.

g) Assignment process. i. As soon as the application has been fully considered and the number lists have been

updated, the applicant shall be notified in writing of the assignment. As far as possible, applications shall be answered within forty-five (45) Days after receipt.

ii. Where appropriate, the Department shall notify the ITU of the assignment of numbers, number series, and addresses for the purpose of insertion and announcement in the ITU’s Operational Bulletin.

iii. Other Licensees and users shall not automatically receive notification of assignments from the Department. It is therefore the responsibility of the Licensee who has been assigned numbering resources to contact other providers and users as necessary for the purpose of informing these of the assignment.

iv. The assignment shall appear in an updated version of the Numbering Plan as published from time to time by the Department.

h) New number ranges or changes to the Numbering Plan. i. Before opening any new ranges, or significant parts of ranges, the Department shall issue

a notification. The Department shall give at least forty-five (45) Days’ notice of the opening of any new ranges or significant parts of ranges. The Department shall also specify a date for the initial receipt of applications for those ranges and, prior to that date, no applications shall be accepted.

ii. Where appropriate, the Department shall notify the ITU Telecommunication Standardization Sector (‘ITU-T’) of changes to the Numbering Plan and ensure that the correct notification is given in the ITU-T Operational Bulletin.

iii. Where the Department considers it appropriate, it shall also notify other overseas administrations as necessary.

i) Refusal of applications for numbering capacity. i. The Department may refuse an application for an allocation or reservation of numbering

capacity.

ii. The Department may refuse an application:


November 4, 2013

Page | 14

1) if the necessary information is not provided;

2) if the application does not conform with the Numbering Plan;

3) to safeguard that sufficient overall short code resources are available within the range of numbers allocated; or

4) for any other reason that Department considers appropriate.

iii. Alternatively, the Department may not grant the application in full, or may attach specific conditions to the allocation that are consistent with the standards and relate to the use and management of the numbering capacity allocated. Such specific conditions shall be set out in the letter that accompanies the allocation.

iv. In the event of a refusal, whether in part or in full, or where specific conditions are attached, the Department shall inform the applicant, in writing, of its reasons.

v. The Department may, following consultation with the applicant, make an alternative allocation that has the potential to satisfy the applicant’s requirements without conflicting with the criteria that caused the original application to be refused.

j) Changes to allocations. i. Those who have been allocated numbering capacity are required to apply to the

Department to make any changes: 1) to the ownership of the block or code;

2) to the purpose or use of the numbering allocation; or

3) which relate to conditions of use placed on the allocation.

k) Withdrawal and return of numbers or codes.

i. The Department can withdraw capacity that it has allocated, or part of such capacity, if its

continued use or allocation is not in compliance with: 1) the relevant standards;

2) the Numbering Plan; or

3) any specific conditions of the allocation.

ii. Withdrawal of an in-service numbering range, which has been allocated by the

Department, can be made only after the Department has consulted with interested


November 4, 2013

Page | 15

parties for a period of not less than forty-five (45) Days. It shall be subject to a period of notice of not less than ninety (90) Days following that consultation.

iii. If an allocation or part of an allocation is not brought into service within six months, it may be withdrawn, after consultation with such interested parties. Such withdrawal shall be subject to a period of notice of not less than ninety (90) Days following that consultation.

l) Return of allocations. i. If a Licensee no longer requires the use of an allocation that has been made, then the

allocation should be returned to the Department at the earliest opportunity.

ii. Only complete blocks can be returned. The Department shall not normally accept partial return of any blocks.

m) Liability on withdrawal and re-allocation. i. In the event that an allocation has to be withdrawn at the request of the Department and

an alternative re-allocation made (for example in order to invoke a change to the Numbering Plan), then the Department shall, as far as possible, endeavor to make a re-allocation of a similar “standard” number. This shall also apply to withdrawal and re-allocation of golden numbers.

ii. However, notwithstanding the above, the Department shall accept no liability (financial or otherwise) in the event of withdrawal and re-allocation.

16. Management of the Numbering Plan

a) Overall responsibility. The Department shall be responsible for the overall management of the Numbering Plan, and shall undertake any tasks, or require the Licensees to undertake any tasks that it considers necessary, in order to allow it to manage the Numbering Plan.

b) The numbering audit process. i. Each holder of an allocation shall submit to the Department an Annual Numbering Return.

The Annual Numbering Return shall refer to information at the calendar year end and shall be submitted to the Department as requested, but usually within forty-five (45) Days of the end of that year.

ii. The following information shall be provided in the Annual Numbering Return for each allocation: 1) the current use of the allocation;

2) numbers in service allocated to end users;


November 4, 2013

Page | 16

3) details of numbers set aside for planned growth, customer orders, or other usage, with explanations; and

4) blocks of numbers allocated to any person for purposes other than to end users.

iii. Each Annual Numbering Return shall also provide: 1) a three-year forecast of demand within significant ranges, as specified by the

Department;

2) the justification for continuing reservation by the Licensee of numbering capacity; and

3) any other information requested by the Department.

iv. This information shall be supplied in a format specified by the Department. The Department shall not require information where the collection or analysis of the information would place an undue burden on the organization submitting the Annual Numbering Return.

c) Annual Numbering Report. The Department shall prepare and publish an Annual Numbering Report on the organization and use of the Numbering Plan. This shall contain an administrative description of the function and operation of the unit, details of the existing number allocations and a forecast for planed future demand, any significant developments in the numbering plan, details of any planned amendments to the Numbering Conventions, and any other matter of relevance.

d) Requirement to notify others. i. When activating a number allocation, it is the responsibility of the holder of the allocation

to negotiate with, and to notify, relevant Licensees and, where appropriate, overseas authorities.

ii. Those who have been allocated numbering capacity are required to advise the Department, on an ongoing basis, of the contact in their organizations to whom notifications of the dates for activation of the allocated codes and Number Blocks should be sent.

iii. The Department shall maintain a list of such contacts and shall make it available on request to all organizations listed on it, and others who, in the Department’s opinion, have need of that information.

17. Numbering Plan Records and Database

a) Records database. The Department shall maintain comprehensive records and a database of the status of all number ranges, codes, and blocks of numbers within the Numbering Plan. The


November 4, 2013

Page | 17

full Numbering Plan is set out in a document maintained by the Department. This shall be made available to all relevant parties as required.

b) Reserved numbering. Where available and not commercially sensitive, details of the Licensee’s plans for reserved numbering shall be included in the Numbering Plan. However, those requiring further details of reservations are advised to contact the person for whom the code or block of numbers has been reserved.

c) Publication of changes. In addition to updating the Numbering Plan, the Department shall additionally publish (at appropriate intervals of time) details of allocations, reservations, or withdrawals, setting out the number range(s) being allocated, reserved, or withdrawn, the person to whom the allocation has been made or from whom it has been withdrawn, and the action date.

d) Status indicators. i. All numbers or codes in the Numbering Plan shall fall into one of two categories: either

designated or not designated. 1) Designated numbers or codes are those set aside within the Numbering Plan for

particular usage: e.g., PSTN geographic and mobile.

2) Designation is not an indication as to the availability or otherwise of a number or code.

ii. Those parts of the Numbering Plan that are not designated are not available for allocation or reservation.

iii. Codes or numbers that have been designated shall have one of the following status indicators: 1) ‘Allocated’ – indicates codes or numbers that have been allocated to a person whose

name shall be listed alongside. While the majority of codes and Number Blocks shown as ‘Allocated’ may also be in service, these records shall not contain information about in-service dates. In addition, allocations shall not appear with full details in the Numbering Plan while an applicant maintains a requirement to protect commercially sensitive information prior to the opening of service.

2) ‘Allocated for Migration Only’ – indicates that the code or block has been allocated to a listed person for the express purpose of managing a migration from one range to another. This may be a temporary allocation and, after a suitable, specified time, and the meeting of allocation criteria, the Department may determine that the block could be used for new business and its status changed accordingly.


November 4, 2013

Page | 18

3) ‘Free’ – indicates that this code or block is available for allocation or reservation. Applicants should note that a Number Block shown as ‘Free’ could have already been requested by another Licensee between the time of the last update of the list and the time of applying for the Number Block.

4) ‘Free for “specific purpose” (to be defined)’ – indicates numbering ranges which are free only for specific purposes

5) ‘Protected’ – indicates where a Number Block is protected until further notice or, where a date is shown, until that date. Numbers are protected, e.g., for future planning purposes or to avoid temporary or permanent dialing problems.

6) ‘Reserved’ – indicates a provisional allocation, subject to confirmation by the applicant and/or the Department. The applicant’s name shall not normally appear alongside the reservation to ensure commercial confidentiality.

18. Terms and Conditions of the Use of Numbers within the Allocated Ranges

a) General Conditions. The following general conditions, relating to the use of numbering capacity, apply to all allocations made by the Department: i. The allocation shall be used for the purpose specified in the application (including any

classification by type or tariff as set out in the Numbering Plan).

ii. The Licensee originally allocated numbers shall be responsible for them.

iii. Numbers and blocks of numbers shall not be traded or exchanged between Licensees.

iv. A number allocation is made to an Licensee “in perpetuity.” However, neither Licensees nor users have any ownership rights over any numbers allocated by the Department.

v. Numbers shall, at all times, be used only for the purposes granted to the Licensee to whom the allocation was made.

vi. The holder of the allocation shall maintain a record of the numbers in use.

vii. Holders of numbering capacity shall not, unless the Department consents otherwise, charge any person for a number allocated to him (other than a coveted number allocated to a user at the request of such a person).

viii. Number transfer between users is permitted, to the extent that the number can be technically activated for the new subscriber. However, in order to prevent number hoarding, the user must bring their number into service within one hundred eighty (180) Days; “in service” being defined as “if an access in the public telephone network can be reached by dialing the number” (i.e., “use it or lose it”).


November 4, 2013

Page | 19

ix. A Licensee shall not use numbers from the Numbering Plan other than those allocated by the Department.

x. All Licensees shall simultaneously implement any numbering changes which are required.

b) Conditions applicable to the geographic numbering plan. In addition to the above general conditions, the following conditions shall also apply to allocations made from within the geographic ranges of the numbering plan: i. Area Codes shall have national significance, rather than be associated with a particular

Licensee.

ii. Where necessary, the Department shall define the geographic area that is relevant for each Area Code. Initially these areas shall correspond to existing zone designations in the current numbering plan.

iii. The Department shall allocate blocks of numbers to Licensees in each geographic area as required, from the Numbering Space behind the relevant zone code. Each block shall typically be 10,000 sequential numbers, but in some circumstances could be either larger or smaller blocks.

iv. All Licensees shall be required to route calls which are dialed using the full nationally significant number, even if they are local calls.

c) Conditions applicable to Non-geographic Numbers. In addition to the general conditions, the following conditions shall also apply to allocations made from within the non-geographic ranges of the numbering plan: i. codes for non-geographic services should have national significance; and

ii. the Department shall allocate blocks of numbers to Licensees as required.

d) Other specific conditions on allocations. Where necessary and appropriate, the Department

may impose additional specific conditions on any particular allocation. Where the Department chooses to apply such conditions, then the Department shall provide the Licensees with the reasoning behind this decision.




Annex E:

Proposed Competition Rules

November 4, 2013

Proposed Competition Rules Republic of the Union of Myanmar

November 4, 2013

CONTENTS

PART I. Preliminary ....................................................................................................................................... 4

1. Citation .............................................................................................................................................. 4

2. Objective ........................................................................................................................................... 4

3. Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 4

4. Application ........................................................................................................................................ 4

5. Interpretation.................................................................................................................................... 5

PART II. Conduct which has the effect of lessening free competition ......................................................... 8

6. Power of the Department to review conduct which has the effect of lessening free competition . 8

7. Guidance on lessening of free competition ...................................................................................... 8

8. Conduct deemed to be lessening free of competition ..................................................................... 9

PART III. Anti-Competitive Agreements ..................................................................................................... 10

9. Power of the Regulator to review anti-competitive agreements ................................................... 10

10. Types of agreements to be reviewed by the Regulator .............................................................. 11

11. Individual exemptions ................................................................................................................. 12

12. Block exemptions ........................................................................................................................ 12

13. The criteria for individual and block exemptions ....................................................................... 13

14. Leniency regime .......................................................................................................................... 13

Part IV. Determination of dominant position ............................................................................................. 16

15. Guidance on the determination of dominant position ............................................................... 16

16. Relevant market definition ......................................................................................................... 16

17. Determination of a dominant position ....................................................................................... 17

18. Presumption of dominant position ............................................................................................. 18

19. Criteria to identify relevant markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation .............................. 18

20. Ex ante obligations for providers that are in a dominant position ............................................. 18

PART V - Investigations and enforcement .................................................................................................. 20

21. Investigation by the Department ................................................................................................ 20

22. Complaint to the Department..................................................................................................... 20

23. Procedural matters applicable to all investigations conducted under these Rules ................... 22

24. Interim measures ........................................................................................................................ 22

25. Finding of non-infringement ....................................................................................................... 23

26. Finding of an infringement .......................................................................................................... 23


November 4, 2013

27. Failure to comply with directions ............................................................................................... 24

28. Power to accept undertakings .................................................................................................... 24

29. Costs and experts ........................................................................................................................ 25

PART VI—Review of Transactions ............................................................................................................... 25

30. Power of the Department to review transactions ...................................................................... 25

31. Scope of review procedures for mergers, acquisitions and takeovers ....................................... 26

32. Notification of transactions ........................................................................................................ 26

33. Application review process ......................................................................................................... 27

34. Transaction between competitors .............................................................................................. 27

35. Transactions between entities that are not competitors ........................................................... 28

36. Pro forma transactions ............................................................................................................... 29

PART VII—TARIFF APPLICATION AND REVIEW PROCESS ............................................................................ 29

37. Power of the Department to review and approve tariffs ........................................................... 29

38. Designated services..................................................................................................................... 29

39. Filing of tariffs for designated services with the Department .................................................... 29

40. Process for review of tariffs for designated services .................................................................. 30

41. Request for additional information ............................................................................................ 31

42. Directions to modify or amend a proposed tariff ....................................................................... 31

43. Principles for review and approval of tariffs by the Department and the Ministry ................... 32

44. Publication of approved tariffs ................................................................................................... 32

45. Market trials and short term promotional offers ....................................................................... 32

46. Minimum rates for designated services ..................................................................................... 33

47. Tariffs for undesignated services ................................................................................................ 34

PART VIiI—Miscellaneous Provisions .......................................................................................................... 35

48. Authority of the Department to review anticompetitive conduct and agreements in the telecommunication sector ...................................................................................................................... 35

49. Relevance of practices by competition authorities .................................................................... 35

50. Review of transitory determinations in Schedules ..................................................................... 35

SCHEDULE 1: Transitory determination of relevant markets and dominant position for the purpose of ex ante regulation ............................................................................................................................................ 36

SCHEDULE 2: Transitory determination of essential facilities .................................................................... 37

SCHEDULE 3: Transitory determination of designated services ................................................................. 38


November 4, 2013

PART I. PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These Rules may be cited as the “Competition Rules for the Telecommunications Sector of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2013.”

2. Objective

These Rules are made to provide a regulatory framework for the promotion of fair competition in the telecommunications sector in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and the protection against anticompetitive practices, pursuant to Chapter XI of the Law and all matters related thereto.

3. Scope

These Rules provide guidance relating to:

a) the standards and procedures which the Department will apply in determining whether particular conduct constitutes lessening of free competition for the purposes of the Law;

b) what understandings, agreements, or arrangements the Department will find to be anticompetitive, and so prohibited under the Law;

c) the standards and processes which the Department will apply to define relevant markets and determine whether one or more licensees have a dominant position in one or more telecommunications markets;

d) the ex ante competitive safeguards and remedies that may be imposed on licensees found to have a dominant position in one or more telecommunications markets;

e) the transaction review procedures to be applied by the Department;

f) the process the Department will follow when conducting investigations and enforcing the provisions of these Rules; and

g) the process the Department will follow to review and approve or reject tariff applications.

4. Application

These Rules apply to:

a) all licensees and any other providers of telecommunications services in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar which shall remain subject to any conditions regarding anticompetitive conduct set out in the Law, other laws and regulations and their licenses.

b) any non-licensee that enters into an anticompetitive agreement with a licensee or is party to a transaction involving a licensee.


November 4, 2013

5. Interpretation



a) “Agreement” means any form of contract, arrangement or understanding, whether or not legally enforceable, between enterprises, and includes a decision by an association and concerted practices;

b) “Bundled Services Offer” means a combined offer of telecommunications services provided by one or more licensees under a bundled rate or rate formula where the offering of one or more services within the bundle is contingent on acceptance of the entire bundle and comprising (i) one or more designated services and one or more undesignated services or (ii) two or more designated services.

c) “Concerted practice” means any form of coordination between enterprises which involves direct or indirect contact or communication between enterprises, the object or effect of which is either:

i. to influence the conduct of one or more enterprises in a market; or

ii. to disclose the course of conduct which an enterprise has decided to adopt or is contemplating to adopt in a market, in circumstances where such disclosure would not have been made under normal conditions of competition;

d) “Consumer” means any direct or indirect user of telecommunications services or goods or services used in conjunction with any telecommunication service, supplied by Licensee in the course of business, and includes another Licensee that purchases telecommunications services or goods or services used in conjunction with any telecommunication service supplied on a wholesale basis or as a final consumer;

e) “Days” means calendar days. In computing any period of time described in these Rules:

i. the day from which the period begins to run is not counted;

ii. when the last day of the period is a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, the period extends to the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday;

iii. when the Department, or another authority where a submission is due, is closed for all or part of the last day, the period extends to the next day on which the Department or such authority is open;


November 4, 2013

f) “Department” means the Postal and Telecommunications Department under the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology;

g) “Designated services” means a telecommunications service that is designated by the Department under section 38;

h) “Dominant Position” or “Dominance” means a situation in which an enterprise, either individually or jointly with others, enjoys a position of economic strength affording it the power to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors and consumers;

i) “Enterprise” means any person engaged in activities relating to telecommunications services or goods or services used in conjunction with any telecommunication service, and for the purposes of these Rules, a parent and subsidiary company shall be regarded as a single enterprise if, despite their separate legal entity, they form a single economic unit within which the subsidiaries do not enjoy real autonomy in determining their actions on the market;

j) “Essential facilities” are those facilities that are declared as such under Schedule 2 as revised by the Department from time to time. Essential facilities shall be made available to competing licensees at cost-oriented prices and on non-discriminatory terms and conditions and must comply with the following factors:

i. the facilities are required to provide telecommunications services;

ii. an efficient new entrant would neither be able to replicate the facility within the foreseeable future, nor obtain it from a third party through a commercial transaction, at a cost that would allow market entry;

iii. the licensee that controls the facility has sufficient current capacity to share with other licensees;

iv. the licensee that controls the facility has no legitimate justification for refusing to share the facility with other licensees; and

v. failure to provide access to the facility would unreasonably restrict competition in a telecommunications market;

k) “Horizontal Agreement” means an agreement between enterprises each of which operates at the same level in the production or distribution chain;

l) “Infringement” means an infringement of any prohibition under the Law, these Rules, the terms and conditions of a license;

m) “Law” means the Telecommunications Law of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar of 2013;

n) “Licensee” means an enterprise that holds a license or other authorization for the provision of telecommunications services pursuant to the Law;


November 4, 2013

o) “Market Power” refers to the ability of an enterprise or group of enterprises to profitably raise and maintain price above the level that would prevail under competition. An enterprise or group of enterprises may possess market power, but will not be in a dominant position in that market if they can be restrained in their conduct by rivals with comparable levels of market power.

p) “Ministry” means the Union Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the Union Government.

q) “MPT” means the Ministry of Post and Telecommunications in its capacity as the incumbent telecommunications service provider, or its successors;

r) “Person” means any individual, legal entity or governmental body.

s) “Price” includes any form of consideration given in return for any telecommunications service or goods or services used in conjunction with any telecommunication service, whether such consideration has actually been given or is advertised or stated as being required to be given in exchange for such goods or services;

t) “SSNIP” means a small, but significant and non-transitory increase in price, generally of between five to ten percent (5-10%). In the case of market definition for the purpose of reviewing:

i. conduct that lessens free competition under Part II or imposing ex ante regulation pursuant to section 19, the Department shall use the competitive price or the regulated price, where applicable;

ii. for the purpose of reviewing transaction under Part III the Department shall generally use the prevailing price;

u) “Supply” includes:

i. in relation to goods, the supply and resupply, by way of sale, exchange, lease, hire or hire-purchase of the goods; and

ii. in relation to services, the provision by way of sale, grant or conferment of the services;

v) “Tariff” means the rates, terms and conditions applicable to a designated service;

w) “Undesignated Services” means any telecommunications service that is not a designated service;

x) “Vertical Agreement” means an agreement between enterprises each of which operates at a different level in the production or distribution chain.


November 4, 2013

PART II. CONDUCT WHICH HAS THE EFFECT OF LESSENING FREE COMPETITION

6. Power of the Department to review conduct which has the effect of lessening free competition

a) The provision of section [35] of the Law prohibits licensees from engaging in any conduct which has the effect of lessening free competition in a telecommunications market.

b) Pursuant to the provision of sections [38] and [57] of the Law, in case a licensee engages in conduct that has the effect of lessening free competition in any telecommunications market, the Department shall conduct an investigation in accordance with Part V of these Rules and, subject to the approval of the Ministry, take such administrative actions as it deems justified.

c) For the purpose of this Part:

i. “conduct” means any action, or a lack of action, which can either actually or potentially affect the level of competition in a market;

ii. “effect” means whether the conduct has led to or may lead to substantial lessening of competition in a market.

iii. “lessening of free competition” means a significant reduction in the level of actual or potential rivalry between licensees in a specific relevant market. Conduct that significantly increases market power for a licensee in a market will be deemed a lessening of free competition.

7. Guidance on lessening of free competition

a) In assessing whether any conduct constitutes lessening of free competition, the Department shall consider the:

i. definition of the relevant market or markets, using the market analysis methodology described in Part IV;

ii. impact of the conduct on consumers, including the availability and pricing of products and services;

iii. impact of the conduct on existing competitors in the identified market or markets;

iv. impact of the conduct on further market entry; and

v. degree of interference with competition that results in identifiable injury to competitors or consumers.

b) In determining whether a particular conduct meets the standard identified in section 7(a)(v) of these Rules, the Department shall apply the following further considerations:


November 4, 2013

i. a trivial degree of lessening of free competition will not be acted upon by the Department;

ii. the degree of market power of the licensee, using the market definition and assessment of market power methodologies described in Part IV:

iii. a smaller degree of interference or injury resulting from the conduct of a licensee found to be in a dominant position may be found to constitute lessening of free competition.

iv. The Law or this Part does not prohibit an enterprise in a dominant position from taking any step which has reasonable commercial justification or represents a reasonable commercial response to the market entry or market conduct of a competitor.

8. Conduct deemed to be lessening free of competition

a) Subject to a licensee demonstrating otherwise in the course of any investigation conducted by the Department, the following conduct shall be deemed to result in a lessening of free competition:

i. failing to supply interconnection or access to telecommunications services or other essential facilities to a competing licensee, in accordance with any interconnection or other agreement between the parties or any direction, rule or order issued by the Department or Ministry, pursuant to the Law or the Interconnection and Access Rules, except such failure is objectively justified;

ii. discriminating in the provision of interconnection or access to telecommunications services or other essential facilities to competing licensees, except under circumstances that are objectively justified;

iii. tying of telecommunications services, whereby the licensee in question requires, as a condition of supplying a service to a competing licensee, that the competing licensee acquire another service that it does not require;

iv. offering a competing licensee more favorable terms or conditions that are not justified by cost differences, if it acquires another service that it does not require;

v. preemptively acquiring or securing scarce facilities or resources, including rights of way or access to in building wiring, required by another licensee for the provision of its service, with the effect of denying the use of the facilities or resources to the other licensee;

vi. supplying telecommunications services at prices below long run a average incremental costs or such other cost standard, as is adopted by the Regulator;

vii. using revenues or the allocation of costs from one telecommunications service to cross-subsidize another telecommunications service, except where such cross subsidy is explicitly included under tariff schemes approved by the Department for the relevant telecommunications services in accordance with the provisions under section 29 (b) of the Law;


November 4, 2013

viii. failing to comply with an interconnection or access obligation related decision, direction or guideline of the Department;

ix. performing any of the following actions, where such actions have the effect of impeding or preventing a competing licensee’s entry into, or expansion in, a telecommunications market:

1) deliberately reducing the margin of profit available to a competing licensee that requires wholesale telecommunications services from the licensee in question, by increasing the prices for the wholesale communications services required by that competing licensee or decreasing the prices of telecommunications services in retail markets where they compete, or both;

2) requiring or inducing a supplier to refrain from selling to a competing licensee;

3) adopting technical specifications for networks or systems to prevent, delay or hinder interconnection or interpretability with a network or system of a competing licensee;

4) failing to make available to competing licensees on a timely basis, technical specifications, information about essential facilities, or other commercially relevant information which is required by such competing licensees to provide telecommunications services and which is not available from other sources; and

5) using information obtained from competing licensees, for purposes related to interconnection or the supply of access to communications facilities or services by the licensee in question, to compete with such competing licensees ; and

i. limiting or restricting the ability of a customer of a licensee’s service to acquire

telecommunication equipment and/or services from such licensee or from any other licensee;

ii. any failure by a licensee to comply with any decision, rule, direction or guideline issued by the Department or Ministry, regarding either prohibited or required competitive conducts or agreements.

b) The Ministry may, from time to time, specify other conduct that shall be deemed to result in lessening of free competition, including those that arise pursuant to Part III.

PART III. ANTI-COMPETITIVE AGREEMENTS

9. Power of the Regulator to review anti-competitive agreements

a) The provision of section [36] of the Law prohibits licensees from entering into any understanding, agreement, or arrangement with any person, department or organization which provide for price fixing, market sharing, or boycotting of a competitor, supplier or licensee.


November 4, 2013

b) Pursuant to the provision of sections [38] and [57] of the Law, in case a licensee enters into any anticompetitive understanding, agreement, or arrangement, the Department shall conduct an investigation in accordance with Part Vand, subject to the approval of the Ministry, take such administrative actions as it deems justified.

10. Types of agreements to be reviewed by the Regulator

a) A horizontal or vertical agreement between licensees or between a licensee and a non-licensee is prohibited under the Law and these Rules insofar as the agreement has the object or effect of significantly preventing, restricting or distorting competition in any relevant telecommunications market.

b) Notwithstanding the generality of subsection (a), a horizontal agreement between enterprises is deemed to have the object of significantly preventing, restricting, or distorting competition in any telecommunications market if it has the object to:

i. fix, directly or indirectly, a purchase or selling price or any other trading conditions;

ii. share markets or sources of supply;

iii. limit or control:

1) production;

2) market outlets or market access;

3) technical or technological development; or

4) investment; or

iv. perform an act of bid rigging, in which competing licensees manipulate, or attempt to manipulate, the prices, terms or conditions of an otherwise competitive tender process.

c) The Department may assess whether any other agreements between licensees or between a licensee and third parties, including joint-ventures or similar agreements, have the object of significantly preventing, restricting, or distorting competition in any telecommunications market.

d) Any enterprise which is a party to an agreement which is prohibited under this section shall be liable for infringement of the prohibition set forth in subsection (a).

e) Any agreement or decision which is prohibited by subsection (a) is void.

f) Unless the context otherwise requires, a provision of this Part which is expressed to apply to, or in relation to, an agreement is to be read as applying, with the necessary modifications, equally to, or in relation to, a decision by an association of enterprises or a concerted practice.


November 4, 2013

11. Individual exemptions

a) A licensee may apply to the Department for an exemption with respect to a particular agreement from the prohibition under section 10.

b) The Department may, subject to the approval of the Ministry, grant an individual exemption if, in the opinion of the Department, the agreement is one to which section 13 applies.

c) An exemption granted under this section is referred to as an “individual exemption”.

d) The individual exemption granted by the Department may be:

i. subject to any condition or obligation as the Department considers it appropriate to impose; and

ii. for a limited duration as specified in the order.

e) An individual exemption may provide for it to have effect from a date earlier than that on which the order is made.

12. Block exemptions

a) If agreements which fall within a particular category of agreements are, in the opinion of the Department, likely to be agreements referred to in section 13, the Department may recommend that the Minister make an order specifying that category for the purposes of this section.

b) The Minister may make an order giving effect to such a recommendation:

i. in the form in which the recommendation is made; or

ii. subject to such modifications as the Minister considers appropriate.

c) An order made under this section is referred to in this section as a “block exemption order” and an exemption under this section is referred to in this section as a “block exemption”.

d) An agreement which falls within a category specified in a block exemption order shall be exempt from the section 10 prohibition.

e) A block exemption order may impose conditions or obligations subject to which a block exemption shall have effect.

f) A block exemption order may provide:

i. if there is a breach of a condition imposed by the block exemption, the Department may, by notice in writing, cancel the block exemption in respect of the agreement from the date of the breach;


November 4, 2013

ii. if there is a failure to comply with an obligation imposed by the block exemption, the Department may, by notice in writing, cancel the block exemption in respect of the agreement;

iii. if the Department considers that a particular agreement is not one to which section 13 applies, the Department may, by notice in writing, cancel the block exemption in respect of the agreement from such date as the Department may specify;

iv. the block exemption shall cease to have effect at the end of a period specified in the order; or

v. the block exemption is to have effect from a date earlier than that on which the order is made.

13. The criteria for individual and block exemptions

a) An individual or block exemption may be granted to any agreement which, allowing consumers a fair share of the resulting benefit, contributes to:

i. improving production or distribution, or

ii. promoting technical or economic progress.

b) Agreements referred to in subsection (a) shall not:

i. impose on the enterprises concerned restrictions which are not indispensable to the attainment of the objectives provided in subsection (a); or

ii. afford the enterprises concerned the possibility of eliminating actual or potential competition in respect of a substantial part of the telecommunications services in question.

14. Leniency regime

a) The Department shall apply a leniency regime, with a reduction of up to a maximum of one hundred percent of any financial penalties which would otherwise have been imposed, which shall be available in the cases of any licensee which has:

i. admitted its involvement in an infringement of any prohibition under this Part; and

ii. provided information or other form of co-operation to the Department which significantly assisted, or is likely to significantly assist, in the identification or investigation of any finding of an infringement of a prohibition under this Part by any other enterprises.

b) The leniency regime shall permit different percentages of reductions of financial penalties to be available to a licensee which complies with the conditions and requirement set forth in this section, as follows:


November 4, 2013

i. the first licensee to admit its involvement in an infringement of any prohibition under this Part and fully comply with the submission of information and evidence to assist the Department in opening an investigation will receive full immunity from financial penalties;

ii. if a licensee is not the first licensee to admit its involvement in the alleged agreement pursuant to subsection (b)(i), but nevertheless provides significant added value to the Department’s investigation, it shall receive:

1) if it is the first licensee to provided significant added value, between thirty percent (30%) and fifty percent (50%) reduction in financial penalties;

2) if it is the second licensee to provide significant added value, between twenty percent (20%) and thirty percent (30%) reduction in financial penalties; and

3) if it is any subsequent licensee to provide significant added value, up to twenty percent (20%) reduction in financial penalties.

i. for the purpose of this subsection, significant added value refers to the extent to which, in the twenty percent’s discretion, the evidence provided by a licensee strengthens the twenty percent’s ability to demonstrate the alleged agreement.

c) The twenty percent will not consider other applications for leniency from financial penalties before it has taken a position on an existing application in relation to the same alleged infringement.

d) An application for leniency shall provide:

i. a detailed description of the alleged agreement, including:

1) Its aims, activities and functioning;

2) the product or service concerned;

3) the geographic scope;

4) the duration of and the estimated market volumes affected by the alleged agreement;

5) the specific dates, locations, content of and participants in the alleged agreement; and

6) all relevant explanations in connection with the pieces of evidence provided in support of the application.

ii. the name and address of the licensee submitting the leniency application as well as the names and addresses of all the other enterprises that participate(d) in the alleged agreement;


November 4, 2013

iii. the names, positions, office locations and, where necessary, home addresses of all individuals who, to the applicant's knowledge, are or have been involved in the alleged agreement, including those individuals which have been involved on the applicant's behalf; and

iv. other evidence relating to the alleged agreement in possession of the applicant or available to it at the time of the application, including in particular any evidence contemporaneous to the infringement.

e) In addition to the information established in subsection (d), all the following conditions must be met in any case to qualify for any leniency from a financial penalty:

i. the licensee cooperates genuinely, fully, on a continuous basis and expeditiously from the time it submits its application throughout the Department administrative procedure. This includes:

1) providing the Department promptly with all relevant information and evidence relating to the alleged agreement that comes into its possession or is available to it;

2) remaining at the Department 's disposal to answer promptly to any request that may contribute to the establishment of the facts;

3) making current (and, if possible, former) employees and directors available for interviews with the Department;

4) not destroying, falsifying or concealing relevant information or evidence relating to the alleged agreement; and

5) not disclosing the fact or any of the content of its application before the Department has issued a statement of objections in the case, unless otherwise agreed.

ii. the licensee ended its involvement in the alleged agreement immediately following its application, except for what would, in the Department’s view, be reasonably necessary to preserve the integrity of the inspections;

iii. when contemplating making its application to the Department, the enterprise must not have destroyed, falsified or concealed evidence of the alleged agreement nor disclosed the fact or any of the content of its contemplated application.

f) Leniency will not be granted if:

i. the conditions set forth in subsection (d) are not met;

ii. at the time of the application, the Department had already sufficient evidence to adopt a decision to carry out an investigation in connection with the alleged agreement or had already initiated such investigation, except for the cases of significant value added addressed in subsection (a)(ii);


November 4, 2013

iii. the licensee that filed the application took steps to coerce other licensees to join the alleged agreement or to remain in it will not be eligible for total immunity from financial penalty, but may still qualify for a reduction of such penalties if it fulfills the relevant requirements and conditions.

g) If at the end of the review of an application for leniency, the Department finds that:

i. the licensee has complied with the conditions of subsection (d), the Department will grant such Licensee leniency from financial penalties in the relevant decision in accordance with subsection (b)(ii);

ii. the licensee has not met the conditions of subsection (d), the licensee will not benefit from any favorable treatment under this section.

PART IV. DETERMINATION OF DOMINANT POSITION

15. Guidance on the determination of dominant position

a) The purpose of this Part is to provide guidance on the standards and processes to be used by the Department, to determine whether a licensee, alone or in conjunction with one or more licensees, are in a dominant position in one or more telecommunication markets.

b) Before making a determination of dominant position, the Department shall:

i. invite submissions from members of the public on the matter; and

ii. consult with the competition authority and take account of any recommendations made by that authority.

c) The assessment of dominant position shall:

i. begin with the definition of the relevant telecommunications market or markets;

ii. a licensee will be classified as being in a dominant position if:

1) it is licensed to operate or controls essential facilities used for the provision of telecommunication services in Myanmar; or

2) it holds a degree of market power that affords it the ability to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors and consumers in any market in which it provides telecommunication services pursuant to its license.

16. Relevant market definition

a) In its assessment and definition of relevant telecommunications markets, the Department shall take account of the following circumstances and criteria:


November 4, 2013

i. markets shall be determined by identifying the specific products or services that make up a distinct market as well as the geographic scope of that market, and considering the following factors:

1) product or service functionality and characteristics;

2) quality, price, inputs, and costs of the product or service; and

3) consumer preferences and switching costs.

ii. the Department will assess demand-side substitution, in order to determine the extent to which consumers are prepared or able to substitute other products or services for the products or services supplied by the licensee making a SSNIP unprofitable;

iii. the Department will assess supply-side substitution, in order to determine the extent to which suppliers other than the licensee in question are able to supply products or services that provide a competitive alternative to consumers making a SSNIP unprofitable.

17. Determination of a dominant position

a) The Department shall apply the standards and processes described in this section, with the objective of identifying those licensees that have a dominant position in one or more telecommunications markets.

b) In determining whether a licensee is in a dominant position, the Department may, consider a range of market circumstances or criteria, but shall consider one or more of the following:

i. the market share of the licensee, determined by reference to revenues, numbers of subscribers or volumes of sales;

ii. the overall size of the licensee in comparison to competing licensees particularly any resulting economies of scale or scope that permit the larger licensee to produce products or services at lower costs;

iii. control of facilities or other infrastructure, access to which is required by competing licensees and that cannot, for commercial or technical reasons, be duplicated by competing licensees;

iv. the absence of buying power or negotiating position by consumers, including substantial barriers to switching service providers;

v. ease of market entry, and the extent to which actual or potential market entry protects against the exercise of market power such as raising prices;

vi. the rate of technological or other change in the market, and related effects for market entry or the continuation of a dominant position.


November 4, 2013

c) The Department may determine that two or more licensees, acting jointly or collectively, are in a dominant position, including, where the licensees have no common ownership, are not parties to any formal agreement or operate in different markets.

18. Presumption of dominant position

a) Any licensee whose gross revenues in a specific telecommunications market exceed thirty per cent (30%) of the total gross revenues of all licensees in that market, will be presumed to hold a dominant position in that market.

b) The Department may, from time to time, review this presumption based on the specific circumstances and conditions of the case and shall consider demonstration by a licensee in the specific circumstances that the presumption should not apply.

19. Criteria to identify relevant markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation

a) In identifying telecommunications markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation, the Department shall ensure that the following three criteria are cumulatively met:

i. the presence of high and non-transitory barriers to entry of a structural, legal or regulatory nature;

ii. a market structure which does not tend towards effective competition within the relevant time horizon as defined by the Department. The application of this criterion involves examining the state of competition behind the barriers to entry;

iii. the insufficiency of competition law alone to adequately address the market failure.

20. Ex ante obligations for providers that are in a dominant position

a) For the purpose of ex ante regulation, the Department shall impose one or more of the following obligations on providers that are in a dominant position in a specific relevant market:

i. Obligation of transparency in relation to the publication of information, including reference offers. The obligation of transparency consists of the requirement to publish appropriate information by a provider in a dominant position, including relevant statutory accounting information, technical specifications, network characteristics and terms and conditions for supply and use, including prices.

ii. Obligation of non-discrimination which particularly of the requirement for a provider in a dominant position to apply equivalent conditions in equivalent circumstances to other operators providing equivalent services and to provide services and information to third parties under the same conditions and with the same quality as the services and information provided to its own departments or to its subsidiaries or partners.

iii. Obligation for accounting separation which consists, particularly, of the requirement that providers provider in a dominant position, and especially those that are vertically


November 4, 2013

integrated, present their wholesale and internal transfer prices in a form that has transparency in order to ensure, inter alia, compliance with the obligation of non-discrimination where applicable or, where necessary, to prevent unfair cross-subsidy. The Regulator may specify the format and accounting methodology to be used;

iv. Obligation of providing access; and

v. Obligation of price control and cost accounting.

b) In exceptional circumstances and where appropriate the Department may:

i. impose obligations other than those set out in subsection (a) on providers in a dominant position, subject to public consultation;

ii. impose obligations set out in subsection (a) on licensees not previously designated as being in a dominant position in the cases laid down in the law or where such imposition is necessary to comply with international commitments; and

iii. impose obligations set out in subsection (a) on an enterprise that is not a licensee, but that control essential facilities. For this purpose, the Department will consult with any other sector regulator that has authority over such enterprise prior to imposing any obligation, where applicable.

c) The Department’s decision to impose obligations on a provider in a dominant position shall:

i. Take account of the appropriateness of each obligation in each specific case and set the starting moment in time for the fulfillment of such obligations.

ii. Be reasonable, based on the nature of the problem identified, proportionate and justified in the light of the principles and objectives of the Law, these Rules and other rules set forth under the law.

d) The determination and imposition of obligations under this section shall be reviewed periodically by the Department.

e) Where it is established on the basis of a relevant market analysis that the market characteristics:

i. do not justify the imposition of obligations on a licensee in a dominant position; or

ii. that there are no licensees that are in a dominant position in a specific relevant market,

the Department shall not impose any obligations or shall withdraw the obligations, if any, imposed on licensees previously found to be in dominant position.

f) Pursuant to a determination to remove the classification of dominance imposed on a specific licensee, the Department may consider transitional mechanisms to effect the gradual removal of obligations on such licensees previously found to be in a dominant position.


November 4, 2013

PART V - INVESTIGATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT

21. Investigation by the Department

a) The Department may conduct an investigation under these Rules if there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that one or more licensees or persons have infringed or are infringing any prohibition provided under Chapter XI the Law or Parts II, III and VI of these Rules.

b) The Department shall, on the direction of the Minister, investigate any suspected infringement of any prohibition provided under Chapter XI the Law or Parts II, III and VI of these Rules.

c) The Department shall deliver a written notice to the licensee or any other person who is the subject of the investigation, identifying the nature of the proceeding, including a summary of the events, circumstances, conduct and provisions of the Law, license conditions or any rules, regulations, decisions, directions or other actions of the Regulator relevant to the proceeding and the potential outcome of the investigation.

d) The notice referred to in subsection (c) shall also specify:

i. timing for the delivery of submissions by the person or persons subject of the investigation or any other interested persons; and

ii. any additional actions to be taken by the Department in concluding the proceeding.

22. Complaint to the Department

a) The Department may, upon a complaint by a person or persons (“complainant”), conduct an investigation on any enterprise, agreement or conduct that has infringed or is infringing any prohibition provided under Chapter XI the Law or Parts II, III and VI of these Rules.

b) The request for investigation shall:

i. be submitted in writing to the Department and the complainant shall deliver a copy of the request for investigation to the other party (“responding party”) on the same day that the request is submitted to the Department;

ii. summarize the nature of the complaint and the desired outcome, including a summary of all relevant events or circumstances and any related correspondence or other supporting materials.

c) The responding party shall have fifteen (15) days, from the day of the request for investigation is delivered by the complainant to:

i. provide its written comments if any, on why the Department should not investigate or otherwise respond to the complaint; and


November 4, 2013

ii. deliver a copy of such comments to the complainant, on the same day that the comments are submitted to the Department.

d) Within thirty (30) days of submission of the request for investigation, the Department shall:

i. consider whether it will undertake an investigation or take any other action in response to the request for investigation; and

ii. issue a written notice to the parties, identifying whether it will take action, the specific action to be taken and the basis for its decision.

e) Where more than one request for investigation is received in connection with the same, or substantially the same conduct or circumstances, the Department may consolidate the matters into a single proceeding.

f) Within thirty (30) days of the notice referred to in section d(ii) the complainant shall:

i. make its formal written submissions setting out a full statement of the circumstances and arguments that support the complainant’s position and the desired outcome, including any specific breaches of the Law, any regulation, rule, direction, license condition or other right or obligation, committed by the responding party and the consequences of those breaches;

ii. include in its written submission any documentary or other evidence relied on by the complainant to support its position; and

iii. deliver a copy of its written submission and any documentary or other evidence presented to the responding party, on the same day that they are submitted to the Department.

g) Within thirty (30) days of the notice referred to in section f(iii) the responding party shall:

i. submit a written response to the submissions identifying:

1) any circumstances or arguments included in the complaint’s written submissions that the responding party admits or agrees with;

2) for each circumstance or argument relied on by the complainant in its written submissions that the responding party rejects or disagrees with, a clear statement of how its position differs from that of the complainant and the circumstances and evidence in support of its position and desired outcome.

ii. include in its written response any documentary or other evidence to support its position; and

iii. deliver a copy of its written response and any documentary or other evidence presented to the complainant, on the same day that they are submitted to the Department.


November 4, 2013

h) In cases where the Department believes it is warranted, the Department may provide the complainant an opportunity to reply in writing to the written response of the responding party within fifteen (15) days of being informed by the Department that it may make the further submissions. In such cases, the Department shall allow the responding party an opportunity to submit a final written response, addressing any new submissions or evidence raised in the complainant’s reply within fifteen (15) days of the filing of the complainant’s reply.

23. Procedural matters applicable to all investigations conducted under these Rules

a) The Department may, at its discretion, grant an extension of time for any interested party to make its submissions.

b) Any request for an extension of time shall be made in writing to the Department at least five (5) days before the expiration of the otherwise applicable deadline and the Department shall inform parties of its decision in response to an extension request within three (3) days of receipt of the request.

c) The Department may, at any time during the course of an investigation under these Rules, request either or both parties to submit additional information.

d) Any information provided by a party, shall be provided to the other party, at the time it is submitted to the Department.

e) Where a party wishes to submit confidential information to the Department in connection with the investigation that party may request the Department for confidential treatment of such information and shall justify such request. The Department will assess whether the to grant confidential treatment information based on the applicable standards.

f) The Department shall endeavor to complete investigations under these Rules, and issue either a decision resolving the issues or a notice specifying any other actions to be taken in connection with the investigation, within sixty (60) days of receiving all necessary information and the Department may, by written notice to the parties, at any time during the relevant investigation, extend the time for the Department to issue its decision.

24. Interim measures

a) This section applies if the Department has initiated but not completed an investigation under sections 21 and 22.

b) The Department may, subject he approval of the Ministry, give directions under this section if:

i. there are reasonable grounds to believe that any prohibition under Chapter XI of the Law or Parts II, II and VI of these Rules has been infringed or is likely to be infringed; and

ii. the Department believes that it is necessary to act as a matter of urgency for the purpose of:


November 4, 2013

1) preventing serious and irreparable damage, economic or otherwise, to a particular person or category of persons; or

2) protecting the public interest.

c) A direction given under subsection (b) may include requiring or causing any person:

i. to desist from any conduct which is suspected of infringing any prohibition under Part II or VI;

ii. to suspend the effect of, and desist from acting in accordance with, any agreement which is suspected of infringing any prohibition under Part III; or

iii. to do, or refrain from doing, any act, but which shall not require the payment of money.

d) The Department shall, before giving a direction under subsection (b):

i. serve a written notice indicating the nature of the direction which the Department proposes to give and its reasons for giving the direction to the person to whom it proposes to give the direction; and

ii. give that person an opportunity to make written representations within a period of at least seven (7) days from the date of the written notice.

e) The Department may at any time withdraw a direction given under subsection (b).

f) Without prejudice to subsection (e), any direction given under subsection (b) shall cease to have effect:

i. on the date of the decision by the Department upon completion of the investigation under sections 211 or 22 ; or

ii. twelve (12) months from the date the direction was given, whichever is earlier.

25. Finding of non-infringement

Where the Department has, subject to the approval of the Ministry, made a decision that there is no infringement of a prohibition under Parts II, III or IV of these Rules, the Department shall, without delay, give notice of the decision to any person who is affected by the decision stating the facts on which the Department bases the decision and the Department’s reason for making the decision.

26. Finding of an infringement

a) If the Department determines, subject to the approval of the Ministry, that there is an infringement of a prohibition under Parts II, III or VI of these Rules, the Department:

i. shall require the infringement to be ceased immediately;


November 4, 2013

ii. may specify appropriate steps which are required to be taken by the infringing licensee or licensees for bringing the infringement to an end;

iii. may impose a financial penalty in accordance with the Law and other applicable laws of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar; or

iv. may give any other direction as it deems appropriate.

b) The Department shall, within fourteen (14) days of its making a decision under this section, notify any person affected by the decision.

c) The Department shall prepare and publish reasons for each decision it makes under this section.

d) A financial penalty shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the turnover of an enterprise over the period during which an infringement occurred.

27. Failure to comply with directions

a) If the licensee fails to comply with a direction issued by the Department pursuant to sections 26, the Department may take the following additional administrative actions:

i. issue a warning stating the conditions and timeline for the licensee to comply with the direction; and/or

ii. impose financial penalties for each day the licensee failed to comply with the direction until such time the licensee comes into compliance with the direction,

b) If the licensee fails to comply with a direction, order or decision issued by the Department pursuant to sections 26, the Department may take the following additional administrative actions:

i. issue a warning stating the conditions and timeline for the licensee to comply with a direction, order or decision issued by the Department pursuant to section 26;

ii. suspend the license for a certain period;

iii. terminate the license.

28. Power to accept undertakings

a) The Department may, subject to the conditions that the Department may impose and with the approval of the Ministry, accept from a licensee an undertaking to do or refrain from doing anything as the Department considers appropriate.

b) If the Department accepts an undertaking under subsection (a), the Department shall, close the investigation without making any finding of infringement and shall not impose a penalty on the licensee.


November 4, 2013

c) Any undertaking accepted by the Department shall be made in writing and shall be made available for inspection by the public in a manner determined by the Department.

d) The provisions of any undertaking accepted by the Department under this section shall be enforceable by the Department as though those provisions had been set out in a decision, direction or order given to the licensee providing that undertaking.

29. Costs and experts

a) Except as specifically directed otherwise by the Department, as part of any final decision in a proceeding, the parties shall bear their own costs of participating in the proceeding.

b) The Department may, in the course of completing any proceeding, enlist the services of an appropriately qualified expert, to assess any issues or circumstances raised by a party that should be considered with the benefit of specialist knowledge.

PART VI—REVIEW OF TRANSACTIONS

30. Power of the Department to review transactions

a) Any transaction that has the effect of lessening free competition in a communications market shall be illegal, unless it has been authorized by the Department, subject to the approval of the Ministry.

b) For the purpose of this Part:

i. “transaction” means:

1) assigning, transferring, subletting or otherwise disposing rights, duties, liabilities, obligations and privileges under its license to any other entity; and

2) implementing achange in controlling interest of a licensee.

ii. “controlling interest” means ownership interest:

a. whether directly or indirectly, of more than fifty (50) percent of the voting stock, membership interest or general partnership interest in another entity; or

b. that provides a person with the right to do any or all of the following

i. appoint more than fifty (50) percent of the board of directors or management committee of another entity;

ii. appoint, promote, demote, and dismiss senior executives who control the day-to-day activities of another entity;

iii. make critical investment, administrative or management decisions of another entity;


November 4, 2013

iv. play a decisive role in management decisions of another entity;

v. manage the day-to-day operations of another entity; or

vi. make decisions or otherwise engage in practices or activities that determine or significantly influence the nature or types of services provided by another entity, the terms on which those services are offered or the prices charged for such services.

iii. "pro forma transaction" means assignment, transfer, sublet or otherwise disposal of rights, duties, liabilities, obligations and privileges under a license:

1) from one or more persons to another entity owned or controlled by the same person or persons without any change in their relative interests;

2) from a legal entity to shareholders without effecting any change in the disposition of their interests; a reorganization of a legal entity that involves no change in the beneficial ownership thereof;

3) from a legal entity to its wholly owned subsidiary or vice versa;

4) between wholly owned subsidiaries of the same holding company;

5) from a legal entity to another legal entity owned or controlled by the assignor's shareholders without a substantial change in their relative interests.

31. Scope of review procedures for mergers, acquisitions and takeovers

a) For the purpose of section 29(a), the Department shall apply the review procedures described in this Part to the following transactions:

i. transactions that involve the acquisition of more than 10% of the shares of a licensee; or

ii. any other transaction that results in a change in control of the licensee; and

iii. any transaction that results in the direct or indirect transfer or acquisition of any license, previously granted by the Ministry pursuant to the Law.

b) The Department will not approve an application for a proposed transaction where the Department determines that the proposed transaction is likely to lessen free competition in any telecommunications market in the Republic of Union of Myanmar.

32. Notification of transactions

a) Any transaction included in section 29(b) will require prior notification and must obtain approval of the Department, subject to the approval of the Ministry, to take effect.


November 4, 2013

b) The licensee shall, submit a written notification and request for approval, at least sixty (60) days, prior to the completion date for the intended transaction, to be accompanied by at least, the following information:

i. the identification of all persons involved in the transaction, including buyers, seller, their shareholders and affiliated companies having an ownership interest equal or greater than 10% in all such persons;

ii. a description of the nature of the proposed transaction, including a detailed analysis of the resulting scheme of arrangement and summary of its commercial terms;

iii. financial information on the persons involved in the proposed transaction, including their annual revenues from all telecommunications markets, identified by specific markets, the value of assets allocated to telecommunications businesses and copies of any recent annual or quarterly financial reports;

iv. a description of the telecommunications markets in which the persons involved in the proposed transaction operate; and

v. a description of the effects of the transaction, on the control of network facilities or related infrastructure.

c) The Department may request additional information, regarding an application at any time.

33. Application review process

a) Within sixty (60) days of receipt of a fully completed application for approval of a transaction the Department may:

i. approve the proposed transaction without conditions if it believes the transaction is not likely to lessen free competition in any telecommunication market in the Republic of Union of Myanmar;

ii. approve the proposed transaction with such conditions as the Department determines are necessary, to prevent or compensate for any lessening free of competition resulting from the transaction;

iii. deny approval of the proposed transaction;

iv. issue a notice initiating an inquiry or other public proceeding, regarding the proposed transaction, and following such proceeding, the Department may take one of the actions described in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii).

34. Transaction between competitors

a) A transaction between competitors could lessen free competition in a telecommunications market if the transaction:


November 4, 2013

i. removes a competitor that provided a competitive constraint, resulting in the ability for the resulting entity to profitably increase prices; or

ii. increases the likelihood for the resulting entity and all or some of its remaining competitors may coordinate their behavior to reduce output and/or increase prices in the market.

b) The Department will use expected market shares and concentration measures following a proposed transaction as indicators of the level of competition in the market and to identify transactions that are less likely to lessen free competition.

c) A transaction between competitors shall be deemed less likely to lessen free competition where, after the transaction, one or more of the following indicators is met:

i. the three largest firms in the market have a combined market share of less than eighty percent (80%), and the resulting entity’s market share is less than forty percent (40%); or

ii. the three largest firms in the market have a combined market share of eighty percent (80%) or more, and the resulting entity’s market share is less than 30%; or

iii. the resulting entity does not control more than one third (1/3) of the radio spectrum assigned for the provision of the specific services included in the relevant market.

d) The indicators presented in subsection (c) are only initial references that the Department will use in assessing a transaction. Therefore, depending on the specific circumstances:

i. a transaction not exceeding these indicators may still be found to lessen free competition; or

ii. a transaction exceeding these indicators may be found to not necessarily lessen free competition.

35. Transactions between entities that are not competitors

a) Transactions between entities that are not competitors are less likely to result in a lessening of free competition than those between competitors as they do not result in a direct loss of competition.

b) However, a lessening of free competition may occur if a transaction between entities that are not competitors:

i. gives the resulting entity a greater ability and/or incentive to engage in conduct that prevents or hinders actual or potential competitors from entering the market or from competing effectively; or

ii. increases the likelihood for the resulting entity and all or some of its remaining competitors to coordinate their behavior to reduce output and/or increase prices in the market.


November 4, 2013

36. Pro forma transactions

Section 32 shall not apply to a pro forma transaction and the following provisions of this section shall apply in relation thereto:

a) within thirty (30) days after the completion of the transaction the licensee shall-

i. submit to the Department proof of the completion of the transaction either in the form of an application that is appropriate for the class of license to which it relates or such other written correspondence as the Department may authorize, containing all of the information included in the application; and

ii. certify that the transaction is a pro forma transaction;

iii. the Department shall publish notice of the transaction.

PART VII—TARIFF APPLICATION AND REVIEW PROCESS

37. Power of the Department to review and approve tariffs

a) Section [29] of the Law requires licensees to submit proposed tariffs for the services provided or for any proposed service to the Department, which shall approve such tariff after giving due regard to it, subject to the approval of the Ministry.

38. Designated services

a) For the purpose of this Part, the Department may, subject to the approval of the Ministry, identify a telecommunications service as a designated service if the Department determines:

i. that such telecommunications service is not subject to a degree of competition that is sufficient to protect the interests of consumers; or

ii. that it is in the public interest to do so.

b) A telecommunications service offered by a licensee found to be dominant in a specific retail market shall also be deemed a designated service for the purpose of this Part.

39. Filing of tariffs for designated services with the Department

a) No licensee may provide a designated service except in accordance with a tariff filed and approved by the Department pursuant to the provisions of this Part.

b) At least thirty (30) days before the tariff or change in tariff of a designated service is to come into effect, the licensee that proposes to establish or change such tariff shall file an application for approval with the Department.


November 4, 2013

c) The licensee shall provide information regarding the proposed tariff or change in tariff with its application, sufficiently describing:

i. the service offer or bundled services offer; and

ii. the terms and conditions of the offer, including rates.

d) The application for approval of a tariff or change of a tariff set forth in subsection (b) shall also apply to bundled services offers.

40. Process for review of tariffs for designated services

a) The Department shall review tariff applications based on the principles set forth in section 43 and within fifteen (15) days of filing shall:

i. recommend that the Ministry approve the proposed tariff;

ii. request the licensee to submit additional information in accordance with section 41; or

iii. give direction to the licensee to modify or amend the proposed tariff or change in tariff in accordance with section 42.

b) The Ministry shall within fifteen (15) days from receipt of the Department’s recommendation issued under subsection (a)(i) approve or reject the recommendation based on the following principles:

i. the Ministry shall follow the recommendation of the Department unless it has a justifiably objective reason believe the proposed tariff or tariff change does not comport to the principles set forth in section 43;

ii. if the Ministry rejects a recommendation to approve a tariff, it will refer the recommendation back to the Department for further consideration giving written reasons for its decision.

c) Upon referral of a recommendation under subsection (b)(ii), the Department shall within two (2) days:

i. request the licensee to submit additional information under section 41; or

ii. issue a direction under section 42.

d) The Department and the Ministry shall be deemed to have approved a tariff application, where the application has neither been approved nor denied within thirty (30) days of filing, provided that no requests for additional information under subsection (a)(ii) or directions under subsection (a)(iii) have been made.


November 4, 2013

41. Request for additional information

a) The Department may issue reasonable requests to the licensee to provide additional information relating to its application.

b) The licensee shall provide additional information requested under subsection (a) within five (5) days of receiving the request from the Department.

c) Within five (5) days of receiving the additional information, the Department shall review it and:

i. deny the application when it does not comport to the principles set forth in section 43.

ii. recommend that the Ministry approve the application, in which case:

1) the Ministry shall review the recommendation in accordance with section 40(b); or

2) if the recommendation issued by the Department is an amended recommendation in accordance with a referral issued by the Ministry under section 40(b)(ii), the Ministry shall have five (5) days from receipt of the Department’s amended recommendation to:

a. accept the amended recommendation if the Ministry is satisfied that the application satisfies the principles set forth in section 43; or

b. reject the amended recommendation and deny the application if the Ministry determines that the application does not comport to the principles set forth in section 43.

d) If the licensee fails to provide satisfactory additional information within the timeframe set forth in subsection (b), its tariff application will be deemed denied without requiring further administrative action.

42. Directions to modify or amend a proposed tariff

a) The Department may give reasoned, written direction to the licensee to modify or amend its proposed tariff when it does not comport to the principles set forth in section 43.

b) Within five (5) days of receiving a direction, the licensee may:

i. file an amended tariff in accordance with the direction;

ii. withdraw the proposed tariff; or

iii. dispute the direction.

c) The Department shall, within five (5) days of receipt, review the amended application filed in accordance with subsection (b)(i) or the arguments disputing the direction filed in accordance with section (b) (iii) and:


November 4, 2013

i. deny the application when it does not comport to the principles set forth in section 43.

ii. recommend that the Ministry approve the proposed tariff in which case:

1) the Ministry shall review the recommendation in accordance with section 40(b; or

2) if the recommendation issued by the Department is an amended recommendation in accordance with a referral issued by the Ministry under section 40(b)(ii), the Ministry shall have five (5) days from receipt of the Department’s amended recommendation to:

a. accept the amended recommendation if the Ministry is satisfied that the application comports to the principles set forth in section 43; or

b. reject the amended recommendation and deny the application if the Ministry determines that the application does not comport to the principles set forth in section 43.

43. Principles for review and approval of tariffs by the Department and the Ministry

a) The Department and the Ministry shall, in reviewing and approving a tariff, follow the general principles specified below:

i. rates charged for designated services shall be just and reasonable; and

ii. no provision of a proposed tariff shall be anti-competitive.

b) The Department and the Ministry shall approve an application filed to establish or change the tariff of a designated service, where the proposed tariff or change complies with a regulated price for a dominant provider set by the Department in accordance with the Law.

44. Publication of approved tariffs

a) The Department and the licensee shall publish on its website and in such other means as deemed necessary all tariffs approved under this Part.

b) The Department and the Ministry shall not disclose information relating to any tariff application until it has been approved.

45. Market trials and short term promotional offers

a) A licensee may conduct a market trial or short term promotional offer of a designated service or a bundled services offer without prior approval from the Department, provided that:

i. the market trial or short term promotional offer does not have a benefits period that exceeds ninety (90) days in duration;


November 4, 2013

ii. the market trial or short term promotional offer does not have an enrolment period that exceeds the benefits period;

iii. the market trial or short term promotional offer is not substantially similar in the opinion of the Department to a market trial or short term promotion implemented by the licensee, or an enterprise related to the licensee, with an enrollment period that concluded less than one hundred and eighty (180) days before the market trial or short term promotional offer is to come into effect; and

iv. the licensee files a description of the market trial or short term promotional offer, including the rates, terms and conditions, with the Department at least ten (10) days before the market trial or short term promotional offer is to come into effect.

b) For the purpose of this section:

i. “benefits period” means period over which the benefits of the market trial or the promotional offer is received by the consumer; and

ii. “enrolment period” means the period over which the consumer can take up or subscribe to the market trial or the promotional offer.

iii. “substantially similar” means a market trial or short term promotional offer that reduces the effective price of a designated service or services that was subject to a reduction via a prior market trial or short term promotion.

c) The Department and licensee shall publish on its website all notified market trials and short term promotional offers.

d) The Department shall not disclose information relating to a notified market trial or short term promotional offer until the date when market trial or short term promotional offer is to come into effect as indicated by the licensee in its filing in accordance with subsection (a)(iii) or such later date as the licensee notifies it will implemented the market trial or short term promotional offer.

e) The Department may order a licensee to not conduct, discontinue or suspend a market trial or short term promotional offer where such market trial or short term promotional offer is contrary to section 43.

46. Minimum rates for designated services

a) A licensee shall not charge a rate for a designated service or a bundled services offer that is below the long run average incremental cost of providing the designated service or the designated service or services within the bundled services offer, except:

i. where the licensee is conducting a market trial or short term promotional offer not deemed to lessen free competition by the Department; or


November 4, 2013

ii. where the Department determines it is in the public interest to do so.

b) The Department may at any time, including after an application to establish or change a tariff has been approved, require a licensee to demonstrate that a rate charged, or proposed to be charged, for a designated service or a designated service or services within a bundled services offer complies with subsection (a).

c) The Department may also request third parties to present information and reports relating to the tariff under review in accordance with subsection (b).

d) The licensee, and third parties, shall have thirty (30) days to present a report as required under subsection (b). If the licensee fails to present the report within the timeframe set forth in this subsection, the Department shall issue its determination under subsection (f) with the information at its disposal.

e) The Department shall within thirty (30) days after the filing of the report required under subsection (b):

i. determine that the rates charged or proposed to be charged, comply with subsection (a); or

ii. determine that the rates charged or proposed to be charged, do not comply with subsection (a), in which case the Department: 1) shall direct the licensee to amend the rates in the manner that the Department

determines is consistent with subsection (a); and

2) may initiate an investigation to determine whether the licensee is engaged in a practice that lessens free competition in contravention to the Law and these Rules.

f) The Department may issue reasonable requests to the licensee or third parties to provide additional information relating to the reports presented under subsection (b) and (c).

47. Tariffs for undesignated services

a) Licensees shall notify the Department and affected customers of any increase in the tariff, or change in the terms and conditions, applicable to an undesignated service at least fifteen (15) days before the new rates, terms and conditions come into effect.

b) Unless otherwise stated in its license, a licensee’s tariff or a change in the tariffs or its terms and conditions of an undesignated service shall be deemed approved by the Department and Ministry upon filing a notification.


November 4, 2013

PART VIII—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

48. Authority of the Department to review anticompetitive conduct and agreements in the telecommunication sector

a) The Department, subject to the approval of the Ministry, will have exclusive jurisdictions to review anticompetitive conduct and agreements in the telecommunications sector and transactions involving one or more licensees and, where warranted, issue orders, directions or determinations and impose sanctions on licensees found to have engaged in anticompetitive conduct and agreements.

b) Notwithstanding the generality of subsection (a), the Department will consult with the competition authority before issuing any order, direction or determination and imposing any sanction on licensees and other enterprises under the Law and these Rules.

c) Subsection (b) will apply once a competition authority is established and general competition legislation enters into force in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

49. Relevance of practices by competition authorities

a) The provisions in these Rules are grounded in well-established principles of competition law, and are consistent with “best practices” in other jurisdictions.

b) In applying these provisions, the Department will give appropriate consideration to practices in other jurisdictions, especially in other Association of Southeast Asian Nations member States, as well as practices of the competition authority of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

c) Notwithstanding the generality of subsection (b), the Department may adopt in specific cases standards or methodologies that are designed to address the unique conditions of Myanmar’s telecommunication market.

50. Review of transitory determinations in Schedules

The Department may, from time to time, review and, if warranted and taking into account the state of development of competition in the various telecommunications markets in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, modify:

a) the relevant markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation identified in Schedule 1 subject to the conditions established in section 19;

b) the designation of MPT as being in a dominant position established in Schedule 1; and

c) the essential facilities identified in Schedule 2.

d) the designated services identified in Schedule 3.


November 4, 2013

SCHEDULE 1: TRANSITORY DETERMINATION OF RELEVANT MARKETS AND DOMINANT POSITION FOR THE PURPOSE OF EX ANTE REGULATION

Until such time as the Department completes proceedings to define relevant markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation and determines operators in a dominant position in such relevant markets, MPT will be considered to have a dominant position in the following markets:

a) Retail markets:

i. Access to public telephone network at a fixed location

ii. Local, National and International Voice call Service

iii. Leased lines

b) Wholesale markets:

i. Call termination on individual public telecommunications networks at a fixed location

ii. Wholesale access to broadband services at a fixed location

iii. Leased lines

iv. Call termination on individual mobile networks

v. National roaming services on mobile networks


November 4, 2013

SCHEDULE 2: TRANSITORY DETERMINATION OF ESSENTIAL FACILITIES

The following types of facilities are designated as essential facilities:

a) in-building wiring;

b) lead-in ducts and associated manholes;

c) subsea cable landing stations;

d) poles; and

e) radio towers (excluding towers used for the operation of any broadcasting service).


November 4, 2013

SCHEDULE 3: TRANSITORY DETERMINATION OF DESIGNATED SERVICES

The following services are identified as designated services for the purpose of these rules:

a) Local, National and International fixed voice telephony

b) Local, National and International mobile voice telephony




Public Consultation Issued by the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the

Republic of the Union of Myanmar

Proposed Rules for Telecommunications Sector Relating to

Licensing, Access and Interconnection, Spectrum, Numbering, and Competition

November 4, 2013

November 4, 2013 Public Consultation on Proposed Rules

Ministry of Communications and Information Technology

Page | 2

Table of Contents

I. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 5

A. Background on Regulatory Reform Process ........................................................................ 5

B. Implementing Rules ............................................................................................................. 5

II. Draft Licensing Rules ............................................................................................................... 6

A. Objectives of the Draft Licensing Rules ............................................................................... 6

B. Summary of regulatory approach ........................................................................................ 7

1. Multi-service framework .............................................................................................. 7

2. Technology- and service-neutral ................................................................................ 10

3. Hierarchical ................................................................................................................. 11

4. Overview of the Licensing Rules by Part .................................................................... 12

III. Draft Interconnection and Access Rules ............................................................................... 14

A. Objectives of the Draft Interconnection and Access Rules ............................................... 14

B. Summary of regulatory approach ...................................................................................... 15

1. Applicable licensees .................................................................................................... 15

2. Role of the Department .............................................................................................. 15

3. Obligation to interconnect ......................................................................................... 16

4. Additional interconnection obligations for dominant service providers ................... 16

5. Access obligations beyond interconnection ............................................................... 16

6. Obligations for all Interconnection and Access Arrangements .................................. 17

7. Timeframes for interconnection and access negotiations, approval and dispute resolution .............................................................................................................................. 17

8. Interconnection and Access Price Regulation ............................................................ 18

IV. Draft Spectrum Rules ............................................................................................................ 20

A. Objectives of the Rules ...................................................................................................... 20


1. General principles ....................................................................................................... 22

2. Myanmar Table of Frequency Allocations .................................................................. 22

3. General authorization conditions ............................................................................... 23



Page | 3

4. Specific spectrum use authorizations ......................................................................... 24

5. Background on radiocommunication services ........................................................... 24

6. Technical requirements .............................................................................................. 31

7. Competition Conditions .............................................................................................. 31

8. Transition provisions .................................................................................................. 31

9. International obligations ............................................................................................ 32

V. Draft Numbering Rules ......................................................................................................... 32

A. Objectives of the Draft Numbering Rules .......................................................................... 32

B. Summary of Regulatory Approach ..................................................................................... 32

1. The role of the Department in the National Numbering Plan ................................... 32

2. The Department’s responsibilities for the Numbering Plan....................................... 33

3. Numbering Regulatory Structure ............................................................................... 34

4. Development of Numbering Plan ............................................................................... 34

5. Numbering Conventions ............................................................................................. 35

6. Consideration of the need for reform of the Numbering Plan .................................. 36

7. Future management arrangements for the Numbering Plan .................................... 40

8. Numbering fees and alternate proposals for restricting allocation of a finite numbering resource .............................................................................................................. 40

9. Carrier selection.......................................................................................................... 41

10. Number portability ..................................................................................................... 42

VI. Draft Competition Rules ....................................................................................................... 43

A. Objectives of the Rules ...................................................................................................... 43


1. Application .................................................................................................................. 46

2. Lessening of free competition .................................................................................... 46

3. Anti-Competitive Agreements .................................................................................... 48

4. Determination of dominant position ......................................................................... 49

5. Investigations and enforcement ................................................................................. 52

6. Review of Transactions ............................................................................................... 52

7. Tariff application and review process ........................................................................ 54



Page | 4

8. Miscellaneous Provisions............................................................................................ 55

9. Schedule 1: Transitory determination of relevant markets and dominant position for the purpose of ex ante regulation ........................................................................................ 56

10. Schedule 2: Transitory determination of essential facilities ...................................... 56

11. Schedule 3: Transitory determination of designated services ................................... 57

VII. Procedures regarding Consultation and Submission of Comments .................................. 57

A. Submission of Comments .................................................................................................. 57

B. Publication of Comments ................................................................................................... 58



Page | 5

I. Introduction

A. Background on Regulatory Reform Process

1. The Republic of the Union of Myanmar has initiated a process to transform the telecommunications sector into a liberalized competitive market. As part of this process, on August 27, 2013, the legislature approved a new telecommunications law—the Telecommunications Law of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2013 (“Law”), which was signed by the President and enacted on October 8, 2013. The Law establishes the general legal and regulatory framework for the telecommunications sector.

B. Implementing Rules

2. Pursuant to Section 88 of the Law, the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology (“Ministry”) is proposing to adopt certain rules related to licensing, access and interconnection, spectrum, numbering, and competition (collectively referred to herein as draft “Rules”). The draft Rules set out the framework that the Ministry and the Postal and Telecommunications Department (the “Department”) propose to follow with regard to the above-mentioned subject areas. In preparing these draft Rules we have: a) adhered strictly to the requirements of the Law; b) observed international best practice; and c) maintained consistency with relevant provisions in the two new telecommunications licenses on which the June 2013 tender was based to the greatest extent possible.

3. These proposed Rules (each of which is attached as separate annexes to this consultation document) are being issued for public review and comment. Any interested party may submit comments for consideration by the Ministry, provided that they are submitted in the format and by the deadline set forth in Part VII of this document.

4. In particular, we welcome any general comments on each of the proposed Rules, specific comments on any particular issue or issues in the proposed Rules, or comments identifying any issues the proposed Rules do not properly address. In your comments, when referring to this public consultation document, please cite to any relevant paragraph by number (e.g., para. 4), or more generally to the relevant section by its outline level (e.g., Section I.B, “Implementing Rules”). If making comments regarding specific sections of the proposed Rules, please make clear reference to the specific section and particular provision of the Rules on which you are commenting.

5. Please note that these are the first set of rules on which the Ministry is seeking consultation from interested parties. The Ministry will be drafting other rules and procedures on a variety of issues such as standardization, type approval, and lawful interception in due time. Such rules and procedures also will be subject to a public consultation process.



Page | 6

II. Draft Licensing Rules

A. Objectives of the Draft Licensing Rules

6. The proposed Licensing Rules, contained in Annex A – Proposed Licensing Rules, provide one of the key foundations for implementing the Law and are intended to build on the Law’s stated objectives, particularly relating to fostering national economic growth through the widespread adoption of telecommunications; promoting private sector participation in the telecommunications sector; and providing a framework for the management of telecommunications networks and services in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

7. The following section provides the objectives and principles of the Licensing Rules, as well as an overview of the Licensing Rules.

8. The objectives of the proposed Licensing Rules are to:

establish a simplified licensing regime that implements the Law;

ease entry by streamlining the licensing application process and setting out clear criteria for each licensing category;

provide regulatory certainty by establishing standard and consistent licensing terms and conditions; and

administer licensing rules in a transparent and non-discriminatory manner to all similarly situated licensees.

9. With the selection of two new telecommunications operator licensees in June 2013 and the Government’s ongoing commitment to market reforms, the development of Licensing Rules is necessary to enable and facilitate market liberalization, promote growth of competition in the sector, and protect the public interest.

10. The proposed Licensing Rules are intended to encourage technological innovation and convergence, with a focus on providing an effective licensing framework. On one hand, the Licensing Rules should afford the greatest amount of flexibility to allow licensees to adopt and offer to consumers new and useful technologies and services. This is to be accomplished largely through technology- and service-neutral rules, as well as through the multi-service licensing framework addressed below. On the other hand, the Licensing Rules should provide regulatory certainty to support the substantial investments that licensees must make when building out and maintaining infrastructure and offering new services. This is to be accomplished through a variety of mechanisms based on transparency and non-discrimination principles, including treating similarly situated licensees in the same manner, subjecting changes to policies and rules to public consultation processes, and ensuring that licensees have access to objective dispute resolution and appeals processes.



Page | 7

B. Summary of regulatory approach

11. The proposed Licensing Rules implement the provisions set out in the Law, in particular Chapter III relating to Telecommunications Service Licenses, Chapter IV relating to the Telecommunications Equipment License, and Chapter V relating to General License Conditions.

12. The Licensing Rules propose the rules, rights, and obligations to be applied to all license applicants and licensees, within their respective license categories.

13. The regulatory approach taken in the proposed Licensing Rules is based on adopting a multi-service licensing framework, to the extent afforded in the Law. The overarching principles of the Licensing Rules are to establish a multi-service licensing framework that provides transparency to all licensees and end users, promotes market entry, and creates a level playing field in the telecommunications sector.

14. The Licensing Rules set out the proposed licensing framework for telecommunications networks and services, including the introduction of the principles relating to a multi-service framework; technology and service neutrality; and a hierarchical licensing structure.

1. Multi-service framework

15. Rather than issue service-specific licenses, the proposed Licensing Rules are based on a multi-service licensing framework. This proposed framework establishes three main license categories that permit an entity to offer a wide range of telecommunications networks and/or services under a single authorization. A multi-service licensing approach has been adopted by numerous countries around the world, including Malaysia and Singapore, to promote convergence and growth in the telecommunications sector.1

16. The three license categories proposed in the Licensing Rules are:

Network Facilities Service (NFS), which is sub-divided into an Individual and Class license:

i. NFS Individual, referred to hereafter as NFS(I);

ii. NFS Class, referred to hereafter as NFS(C);

Network Service (NS); and

Application Service (AS).

These categories and the range of activities authorized under each category are described below.

17. Network Facilities Service: Both the NFS(I) and NFS(C) licenses are facilities-based.

1 infoDev, Broadband Strategies Toolkit, Chapter 3.2, http://broadbandtoolkit.org/3.2.

http://broadbandtoolkit.org/3.2



Page | 8

The NFS(I) license authorizes the licensee to provide any type of public or private telecommunications service on an international and/or national level. The NFS(I) license authorizes the construction, maintenance and operation of telecommunications network facilities and infrastructure and/or lease of all or part of the licensee’s network. The types of activities authorized by the NFS(I) license include, but are not limited to, the construction, maintenance, and operation of and the provision of telecommunications services over:

terrestrial fixed line transmission facilities;

terrestrial radio transmission facilities;

mobile base station facilities;

submarine cable facilities;

international gateway service facilities;

satellite earth station facilities; and

other satellite facilities located in Myanmar providing capabilities for transmission of telecommunications services.

The NFS(C) license authorizes the licensee to construct, deploy and maintain passive telecommunications network infrastructure and to lease such infrastructure to an NFS(I) licensee and/or to construct, deploy and maintain telecommunications networks solely for the self-provision of telecommunications services.

The activities authorized by the NFS(C) license relating to the deployment and maintenance of any type of passive network infrastructure for civil engineering and non-electronic elements, include but are not limited to:

towers;

masts;

ducts;

trenches;

poles; and

dark fiber.

The activities authorized by the NFS(C) relating to the deployment and maintenance of telecommunications networks and the self-provision of



Page | 9

telecommunications services used solely for internal communications are limited to:2

network infrastructure that only permits internal/intra-organizational communications and does not provide interconnection with any other network, whether public or private; and

closed user group telecommunications services that are not offered or provided to any other Person.

18. Network Service (NS): This services-based license authorizes the licensee to lease transmission capacity directly from an NFS(I) licensee and/or connectivity services from another licensee in order to provide any public or private telecommunications service, whether on an international or national basis. The NS license does not authorize the construction, maintenance, and operation of telecommunications network facilities and infrastructure, except for switches, routers, and processing equipment necessary to provide the licensed service(s). The NS license does not permit the licensee access to scarce spectrum resources assigned by the Ministry.3 The types of activities authorized by the NS license generally include telecommunications services that require leasing international transmission capacity and/or access to numbers pursuant to the Numbering Rules, and include, but are not limited to, the provision of the following telecommunications services:

resale of wireline connectivity services;

resale of terrestrial wireless connectivity services;

international and domestic network transport and switching services; and

resale of international gateway services.

19. Application Service (AS): Similar to the NS license, the AS license is services-based and does not authorize the construction, maintenance, and operation of telecommunications network facilities and infrastructure, except for switches, routers, and processing equipment necessary to provide the licensed service(s), nor does the AS license permit access to scarce spectrum resources assigned by the Ministry. The AS license authorizes the licensee to lease transmission capacity directly from an NFS(I) licensee and/or connectivity services from another licensee in order to provide public and private telecommunications services on a national basis, to the public, and/or to

2 A Person is not required to obtain a telecommunications service license if: (i) not deploying or operating network

facilities on its side of the network boundary, but is instead purchasing private line telecommunications services from a duly authorized License; (ii) such services are capable of providing for the Person’s internal communications only and do not interconnect with a public network; and (iii) the Person is not offering access to its private line telecommunications to a third party.

3 The NS license permits the licensee to use spectrum resources that are not assigned by the Ministry, such as

spectrum in unlicensed frequency bands.



Page | 10

another Licensee. Unlike the NS license, an AS license does not authorize the licensee to offer telecommunications services on an international basis or to offer telecommunications services requiring numbers.4 Notably, the term “Application” in this context does not refer to Internet content applications, which are not regulated or licensed under the Licensing Rules.5 The activities authorized by the AS license include, but are not limited to, the provision of the following telecommunications services:

public payphone services;

public switched data services;

audiotext hosting services provided on an opt-in basis;

directory services;

Internet service provider services;

public access center services;

messaging services;

private line voice and/or data services;6 and

value-added services.

2. Technology- and service-neutral

20. A licensing framework based on technology and service neutrality is viewed as an important factor in promoting technological convergence and the development of new and innovative services and applications. According to the infoDev Broadband Strategies Toolkit, technology neutrality is “based on the premise that service providers and network operators should be allowed to use the technology that best meets the needs of their network and the demands of their customers; such choices should not be dictated by governments. In the licensing context, technology neutrality means that different technologies capable of providing similar or substitute services should be licensed and regulated in a similar way.”7 The Toolkit describes service neutrality as “based on the similar premise that network operators should be allowed to provide whatever services their technology and infrastructure can deliver.”8

4 The AS license permits the licensee to use spectrum resources that are not assigned by the Ministry, such as

spectrum in unlicensed frequency bands.

5 Under the Licensing Rules, “Internet Content Application” means an application that allows End Users to access,

send or share Information through a connection to the Internet or uses an Internet browser to accomplish one or more tasks over a network. This may also be referred to as an “over-the-top” application.

6 This includes the leasing of capacity to provide Wide Area Network services to third parties on a commercial

basis.







Page | 11

21. The proposed Licensing Rules expressly state that the framework is technology- and service-neutral, enabling licensees to offer or use any type of approved network technologies and/or services authorized within their respective license categories. For example, a licensee may offer mobile network and fixed line network services under a single NFS(I) license, due to the technology-neutral nature of that license.

3. Hierarchical

22. In an effort to simplify and streamline the framework, an entity would generally hold only one license. A hierarchical system benefits both licensees and the Department. By reducing the number of licenses that an entity must obtain and expanding the variety and breadth of services an operator may provide under a single authorization, a hierarchical system facilitates convergence and technology and service neutrality. For example, rather than seek separate licenses to offer fixed line network, mobile network services, and international gateway services, the NFS(I) license would authorize an entity to offer all under a single license. This is generally more efficient for a licensee as it can reduce the license application process and provides greater certainty that an existing licensee may expand its service offerings relatively easily as compared to service-specific licensing regimes. The Department also benefits through lower administrative costs as compared to the administration of multiple licenses.

23. As shown in Figure 1, under the hierarchical system an NFS(I) licensee would be authorized to engage in any activities established under the NFS(I), NFS(C), NS and AS licenses. The NS license authorizes the licensee to engage in any activities established under the NS and AS licenses (but not the NFS(C) license). Entities holding an AS license or NFS(C) license are authorized to engage in only those activities specified in the respective licenses.



Page | 12

Figure 1. Proposed licensing hierarchy

4. Overview of the Licensing Rules by Part

24. Part I of the proposed Licensing Rules addresses the preliminary provisions, including the citation, objectives, scope, application and definitions used throughout the Rules.

25. Part II of the proposed Licensing Rules, as detailed above, provides the proposed general licensing framework and procedures for each license category, and outlines the application process for NFS(I) and NS licenses and the registration process for AS and NFS(C) licenses. The NFS(I) and NS licenses would be subject to a more stringent application and approval process, on the basis that they involve a higher degree of technical and financial capability. In contrast, AS and NFS(C) licenses are subject to a registration-only process to encourage widespread provision of new services and faster deployment of passive infrastructure.

26. Part II also reserves the Ministry’s right to exempt certain types of telecommunications services from licensing obligations, based on transparent and objective criteria and subject to public consultation.

27. Part III of the proposed Licensing Rules details the authorized activities of each category of license, as well as identifies those activities that licensees are not permitted to undertake. A list of authorized activities is provided within each license category.

28. Part IV sets out the licensees’ general rights and obligations, including license duration and processes for licensees that seek to expand the types of activities they are authorized to engage in and offer.



Page | 13

29. Other processes described in Part IV are those relating to:

license renewal;

license transfer or assignment;

modification of a license by the Department;

suspension or termination of a license by the Department; and

surrender of the license by the licensee.

30. Part IV also provides an overview of the types of fees to which the licensees will be subject and potential penalties for failure to pay such fees. There are provisions to reserve the right of the Ministry to exempt from payment of fees certain Licensees or class of Licensees or certain types of Licenses or class of Licenses.

31. Part IV additionally focuses on ensuring that there are public consultations, dispute resolution and/or appeals procedures in place to provide transparency in decision-making processes relating to licensees’ rights and obligations.

32. Part V of the proposed Licensing Rules addresses the specific rights and obligations that may apply to certain telecommunications network and service licensees, including for those licensees determined to be dominant operators under the Competition Rules and other relevant laws, rules, regulations, orders, directives, notifications, instructions and procedures.

33. Part V also sets out various rights and obligations for facilities-based licensees relating to access to public and private property, as well as for licensees who are assigned telephone numbers according to the Telecommunications Numbering Plan; provides a basic overview of consumer protection obligations for all licensees; and reiterates the Department’s authority to further establish Codes of Practice to guide licensees’ activities.

34. Part VI identifies other types of authorizations (other than for telecommunications networks and services) that licensees may require, including the Telecommunications Equipment License, spectrum license(s) in order to gain access to scarce spectrum resources and/or numbering assignments under the Telecommunications Numbering Plan.

35. Part VII establishes the Department’s mechanisms for effective monitoring and enforcement of the telecommunications licensing framework. These mechanisms are meant to provide greater transparency and standardized processes for ensuring that all licensees are treated in an objective, non-discriminatory manner.

36. Part VII is also intended to provide the Department with authority to inspect licensees’ facilities and documents (such as through regular reporting requirements) and impose reasonable penalties in cases where licensees have contravened the rules while also



Page | 14

affording licensees reasonable opportunities to present their views in fair, unbiased regulatory enforcement actions (subject to appropriate appeals processes).

37. Part VIII establishes the transition provisions from the existing framework to the Licensing Rules implementing the Law. This includes providing transition provisions for existing operators and licensees, such as MPT, the two new operators selected in June 2013, and the Wide Area Network (WAN), Internet Service Provider (ISP), and Public Access Centre (PAC) licensees.

38. Part VIII also reiterates the Ministry’s authority to issue notifications and orders to provide for the transition of those licenses that are under the purview of the Ministry but may be subject to a law other than the Law, such as the Computer Science Development Law or Electronic Transactions Law.

39. There are two Schedules, which form part of the Licensing Rules:

Schedule A. Fees for Telecommunications Service Licenses; and

Schedule B. List of Telecommunications Equipment Subject to the Telecommunications Equipment License.

III. Draft Interconnection and Access Rules

A. Objectives of the Draft Interconnection and Access Rules

1. Rules relating to interconnection and access are one of the key institutions of any telecommunications market. The draft Interconnection and Access Rules, contained in Annex B, set out the safeguards that are put in place to ensure any-to-any connectivity and facilitate access to network facilities and services to encourage appropriate market entry and efficient use of infrastructure.

2. The draft Interconnection and Access Rules are specifically designed to:

supplement the regulatory framework set out in the Telecommunications Law;

assist in ensuring that all licensees that are entitled to interconnection and access (“Qualifying Licensees”) are treated fairly and in a non-discriminatory manner with respect to the provision of interconnection and access services; and

establish a process for dealing with interconnection and access disputes.

3. In light of these objectives, the proposed rules have been drafted to set out the means by which:

an open and transparent regulatory framework for interconnection and access would be established and maintained;

adequate and efficient interconnection and access would be promoted;

expeditious and commercially viable interconnection and access arrangements would be implemented;



Page | 15

prices and other terms and conditions of interconnection and access agreements would be reviewed and approved by the Department;

dominant service providers would publish Reference Interconnection and Access Offers (“RIOs and RAOs”);

interconnection and access agreements may be published, amended, modified, suspended, and terminated; and

disputes related to interconnection and access would be resolved in a timely manner.

4. The draft Interconnection and Access Rules have been crafted to follow international best practices to the greatest extent possible.


1. Applicable licensees

5. The definitions in the Rules are written to be consistent with definitions found in the Telecommunications Law and other draft Rules. Among the key concepts defined here that are not found in the Telecommunications Law and other draft Rules is that of “Qualifying Licensee.” The Qualifying Licensee is one that holds a Network Facilities Service License or a Network Services License, i.e., one that entitles that person to receive or provide interconnection or access services.

2. Role of the Department

6. The Telecommunications Law provides that the Department shall make rules on any matters relating to access and interconnection of network facilities and telecommunications services.

7. The Department will have broad power to ensure that interconnection and access takes place as appropriate to its policy objectives. This power is reflected in the draft Rules as the Department would be able, with written notice, to direct:

any Qualifying Licensee to negotiate an interconnection agreement;

any Qualifying Licensee, subject to public consultation, to share network facilities that the Department determines cannot be efficiently replicated by Other Qualifying Licensees;

any Qualifying Licensee deemed to be dominant by the Department (“dominant licensee”) to negotiate an access agreement; and

any dominant licensee to comply with additional obligations.

8. The Rules set out the role of the Department with respect to approving interconnection and access agreements and with respect to dispute resolution.



Page | 16

3. Obligation to interconnect

9. Interconnection is generally imposed as a mandatory obligation for voice networks in international best practice for two basic reasons. First, it prevents firms with significant market power from using the denial of interconnection to exclude competitors or would-be competitors. Second, it reduces transaction costs and facilitates the ability of subscribers on one network to communicate with those on another network. The obligation to interconnect can be found in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of the draft Rules. They provide that a Qualifying Licensee may be directed by the Department to negotiate interconnection or shall negotiate interconnection if requested by another Qualifying Licensee to interconnect.

4. Additional interconnection obligations for dominant service providers

10. Interconnection regulations are said to be symmetric if they apply in the same manner to all service providers regardless of whether a service provider has significant market power. While the general obligation to interconnect is typically imposed on all voice networks, international best practice calls for imposing additional interconnection requirements on dominant service providers only, i.e., asymmetric regulation. Asymmetric regulation is justified as a tool to compensate for the relatively weaker commercial and economic position of the service providers with non-significant market power vis-à-vis the dominant service providers. The ability to impose additional interconnection obligations for dominant service providers with respect to interconnection is captured in Section 7(h) and Part IV.

11. Part IV describes the obligation of dominant licensees to issue a RIO. The dominant licensee would have sixty (60) days to produce a RIO when so directed by the Department. After approval, the RIO would have to be made available to interested parties in written form and on the dominant licensee’s website to (i) ensure that all parties seeking interconnection are aware of the standard terms and conditions on which interconnection is provided, (ii) to help speed interconnection negotiations, and (iii) to prevent discriminatory treatment in the application of interconnection rates, terms and conditions. Part V also contains the minimum content that the RIO must contain.

5. Access obligations beyond interconnection

12. While regulatory intervention to ensure interconnection is virtually universal, intervention to ensure access is not. Requirements for interconnection obligations are justifiable from the outset of any competitive market to ensure any-to-any connectivity. Requirements for access generally require some consideration as to whether the service or facility is truly only available from access providers and cannot be easily replicated.9

9 There are also cases in which access will be required, particularly infrastructure sharing, in order to address

concerns other than replicability such as reducing environmental impacts and minimizing costs of network rollout to the industry overall.



Page | 17

Furthermore, regulators may choose not to mandate certain types of access in order to encourage competitive infrastructure roll-out. The draft Interconnection and Access Rules restrict the possible application of mandatory access negotiation to dominant licensees in Section 7(c) and facilities sharing in Section 7(d), but would otherwise leave matters of access to voluntary negotiation among parties (Section 7(e)).

13. Part V sets out the instances in which the Department may mandate a dominant licensee to provide access and the relevant obligations. It also provides for requiring a dominant licensee to produce a RAO.

6. Obligations for all Interconnection and Access Arrangements

14. The draft Rules specify that interconnection (provided under directed or requested negotiation) and access (provided by a dominant licensee under directed negotiation or by a Qualifying Licensee under voluntary negotiation):

can only be between Qualifying Licensees;

can only be undertaken under equitable and non-discriminatory conditions;

can only be effective if approved by the Department;

shall be provided at any technically feasible point;

shall be provided in a manner that minimizes negative environmental impacts and enables the development of competition; and

shall be consistent with relevant law, any relevant RIO or RAO, and the terms of the Qualifying Licensee’s licenses.

15. The draft Rules, Section 13, set out the minimum content for interconnection and access agreements. Certain minimum content is relevant only for interconnection and those elements are set out separately.

7. Timeframes for interconnection and access negotiations, approval and dispute resolution

16. International best practice is to provide clear procedures and a robust process for dispute resolution. In many countries, specific timeframes are specified that trigger a resolution procedure if access agreements are not concluded in time. In those cases that specify timeframes, a period of two to three months from an access provider receiving a request is typical.

17. Section 14 of the draft rules would require that all interconnection and access agreements be sent to the Department for approval and sets out how the approval process is carried out.

18. Part III of the draft Interconnection and Access Rules addresses interconnection and access negotiation and agreements. Specific timeframes for negotiating interconnection



Page | 18

and access, when directed by the Department, are set out in Section 12. No required timeframes are set out for negotiating voluntary access agreements.

19. Section 14 describes the process by which the Department approves all interconnection and access agreements. It would limit the grounds on which the Department may reject an agreement for inconsistency with the applicable regulatory framework or for being unreasonably discriminatory or contrary to the interests of end users.

20. Sections 15 and 16 establish the requirements for publication, amendment, modification, suspension, and termination of agreements.

21. Section 17 sets out the maximum timeframes within which interconnection services must be available following the signing of an agreement. These provisions are designed to prevent undue delay in interconnection implementation.

22. Given the differing regulatory treatment of access agreements, it is not always considered necessary or desirable to impose specific timeframes in which an access agreement must be concluded. However, this can lead to abuse if a party chooses to unnecessarily delay the provision of access to prejudice its competitors or potential competitors. In these cases, the dispute resolution process can be used to prevent such gaming by ensuring that negotiations cannot continue indefinitely without regulatory intervention. Thus, although not every country imposes timelines to reach an access agreement, most, if not all, jurisdictions include clear provisions for dispute resolution.

23. Part VI establishes a regime for resolving disputes involving interconnection and access. The regime is separate and apart from the general dispute resolution mechanism provided for in the Telecommunications Law. A dispute resolution process may be initiated by a party to the dispute or the Department itself. Guidelines are provided which give the principles that the Department will adopt and the factors that it will take into account when resolving a dispute.

8. Interconnection and Access Price Regulation

24. With interconnection, parties generally pay one another for traffic exchanged. But traffic exchange is rarely balanced between two interconnecting networks and/or the price varies by the type of traffic exchange. As a result, one party will be a net receiver of interconnection revenue, the other a net payer in any given payment cycle. Payment imbalances mean that interconnection cash inflows can be a source of net revenue to some firms, so setting the right price for interconnection becomes important. Moreover, interconnection pricing will affect retail prices and the usage of telecommunications services. This is why, from a policy point of view, interconnection pricing is a key element of the regulatory regime. Regulators typically require that interconnection prices are cost-oriented.

25. The draft Interconnection and Access Rules would require that the rates for interconnection be cost-oriented (Section 9(a)). However, the draft Rules stop short of prescribing a particular costing methodology. Section 9(b) would only require that the



Page | 19

Department apply an internationally accepted methodology for determining rates. This is to provide the Department flexibility to choose an acceptable approach in light of relevant constraints including resources and time.

26. Section 9 also requires that rates be unbundled so that parties are not paying for services they do not require (Section 9(c)), and transparently determined (Section 9(e). As interconnection is a two-way, exchange relationship, the initial, one-off costs of establishing interconnection would be shared equally by the interconnecting parties (Section 9(d)).

27. With respect to access price regulation, if access providers and access seekers, operating in a market that is not fully competitive, are left to freely negotiate the terms of access a possibility exists that the dominant firm will act anti-competitively to harm rivals and ultimately consumers, through higher retail prices or reduced service variety. In these circumstances, a set of rules or principles needs to be in place to define the prices access providers may charge.

28. When an access provider has dominance in an access market, it can harm the access seeker if both parties compete in a downstream market. For example, a vertically integrated access provider that also provides broadband internet services could set the price of wholesale access so that an equally efficient downstream rival (and independent ISP) could not operate profitably in the long term. This case is often referred as an anti-competitive price squeeze (or margin squeeze). While competition provisions in the laws typically provide ex post remedies for these types of anti-competitive behavior, many regulatory authorities have instituted regulations as ex ante remedies to prevent this behavior. In many jurisdictions this takes the form of wholesale price regulation where a maximum price is mandated. International best practice suggests two types of price regulation for one-way access: (a) retail minus10 and (b) cost-based pricing. Cost-based prices are determined on the basis of a number of different methodologies including incremental cost pricing, fully allocated cost, and benchmark costs.

29. Section 10(a) of the draft Interconnection and Access Rules would require that rates for access services be cost-oriented unless the Department chooses another reasonable basis for determining the rates. This leaves the possibility open, for example, for retail-minus pricing. The draft rules would also require that access pricing be sufficiently unbundled so that parties are not paying for services they do not require (Section 10(b)).

10

A Retail-minus regulation sets the wholesale price by subtracting a sum meant to represent the retail cost of an efficient firm from the retail price less any additional cost of providing access to the access seeker.



Page | 20

30. As access is a one-way relationship provided by the access-provider to the access-seeker, the initial, one-off costs of establishing interconnection would be borne by the access-seeker.

31. In access markets recognized as competitive, international best practice holds that prices for access services should be unregulated. At most, such services may fall under notification requirements where prices are published on the service provider’s or Department’s website or otherwise made available to the public. In the draft rules, a Qualifying Licensee can only be directed to negotiate an access agreement in specific circumstances (where it is dominant, or where it offers network facilities that cannot be efficiently replicated by other operators). If a Qualifying Licensee is not directed to negotiate access (under Section 7(c) or 7(d), it is subject to relatively light regulatory requirements, including non-discrimination Sections 7(g)(i-ii, and iv-v), Section 8(a) and Sections 8(c-d)—as required by the Telecommunications Law—but is otherwise unregulated.

IV. Draft Spectrum Rules

A. Objectives of the Rules

1. Radio spectrum is a critical public resource that is the foundation for all types of radiocommunication services. Spectrum underlies a wide variety of systems and services, including satellites, mobile voice and broadband, Wi-Fi, ship/aircraft communications, microwave backbones, and government services such as public safety and national defense. Providing adequate spectrum for all these services and the individuals that use them has become one of the key global issues faced by regulators as they look to the future.

2. The challenges in managing radio frequencies stem from the nature of the spectrum itself. It is a reusable, but finite, resource. Accommodating the many competing interests will require a regulatory regime that is flexible and forward-looking, in which competitive market forces provide incentives for innovation and more efficient use. Through these proposed Rules, the Ministry seeks to harness these forces in a technology-neutral and transparent way to extend the benefits of wireless communications across the entire country.

3. The importance of wireless services cannot be underestimated, as they are essential for economic and social growth. The rapid growth of wireless services over the last three decades is evidence of their increasingly central role in society. The Union Government has recognized this fact in its Framework for Economic and Social Reform (“FESR”), in which mobile phones and the Internet are collectively identified as one of the ten key areas that can help promote social and economic growth. The FESR sets an ambitious target of reaching 80% of the population with mobile services by 2015 and increasing Internet use to 50% by 2015-16.



Page | 21

4. International experience has shown that a liberalized, competitive spectrum management framework is the most effective way to drive the development of innovative services (and the networks that provide them) that customers want and that are available at reasonable prices. Such a framework will be critical to helping the country achieve its social and economic goals. The Ministry is committed to creating a competitive wireless market, where users can choose their service provider and pick the equipment and service plan that best meets their needs. To this end, the Union Government has decided to award two new licenses that will allow new companies to enter the telecommunications market and provide modern mobile broadband services. It is expected that this action, along with these proposed Rules, are the first important steps in promoting the growth of the wireless sector.

5. Consequently, these proposed Spectrum Rules have been drafted to create a simple, liberalized, transparent, and non-discriminatory spectrum management framework that promotes efficient use of the spectrum resource and encourages innovation in order to facilitate the rapid deployment of telecommunications services to the people of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar. This in turn will support economic growth throughout the country.

6. Specifically, the draft Spectrum Rules, contained in Annex C, seek to accomplish a number of important objectives, including:

meeting the spectrum requirements of all users, including the Government;

promoting the introduction of more spectrally efficient technologies;

promoting the development of innovative technologies and services for both public and private use, particularly broadband technologies;

introducing a spectrum management framework that promotes flexibility and competition, including spectrum property rights and trading;

providing tools to better track and plan for increasing spectrum use;

satisfying Myanmar’s obligations under the international treaties and agreements to which it is a party, including harmonizing spectrum allocations; and

minimizing disruption to existing radiocommunication services.


7. The following sections provide a summary of the primary issues that the Ministry proposes to address in the draft Spectrum Rules.

8. The draft Spectrum Rules are based on the language of Chapter VII of the Telecommunications Law of 2013, and have been drafted with the aim of implementing the Telecommunications Law and realizing the objectives described above, while providing for a clear and simple transition to a more transparent licensing regime.



Page | 22

9. The draft Rules propose the terms and conditions that would be applied to all spectrum authorizations and licenses awarded in Myanmar. They also set out the rights and obligations of organizations and individuals involved in the management and use of radio frequencies in Myanmar, including the Ministry and the Department. The provisions of these Spectrum Rules are complimentary to, and should be read in conjunction with, the provisions found in the other Rules.

10. In general, the draft Spectrum Rules will apply to radiocommunication services and radio equipment operating inside the Republic of the Union of Myanmar or on any ship or aircraft registered in Myanmar. These Rules would not apply to ships and aircraft not registered in Myanmar or equipment transiting Myanmar or ordinarily used outside the territorial limits (e.g., mobile phones of tourists) of the country.

1. General principles

11. Part II of the draft Rules proposes the general principles that the Ministry and Department should follow in managing the radio spectrum, including promoting harmonization of the use of the radio spectrum in Myanmar with its neighbors, ensuring that adequate spectrum is made available for all types of use, and promoting innovation. Spectrum sharing is provided for as a way to promote the most efficient use of the spectrum by allowing licensees to sub-license their spectrum to other persons that may wish to use it. Provisions are also made for radio equipment that does not require an individual license, but that may be operated on an unlicensed (license-exempt) basis, such as Wi-Fi equipment. All these provisions are designed to promote innovative and efficient use of the spectrum, while ensuring that competitive market forces are allowed to grow and that all market participants are treated equally and fairly. Finally, provisions are made to create a National Frequency Assignment Register, which would list all the licensed radio frequency users in Myanmar. This will help the Ministry and Department ensure that spectrum is being used efficiently by all licensees and to identify sources of interference when it occurs.

2. Myanmar Table of Frequency Allocations

12. A proposed Annex (labeled C-1 for purposes of this consultation) to Part II contains the proposed new Table of Frequency Allocations for Myanmar. Internationally, the radiofrequency spectrum is governed by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), which is a specialized agency of the United Nations. The ITU’s Radio Regulations, which have international treaty status, provide the basic rules that support the provision of all types of radiocommunication services around the world.

13. Article 5 of the ITU’s Radio Regulations contains the international Table of Frequency Allocations, which defines the frequency bands that are allocated to the various radiocommunication services. The international Table of Frequency Allocations is critically important, as it provides the framework for international, regional and national spectrum planning, allocations and assignments, and is the result of efforts to harmonize the global use of the spectrum.



Page | 23

14. Myanmar’s Table of Frequency Allocations has been based largely on the international Table of Frequency Allocations contained in Article 5 of the Radio Regulations. The last version of the Myanmar Table of Frequency Allocations was produced in August 2001. The proposed new version of the Myanmar Table of Frequency Allocations reflects the current version of the international Table of Frequency Allocations as found in Article 5 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2012). As was done in the past, the international Table of Frequency Allocations has been used as the basic document with a separate column added on the right side to show Myanmar’s national allocations. All footnotes from the international Table are also shown, as are the specific footnotes for the Myanmar Table (indicated by “MYN[xx]”).

15. Historically, the Union Government has tried to align the allocations in Myanmar with the allocations for ITU Region 3 in the international Table of Frequency Allocations. This has been done in order to support harmonization within the region and in an attempt to minimize interference with neighboring countries.

16. Although Myanmar’s allocations are generally aligned with the international Table of Frequency Allocations, some differences do exist. In some cases, this is because the particular needs and requirements of Myanmar’s radiocommunication services have necessitated a deviation. Other differences result from changes that have been made to the international Table of Frequency Allocations at World Radiocommunication Conferences (most recently in 2012) that have not yet been reflected in Myanmar’s Table of Frequency Allocations, which is based on the international Table as it was in August 2001. For ease of comparison, allocations to specific radiocommunication services that appear in the international Table of Frequency Allocations, but that are not allocated in Myanmar, are indicated by [GREEN] highlights in the columns on the left. Conversely, allocations that appear in Myanmar’s Table of Frequency Allocations but are not allocated internationally are highlighted in [YELLOW] in the right column.

17. We propose that the Myanmar Table of Allocations be made consistent, as much as possible, with the allocations that exist for Region 3 in the current international Table of Allocations. Specifically, where there is an allocation in Region 3 that is not reflected in the Myanmar column, we propose to update the Myanmar allocations to reflect the Region 3 allocations.

18. As part of this task, it is also proposed to update the MYN footnotes, as necessary. For example, it is proposed to delete old footnote BRM1, which prohibits the use of spectrum for Amateur services in various bands. In addition, several of the footnotes are linked to dates in the past and may be able to be deleted or updated. For example, MYN 20 could be updated to include the extended GSM band. Other, minor editorial changes to the footnotes are also proposed to improve their clarity.

3. General authorization conditions

19. Part III of these proposed Rules sets out the basic general conditions for spectrum authorizations granted under these Rules. Except where noted, the requirements and



Page | 24

obligations in Part III generally would apply to all holders of an authorization or license to use spectrum. This section considers how licenses would be awarded, what fees may be applied, how licenses may be modified or transferred, licensees’ obligations for complying with the provisions of these Rules, and how these Rules would be enforced. A separate Annex to this section (labeled C-2 for purposes of this consultation) provides additional detail for distress and emergency communications. Again, it is important to emphasize that these provisions generally would be applied equally to all licensees.

4. Specific spectrum use authorizations

20. Part IV of these proposed Rules provides the more specific terms and conditions that would apply to the various types of licenses and authorizations that the Department would award. The proposed administrative process for applying for a radio spectrum license is also described. The individual sections for each radiocommunication service are designed to expand on and further clarify the more general provisions in Part III.

21. The approach taken in Part IV is to define the minimum provisions necessary for those persons wanting to obtain a license to provide radiocommunication services and/or operate radiocommunication equipment. It is recognized that additional clarifications on specific issues may be required in the future. If necessary, the Ministry or Department will amend the provisions contained in the Spectrum Rules through an open public consultation process.

22. Fees for the specific radiocommunication services are specified in an Annex (labeled Annex C-3 for the purposes of this consultation) to the proposed Spectrum Rules. The proposed fees have been developed based on an analysis of other fees around the world, with the goal of recovering the cost of the Department’s spectrum management and administrative duties and encouraging entry by new entities into various radiocommunication services, while also recognizing the value of the spectrum resource.

5. Background on radiocommunication services

23. Public Land Mobile. The provision of public land mobile services in Myanmar has been dominated by Myanmar Posts and Telecommunications (MPT). As of January 2013, MPT has been assigned the following spectrum from the major bands for its 2G and 3G mobile services.

Frequency band Assigned user Current use Bandwidth (MHz)

450 MHz MPT CDMA 450 2 x 3.75

800 MHz MPT CDMA 800 2 x 10

900 MHz MPT GSM 900 2 x 25



Page | 25

1800 MHz MPT LTE Trial11

2 x 20

2100 MHz MPT WCDMA 2 x 15

Source: Department

The current assignment status of the major bands used by mobile services is shown below:

Source: Department

24. For commercial mobile services, as noted above, the Union Government has decided to authorize two new providers. As a result, MPT would free up spectrum for the two new providers, a process that is required to be completed by the end of December 2013 by the Department. The two new licensees would be assigned an equal amount of spectrum, namely 2 x 5 MHz in the 900 MHz band plus 2 x 10 MHz in the 2100 MHz band, for a total of 2 x 15 MHz bandwidth each. In addition, a second Myanmar operator is expected to be assigned 2 x 5 MHz spectrum in the 900 MHz band and another 2 x 10 MHz in the 2100 MHz band. The two new mobile operators, Telenor and Ooredoo, would also be granted a Spectrum Option, pursuant to which they would be entitled to have their licenses modified to add 2 x 5 MHz of contiguous Radio Spectrum in the 2100 MHz band. If either licensee chooses to exercise the Spectrum Option, it

11

Note that 1800 MHz band spectrum is being used by MPT for its LTE trial, but that spectrum is not formally assigned to MPT.

1710

806

1800 MHz band (1710– 1785 / 1805 – 1880)

800 MHz band (806– 880)

19 MHzNotassigned

35 MHz

1785

20 MHz 20 MHz 35 MHz not assigned

1805 1880

20 MHz Nott

Assigned

20 MHz Not

Assigned

35 MHz Not assigned

Not Assigned

870 880

10 MHz

880 915

10 MHzNotassigned(E-GSM)

25 MHz

925 960

10 MHzNotassigned(E-GSM)

25 MHz

900 MHz band (880– 915 / 925 – 960)

825 835

10 MHz

Summary

• A total of 2 x 50 MHz spectrum is currently assigned to MPT

• MPT uses the whole 2 x 25 MHz GSM band for its GSMnetwork

• MPT currently also uses 2 x 15 MHz spectrum on 2100

MHz for UMTS service

• An additional 2 x 20 MHz at 1800 MHz band is used by

MPT for Trial purposes.

2100 MHz band (1920– 1980 / 2110 – 2170)

1920 1980

15 MHzNotassigned

15 MHz 30 MHz not assigned

2110 2170

15 MHzNotassigned

15 MHz 30 MHz not assigned

MPTReserved for future

(CDMA)

(GSM)

(LTE TRIAL)

(UMTS)

Not Assigned

Not Assigned

1) MPT is currently performing a limited LTE trial in the 1800

MHz band but has not been assigned any spectrum in this

band.



Page | 26

must do so no sooner than one (1) year, and no later than three (3) years, after the Effective Date of their License.

25. The draft Spectrum Rules reflect these changes, which are summarized in the figure below. Further information on the spectrum assignment plan for commercial services will be found in an Annex to the draft Spectrum Rules (labeled C-4 for purposes of this consultation).

26. An issue of concern is the use of the frequencies above and below 880 MHz. The 870-880 MHz band is currently used by MPT to provide CDMA base station transmissions (downlink). The 880-890 MHz band is currently not assigned, but is reserved for use by the second Myanmar operator, for mobile transmissions (uplink). Without a guard band, interference may be possible.

27. In addition, it is noted that MPT is expected to return an additional 2 x 5 MHz of spectrum within approximately three years.

28. No changes are being proposed to the mobile service channeling plans in the 450, 700, 800, 2300, and 2600 MHz bands, and no new authorizations in these bands are currently being considered.

29. Aircraft/Ship Station Licenses. The radio operations of ships at sea and aircraft have been governed by Chapters in the “Principal of Radio Frequency Spectrum Allocation Plan of the Union of Myanmar,” which was last updated in August 2001. In these draft Spectrum Rules, the Ministry proposes to continue to use these Chapters, which would become Annexes to these Rules (labeled C-5, C-6, respectively for purposes of this consultation), and equally enforceable. In order to minimize uncertainty and disruption

890 915

15 MHz

935 960

15 MHz

900 MHz band (880– 915 / 925 – 960 MHz)

880

Newoperator 1

MPT Newoperator 2

Second Myanmaroperator

Reserved for future

925

MPT

New operator 1

New operator 2

• 2 x 15 MHz (900 MHz band)

• 2 x 15 MHz (2100 MHz band)


• 2 x 10 MHz (2100 MHz band)


• 2 x 10 MHz (2100 MHz band)

2ndMyanmar operator / MOB


• 2 x 10 MHz (2100 MHz band)

5

MHz

5

MHz5

MHz

5

MHz

5

MHz

5

MHz

5

MHz

5

MHz

2100 MHz band

1920 1980

15 MHz 10 MHz

1935

5

MHz10 MHz 5

MHz

2110 2170

15 MHz 10 MHz

2125

10 MHz 5

MHz5

MHz

10 MHz 5

MHz

10 MHz 5

MHz



Page | 27

as these draft Rules are implemented, no changes to the text from 2001 are proposed. The Ministry may revisit the Annexes at a future point in time, if necessary.

30. Satellite Services. A domestic satellite communications system was implemented in July 2004 in order to extend the telephone network to the more remote areas of the country. There are two earth stations associated with the domestic satellite services. The first accesses THAICOM-4 (IPSTAR), and is located in Toekyaungkalay (Yangon) and operates in the Ku-band. It is the main gateway for the 607 MPT satellite terminals scattered across the country. The Ku-Band diversity gateway is in Phanglin. The second gateway accesses THAICOM-5, and is located in Taungdwingayi (Magwe) and which serves as the main C-Band gateway for the 2000+ MPT satellite terminals scattered across the country. The C-Band back-up gateway is Toekyaungkalay. These are complemented by access to THAICOM-1A, which is used as a VSAT link for domestic communications, with a transponder bandwidth of 7 MHz and located in Toekyaungkalay (Yangon). There are 13 VSAT earth stations. For international connectivity, the Intelsat-9 satellite links Myanmar to other countries via 160 channels through the Thanlyin gateway. The Union Government may consider launching Myanmar’s own satellite sometime in the future.

31. Private Network Services. Private network services are land mobile services that serve the internal communications needs of a company. Such services are used by a variety of industries to support their internal operations. Examples of such use include dispatch services, voice or data communication with company personnel or vehicles, machine-to-machine communications, including for the purposes of monitoring and control of company equipment. These draft Spectrum Rules envision private networks operating at both the local (taxi dispatch) and national (communications for utility workers) levels, and with mobile only systems as well as systems with a central control point (base station) and relay stations. These systems will generally operate on spectrum below 1 GHz.

32. Fixed Services. The major frequency bands suitable for fixed (microwave) services are currently assigned to several users including the Department of Civil Aviation, Myanmar Radio and Television (“MRTV”), Yatanarpon Teleport (“YTP”), and MPT. The Department of Aviation uses part of the 6 GHz band for fixed wireless access. MRTV uses part of the 6 and 7 GHz band for transmission of TV programs. YTP uses part of the 10 GHz band for backhaul. MPT currently occupies some microwave channels within the 6, 7, and 11 GHz bands for microwave transmission backbone and some channels on the 8 and 11 GHz bands for short-haul microwave transmission. MPT also uses part of the Ku band on 12 and 17 GHz for VSAT service.

33. Myanmar follows various ITU-R recommendations on RF channel management on all major bands. Channel bandwidth of 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 28 MHz, 40 or 56 MHz is adopted depending on the frequency band. The major frequency bands assigned for microwave transmission are illustrated in the following table:



Page | 28

Frequency band

Channel plan standard

Frequency range

Channel width

Total # of channels

# of channels currently assigned

Assigned users

Lower 6 GHz ITU-R F.383-8 5925 –

6425 MHz

5 MHz bandwidth

per channel

28

12 MPT

4 MRTV

2 Department

of Civil Aviation

Upper 6 GHz ITU-R F.384-

10 6425 –

7125 MHz

5 MHz bandwidth

per channel

42

26 MPT

4 MRTV

2 Department

of Civil Aviation

7 GHz ITU-R F.385-

10 7110 –

7900 MHz

5 MHz bandwidth

per channel

24 8 MPT

8 GHz ITU-R F.386-8 7.9 to 8.5

GHz

10 MHz bandwidth

per channel

18 16 MPT

11 GHz ITU-R F.387-

12 10.7 to

11.7 GHz

40 or 56 MHz

bandwidth per

channel

24 16 MPT

13 GHz ITU-R F.497-7 12.75 to

13.25 GHz 28 MHz 8 2

Other ministries

15 GHz ITU-R F.636-3 14.5 to

15.35 GHz 28 MHz 15 4

Other ministries



Page | 29

Frequency band

Channel plan standard

Frequency range

Channel width

Total # of channels

# of channels currently assigned

Assigned users

18 GHz

ITU-R F.595-

10 17.7 to

19.7 GHz

28 MHz bandwidth

per channel

35 Not

assigned None

23 GHz

ITU-R F.637-4 21.3 to

23.6 GHz

28 or 56 MHz

bandwidth per

channel

40 Not

assigned None

26 GHz No plan Not

planned Not

planned Not

planned

Not allocated and not assigned

None

Source: Department, MPT

34. The 7 GHz band still has two-thirds of the channels remaining unused in any part of the country. Most of the channels from the 8 GHz band have been utilized by MPT for mobile backhaul. The utilization of channels in the 6 GHz and 11 GHz band is also quite high. Those channels, which are currently used for microwave point-to-point links in parts of the country by existing users, still have the potential to be re-used by other users provided there is adequate spatial separation. Higher bands have lower levels of utilization.

35. Given the scarcity of microwave spectrum and the highly directional nature of point-to-point microwave fixed service links, the Department would allow for re-assignment and re-use of the frequency assigned to a microwave link of one operator to another microwave link of another operator provided there is no interference in such a case.

36. For the 6, 7, 8, and 11 GHz bands, it is proposed to assign microwave licenses on a link-by-link basis. The Department will manage the microwave frequency channel resources in accordance with the following principles:

Frequency assignment for microwave fixed service links is subject to spectrum availability at the location of intended deployment.

The applicant needs to submit an application for the right to use a microwave frequency channel for each individual microwave link he or she intends to deploy.



Page | 30

The applicant needs to ensure the equipment he or she intends to deploy has obtained approval from the Ministry before submitting the application for a particular frequency channel or link.

The Department will approve each application on a link-by-link basis to ensure no interference would occur with the addition of the new link.

To ensure the efficient use of frequencies in each band, the Department will decide the choice of frequency band based on the path length of the microwave fixed service link.

The Department would also constantly monitor the usage of microwave frequency resources at all locations to ensure that no one uses unauthorized frequencies and there is no interference to authorized microwave links.

37. For the 13, 15, 18, 23, and 26 GHz bands, it is proposed to assign microwave licenses on a nationwide basis. The Department will manage the nationwide microwave frequency channel resources in accordance with the following principles:

The applicant is required to submit an application for the right to use a nationwide microwave frequency channel that specifies the specific band in which a channel (or channels) is requested.

Frequency assignment for microwave fixed service links is subject to nationwide availability of channels in the requested band.

The applicant needs to ensure the equipment he or she intends to deploy has obtained approval from the Ministry before submitting the application for a nationwide frequency channel.

To ensure the efficient use of frequencies in each band, the Department will decide the specific channel(s) to be assigned. If no channels are available, the Department may either assign a channel from a different band or return the application for amendment by the applicant.

The Department will constantly monitor the usage of nationwide microwave channels at all locations to ensure that no one uses unauthorized frequencies and there is no interference to other authorized microwave links.

38. Broadcasting Services. The extent of broadcasting services in Myanmar is still relatively limited. There are three terrestrial broadcast television channels, with various coverage areas and using a combination of analog and digital technology. Radio stations are more widespread, but still somewhat limited. As with the aircraft and ship station licenses, the broadcasting service has been operating according to the frequencies identified in a Chapter in the “Principal of Radio Frequency Spectrum Allocation Plan of the Union of Myanmar,” which was last updated in August 2001. In these draft Spectrum Rules, the Ministry proposes to continue to use this Chapter, which is attached as Annex C-7. As



Page | 31

Myanmar transitions to a fully digital broadcasting model, these frequencies are expected to be updated to reflect the phase-out of analog signals.

39. Amateur Service. Amateur communications have been prohibited in Myanmar for a number of years. The Ministry is now proposing to reinstate amateur communications, recognizing its particular value during times of natural disasters or other emergencies.

40. Special Temporary Licenses. The Ministry recognizes that there are cases in which radio spectrum is needed for only a short period of time. Such uses include testing of new radio equipment, coverage of particular events (e.g., a sporting event), or in the event of a natural disaster. In such cases, long duration licenses are not needed. This category of service is intended to serve those users with special short-term spectrum needs.

6. Technical requirements

41. Part V of these proposed Rules discusses the technical requirements applicable to use of the radio spectrum. Users of the spectrum would have to adhere to valid technical standards and emissions requirements (the latter of which is described in more detail in a proposed Annex that is labeled C-8 for purposes of this consultation), make every effort to avoid causing interference to other users of the radio spectrum, and use their spectrum efficiently. In addition, provisions based on internationally accepted standards are proposed to protect both workers and end users from any possible harmful effects from radiofrequency emissions. Taken together, these provisions comprise an essential part of ensuring that the full benefits of wireless communications can be realized by all users.

7. Competition Conditions

42. Part VI contains the draft Rules regarding wholesale access to spectrum and spectrum sharing. These provisions are designed to maximize the flexibility licensees have to manage their own spectrum and thus contribute to ensuring that the spectrum is put to its highest valued and most efficient use. Importantly, the draft Rules regarding wholesale access and spectrum sharing identify clear procedures for negotiating and approving the necessary agreements. The Ministry would have the ability to approve, reject or request changes to such agreements.

8. Transition provisions

43. Part VII contains the provisions necessary to transition from the existing radio spectrum authorization regime to the new framework contained in these draft Rules. These provisions are necessary to provide certainty to existing users and standardize the licensing process in a timely fashion so that the Ministry and Department have the tools they need to effectively manage the radio spectrum as the overall licensing framework is liberalized over the coming years. Specifically, existing licenses will continue in force until their current expiration date. After that time, the licensee may apply for a new license under the new Spectrum Rules. It is noted that all users, including MPT, will be



Page | 32

required to apply for all necessary licenses for those frequencies that they are currently using.

9. International obligations

44. Part VIII discusses how these proposed Rules affect, and are affected by, international treaties to which the Republic of the Union of Myanmar is a signatory.

V. Draft Numbering Rules

A. Objectives of the Draft Numbering Rules

1. Given the forthcoming introduction of competition into the sector, a key objective of drafting the proposed Numbering Rules, included in Annex D, is to ensure that all eligible operators and service providers have access to numbering resources on an equivalent basis, and to ensure that all operators and service providers can receive allocations from within the appropriate areas of the National Numbering Plan (“Numbering Plan”). Therefore, to safeguard future allocation arrangements, the Department would take over responsibility for the management and operation of the Numbering Plan. This would help to promote effective competition, allow increased innovation and improve consumer choice.

2. The second objective of the draft Numbering Rules is to establish a set of rules and conditions around the management of the Plan and the allocation of numbers to:

ensure an adequate supply of numbers at all times;

make the Numbering Plan as easy to use as possible;

give competing operators and service providers equal access to numbering resources;

minimize disruption to existing users when changes are made (and in particular to avoid changing existing numbers as much as possible);

keep the costs of all changes to a minimum for both operators and for users; and

ensure that any changes to the Numbering Plan do not adversely impact the existing tariffing structure.

3. The draft Numbering Rules are designed both to create additional capacity and increase future numbering flexibility to allow the unhindered development of Myanmar’s telecommunications sector into the long-term future.

B. Summary of Regulatory Approach

1. The role of the Department in the National Numbering Plan

4. The National Numbering Plan is a single national resource with a finite capacity. In the past, as well as being the telecommunications operator, MPT has also undertaken the



Page | 33

role of management and operation of the Myanmar National Numbering Plan. Historically, this has been a satisfactory arrangement.

5. However, with the introduction of competition into the sector, this national resource must now be shared among all operators and users. All future operators should have equivalent access to numbering resources, and should be able to receive allocations from within the appropriate areas of the Numbering Plan.

6. Therefore, in moving from a monopoly telecommunications sector to a competitive sector, the Department, as set forth in the Law, would be responsible for the management and operation of the Numbering Plan. In undertaking this role, the Department would consider the requirements of the country as a whole, and the needs of both individual operators and end users within the country. Furthermore, the Department would ensure the fair and equitable allocation of numbering resources across all operators while at the same time managing the Plan in a manner that ensures it will meet the needs of the telecommunications sector for the foreseeable future.

7. Numbers, and the Numbering Plan, are not themselves a telecommunications service. Instead, numbering is simply an enabler. That is, they enable subscribers to be identified on the network, they enable calls to be made to those customers, and they enable the introduction of new services. Without adequate numbering capacity, future operators, new subscribers or new services might not be possible.

8. The Numbering Plan needs to provide the flexibility for operators to deploy numbers for the benefit of their subscribers, while on the other hand ensuring that a necessary set of national structural conditions are encompassed within the Numbering Plan for consistency and uniformity. In order to retain the integrity of the Numbering Plan, all operators should rigidly observe these structural conditions. At the same time, each operator should be able to freely allocate numbers for its own subscriber base from within the appropriate ranges of the Numbering Plan.

2. The Department’s responsibilities for the Numbering Plan

9. Pursuant to the Law, the Department would be responsible for the overall structure and content of the Numbering Plan, and for the allocation of blocks of numbers from the Numbering Plan to individual operators.

10. Once these allocations are made by the Department, the operators would then be free to allocate the numbers from within these ranges to their own subscribers as required, subject to compliance with the rules that are applicable to the allocations within the particular numbering range.

11. In general, the Department would not be involved in the allocation of individual subscriber numbers from within the Numbering Plan. Instead, each individual operator would be responsible for allocating numbers to individual users from within the blocks under their control.



Page | 34

12. In order to monitor the use of the numbering allocations made, each operator would be required to provide details in an annual report to the Department on its use of the numbers within the blocks allocated to it. This would allow the Department to oversee the allocations, to ensure that the use of the blocks is within the conditions specified at the time the allocations were made, and to have an indication of the probable future demand for additional blocks.

13. As part of its role in the strategic management of the Numbering Plan, the Department would be required to consult with the telecommunications industry and end users on all major numbering issues, including undertaking reviews of the Plan, and to monitor the use of the numbering capacity to ensure compliance with the necessary standards. Furthermore, the Department would undertake an annual audit of the Numbering Plan.

3. Numbering Regulatory Structure

14. A three-part regulatory system is proposed for the numbering regime, as follows:

Numbering Rules: The proposed Numbering Rules contain the overall principles of the Numbering Plan, the rules for amendments and changes to the Numbering Plan, the principles for the allocation of numbers from the Plan, and the rules governing the use of numbers.

National Numbering Conventions: The conventions contain the detailed rules and rules about the overall control of the Numbering Plan, the details of the arrangements for the allocation of numbers from the Plan, application procedures and the conditions of use of numbers. All operators who have received numbering allocations, or use parts of the Numbering Plan, would be required to comply with the Numbering Conventions.

National Numbering Plan: The National Numbering Plan is the description of the Numbering Plan and a list of the status of all numbering blocks (e.g., allocated, free, reserved, etc.).

4. Development of Numbering Plan

15. Section 6 of the proposed Numbering Rules contains a set of principles for preparing and managing the Numbering Plan to ensure adequate capacity and flexibility, to allow the structure of the Plan to be designed so that numbers convey the appropriate information (e.g., service, location, and tariff information), and to ensure that the Numbering Plan is fully compatible with all relevant international agreements, standards, and recommendations.

16. Furthermore, Section 6 of the proposed Rules would require the Department to ensure that, when changes are made to the Numbering Plan, the costs and inconvenience to consumers and operators resulting from any changes are objectively justified and are minimized consistent with meeting the demands for numbers and for sound management of the Numbering Plan.



Page | 35

17. Section 7 of the proposed Numbering Rules includes a set of conditions relating to amendments to the Plan, including enabling the Department to review and, where necessary, amend the Plan. However, amendment would normally be allowed only after consultation has taken place with the relevant operators, end users, and other stakeholders.

18. Section 8 of the proposed Numbering Rules would ensure that the Department make allocations in a fair and equitable manner. In particular, allocations would normally be made to the first operator who requests the block or code (i.e., “first come first served”), but only to operators who meet the eligibility criteria set out in the standards and where it can be shown that existing allocations are reaching exhaustion. Operators would not be allowed to hoard numbers or number blocks.

19. It is proposed that the Department publish an annual numbering report on the organization and overall use of the Numbering Plan. To facilitate this, operators would be required to make an annual report to the Department detailing the use of their existing allocations and numbers.

20. As indicated in Section 9 of the proposed Numbering Rules, operators would be required to use the allocated numbers for the purpose stipulated at the time of the allocation and comply with the relevant terms and conditions of the allocation. Non-compliance by an operator would be considered a violation of their operating license conditions.

21. Under the proposed Numbering Rules, neither operators nor users would have any ownership rights over any numbers allocated to them, but they would have permanent rights of use until and unless the Department makes amendments to the Numbering Plan.

5. Numbering Conventions

22. The proposed Numbering Conventions aim to provide a long-term framework within which the telephone numbering scheme can be developed for the benefit of all operators and end users. They contain the detailed rules regarding the overall control of the Numbering Plan, the details of the application process for the allocation of numbers from the Numbering Plan, and the conditions of use of numbers.

23. The proposed Numbering Conventions seek to ensure transparent and non-discriminatory access to national numbering resources for all operators and users, aimed at ensuring flexibility and to cater for individual and new requirements, while taking account of the specific Myanmar telecommunications situation and environment.

24. Section 14 of the proposed Numbering Conventions contains a set of specific details about the numbering standards that would be followed and about measures that would be put in place for the conservation of numbering capacity. Further, Section 14 contains the specific details relating to all allocations, including public switched telephone network (“PSTN”) numbers, mobile numbers, and special access codes.



Page | 36

25. Section 15 of the proposed Numbering Conventions contains the proposed details for the application process for allocating and reserving numbers and the process that would have to be followed by the Department in handling those applications.

26. Section 16 of the proposed Numbering Conventions outlines the Department’s overall responsibility for the Numbering Plan, the numbering audit process, a description of the proposed Annual Numbering Report, and relevant notification requirements.

27. Section 17 of the proposed Numbering Conventions would require that the Department maintain comprehensive records and a database of the status of all number ranges, codes, and blocks of numbers within the Numbering Plan, and that this information be made available to all relevant parties as appropriate.

28. Section 18 of the proposed Numbering Conventions describes the terms and conditions of the use of numbers within the allocated ranges, including general conditions, conditions applicable to the geographic numbering plan, conditions applicable to the non-geographic numbering plan, and other specific conditions on allocations.

6. Consideration of the need for reform of the Numbering Plan

29. It is appropriate to consider whether the transfer of control of the Numbering Plan from MPT to the Department, and the introduction of competition, presents an opportunity, or a necessity, to reform the Numbering Plan. Such reform could be considered necessary either because the Numbering Plan is not structured in a way that will safeguard the long-term interests of the sector, in particular, to facilitate the introduction of competitive services, or because the Numbering Plan does not have sufficient capacity for the future needs.

30. The current Numbering Plan has been reviewed with respect to a set of key objectives, including the need to ensure an adequate supply of numbers at all times, the need to make the Plan as easy to use as possible, the need to give competing service providers equal access to numbering resources, the need to minimize disruption to existing users when changes are made, the need to keep the costs of all changes to a minimum for both users and service providers, and the need to ensure that any changes to the Numbering Plan do not adversely impact the existing routing and tariffing structures.

31. The examination of the current Numbering Plan indicates that, in general, it should provide adequate numbering capacity for the foreseeable future, both for MPT and for new operators and service providers. Further, while the existing plan is not fully coherent, in particular with respect to service descriptors and number lengths, the adverse impacts of the changes necessary to make it fully coherent in the short term would outweigh the benefits.

32. The Numbering Plan analysis also considered whether the existing numbering structure will allow allocations to be made to new operators that are broadly equal to those currently enjoyed by MPT, and that where changes are necessary, these can be made in



Page | 37

a way that will not cause an unacceptable level of disruption to existing users and can be undertaken with reasonable cost.

33. This analysis concluded that major reform of the existing Numbering Plan is neither necessary nor appropriate in the short term. However, changes should be made regarding future allocations. Specifically, progressive reform of the Numbering Plan is appropriate for both PSTN (fixed telephony) numbers and mobile numbers.

34. The following paragraphs propose that future allocations should only be made with consistent number lengths, and the existing shorter numbers should be progressively phased out as the networks are modernized. This will have the twin benefits of making the Plan more consistent and freeing up additional numbering capacity as, following a period of sterilization, shorter numbers can be progressively refarmed for use with longer numbers.

35. Currently, for PSTN services, the national numbers consist of a one-digit or two-digit area code, (typically) a two- or three-digit local exchange code and (typically) a three- or four-digit subscriber number.

36. We propose two sequential changes to this arrangement at a later date:

In the short to medium term, users should be able to make local calls by dialing either just the local number or by dialing the full national number. The introduction of this option is appropriate because there is no commercial reason why every operator needs to respect the current local calling areas (although they must continue to respect the numbering area boundaries). New operators should be given the freedom to introduce larger or smaller tariffing boundaries, or indeed to have completely different tariffing regimes that do not, for example, include the concept of different rates for local and national dialing.

In the long term, there should be a progressive change to full national dialing only for both local and long distance calls. This would have the benefit of freeing up numbering space that is currently sterilized because of local dialing needs, which could instead be used for local subscriber numbers. Migrating to full national dialing only would create significant additional numbering capacity in most areas.

37. With the liberalization of the telecommunications sector, the demand for numbers is likely to significantly increase in the future. Nevertheless, our analysis shows that based on the currently installed exchange capabilities, and the proficiency of the existing PSTN Numbering Plan to support additional numbers, the existing Numbering Plan will provide adequate capacity expansion for the foreseeable future without significant change for the majority of geographic areas.

38. However, the numbering scheme is soon likely to reach exhaustion in a small number of geographic areas. In particular Mandalay, Sagaing, and Ayeyarwaddy could reach exhaustion within the next two to five years.



Page | 38

39. In order to overcome the potential exhaustion in these areas, we have considered whether it is better to make a global change to all existing numbers throughout the whole country (e.g., expanding the overall number length) or alternately to make a small number of pragmatic changes only in those areas where exhaustion is forecast.

40. We have assessed a variety of options for a nationwide change to all PSTN numbers. In particular we have looked at extending the number length of all existing numbers by adding one or more additional digits, transferring all the existing PSTN numbers to a new zone code while at the same time increasing the overall number length by one or more digits, or changing all area codes throughout the country to three digits.

41. However, our research indicates that there is no expansion route that could be implemented nationwide in a single step that would allow for a graceful migration to a new numbering scheme, in particular when considering the key requirements that the changes to the existing numbers should be able to be described relatively simply to all callers (including international callers) and also that calls that are mis-dialed as a result of the change can be trapped and sent to a recorded announcement. Furthermore, imposing a nationwide numbering expansion on the existing network would mean that significant proportions of the network have to be upgraded at considerable cost.

42. Based on these findings and given the uncertainty in the level and location of future demand, along with the practical difficulties of implementing the change, we do not believe that wholesale changes to the existing PSTN Numbering Plan are either necessary or appropriate, nor would it seem appropriate to impose a change that would directly affect all existing users by requiring them to change their number.

43. Instead, at this stage of development of the telecommunications sector, we propose that the most appropriate approach to upgrade the Numbering Plan would be to undertake a smaller set of pragmatic changes by utilizing existing free area codes in an overlay mode specifically focused on those areas where exhaustion is forecast.

44. In particular, as the switching technologies are upgraded, we propose:

progressively, that short subscriber numbers should be phased out to free up additional numbering space

within each geographic numbering area, as technology permits, there should be a move from an “open” numbering scheme (one where there is separate local and long distance dialing) to a “closed” scheme (where there is a single dialing procedure typically with a single uniform number length)

that any new numbering ranges that are opened up should use ten-digit long numbers. Our analysis suggests that gradually adopting ten-digit long numbers throughout the country will ensure adequate capacity well into the long-term future.

45. Further, we propose that for all future new numbering allocations:



Page | 39

in areas with a single-digit trunk code, numbers should be allocated in the format A CCC XXXXXX where A is the area code, CCC is the exchange code and XXXXXX is the subscriber number

in areas with a two-digit trunk code, numbers should be allocated in the format AA CCC XXXXX where AA is the two-digit area code, CCC is a three digit exchange code, and XXXXX is the subscriber number; and

with the progressive introduction of NGN switching, the boundary between the exchange codes and the subscriber numbers be relaxed so that the only structure remaining in the number is the one- or two-digit trunk code. This relaxation in the numbering structure will automatically increase the efficiency of use and therefore make yet more numbers available.

46. For mobile services, the existing numbers consist of three parts: a one-digit mobile identifier (digit 9); a one-, two- or three-digit network identifier, and a four-, five- or six-digit subscriber number.12 We favor retaining the current digit “9” mobile identifier.

47. Given the existing subscriber number lengths and expected levels of utilization, it is estimated that the current allocations would support approximately 15 million mobile subscribers, which is likely to be insufficient in the medium-to-long term. If future allocation are made using ten-digit numbers (including the mobile identifier), this capacity will be considerably increased.

48. With the introduction of new mobile operators, additional network codes and significantly more subscriber numbers will be required. Again, absent any firm forecasts of demand, it is difficult to know how many additional numbers will be required, but a range of options for expansion of the mobile numbering space have been examined, including moving to a full fixed-length nine- or ten- digit numbering scheme, adding an additional digit within the existing mobile numbers, or opening up a second leading mobile digit. However all of these would cause unnecessary disruption and inconvenience to existing mobile users.

49. Instead, it would appear preferable for each operator to be allocated one or more 2 digit network codes with a seven-digit subscriber numbers (i.e., blocks of nominally 10 million numbers). Currently, the 91X and 93X ranges are fully available and parts of other ranges are free (e.g., 957, 958, 959, 974, 975, 976, 977, 978, 979). Other ranges could be made available (e.g., the whole of the 95X, 96X, 97X, 98X and 99X ranges) if MPT were to move these subscribers into other existing ranges with extended number lengths. These arrangements would provide sufficient mobile numbering capacity for the foreseeable future. It would be preferable to clear ranges so as to be able to allocate consecutive network codes to individual operators.

12

The one-digit mobile identifier is usually 9, although some subscribers on the Yangon 800 MHz CDMA network use the digit 1.



Page | 40

50. Therefore we recommend that all future mobile number allocations should be made using the leading digit 9 plus two-digit network codes and seven-digit subscriber numbers.

51. Operators seeking numbers for mobile services would be made an initial allocation of one (or if necessary more) network codes based on their forecast subscriber numbers for the first two years of operation. Thereafter, further individual allocations would be made available only upon proof by the operator that the allocations that have already been made will exhaust within a 9-15 month timeframe. Exhaustion would be achieved when approximately 60% of the theoretical capacity (i.e., 6 million numbers) are active. This takes into account unusable numbers, likely churn rates and a reasonable quarantine period for churned numbers. With this approach, there should be sufficient mobile numbering space available for the foreseeable future.

7. Future management arrangements for the Numbering Plan

52. Part II of the proposed Numbering Rules require the Department to carry out the administration of the Numbering Plan. Nevertheless, in the longer term it may be more appropriate for the Department to transfer some of the administrative functions associated with this role to a third party. Experience from other jurisdictions shows that as the market becomes more competitive, the workload on the numbering administration unit, in particular concerning the allocation of numbers, will increase, and that this workload could become disproportionally large in comparison with other market regulatory activities being undertaken by the Department. Thus, in the future, the Department might be better-served by focusing its resources on the strategic management of the Numbering Plan, and delegating the more routine functions of numbering management to a third party.

53. In the short term, we consider it necessary that the core numbering policy and operational functions remain with the Department. We will reconsider if some of the Department’s responsibilities can and should be transferred to a third party at a future time.

8. Numbering fees and alternate proposals for restricting allocation of a finite numbering resource

54. Because the overall number length is constrained by international agreement, numbers are a finite national resource. It is therefore necessary to manage the allocation of numbers in order to ensure an adequate supply for all operators and for the conceivable future. One approach to managing this limited resource that has been adopted in some countries is by charging fees for allocated numbers. This approach creates a value on individual numbers or blocks of numbers, and thereby rations the allocation of the numbering space.

55. One possible mechanism for setting prices for numbers is to hold regular auctions of numbers. Auctions are a useful method of determining the market value of a block and



Page | 41

of ensuring that those who value the number most will be allocated the number. However, there are problems with auctioning numbers. For example, the incumbent service provider could not be expected to have to bid for numbers that it currently uses, nor could it be expected to pay a market price for its existing allocation when, had it known in advance that a market price was going to be set, it would almost certainly have used numbers in a different way. Therefore, we are not proposing to use an auction approach for allocating numbers or blocks of numbers.

56. An alternative approach is to set an administrative price for numbers (often referred to as numbering fees) and to charge all operators a similar price for a similar-size block. The level of fees must be set so as, on the one hand, to be sufficiently high as to discourage operators from requesting unnecessary allocations, but, on the other hand, not so high as to impose a significant additional increment on the costs incurred for an individual subscriber.

57. For the nascent services, particularly mobile services, which are expected to grow significantly from a relatively small base in the forthcoming years, we believe that numbering fees may be an appropriate means to control profligacy in the numbering allocations, in particular when accompanied by an allocation regime where all allocations are made in appropriately sized blocks and where additional allocations are only made to an individual operator when that operator can show that the expected utilization of their existing allocation has reached a pre-determined level.

9. Carrier selection

58. The implementation of full competition is likely to lead to the replacement of the current monopoly traffic handling arrangements for domestic and international long distance by new specialized regional and global long-distance service providers, potentially with lower costs due to higher traffic volumes and strategic partnerships. Such carriers may offer cost savings that can be passed on to customers in the form of lower tariffs.

59. In many countries, it has been shown that competition is more likely to develop initially in long distance and international services, rather than in access or local services. One means to facilitate competition in this service segment is to introduce access numbers that can be used by consumers to select their preferred carrier. Simple dialing codes to access these long-distance carriers are appropriate if users are to benefit from these lower prices.

60. Moreover, by encouraging users to choose between long-distance and international carriers, the development of specialized service providers will be encouraged, potentially offering further improvements in price and quality of service, and at the same time, promoting services with a global reach.

61. The introduction of long-distance carrier selection potentially offers large direct and indirect benefits to consumers, business and the telecommunications industry. The cost



Page | 42

of introducing carrier selection is relatively small when compared with the benefits that can be derived.

62. Thus, there are two cases in which end users may wish to choose their own carrier (as opposed to the default carrier offered by their access provider). The first is carrier pre-selection, whereby a user can request that all calls of a particular type (e.g., long distance, international) are routed to an alternative service provider. This has no numbering implications because the local access carrier would simply route the calls to the requested carrier.

63. The second case is call-by-call carrier selection, whereby a user can dial an access code in front of the called subscriber number, and the call would then be routed to the chosen alternative service provider for onward carriage. This could apply where no pre-selection has been made by the customer or, on a call-by-call basis, to override the user’s pre-selected carrier choice.

64. Carrier selection is necessary if fair and non-discriminatory competitive conditions are to be created, in line with the overall proposed regulatory framework. Technical and organizational measures would be required to ensure equal access is implemented in exchanges, while the assignment and management of carrier identifications codes would be carried out at a national level.

65. We propose that a 1XXX code be used for carrier selection. Currently we understand that the 16XX and the 18XX ranges are free and one of these could make an appropriate allocation. Since at this stage we do not know how many service providers may take up this opportunity, in our opinion it would be prudent to accommodate up to 100 such service providers.

66. Therefore, the format for a dialed call using call-by-call selection, or call pre-selection override would be (using 16XX as the access code): 16 XX 01 234 5678, where 16 is the carrier selection code, XX is the code for the chosen alternative service provider and 01 234 5678 is subscriber’s number.

10. Number portability

67. Subscribers attach a high value to their telephone number. Therefore, in a competitive environment there is a barrier to changing operators if that also requires a subscriber to change his or her number. Number portability overcomes that problem by allowing a subscriber to move (or “port”) their number to a new operator of their choosing. Number portability is important if users are to be able to freely choose from whom they obtain telecommunications services, and is one factor in allowing competition to become genuinely effective.

68. It is now widely accepted across many jurisdictions that in an already competitive market, mobile number portability reduces the costs for end users to switch service providers. By removing the inconvenience of number changes, lower switching costs increases the willingness for end users to change service providers, thereby significantly



Page | 43

reducing the price-setting and profit-making powers of a dominant provider. It is intuitive to expect an overall decline in prices and an improvement in quality of service with the introduction of number portability.

69. Nevertheless, experience shows that if mobile number portability is introduced too early into a less-mature market, this can lead to a significant risk of causing inappropriate harm to the incumbent. Since the monopoly incumbent, MPT, begins with 100% market share, with the introduction of number portability, porting can only take place in one direction and this could lead to unsustainably high churn rates.

70. Therefore, it is proposed that number portability is only introduced into the mobile market after the market has begun to stabilize and when the market trends have become clear. We may review this decision after a minimum of 18 months from the introduction of competition.

VI. Draft Competition Rules

A. Objectives of the Rules

1. The general goals of competition policy are to protect the process of competition, maximize consumer welfare, and promote innovation and economic growth. In broad terms, competition is the process of rivalry between firms that endeavor to attract customer’s business and preferences in the marketplace on the merits of the products or services they provide. In this process, firms have incentives to innovate and be more efficient in order to reduce costs and pass savings to consumers. This struggle for superiority may result in competitors that deliver lower value to consumers in terms of price, choice, quality, and innovation exiting the market. Provided that the competitive process is not impaired, exit from the market should not generally be of concern for competition policy. Instead, competition policy should be concerned with identifying and sanctioning practices that are harmful to the competitive process and to consumers. Such practices generally include: (i) abuse of dominance; (ii) anti-competitive agreements; and (iii) mergers and other forms of consolidations that may lessen competition. This type of regulation is generally referred to as ex post regulation, meaning that it is adopted once the conduct or agreement has occurred, that is, “after the fact.” Its goal is to investigate and remedy, where appropriate, anti-competitive conduct or agreements.

2. In parallel, sector-specific competitive safeguards are often imposed to usher in effective competition in the various regulated sectors, such as telecommunications. These safeguards are critical to facilitate efficient entry in markets typically characterized by high entry barriers and to control for incumbent providers’ first mover advantages to facilitate the transition towards competitive markets. This type of regulation is generally referred to as ex ante regulation, meaning that it is adopted “before the fact.” Its goal is to preempt practices that may restrict, limit, or obstruct competition until the market becomes effectively competitive (i.e., no single entity or



Page | 44

group holds a dominant position in the specific relevant market). Until that time, ex ante regulation would apply asymmetrically, that is, imposing more burdensome requirements on dominant operator(s) than on non-dominant operator(s). As the market progressively becomes or can be expected to become effectively competitive, ex ante regulation should be rolled-back, relying on ex post regulation to achieve the benefits of the process of competition.

3. Under Chapter XI of the Telecommunications Law of Myanmar on the Prohibition of Anti-competitive Practices, the Department is charged with investigating and, where warranted, taking specific actions to remedy anticompetitive conduct and agreements and market failure to ensure that markets are effectively competitive. To do so, the Department is expected to perform a dual role:

Ex ante regulation: the Department shall impose specific obligations on licensees that are found to be dominant in specific relevant markets in order to foster effective competition.

Ex post regulation: the Department will also be charged with acting as the competition authority for the communications sector.13 Specifically, “[i]f a Licensee engages in anticompetitive conduct in the telecommunications market (…) the Department may, subject to the approval of the Ministry, direct a licensee in writing to cease such conduct.”14

Similarly, if a licensee “fails to comply with the decision made by the [R]egulator with regard to anti-competitive practices” the Department may issue a warning, suspend the license for a certain period, and terminate a license.15

4. Both types of regulation are grounded in common general principles of competition law and policy. Therefore, to promote effective competition, the Department must assess whether ex ante or ex post intervention is warranted to best achieve its statutory duties in specific cases/markets and what type of regulatory measures or remedies are optimal at the various stages of market development. These determinations must be grounded on clearly articulated principles and rules as they will directly impact investment and commercial decisions of the various market participants and shape the new competitive landscape in Myanmar.

5. Based on generally accepted international best practices, the proposed Competition Rules for the Telecommunications Sector of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar (“Competition Rules”), developed in accordance with the Telecommunications Law, are directed at establishing clear and transparent principles to be applied by the

13

The Telecommunications Law bars conduct which “has the effect of lessening free competition in the telecommunications market” (Telecommunications Law, §35), anti-competitive agreements (Telecommunications Law, §36), and limits or restricts the ability of a customers to acquire telecommunication equipment and/or services from a service provider or from any other licensee (Telecommunications Law, §37). 14

Telecommunications Law, § 38. 15

Telecommunications Law, § 57.



Page | 45

Department to promote effective competition in Myanmar. The draft Competition Rules are included in Annex E. Their goal is to provide market participants with certainty and predictability and give the Department the necessary tools to assess competition in the market and adopt both ex ante and ex post regulation.

6. In addition, the Telecommunications Law requires that licensees obtain prior approval from the Department on the tariffs for the telecommunications services they intend to provide.16 Due to the relevance of healthy retail price competition for the liberalization and long-term development of the telecommunications sector in Republic of the Union of Myanmar, the Competition Rules also address the process of notification and approval of tariffs.

7. In this context, the draft Competition Rules provide a framework to promote fair competition in the telecommunications sector including guidance on the following issues, as applied to the telecommunications sector:

the standards and procedures that the Department will apply in determining whether particular conduct constitutes a lessening of free competition for the purposes of the Law;

what understandings, agreements, or arrangements the Department will find to be anticompetitive, and so prohibited under the Law;

the standards and processes that the Department will apply to define relevant markets and determine whether a licensee has a dominant position in one or more telecommunications markets;

the ex ante competitive safeguards and remedies that may be imposed on on licensees found to have a dominant position in one or more communications markets;

the transaction review procedures to be applied by the Department;

the process the Department will follow when conducting investigations and enforcing the provisions of the Competition Rules; and

the process the Department will follow to review and approve or reject tariff applications.


8. The following sections provide a summary of the most salient issues addressed in the draft Competition Rules:

16

Telecommunications Law, § 29.



Page | 46

1. Application

9. Consistent with the provisions of Chapter XI of the Law, Section 4 states that the proposed Competition Rules are intended to apply exclusively to anticompetitive conduct and agreement as well as transactions in the telecommunications sector. As such, they would apply to: (i) all licensees and any other providers of communications services in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and (ii) any non-licensee that enters into an anticompetitive understanding, agreement, or arrangement with a licensee that affects competition in the telecommunications sector or is party to a transaction involving a licensee.

2. Lessening of free competition

10. Part II of the draft Competition Rules implements the provision of Section [35] of the Law which prohibits licensees from engaging in any conduct which has the effect of lessening free competition in any telecommunications market.

11. The proposed Competition Rules define “lessening of free competition” as a significant reduction in the level of actual or potential rivalry between licensees in a specific relevant market and provide guidance for the Department to assess whether any conduct constitutes lessening of free competition. To this end, the Department would:

define the relevant market in question;

assess the impact of the conduct on consumers, including the availability and pricing of products and services;

consider the impact of the conduct on existing and potential competitors in the relevant market; and

take into account the degree of interference with competition that results in identifiable injury to competitors or consumers.

12. Furthermore, the proposed Competition Rules provide additional standards to establish potential injury to competitors and consumers stemming from a specific conduct under investigation. Instances where conduct has resulted in a trivial degree of lessening of competition would not be acted upon by the Department. However, the degree of market power of the licensee would also be considered by the Department: a smaller degree of interference or injury resulting from the conduct of a licensee found to be in a dominant position may be found to constitute lessening of free competition.

13. The draft Competition Rules also propose a series of conducts that shall be deemed to result in a lessening of free competition, absent a licensee demonstrating otherwise in the course of any investigation. These include:

failing to supply interconnection or access to telecommunications services or other essential facilities to a competing licensee;



Page | 47

discriminating in the provision of interconnection or access to telecommunications services or other essential facilities to competing licensees, except under circumstances that are objectively justified;

tying of services;

offering a competing licensee more favorable terms or conditions that are not justified by cost differences, if it acquires another service that it does not require;

preemptively acquiring or securing scarce facilities or resources with the effect of denying the use of the facilities or resources to the other service provider;

supplying telecommunications services at prices below long run average incremental costs, or such other cost standard as is adopted by the Department;

cross-subsidization, except where such cross subsidy is specifically approved by the Department including approval of tariffs or charges for the relevant telecommunications services;

failing to comply with an interconnection or access obligation related decision, direction, or guideline of the Department;

performing any of the following actions, where such actions have the effect of impeding or preventing a competing licensee’s entry into, or expansion in, a telecommunications market:

i. margin squeezing;

ii. requiring or inducing a supplier to refrain from selling to a competing licensee;

iii. adopting technical specifications for networks or systems to prevent, delay or hinder interconnection or interpretability with a network or system of a competing licensee;

iv. failing to make available to competing licensees on a timely basis technical specifications, information about essential facilities, or other commercially relevant information which is required by such competing licensees to provide telecommunications services and which is not available from other sources; and

v. using information obtained from competing licensees for purposes related to interconnection or the supply of access to communications facilities or services by the licensee in question to compete with such competing licensees;

limiting or restricting the ability of a customer of a licensee’s service to acquire telecommunication equipment and/or services from such licensee or from any other licensee; and



Page | 48

any failure by a licensee to comply with any decision, rule, direction or guideline issued by the Department, regarding either prohibited or required competitive practices.

3. Anti-Competitive Agreements

14. Part III of the Competition Rules implements the provision of Section [36] of the Law, which prohibits licensees from entering into any understanding, agreement, or arrangement with any person, department or organization which provide for price fixing, market sharing, or boycotting of a competitor, supplier, or licensee.

15. Consistent with the Law, the proposed Competition Rules would prohibit horizontal17 or vertical18 agreements between licensees or between a licensee and a non-licensee insofar as the agreement has the object or effect of significantly preventing, restricting, or distorting competition in any relevant telecommunications market.

16. Without limiting the generality of this prohibition, the draft Competition Rules enumerate a series of horizontal agreements that will be presumed to have the object of significantly preventing, restricting, or distorting competition in any telecommunications market. These include agreements that have the object to:

fix, directly or indirectly, a purchase or selling price or any other trading conditions;

share market or sources of supply;

limit or control:

i. production;

ii. market outlets or market access;

iii. technical or technological development; or

iv. investment; or

perform an act of bid rigging.

17. The proposed Competition Rules would allow for individual and block exemptions to be granted to specific agreements or categories of agreement, respectively. Pursuant to these exemptions, the Department may determine the pro-competitive benefits produced by the agreement and assess whether these pro-competitive effects outweigh any potential anti-competitive effects. Specifically, an individual or block exemption could be granted to any agreement which, allowing consumers a fair share of the resulting benefit, contributes to: (i) improving production or distribution; or (ii)

17

That is agreements between firms that operate in the same level of the economy (e.g., manufacturers, distributors, or retailers).

18 That is agreements between firms that operate in different levels of the economy (e.g., between a manufacturer

and its distributors).



Page | 49

promoting technical or economic progress. However, to obtain an exemption, an agreement could not: (i) impose on the enterprises concerned restrictions that are not indispensable to achieve the abovementioned objectives; or (ii) afford the enterprises concerned the possibility of eliminating actual or potential competition in respect of a substantial part of the telecommunications services in question.

18. The proposed Competition Rules also provide for a leniency program aimed at breaking the code of silence and secrecy among members of anticompetitive agreements (“cartel conspirators”). To maximize the incentive for defection and encourage cartels to break down more quickly, the Competition Rules would not only give the first party to confess the “best deal,” but clearly stipulate the process and terms of such deal.

4. Determination of dominant position

19. In economic terms, market power is typically considered as the power over price and output.19 Market power is a matter of degree and all firms in differentiated product markets have some level of market power. Holding a dominant position, on the other hand, is a legal concept and is generally understood to exist when a firm holds significant market power (“SMP”), that is, a high degree of market power. The draft Competition Rules thus propose to define a licensee in a dominant position in a relevant market to be one that, either individually or jointly with others, enjoys a position of economic strength affording it the power to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors and consumers.

20. Part IV of the proposed Competition Rules requires that the assessment of whether a licensee holds a dominant position begin with the definition of the relevant telecommunications market or markets affected. Subsequently, a licensee would be classified as being in a dominant position if it:

is licensed to operate or controls facilities used for the provision of telecommunications services in Myanmar that are sufficiently costly or difficult to replicate such that requiring new entrants to do so would create a significant barrier to rapid and successful entry into the telecommunications market by an efficient competitor; or

holds a degree of market power that affords it the ability to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors and consumers in any market in which it provides telecommunications services pursuant to its license.

21. In conducting this assessment, the Department would be required under the draft Competition Rules to invite submissions from interested stakeholders and consult with the competition authority and take account of any recommendations made by that authority (once it is created and is operational).

19

To be clear, market power can be exercised to affect other variables of competition, such as reducing quality, raising rival´s costs, erecting entry barriers, and limiting innovation, among others.



Page | 50

22. The proposed Competition Rules rely on market definition as the analytical tool to identify and define the boundaries of competition between firms.20 They provide an initial framework for competition analysis and are a key first step used to determine whether a firm, or group of firms, are dominant. As such, the Competition Rules propose that the relevant market be defined over two dimensions: (i) the product market and (ii) the geographic market.

23. The proposed Competition Rules would require the Department to begin defining the boundaries of the relevant product market by identifying the closest substitutes to the product that is the focus of the investigation from the perspective of buyers (“demand-side substitution”) and of suppliers (“supply-side substitution”). They provide for two related and complementary tests to be applied in the identification of the relevant product market:

the “reasonable interchangeability of use” test, which would require the Department to consider product or service functionality; the quality, price, inputs, and costs of the product or service; and the principal consumer groups to define products or services that are similar enough to allow customers to switch easily from one to another;

the “hypothetical monopolist” or the “small but significant, non-transitory increase in price” (“SSNIP”) test, used to assess demand and supply-side substitution in order to determine the extent to which consumers/suppliers are prepared or able to substitute/supply other products or services for the products or services supplied by the licensee in the presence of a SSNIP.

24. Once the market is defined, the proposed Competition Rules provide that the Department may consider a range of market circumstances or criteria to assess whether a licensee holds a dominant position, including:

the market share of the licensee, determined by reference to revenues, number of subscribers, or volume of sales;

the overall size of the licensee in comparison to competing licensees, and particularly any resulting economies of scale or scope that permit the larger licensee to produce products or services at lower costs;

control of facilities or other infrastructure, access to which is required by competing licensees and that cannot, for commercial or technical reasons, be duplicated by competing licensees;

20

To be clear, it is also possible to assess anti-competitive conduct using other analytical tools than relevant market definition. For example, this can be done by assessing diversion ratios – the fraction of unit sales lost by one product due to an increase in its price that would be diverted to another product. In practice, these tools are currently being used in some countries such as the United States in conjunction with market definition in certain cases. However, market definition is still the most widely used tool for competition assessment at this time.



Page | 51

the absence of buying power or negotiating position by consumers, including substantial barriers to switching service providers;

ease of market entry, and the extent to which actual or potential market entry protects against the exercise of market power such as raising prices; and

the rate of technological or other change in the market, and related effects for market entry or the continuation of a dominant position.

25. The proposed Competition Rules recognize that a dominant position may also be held jointly when two or more legally independent firms are linked in such a way that they are able to align their behavior and adopt a common policy on the market. While the specific scope of this concept is still developing for the purpose of unilateral conduct, it is often used internationally in ex ante regulation and in merger review.

26. To usher in the liberalization process in Myanmar, the proposed Competition Rules would establish a rebuttable presumption that any licensee is in a dominant position if its gross revenues in a specific telecommunications market exceed 30% of the total gross revenues of all licensees in that market.

27. In identifying telecommunications markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation, the proposed Competition Rules would require that the following three criteria be cumulatively met:

the presence of high and non-transitory barriers to entry;

the absence of a market structure tendency towards effective competition within the relevant time horizon as defined by the Department; and

the insufficiency of competition law alone to adequately address the market failure(s) concerned.

28. In addition, the proposed Competition Rules provide that a finding of dominance (single or collective) would trigger the adoption of ex ante remedies by the Department. These remedies may include the following:

obligation of transparency in relation to the publication of information, including reference offers;

obligation of non-discrimination;

obligation for accounting separation;

obligation of providing access; and

obligation of price control and cost accounting.

29. In every case, the proposed Competition Rules would require that ex ante remedies be appropriate and proportionate to address the specific circumstances of the case at hand. Ex ante remedies can conceptually be applied both at that retail and wholesale



Page | 52

market levels. However, whenever possible any observed market failure at the retail level should be addressed first by regulating its wholesale input market.

30. Moreover, the proposed Competition Rules provide that in order to adjust regulation over time, market reviews should be conducted periodically (e.g., every three years, if warranted). If after conducting a market review process, the Department finds that a previously regulated market is now effectively competitive (i.e., that no firm, or group of firms, is in a dominant position), then the Competition Rules would require that ex ante regulation should be withdrawn or amended.

5. Investigations and enforcement

31. Part V of the proposed Competition Rules provides detailed procedures to be conducted by the Department when investigating anticompetitive conduct in breach of Chapter XI of the Law and the Competition Rules. Two types of investigations would be regulated: (i) those initiated by the Department or (ii) those initiated by complaint to the Department.

32. The proposed Competition Rules also give sufficient authority to the Department to issue interim measures, such as cease and desist orders, in cases where: (i) there are reasonable grounds to believe that any prohibition under the Law has been infringed or is likely to be infringed; and (ii) the Department believes that it is necessary to act as a matter of urgency for the purpose of: (a) preventing serious and irreparable harm, economic or otherwise, to a particular person or category of persons; or (b) protecting the public interest.

33. In addition, under the proposed Competition Rules the Department may accept from a licensee an undertaking to do or refrain from doing anything as the Department considers appropriate. In case the undertaking is accepted, the Department would be required to close the investigation without making any finding of infringement and would not impose a penalty on the licensee. Accepted undertakings would be made in writing and would be made available for inspection by the public as determined by the Department. The provisions of any undertaking accepted by the Department would have the same enforceability as if those provisions had been set out in a decision, direction or order given to the licensee providing that undertaking.

6. Review of Transactions

34. Part VI of the Competition Rules provide that transactions that have the effect of lessening free competition in a telecommunications market shall be deemed illegal, unless they have been authorized by the Department, subject to the approval of the Ministry.

35. A review of the competitive impact of transactions (e.g., mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, assignments of licenses) is commonly performed by competition authorities and/or sector regulators around the world. Under the proposed Competition Rules, the following transactions would be reviewed by the Department:



Page | 53

transactions that involve the acquisition of more than 10% of the shares of a licensee; or

any other transaction that results in a change in control of the licensee; and

any transaction that results in the direct or indirect transfer or acquisition of any individual license, previously granted by the Department pursuant to the Law.

36. Most transactions do not harm competition – some may be pro-competitive because they benefit consumers by lowering costs and/or increasing innovation. Many others are competitively neutral, for example because post-transaction competition will remain and continue to discipline the resulting firm and its rivals. However, some transactions can lead to markets being less competitive in the future. Under the proposed Competition Rules, transactions must be notified to the Department before they are completed and those that are likely to lessen free competition in any telecommunications market in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar would not be approved, absent mitigating commitments/undertakings. Under the proposed Competition Rules transactions between competitors would lessen free competition in a telecommunications market if the transaction:

removes a competitor that provided a competitive constraint, resulting in the ability for the resulting entity to profitably increase prices; or

increases the likelihood for the resulting entity and all or some of its remaining competitors may coordinate their behavior to reduce output and/or increase prices in the market.

37. To facilitate their implementation, the proposed Competition Rules provide for certain safe harbors (based on expected market shares and concentration measures following a proposed transaction) that the Department will apply to identify transactions that are less likely to lessen free competition. Unless otherwise established by the Department, a transaction between competitors shall be deemed less likely to lessen free competition where, after the transaction, one or more of the following indicators is met:

a. the three largest firms in the market have a combined market share of less than 80%, and the resulting entity’s market share is less than 40%; or

b. the three largest firms in the market have a combined market share of 80% or more, and the resulting entity’s market share is less than 30%; or

c. the resulting entity does not control more than one-third (1/3) of the radio spectrum assigned for the provision of the specific services included in the relevant market.

38. The proposed Competition Rules also provide that pro forma transactions must be notified to the Department. These are transfers where there is no transfer of controlling interest over the license or licensee (e.g., transfers from one or more individuals to



Page | 54

another entity owned or controlled by the same individual or individuals without any change in their relative interests).

7. Tariff application and review process

39. Part VII of the proposed Competition Rules provides the process for filing tariff applications as required under article 29 of the Telecommunications Law.

40. The Competition Rules differentiate between designated and undesignated services for the purpose of tariff application approval, with the former being subject to more detailed tariff review.

41. Under the proposed Competition Rules, the Department shall identify a specific service as a designated if it determines that (i) such service is not subject to a degree of competition that is sufficient to protect the interests of consumers; or (ii) that it is in the public interest to do so. Services offered by a licensee found to be dominant in a specific retail market shall also be deemed a designated service. Undesignated services, on the other hand, are all other services not identified as a designated service.

42. In order to facilitate healthy price competition in the sector and avoid unduly burdensome approval processes, the review of tariff applications will be conducted in an expedited manner, with the Department and the Ministry expected to conclude their analysis within a period of thirty (30) days from filing of the application. To be clear, this period may be extended if the Department requests the licensee to file additional information or issues directions for the licensee to amend the rates, terms or condition of the tariff.

43. The Department and the Ministry shall approve a tariff or changes in tariffs if the proposed rates are just and reasonable and the terms and conditions set forth in the tariff are not deemed anti-competitive. In addition, an application filed to establish or change the tariff of a designated service shall be approved in cases where it complies with a regulated price for a dominant provider set by the Department in accordance with the Law.

44. In order to ensure transparency, the Department and the licensee shall publish the approved tariffs, but the Department will not make any information publicly available until the tariff has been approved.

45. In the case of market trials or short term promotional offers of a designated service or a bundled services offer (which includes a designated service(s)), the proposed Competition Rules do not require that the licensee seek approval from Department provided that:

i. the market trial or short term promotional offer does not have a benefits period that exceeds ninety (90) days in duration;

ii. the market trial or short term promotional offer does not have an enrolment period that exceeds the benefits period;



Page | 55

iii. the market trial or short term promotional offer is not substantially similar in the opinion of the Department to a market trial or short term promotion implemented by the licensee, or an enterprise related to the licensee, with an enrollment period that concluded less than one hundred and eighty (180) days before the market trial or short term promotional offer is to come into effect; and

iv. the licensee files a description of the market trial or short term promotional offer, including the rates, terms and conditions, with the Department at least ten (10) days before the market trial or short term promotional offer is to come into effect.

46. However, if the Department determines that a market trial or short term promotional offer includes rates that are not just and reasonable, or otherwise includes terms and conditions that are anti-competitive, it may order a licensee to not conduct, discontinue or suspend a market trial or short term promotional offer.

47. To ensure robust price competition and the long-term, stable development of the sector, the Competition rules provide the Department additional regulatory tools to curtail predatory price wars. To this end, an prior to conducting a potential investigation for lessening of free competition under Part II of the Competition Rules, the Department may, at any time, require a provider of a designated service to demonstrate that a rate charged, or proposed to be charged, for a designated service or a designated service or services within a bundled services offer is not below the long run average incremental cost of providing such designated service or the designated service or services within the bundled services offer. If the Department determines that the tariff is below such measure of costs, it shall direct the licensee to increase its prices to the relevant level to ensure costs are recouped and may initiate an investigation into the pricing practice to determine whether it constitutes lessening of free competition.

48. The proposed Competition Rules also state that, unless otherwise provided in a license, the tariff or a change in the tariff of an undesignated service shall be deemed approved by the Department and Ministry upon filing a notification.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions

49. In order to avoid jurisdictional overlap, duplication of efforts, or even contradictory rulings, Section 48 of the proposed Competition Rules would grant exclusive authority to the Department to review anticompetitive practices in the telecommunications sector and transactions involving one or more licensees.

50. Considering the lack of experience with the implementation of ex ante and ex post regulation in Myanmar, Section 49 recognizes that the proposed Competition Rules are grounded in well-established principles of competition law, and are consistent with “best practices” in other jurisdictions. Therefore, in applying these provisions, the Department would give appropriate consideration to practices in other jurisdictions, especially in other Association of Southeast Asian Nations Member States, as well as the



Page | 56

practices of any competition authority established in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

9. Schedule 1: Transitory determination of relevant markets and dominant position for the purpose of ex ante regulation

51. Until such time as the Department completes proceedings to define relevant markets for the purpose of ex ante regulation and determines operators in a dominant position in such relevant markets, Schedule 1 of the proposed Competition Rules would establish that MPT, in its capacity as the incumbent telecommunications service provider, or its successors, will be considered to have a dominant position in the following markets:

a. Retail markets:

i. Access to public telephone network at a fixed location

ii. Local, national and international voice call service

iii. Leased lines

b. Wholesale markets:

i. Call termination on individual public telecommunications networks at a fixed location

ii. Wholesale access to broadband services at a fixed location

iii. Leased lines

iv. Call termination on individual mobile networks

v. National roaming services on mobile networks

52. This initial list of relevant markets should not be read as exhaustive (i.e., there are likely additional relevant markets where MPT is dominant) nor definitive (i.e., the Department should review it from time to time and amend it as necessary). Instead, it is intended to be an initial list of relevant markets where, based on international experience, it can be anticipated that, at the current stage of liberalization of the Myanmar telecommunications sector, potential competition concerns may arise and should be addressed without unnecessary delay.

10. Schedule 2: Transitory determination of essential facilities

53. Pursuant to Schedule 2 of the proposed Competition Rules, the following types of facilities are designated as essential facilities:

in-building wiring;

lead-in ducts and associated manholes;

subsea cable landing stations;

poles; and



Page | 57

radio towers (excluding towers used for the operation of any broadcasting service).

54. The objective of this schedule is to identify specific facilities that are critical for the deployment of competing networks and services in the Myanmar market and facilitate access to such facilities.

11. Schedule 3: Transitory determination of designated services

55. Pursuant to Schedule 3, the following services are identified as designated services for the purpose of Part VII of the proposed Competition Rules:

Local, National and International fixed voice telephony

Local, National and International mobile voice telephony.

VII. Procedures regarding Consultation and Submission of Comments

A. Submission of Comments

56. All views and comments should be submitted in writing in English or Myanmar language (English preferred) and in electronic form (Microsoft Word Format or Adobe PDF format) by Monday, December 2, 2013 at 5:00 pm (local time in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar). Respondents are required to include their personal or company particulars, correspondence address, contact name, as well as telephone number and email address in their submissions. Respondents should submit their electronic copies with the email header “MCIT Consultation on Proposed Rules” via email to [email protected] and [email protected].

57. Any submissions over 10 pages in length (using double-spaced, 11-point font) must include an executive summary. When making comments, respondents should make reference to the relevant consultation document paragraph number(s) or the section number.

58. Submissions received by the Ministry as a result of this consultation will provide valuable information in helping the Ministry develop the final rules and the Ministry will take into consideration all comments received, but it is under no obligation to adopt any comments or proposals submitted by the parties.

59. All comments should be addressed to:

Than Htun Aung (Mr.) Director Ministry of Communications and Information Technology Office No. 2 Nay Pyi Taw MYANMAR Email: [email protected] and [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]






Page | 58

B. Publication of Comments

60. In the interests of transparency, the Ministry intends to publish on its website copies of all comments and other documents submitted as part of this consultation process. All comments received will be treated as non-confidential unless otherwise indicated on the cover page submitted by the responding party.

61. Parties may request confidential treatment for information that is commercially sensitive or proprietary. Any requests for confidential treatment should be clearly indicated in a cover letter and a non-confidential version of the response must be supplied for publication. Ideally, any confidential information should be included in a separate annexure marked as confidential. Information marked as confidential will not be made available to the public only where there is clear justification for the claim of confidentiality. This matter will be determined solely at the discretion of the Ministry.




Annex A:

Proposed Licensing Rules

November 4, 2013

Proposed Licensing Rules Republic of the Union of Myanmar

November 4, 2013

Page | 2

Contents

Part I. Preliminary ......................................................................................................................................... 4

1. Citation ......................................................................................................................................... 4

2. Objectives..................................................................................................................................... 4

3. Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 4

4. Application ................................................................................................................................... 4

5. Interpretation............................................................................................................................... 4

Part II. Framework for Licensing Telecommunications Networks and Services ........................................... 7

6. General licensing framework ....................................................................................................... 7

7. Hierarchical basis ......................................................................................................................... 7

9. License-exempt activities ............................................................................................................. 9

10. General licensing procedures for Network Facilities Service (Individual) and Network Service Licenses ........................................................................................................................................ 9

11. General licensing procedures for Application Service and Network Facilities Services (Class) Licenses ...................................................................................................................................... 10

12. Special licensing procedures ...................................................................................................... 12

13. Operation of Telecommunications Equipment .......................................................................... 12

14. Amendments to the Licensing Rules .......................................................................................... 12

Part III. Authorized Activities of Licensed Network Facilities and Services ................................................ 12

15. Network Facilities Service (Individual) License .......................................................................... 12

16. Network Facilities Service (Class) License .................................................................................. 13

17. Network Service License ............................................................................................................ 14

18. Application Service License ........................................................................................................ 15

Part IV. General Rights and Obligations of Telecommunications Service Licensees .................................. 15

19. License duration ......................................................................................................................... 16

20. Provision of additional capabilities ............................................................................................ 16

21. License renewal .......................................................................................................................... 16

22. Refusal to renew License ........................................................................................................... 17

23. Transfer or assignment of License ............................................................................................. 17

24. License modification .................................................................................................................. 17

25. License suspension or termination ............................................................................................ 18

26. License surrender ....................................................................................................................... 18

27. Fees ............................................................................................................................................ 18


November 4, 2013

Page | 3

28. Non-payment of fees ................................................................................................................. 19

29. Codes of practice, notifications, orders, directives, instructions and procedures .................... 19

Part V. Specific Rights and Obligations of Telecommunications Service Licensees .................................... 20

30. Obligations for Dominant Licensees .......................................................................................... 20

31. Types of specific obligations applicable to Dominant Licensees ............................................... 20

32. Access to private property ......................................................................................................... 20

33. Access to public rights-of-way ................................................................................................... 20

34. Provision of directory and directory enquiry services ............................................................... 20

35. Provision of public emergency call services ............................................................................... 21

36. Consumer protection obligations .............................................................................................. 21

Part VI. Other Authorizations ...................................................................................................................... 21

37. Telecommunications Equipment License .................................................................................. 21

38. Separate spectrum license ......................................................................................................... 23

39. Access to numbering resources ................................................................................................. 23

Part VII. Monitoring and Enforcement........................................................................................................ 23

40. Provision of information ............................................................................................................ 23

41. Public Register ............................................................................................................................ 24

42. Permission to inspect ................................................................................................................. 24

43. Enforcement .............................................................................................................................. 24

44. Notice of contravention ............................................................................................................. 24

45. Offenses and penalties............................................................................................................... 25

Part VIII. Transition Provisions .................................................................................................................... 25

47. Transition framework for existing Licenses and operations ...................................................... 25

48. Timeframe for transition ............................................................................................................ 26

49. Notification Orders .................................................................................................................... 26

Schedule A. Licensing Fees ......................................................................................................................... 27

Licensing Fees for Telecommunications Service Licenses ...................................................................... 27

Licensing Fees for Telecommunications Equipment License .................................................................. 27

Schedule B. List of Telecommunications Equipment Subject to the Telecommunications Equipment License......................................................................................................................................................... 28


November 4, 2013

Page | 4

PART I. PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These Rules shall be cited as the “Licensing Rules of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2013.”

2. Objectives

The objectives of these Licensing Rules are to:

a) Promote competition and liberalization of the telecommunications market in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar;

b) Ensure transparency in licensing application, award and administration processes;

c) Establish a technology- and service-neutral approach to licensing, to the greatest extent possible; and

d) Ensure non-discriminatory treatment of similarly situated licensees.

3. Scope

These Licensing Rules set forth:

a) The framework for the licensing of telecommunications networks and services;

b) The authorized activities, rights and obligations pursuant to the telecommunications networks and services Licenses;

c) Overview of authorizations to scarce resources for licensees of telecommunications networks and services;

d) Monitoring and enforcement mechanisms for licensees of telecommunications networks and services; and

e) Transitional provisions from the current licensing regime to the framework specified under these Licensing Rules.

4. Application

These Rules apply to those Persons requiring a License from the Department, including for the provision or operation of Telecommunications Services and Telecommunications Equipment, in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

5. Interpretation

Headings and titles used in these Rules are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of these Rules.



November 4, 2013

Page | 5

a) “Applicable Regulatory Framework” means the rules, regulations, orders, directives, instructions, codes, procedures, and directions issued by the Ministry or Department.

b) “Application” means the form and procedure for obtaining or renewing a Network Facilities Service (Individual), Network Service License or a Telecommunications Equipment License.

c) “Application Service” means a service provided by using one or more networks.1 This expression does not include service[s] provided solely on the customer side of the network boundary.

d) “Days” means calendar days.

e) “Department” means Posts and Telecommunications Department under the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the Union Government.

f) “Dominant Licensee” means a situation in which an enterprise, either individually or jointly with others, enjoys a position of economic strength affording it the power to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors and consumers;

g) “End User” means a business or an individual, other than an Other Licensee, to whom a Licensee provides a Telecommunications Service.

h) “Foreign Person” means a Person who is not a citizen of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar. The said expression also includes an economic organization formed with foreign investment only.

i) “Information” means data, texts, images, sounds, codes, signs, signals and any collection of data or any combination thereof.

j) “Internet Content Application” means an application that allows End Users to access, send or share Information through a connection to the Internet or uses an Internet browser to accomplish one or more tasks over a network. This may also be referred to as an “over-the-top” application.

k) “International Gateway Service” means the construction and operation of a Network Facility for the provision of Telecommunications Services that enables international communications and connectivity between the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and one or more foreign points.

l) “License” means the Service License and Telecommunications Equipment license issued to any person, department or organization in pursuant to the Telecommunications Law.

m) “License Category” means a Network Facilities Service (Individual), Network Facilities Service (Class), Network Service or Application Service License.

n) “Licensee” means a Person that holds a Telecommunications Service License and/or Telecommunications Equipment License issued by the Department.

1 The term “Application Service” does not refer to Internet Content Applications, which are not regulated or

licensed under the Licensing Rules.


November 4, 2013

Page | 6

o) “Licensing Framework” means the basic structure and principles for the licensing of Telecommunications Services and Telecommunications Equipment in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

p) “Ministry” means Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the Union Government.

q) “Network Facility” means any element or combination of such elements of physical infrastructure which is used for the provision of network services.

r) “Network Facilities Service” means a service of leasing any network facility or part of the facility to a licensee[s] of a service license, by keeping any kind of network facility in his possession, or provision of any communications service on the facility by him/herself.

s) “Network Service” means a service for transmission and reception of information by any means of communications. This expression does not include services provided solely on the customer side of the network boundary.

t) “Other Licensee” means a Person, other than the Licensee, that holds a Telecommunications Service License or other License issued by the Department.

u) “Person” means any individual, legal entity or governmental body.

v) “Registration” means a simplified licensing application process used for obtaining an Application Service or Network Facilities Services (Class) License.

w) “Relevant Revenue” means the sum of:

i. the portion of the revenue that the Licensee receives from the provision of Telecommunications Services to End Users and to Other Licensees minus payments that the Licensee makes to Other Licensees for interconnection, access or wholesale services that the Licensee uses to provide those services; and

ii. the revenue that the Licensee receives from the sale and/or leasing of Telecommunications Equipment to End Users.

x) “Telecommunications” means a transmission or reception of information in its original or modified form by wire, fiber optic cable or any conducting cable, or by means of radio, optical or any other forms of electromagnetic transmission.

y) “Telecommunications Equipment” means telecommunications equipment specifically set out by the Ministry in order to support the Telecommunications Law.

z) “Telecommunications Law” means the Telecommunications Law 2013 enacted by the Union Parliament and signed by the President of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

aa) “Telecommunications Network” means a network of communication facilities, telecommunications equipment, computers, and devices similar to a computer, and any peripherals used in conjunction with any or more of the above, by means of any forms of wired or wireless communications technology.

bb) “Telecommunications Service” means provision of Network Facilities Service, Network Service, or Application Service, or provision of more than one of those services.


November 4, 2013

Page | 7

PART II. FRAMEWORK FOR LICENSING TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS AND SERVICES

6. General licensing framework

Subject to Chapter III of the Telecommunications Law and Sections 10 and 11 below, these Licensing Rules establish a multi-service licensing framework to simplify licensing processes, encourage entry and expansion of services, and increase End User access to Telecommunications Networks and Telecommunications Services.

a) Pursuant to Section 7 below, a Person shall generally apply for only one License Category. An Application form or Registration form shall identify the License Category of Telecommunications Services that the Applicant seeks to offer within the scope of activities permitted under that License Category.

b) Where the Application or Registration is granted and the Licensee subsequently seeks to offer new or additional Telecommunications Services:

i. A Network Facilities Service (Individual) Licensee or Network Service Licensee must obtain written approval from the Department before additional services are offered to End Users or to an Other Licensee under the Licensee’s existing License.

ii. A Network Facilities Service (Class) Licensee or Application Service Licensee must provide notification to the Department to offer additional services under the Licensee’s existing License.

c) The Department will update the Licensee’s License to reflect the new and/or additional Telecommunications Services that the Licensee may offer.

7. Hierarchical basis

Pursuant to Part III of these Licensing Rules, this Licensing Framework is structured on a hierarchical basis whereby a Person shall generally be issued and hold only a single License.

a) The Network Facilities Service License (Individual) (hereafter referred to as the NFS(I) License) is at the highest hierarchical level and permits Licensees holding this authorization to engage in all activities authorized by the NFS(I) License, Network Facilities (Class) License, Network Service License and Application Service License. NFS(I) Licensees shall not be required to apply for or register for any other Licenses issued under this Licensing Framework.

b) The Network Facilities Service (Class) License (hereafter referred to as the NFS(C) License) permits Licensees to engage in only those activities authorized by the NFS(C) License unless the Licensee holding this authorization also applies for and obtains another Telecommunications Service License. An NFS(C) Licensee may apply for and obtain a Network Service or Application


November 4, 2013

Page | 8

Service License, and would subsequently hold a maximum of two (2) Telecommunications Service Licenses.

c) The Network Service License (hereafter referred to as the NS License) permits Licensees to engage in all activities authorized by the NS License and the Application Service License, but does not permit such Licensees to engage in activities authorized by the NFS(I) License or NFS(C) License. An NS Licensee may apply for and obtain an NFS(C) License, and would subsequently hold a maximum of two (2) Telecommunications Service Licenses. If an NS Licensee applies for and obtains an NFS(I) License, then the NFS(I) License would replace the NS License.

d) The Application Service License (hereafter referred to as the AS License) permits Licensees to engage in only those activities authorized by the AS License. An AS Licensee may apply for and obtain an NFS(C) License, and would subsequently hold a maximum of two (2) Telecommunications Service Licenses.

e) In instances where an NFS(C) Licensee, NS Licensee, AS Licensee or holder of a combination of these Licenses, seeks to expand its scope of activities to another License Category, such Licensee must submit an Application or Registration to the Department pursuant to Section 20 of these Licensing Rules.

i. For an NS Licensee, a newly awarded NFS(I) License would replace the NS License, which is revoked. For an NS Licensee, a newly awarded NFS(C) License would be granted in addition to the NS License.

ii. For an AS Licensee, a newly awarded NS License or NFS(I) License would replace the AS License, which is revoked. For an AS Licensee, a newly awarded NFS(C) License would be granted in addition to the AS License.

iii. For an NFS(C) Licensee, a newly awarded NFS(I) License would replace the NFS(C) License, which is revoked. For an NFS(C) Licensee, a newly awarded NS License or AS License would be granted in addition to the NFS(C) License.

8. Licensed activities

a) Subject to Chapter I, Chapter III and Chapter XIX of the Telecommunications Law, a License is required to offer Network Facilities Services, Network Services and Application Services, unless exempted by the Law or by the Ministry. The Ministry has authority to exempt certain Persons or class of Persons from obtaining a relevant License, based on transparent and objective criteria and subject to public consultation.

b) Subject to Chapter IV and Chapter VI of the Telecommunications Law, the Department or Ministry may issue other Licenses and/or assignments, including Telecommunications Equipment Licenses or Spectrum Licenses, according to the Applicable Regulatory Framework.

c) Operation of a Telecommunications Network or the provision of Telecommunications Services may require a Licensee under these Rules to also obtain an additional, separate authorization per paragraph 8(b) above. See Sections 37 and 38 of these Rules and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, particularly the Numbering Rules and the Spectrum Rules.


November 4, 2013

Page | 9

9. License-exempt activities

a) The Ministry reserves the right to exempt any Telecommunications Service(s from licensing obligations. Any decision to declare a Telecommunications Service as license-exempt shall be made on a transparent and objective basis and subject to public consultation.

b) Pursuant to Section 82 of the Telecommunications Law, the Ministry reserves the right to exempt any government department, organization or person from licensing obligations, subject to Union Government approval.

10. General licensing procedures for Network Facilities Service (Individual) and Network Service Licenses

Pursuant to Chapter III of the Telecommunications Law, an Application for an NFS(I) License or NS License shall require a relatively high degree of regulatory control and may include special conditions than for an NFS(C) License or AS License.

a) Application forms.

i. The NFS(I) License and NS License shall be applied for through a standard Application form and submitted to the Department.

ii. An applicant must determine the appropriate License Category for the activities in which it intends to engage and complete all information contained in the Application that is associated with the relevant License Category prior to submitting the Application to the Department.

iii. Application forms shall be standardized and made publicly available on the Department’s website.

b) Information and fee required.

i. The required information to be provided in an Application will be published by the Department, and may be changed from time to time as is reasonably necessary to ensure the Department and Ministry possess adequate information to make informed decisions.

ii. The standard Application form shall contain the same information requirements for all License applicants within the same License Category.

iii. The License applicant shall pay an application fee, as determined by the Ministry to recover administration costs, unless exempt by these Licensing Rules.

c) If the Department or Ministry has reason to believe that the information provided in a submitted Application is not complete or accurate, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant of any deficiencies or further information that is required to process that Application. The applicant may then amend its Application form to correct any issues identified by the Department and resubmit it

d) Where an Application requires remedy of any deficiencies or further information, the applicant must amend its Application to correct any issues identified by the Department and resubmit it within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice. An applicant’s failure to respond within thirty (30) days may result in rejection of the Application.


November 4, 2013

Page | 10

e) Within sixty (60) days of receiving an Application form for an NFS(I) License or NS License deemed to be complete and accurate, the Department and Ministry shall complete their review of the Application.

f) If the review of a complete and accurate Application is expected to exceed sixty (60) days, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant explaining the reason(s) for delay. The notice shall include an expected date for completion of the Application review and decision.

g) Once review of the Application is completed, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing whether the Application is approved or denied.

i. If an Application is approved, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing of the applicable fees the Applicant must pay to be issued the NFS(I) License or NS License.

ii. If an Application is denied, denial of such Application must be based on objectively justifiable reasons and the Department shall provide the reasons for such denial in writing. The applicant may reapply, subject to submission of a new Application and new Application Fee.

h) NFS(I) License and NS License shall be issued on a non-exclusive basis and there shall be no pre-determined number of these Licenses. Any decision to limit the number of NFS(I) Licenses or NS Licenses issued shall be based on justifiable reasons, such as scarce resource constraints. A decision to limit the number of NFS(I) Licenses or NS Licenses shall be subject to public consultation.

i) Licenses for scarce spectrum resources assigned by the Department must be applied for separately from the Application for an NFS(I) License under these Rules; the NFS(I) License does not guarantee access to scarce resources.

j) Allocations for numbers must be applied for separately from the Application for an NFS(I) License or NS License under these Rules, pursuant to the Numbering Rules.

11. General licensing procedures for Application Service and Network Facilities Services (Class) Licenses

Pursuant to Chapter III of the Telecommunications Law, a Person applies for an AS License or NFS(C) License to the Department through Registration, which involves a simpler process than an Application for an NFS(I) or NS License.

a) Registration forms.

i. The AS License and NFS(C) License shall be applied for through a standard Registration form and submitted to the Department.

ii. An applicant must determine the appropriate License Category for the activities in which it intends to engage and complete all information contained in the Registration that is associated with the relevant License Category prior to submitting the Registration to the Department.

iii. Registration forms for the AS License and the NFS(C) License shall be standardized and made publicly available on the Department’s website.

b) Information and fee required.


November 4, 2013

Page | 11

i. The required information to be provided in a Registration form will be published by the Department, and may be changed from time to time as is reasonably necessary to ensure the Department and Ministry possess adequate information to make informed decisions.

ii. The standard Registration forms shall contain the same information requirements for all License applicants within the same License Category.

iii. Except where exempted by these Licensing Rules, the License applicant shall pay a Registration fee, as determined by the Ministry to recover administration costs, upon submission of a Registration form.

c) Upon written submission of a complete, accurate and signed Registration form and payment of applicable fees to the Department, any Person satisfying the qualification criteria set out in the Registration form shall receive the AS License or NFS(C) License for which such Person applied.

d) Registration for an AS License or NFS(C) License shall not be effective in instances where:

i. The Person does not satisfy all qualification criteria set out in the Registration form.

ii. The Registration form is incomplete, inaccurate or not signed; or

iii. The Person has not paid the applicable fees.

e) If the Department or Ministry has reason to believe that the information provided in a submitted Registration is not complete or accurate, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant of any deficiencies or further information that is required to process that Registration. The applicant may then amend its Registration form to correct any issues identified by the Department and resubmit it.

f) In the event that the Department requests further information, the applicant should submit the requested information promptly. An applicant’s failure to respond within thirty (30) days may result in rejection of the Registration.

g) Within thirty (30) days of receiving a Registration form for an NFS(C) License or AS License deemed to be complete and accurate, the Department shall complete its review of the Registration.

h) If the review of a Registration is expected to exceed thirty (30) days, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant explaining the reason(s) for delay. The notice shall include an expected date for completion of the Registration review and decision.

i) Once review of the Registration is completed, the Department shall issue the relevant License if the Registration is approved. If a Registration is denied, denial of such Registration must be based on objectively justifiable reasons and the Department shall provide the reasons for such denial in writing. The applicant may reapply, subject to submission of a new Registration and new Registration Fee.

j) There shall be no limit to the number of AS Licenses or NFS(C) Licenses issued.


November 4, 2013

Page | 12

12. Special licensing procedures

Pursuant to Section 8(b) and 8(d) of the Telecommunications Law , an Application or Registration form submitted by a Foreign Person or an Application submitted to offer International Gateway Services must be approved by the Union Government. Where Union Government approval is required for review of an Application or Registration form, the relevant procedures set out in Section 10 and Section 11 above shall apply, but with the following conditions:

a) For an Application for an NFS(I) License or an NS License, the period for awarding or denying an Application shall be ninety (90) days. If the review of an Application is expected to exceed ninety (90) days, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant explaining the reason(s) for delay. The notice shall include an expected date for completion of the Application review.

b) For a Registration for an AS License or NFS(C) License, the period for awarding or denying a Registration shall be sixty (60 days). If the review of a Registration is expected to exceed sixty (60) days, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant explaining the reason(s) for delay. The notice shall include an expected date for completion of the Registration review.

13. Operation of Telecommunications Equipment

Network Facilities and Telecommunications Equipment operated pursuant to any Telecommunications Service License may be subject to technical standards requirements per Chapter VIII of the Telecommunications Law.

14. Amendments to the Licensing Rules

Pursuant to Section 88 of the Telecommunications Law, the Ministry and Department reserves the right to amend these Licensing Rules, as needed to achieve the Objectives set forth in the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework. Any proposed changes to the Licensing Rules shall be subject to an open public consultation process.

PART III. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES OF LICENSED NETWORK FACILITIES AND SERVICES

15. Network Facilities Service (Individual) License

a) Persons seeking to engage in activities authorized by the NFS(I) License must apply for a License according to Section 10 and Section 12 (if applicable) of these Rules.

b) An NFS(I) License authorizes the Licensee to:

i. Construct, maintain and operate Network Facilities;

ii. Lease all or part of the Licensee’s network to an Other Licensee; and

iii. Provide any type of public or private Telecommunications Services, whether on an international or national level, to the public and/or to an Other Licensee holding a valid NFS(C) License, NS License or AS License.


November 4, 2013

Page | 13

c) The activities authorized by the NFS(I) License include, but are not limited to, the construction, maintenance and operation of and the provision of Telecommunications Services over:

i. Terrestrial fixed line transmission facilities;

ii. Terrestrial radio transmission facilities;

iii. Mobile base station facilities;

iv. Submarine cable facilities;

v. International Gateway Services facilities;

vi. Satellite earth station facilities; and

vii. Other satellite facilities located in Myanmar providing capabilities for transmission of telecommunications services.

d) The NFS(I) License is technology- and service-neutral.

16. Network Facilities Service (Class) License

a) Persons seeking to engage in activities authorized by the NFS(C) License must apply for a License according to Section 11 and Section 12 (if applicable) of these Rules.

a) An NFS(C) License authorizes the Licensee to construct, deploy and maintain passive Telecommunications Network infrastructure and to lease such infrastructure to an NFS(I) Licensees and/or to construct, deploy and maintain a Telecommunications Networks solely for the self-provision of telecommunications.

b) The activities authorized by the NFS(C) License relating to the deployment and maintenance of any type of passive network infrastructure for civil engineering and non-electronic elements, include but are not limited to:2

i. Towers;

ii. Masts;

iii. Ducts;

iv. Trenches;

v. Poles; and

vi. Dark fiber.

2 A Person is not required to obtain a telecommunications service license if: (i) not deploying or operating network

facilities on its side of the network boundary, but is instead purchasing private line telecommunications services from a duly authorized License; (ii) such services are capable of providing for the Person’s internal communications only and do not interconnect with a public network; and (iii) the Person is not offering access to its private line telecommunications to a third party


November 4, 2013

Page | 14

c) The activities authorized by the NFS(C) relating to the deployment and maintenance of Telecommunications Networks and the self-provision of Telecommunications Services used solely for internal communications are limited to:

i. Network infrastructure that only permits internal/intra-organizational communications and does not provide interconnection with any other network, whether public or private; and

ii. Closed user group telecommunications services that are not offered or provided to any other Person.

d) The Ministry may determine that other types of Network Facilities Services are subject to the Class License, subject to public consultation.

e) The NFS(C) License is technology-neutral.

17. Network Service License

a) Persons seeking to engage in activities authorized by the NS License must apply for a License according to Section 10 and Section 12 (if applicable) of these Rules.

b) An NS License authorizes the Licensee to lease transmission capacity directly from an NFS(I) licensee and/or an Other Licensee in order to provide all public and private Telecommunications Services, whether on an international or national basis, to End Users and/or to an Other Licensee.

c) An NS License authorizes the Licensee to provide all services that are authorized by the NS License and the AS License.

d) An NS License does not authorize the Licensee to construct, maintain and operate a Telecommunications Network Facility, except for switches, routers and processing equipment necessary to provide the licensed service(s).

e) The types of activities authorized by the NS License generally include Telecommunications Services that require leasing international transmission capacity and/or access to numbers pursuant to the Numbering Rules.

f) An NS Licensee is not authorized to engage in activities requiring scarce spectrum resources assigned by the Department.3

g) The activities authorized by the Network Service License include, but are not limited to, the provision of the following telecommunications services:

i. Resale of wireline connectivity services;

ii. Resale of terrestrial wireless connectivity services;

iii. International and domestic network transport and switching services; and

3 The NS License permits the Licensee to use spectrum resources that are not assigned by the Ministry, such as

spectrum in “unlicensed” frequency bands.


November 4, 2013

Page | 15

iv. Resale of International Gateway Services.

h) The Network Service License is technology- and service-neutral.

18. Application Service License

a) Persons seeking to engage in activities authorized by the AS License must apply for a License according to Section 11 and Section 12 (if applicable) of these Rules.

b) An AS License authorizes the Licensee to lease transmission capacity directly from an NFS(I) licensee and/or an Other Licensee in order to provide public and private Telecommunications Services on a national basis, to End Users and/or to an Other Licensee.

c) An AS License authorizes the Licensee to provide only those services that are authorized by the AS License.

d) An AS License does not authorize the Licensee to construct, maintain and operate telecommunications network facilities and infrastructure, except for switches, routers and processing equipment necessary to provide the licensed service(s), or to offer Telecommunications Services on an international basis, or to offer Telecommunications Services requiring telephone numbers or scarce spectrum resources assigned by the Department.4

e) The activities authorized by the AS License include, but are not limited to, the provision of the following Telecommunications Services:

i. Public payphone services;

ii. Public switched data services;

iii. Audiotext hosting services provided on an opt-in basis;

iv. Directory services;

v. Internet service provider services;

vi. Public access center services;

vii. Messaging services;

viii. Private line voice and/or data services;5 and

ix. Value-added services.

f) The AS License is technology- and service-neutral.

PART IV. GENERAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LICENSEES

4 The AS License permits the Licensee to use spectrum resources that are not assigned by the Ministry, such as

spectrum in “unlicensed” frequency bands. 5 This includes the leasing of capacity to provide Wide Area Network services to third parties on a commercial

basis.


November 4, 2013

Page | 16

19. License duration

All Telecommunications Service Licenses issued under these Rules shall be issued for a period of fifteen (15) years.

20. Provision of additional capabilities

Pursuant to Section 6 of these Rules, any Telecommunications Service Licensee that intends to provide additional networks or services under its existing License shall notify the Department in writing. At the time of submitting the notification, the Licensee shall also submit a fee equal to half of the Application or Registration fee associated with the License.

a) The written notification shall describe the additional activities that the Licensee seeks to offer and shall demonstrate that the Licensee can satisfy any additional conditions and/or obligations associated with the provision of the additional activities.

b) For activities falling under an NFS(I) License or NS License, the Department shall notify the Licensee in writing within thirty (30) days whether the Licensee may offer the additional services within the scope of its existing License.

c) For activities falling under an AS License or NFS(C) License, the Licensee may begin engaging in the additional activities permitted within the scope of its existing License upon submission of the notification. The Department shall notify the Licensee in writing within thirty (30) days if the notification to engage in additional activities is rejected.

d) In instances where the Department rejects the notification to engage in additional activities, the Department’s written notice shall specify reasons for such rejection and afford the Licensee an opportunity to re-submit the notification.

e) If the provision of additional services is denied, additional services must not be provided, or in the case of an AS or NFS(C) License, engagement in new activities must cease.

21. License renewal

Subject to the renewal process specified in Section 8 and Section 12 of the Telecommunications Law, a Licensee may request renewal of its relevant License by submitting a written request to the Department.

a) Any request for renewal shall be made no more than twenty-four (24) months and no less than twelve (12) months prior to the License expiry date.

b) Upon receiving a request for renewal, and unless the Department and the Licensee agree otherwise, the Department shall renew the relevant License on the same or substantially similar terms, and for the same duration as the initial License period, if the Licensee has substantially complied with:

i. The Telecommunications Law;

ii. All applicable legislation, rules, regulations and other applicable decisions issued by the Department and

iii. The terms, conditions and obligations contained in the License.

c) The Licensee may request subsequent renewals.


November 4, 2013

Page | 17

22. Refusal to renew License

Where the Department refuses to grant an Application to renew a License, the Department shall provide written notice to the Licensee. Such notice shall:

a) State the reasons for refusal to renew the License, which may be based on;

i. Failure to comply with any of the duties of a Licensee specified in the Telecommunications Law;

ii. Any decision made by the Department pursuant to Chapter XI of the Telecommunication Law relating to anti-competitive conduct;

iii. Any decision made by the Department pursuant to Chapter XIV of the Telecommunications Law involving a dispute resolution regarding:

a. The operation and provision of Telecommunications Services or

b. Access and interconnection.

iv. Pursuant to Section 58, Chapter XVI and Chapter XVII of the Telecommunications Law, any decision made by the Ministry following an appeal of a decision made by the Department; or

v. Any term, condition or obligation contained in its License

b) Provide the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to remedy any defect identified by the Department and resubmit the Application to renew; and

c) Be provided to the Licensee within six (6) months of receiving the Application to renew.

23. Transfer or assignment of License

Prior to transferring control of operations or assigning any right, interest, entitlement or obligation under its relevant License to another Person, a Licensee must apply in writing to the Department and obtain prior written approval.

24. License modification

The Department may modify a License:

a) At the request, or with the consent, of the Licensee;

b) In order to be consistent with, and comply with any requirement contained in any applicable legislation, rules, regulations, notifications and other applicable decisions issued by the Department, as they may be amended from time to time;

c) If the Department, pursuant to applicable legislation, rules, regulations, notifications and other applicable decisions issued by the Ministry or Department, concludes that doing so is necessary in the public interest; or

d) If the Department, following an administrative action, determines that the Licensee has failed to comply with any applicable legislation, rules, regulations, notifications and other applicable decisions issued by the Department or the terms, conditions and obligations contained in the relevant License.


November 4, 2013

Page | 18

25. License suspension or termination

Pursuant to Section 57 of the Telecommunications Law and any other applicable legislation, rules or regulations, the Department may suspend or terminate a License if the Department, following an administrative action, determines that the Licensee has failed to comply with:

a) Any of the duties of a Licensee specified in the Telecommunications Law;

b) Any decision made by the Department pursuant to Chapter XI of the Telecommunication Law relating to anti-competitive conduct;

c) Any decision made by the Department pursuant to Chapter XIV of the Telecommunications Law involving a dispute resolution regarding:

i. The operation and provision of Telecommunications Services or

ii. Access and interconnection.

d) Pursuant to Section 58 of the Telecommunications Law, any decision made by the Ministry following an appeal of a decision made by the Department, if the Licensee declined to submit an appeal to the Appeal Tribunal pursuant to Chapter XVII of the Telecommunications Law;

e) Any decision made by the Appeal Tribunal pursuant to Section 62 of the Telecommunications Law; or

f) Any term, condition or obligation contained in its License.

26. License surrender

a) A Person holding an NFS(I) License or NS License may only surrender the respective License with the prior written approval of the Department.

i. The NFS(I) License or NS License holder shall submit a written request to surrender the relevant License to the Department at least one hundred eighty (180) days in advance of the date on which the Licensee proposes to surrender this License.

ii. If the Department agrees to the surrender of the NFS(I) License or NS License, the License holder shall make such reasonable efforts as the Department may require to transition affected End Users to alternative providers of Telecommunications Services.

b) A Person holding an AS License or NFS(C) License may surrender the relevant License by providing prior written notification to the Department at least ninety (90) days prior to the planned surrender of the License. An AS License or NFS(C) License holder shall make such reasonable efforts as the Department may require to transition affected End Users to alternative providers of Telecommunications Services.

27. Fees

a) Where applicable, the Licensee shall pay to the Ministry the fees as may be set by the Ministry pursuant to the Telecommunications Law and these Rules. Such fees shall include:

i. An Application fee or Registration fee with the submission of the relevant Application or Registration;


November 4, 2013

Page | 19

ii. An initial License fee payable before the License is issued;

iii. An annual regulatory fee based on a percentage of Relevant Revenues;

iv. A Renewal fee;

v. A fee to provide additional services; and

vi. Other fees as determined by the Ministry.

b) Subject to Section 15, Section 81 and Section 82 of the Telecommunications Law, as well as to other relevant legislation and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, the Ministry shall set fees that will be applied consistently and in a non-discriminatory manner to all similarly situated Licensees. Fees shall be based on the Department’s administrative costs.

c) Any fees applicable for Telecommunications Service Licenses shall be set forth in a Fee Schedule.

d) The Ministry shall conduct a fee review process every three years that shall be subject to public consultation. After conclusion of the public consultation, the Ministry shall publish a revised Fee Schedule.

e) The Ministry reserves the right to exempt from payment of fees certain Licensees or class of Licensees or certain types of Licenses or class of Licenses. Such exemptions must based on transparent and objective criteria, and shall be subject to public consultation.

28. Non-payment of fees

Pursuant to Section 81 of the Telecommunications Law, unless a Licensee has an accepted justification:

a) A Licensee’s failure to pay any fee due to the Ministry within thirty (30) days of the date on which the payment is due shall pay to the Ministry interest, retroactive to the date on which the payment was due, at a rate to be specified by the Ministry based on the then-prevailing commercial lending rate in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

b) If the Licensee willfully or repeatedly fails to pay any fee (or make other payment) due to the Ministry within thirty (30) days of the date on which the payment is due, the Ministry may initiate an enforcement action pursuant to Section 43of these Rules and any other relevant legislation or rules.

29. Codes of practice, notifications, orders, directives, instructions and procedures

Subject to Section 15 and Section 83 of the Telecommunications Law, the Ministry and Department are authorized to issuing any code of practice, notification, order, directive, instruction or procedure to implement these rules or provide guidance to providers of Telecommunications Services regarding activities not covered by other rules or regulations.

a) Prior to issuing any code of practice, notification, order, directive, instruction or procedure that may affect the Licensee, notice and a reasonable opportunity for the public to comment shall be provided.

b) Any code of practice, notification, order, directive, instruction or procedure shall be made publicly available, and shall contain a reasonable explanation regarding the factual and legal basis on which the code of practice, notification, order, directive, instruction or procedure rests.


November 4, 2013

Page | 20

PART V. SPECIFIC RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LICENSEES

30. Obligations for Dominant Licensees

The Department may impose specific obligations on those Licensees determined to be Dominant Licensees pursuant to a review of the relevant market and subject to the Telecommunications Law, other relevant legislation and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, particularly the Competition Rules.

31. Types of specific obligations applicable to Dominant Licensees

Subject to relevant legislation and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, including the Interconnection and Access Rules, the types of specific obligations conditions to which the Department may subject a Dominant Licensee include, but are not limited to:

a) Access and interconnection;

b) Infrastructure sharing;

c) Domestic and/or international roaming;

d) Use of cost-oriented pricing and tariff obligations

e) Use of approved standards and apparatus; and

f) Provision of universal service.

32. Access to private property

Subject to the protections afforded in Chapter XIII of the Telecommunications Law, an NFS(I) Licensee or NFS(C) Licensee may enter private property for the purpose of installing or repairing Network Facilities.

33. Access to public rights-of-way

An NFS(I) Licensee or NFS(C) Licensee may gain access to public rights-of-way where necessary and practicable. Before doing so, the Licensee shall obtain any approval required by law.

a) Where a Licensee seeks access to public rights-of-way, such Licensee shall notify the Department and may request the Department‘s assistance.

b) When deploying a Network Facility under, on or above public rights of way, the Licensee shall take all reasonable measures to:

i. Avoid causing injury to any Person or damage to public property and

ii. Minimize any obstruction to public travel on roads, railway, waterways and by air.

34. Provision of directory and directory enquiry services

Subject to relevant legislation and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, a Licensee that has been assigned Numbers under the Telecommunications Numbering Plan:


November 4, 2013

Page | 21

a) May publish Directories and provide Directory Enquiry Service. If the Licensee chooses to do so, the Licensee shall provide End Users with the option to be excluded, at no charge, from any Directory and Directory Enquiry Service that the Licensee chooses to provide.

b) Shall maintain a complete and accurate database of its End Users‘ numbers and make that data (including and clearly identifying numbers that End Users have asked be excluded from Directories and Directory Enquiry Services) available on reasonable terms and conditions to any Other Licensees designated by the Department that seek to provide Directories and Directory Enquiry Services.

35. Provision of public emergency call services

Subject to relevant legislation and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, a Licensee that has been assigned numbers under the Telecommunications Numbering Plan shall:

a) Make available to any End Users, free of charge, access to any national emergency number specified in the Telecommunications Numbering Plan from Telecommunications Equipment used in conjunction with the Licensee‘s network and

b) Comply with other technical and other requirements relating to the provision of emergency call services as the Department may adopt.

36. Consumer protection obligations

Subject to Chapter IX of the Telecommunications Law and relevant rules, Licensees shall

a) Establish standardized contracts with subscribers;

b) Provide subscribers detailed and accurate billing;

c) Make available to subscribers a fair and transparent a dispute resolution procedure;

d) Publish service access conditions, including tariffs and quality of service; and

e) Provide specific, written protections to subscribers relating to personal data and information privacy.

PART VI. OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS

37. Telecommunications Equipment License

Pursuant to Chapter IV of the Telecommunications Law, the Ministry may develop a list of Telecommunications Equipment that requires a Telecommunications Equipment License to be obtained before such equipment can be possessed or used by an End User.

a) The list of Telecommunications Equipment requiring a Telecommunications Equipment License shall be set forth in a schedule.

b) Any further Telecommunications Equipment may only be subject to a Telecommunications Equipment License after conducting a public consultation process. Such equipment will generally be subject to a Telecommunications Equipment License where there is a high likelihood of harmful interference and/or it is in the national security and public interest.


November 4, 2013

Page | 22

c) Any public consultation process to determine if a type of Telecommunications Equipment should be notified will include:

i. The proposed terms and conditions of such License(s); and

ii. The proposed duration of such License(s).

d) The general terms, conditions and duration of a Telecommunications Equipment License shall be the same for all Licensees who desire to also use previously notified and licensed Telecommunications Equipment.

e) The following types of equipment are exempt and do not require a Telecommunications Equipment License:

i. Telecommunications Equipment that is possessed and used by a Telecommunications Service Licensee for the Licensee’s own operations and services; and

ii. Telecommunications Equipment that is leased by an End User from a Licensee.

f) Authorization Process

i. A standard Registration for a Telecommunications Equipment License shall be submitted to the Department.

ii. The required information to be provided in a Registration form will be published by the Department, and may be changed from time to time as is reasonably necessary to ensure the Department possesses adequate information to make informed decisions.

iii. The standard Registration form shall contain the same information requirements for all Telecommunications Equipment License applicants.

iv. The License applicant shall pay a Registration fee, as determined by the Ministry to recover administration costs, upon submission of a Registration form.

v. Upon written submission of a complete, accurate and signed Registration form and payment of any applicable fee to the Department, any Person satisfying the qualification criteria set out in the Registration form shall receive the Telecommunications Equipment License.

vi. If the Department has reason to believe that the information provided in a submitted Registration is not complete or accurate, the Department shall provide written notice to the applicant of any deficiencies or further information that is required to process that Registration. The applicant may then amend its Registration form to correct any issues identified by the Department and resubmit it.

vii. In the event that the Department requests further information, the applicant should submit the requested information promptly. An applicant’s failure to respond within thirty (30) days may result in rejection of the Registration.

viii. Within thirty (30) days of receiving a Registration form for a Telecommunications Equipment License deemed to be complete and accurate, the Department shall complete its review of the Registration.


November 4, 2013

Page | 23

ix. Once review of the Registration is completed, the Department shall issue the Telecommunications Equipment License if the Registration is approved. If a Registration is denied, denial of such Registration must be based on objectively justifiable reasons and the Department shall provide the reasons for such denial in writing. The applicant may reapply, subject to submission of a new Registration and new Registration Fee.

x. There shall be no limit to the number of Telecommunications Equipment Licenses issued.

g) Pursuant to Chapter IV and Chapter V of the Telecommunications Law, a holder of a Telecommunications Equipment License shall:

i. Possess and use the Telecommunications Equipment only in the location permitted in the license;

ii. Take measures to prevent any interference into the State’s security;

iii. Follow the directions of the Department in relation to the Telecommunications Equipment being used; and

iv. Comply with any technical standards requirements established under Chapter VII of the Telecommunications Law.

38. Separate spectrum license

Pursuant to Chapter VI of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, particularly the Spectrum Rules, where the Department awards a spectrum license that confers rights on a Person to use one or more specified frequencies or frequency bands for any purpose consistent with the license conditions, such spectrum license shall be issued separately from a Telecommunications Service License.

39. Access to numbering resources

Pursuant to Chapter VII of the Telecommunications Law and the Applicable Regulatory Framework, particularly the Numbering Rules, NFS(I) Licensees and NS Licensees may seek numbering resources under the Numbering Rules.

PART VII. MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT

40. Provision of information

a) Subject to Chapter XII of the Telecommunications Law and Applicable Regulatory Framework, the Department may:

i. Establish regular, reasonable reporting requirements on the activities of all or certain categories of Licensees and

ii. Issue a written request to specific Licensees for any information, data, document, agreement, operating log, papers or other information required by the Department to discharge its functions under the Telecommunications Law, provided that such request is reasonable and not unduly burdensome.


November 4, 2013

Page | 24

b) All licensees must comply with information requests or reporting requirements from the Department or Ministry.

41. Public Register

a) The Department shall establish and maintain a publicly available register of all Telecommunications Service Licenses and Telecommunications Equipment Licenses. This register shall be made available on the Department’s website and, at a minimum, shall contain:.

i. Licensee’s name, address, phone number and fax number;

ii. License(s) held;

iii. Types of networks and/or services the Licensee is authorized to provide; and

iv. License effective and expiration dates.

42. Permission to inspect

Subject to Chapter XII of the Telecommunications Law, the Department shall have the authority to inspect the facilities and documents of any Licensee, subject to a reasonable notice period prior to inspection.

43. Enforcement

Pursuant to Chapter 16 of the Telecommunications Law and Applicable Regulatory Framework, the Department may initiate administrative action against a Licensee if it has probable cause to believe that the Licensee may have contravened any obligation or condition contained in the Telecommunications Law, Applicable Regulatory Framework or the License.

a) Prior to taking any administrative action, the Department shall provide the Licensee with:

i. Written notice that will contain a reasonable explanation regarding the factual and legal basis on which the Department has probable cause to believe that the Licensee has committed a contravention and

ii. Reasonable opportunity to respond to the Department’s allegation.

b) Any allegation that the Licensee has committed a contravention will be decided in an impartial manner pursuant to the Applicable Regulatory Framework, based on the administrative record.

44. Notice of contravention

In any case in which the Department concludes that it should take administrative action, it shall send a written notification to the Licensee, which will:

a) Describe the Department’s factual conclusions;

b) Describe the Department’s legal conclusions; and

c) Specify the enforcement action that the Department has decided to take.


November 4, 2013

Page | 25

45. Offenses and penalties

Subject to Chapter XVI and Chapter XVIII of the Telecommunications Law, if after providing notice and a reasonable opportunity to comment, the Department concludes that a contravention has occurred, the Department may take one or more of the following enforcement actions:

a) Issue a warning to the Licensee;

b) Issue a directive to the Licensee to take, or refrain from taking, an action necessary to remedy the contravention and/or prevent any future contravention;

c) Require the Licensee to pay a monetary penalty of up to five (5) percent of its Relevant Revenue;

d) Suspend or terminate the License pursuant to Section 25 of these Rules.

46. Right to appeal

In the event that a Licensee disputes any decision issued by the Ministry or Department of the Licensing Rules, the aggrieved Licensee may:

a) Request reconsideration within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the decision;

b) Appeal the decision to the Ministry within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the decision if the matter involves:

i. An administrative action under Section 57 of the Telecommunications Law or

ii. A dispute relating to telecommunications technology pursuant to Section 52 of the Telecommunications Law;

c) Appeal to a judiciary court within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the decision if the matter involves a dispute not relating to telecommunications technology pursuant to Section 52 of the Telecommunications Law;

d) Appeal to the Appeal Tribunal within forty-five (45) days of the issuance of the decision if dissatisfied with the Ministry’s decision regarding dispute resolution; or

e) Take any other action authorized by law.

PART VIII. TRANSITION PROVISIONS

47. Transition framework for existing Licenses and operations

b) An existing Licensee is any Person that holds or has been selected to hold a Telecommunications Service License as of the date of promulgation of the Telecommunications Law.

c) Transition provisions for existing Licenses administered by the Radio Department of the Department are addressed in the Spectrum Rules.


November 4, 2013

Page | 26

d) Existing licensees shall be subject to annual regulatory, renewal and other fees as determined by the Ministry, but will not be subject to the application/registration fee or initial License fee.

e) An existing Licensee shall apply for the relevant License under these Licensing Rules within ninety (90) days of the Department publishing the relevant License. An existing Licensee that does not meet this deadline may be subject to the application and/or initial License fee.

f) A Person who, prior to the effective date of these Licensing Rules, has been engaging in an activity that under the Telecommunications Law and these Licensing Rules is considered a Telecommunications Service requiring a License must apply for the relevant License within ninety (90) days of the Department publishing the relevant License in order to legally continue operations.

g) The Public Access Centre (PAC) license shall become subject to the AS License.

h) The Wide Area Network (WAN) license shall become subject to:

i. The NFS(I) License in where the WAN license holder has established and operates the Network Facilities over which the Telecommunications Service is offered to End Users or Other Licensees, regardless of whether the Telecommunications Service interconnects with another network.

ii. The NFS(C) License where the WAN license holder has established and operates the Network Facilities, but the Telecommunications Service is used only for the Licensee’s own internal/intra-organizational communications.

iii. The AS License in instances where the WAN license holder leases capacity from an Other Licensee to provide Telecommunications Services to End Users or Other Licensees.

i) Myanmar Posts and Telecommunications (MPT), Yatanarpon Teleport (YTP) and the two operators selected via a tender process by the Ministry in June 2013 to offer Telecommunications Services in Myanmar shall each immediately be issued an NFS(I) License upon the date that Department publishes the NFS(I) License. No Application process is required for these entities.

48. Timeframe for transition

Pursuant to Section 85 of the Telecommunications Law, Licenses addressed in Section 47 of these Licensing Rules that are not yet expired shall be deemed as the relevant Licenses under the Telecommunications Law and these Licensing Rules until the expiry of the License. Subject to a Notification published by the Department, all existing licensees must transition to the Licensing Framework described in these Licensing Rules within twelve (12) months of the Department issuing such Notification.

49. Notification Orders

Where an existing License is subject to a law other than the Telecommunications Law, a Notification Order shall be issued within ninety (90) days of the effective date of these Licensing Rules that specifies the transitional provisions and repeals any prior Notification Order, as needed to bring the existing Licenses in line with the provisions of these Licensing Rules.


November 4, 2013

Page | 27

SCHEDULE A. LICENSING FEES

Licensing Fees for Telecommunications Service Licenses

NFS(I) License NFS(C) License NS License AS License

Application/ Registration Fee*

MMK 10,000,000 MMK 2,500,000 MMK 5,000,000 MMK 2,500,000

Initial Fee* MMK 50,000,000 MMK 12,500,000 MMK 25,000,000 MMK 10,000,000

Annual Regulatory Fee

2% of relevant revenues

0.5% of relevant revenues

1% of relevant revenues

0.5% of relevant revenues

Fee to Provide Additional Services

MMK 5,000,000 MMK 1,250,000 MMK 2,500,000 MMK 1,250,000

Renewal Fee MMK 50,000,000 MMK 12,500,000 MMK 25,000,000 MMK 10,000,000

* Pursuant to Section 47 of the Licensing Rules, entities holding a license issued by the Department prior to the enactment of the Licensing Rules are exempted from paying the Application/Registration Fees and Initial Fees for the license transitioning to the new Licensing Framework.

Licensing Fees for Telecommunications Equipment License

Telecom Equipment

Application Fee MMK 5,000

Initial Fee None

Annual Regulatory Fee None

Renewal Fee None


November 4, 2013

Page | 28

SCHEDULE B. LIST OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT LICENSE

Pursuant to Chapter IV of the Telecommunications Law and Section 37 of these Licensing Rules, the following Telecommunications Equipment requires a Telecommunications Equipment License in order to possess and use such equipment.

Satellite equipment (e.g., satellite telephones);

Radar equipment and devices; and

HF radio equipment.

REPUBLIC OF THE UNION OF MYANMAR MINISTRY OF COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Annex B: Proposed Interconnection and Access Rules

November 4, 2013

Proposed Interconnection and Access Rules Republic of the Union of Myanmar

November 4, 2013

Page | 2

Contents PART I. Preliminary ....................................................................................................................................... 3

1. Citation .............................................................................................................................................. 3

2. Objective ........................................................................................................................................... 3

3. Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 3

4. Application ........................................................................................................................................ 3

5. Interpretation.................................................................................................................................... 3

PART II. Principles and Obligations of Interconnection and Access .............................................................. 6

6. Role of the Department in Interconnection and Access ................................................................... 6

7. Obligations in respect of Interconnection and Access ...................................................................... 7

8. Principles of Interconnection and Access ......................................................................................... 8

9. Rates for Interconnection ................................................................................................................. 8

10. Rates for Access ............................................................................................................................ 9

11. Treatment of Confidential Information ........................................................................................ 9

PART III. Interconnection and Access Negotiations and Agreements ....................................................... 10

12. Interconnection and Access Negotiations .................................................................................. 10

13. Form and Contents of Interconnection Agreement and Access Agreements ............................ 10

14. Regulatory Approval ................................................................................................................... 11

15. Publication, Amendment and Modification of Agreements ....................................................... 12

16. Suspension and Termination of Agreement ............................................................................... 12

17. Implementation of Agreements .................................................................................................. 13

PART IV. Reference Interconnection Offer ................................................................................................. 14

18. RIO Obligation for Dominant Licensees ...................................................................................... 14

19. Content of RIO ............................................................................................................................ 14

PART V. Access ........................................................................................................................................... 15

20. Access Obligations for Dominant Licensees................................................................................ 15

21. RAO Obligation for Dominant Licensee ...................................................................................... 16

PART VI. Resolution for Interconnection and Access Disputes ................................................................... 18

22. Referral of Matter for Dispute Resolution .................................................................................. 18

23. Guidelines for Resolving Disputes ............................................................................................... 19

24. Own initiative .............................................................................................................................. 20


November 4, 2013

Page | 3

PART I. PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These Rules may be cited as the “Interconnection and Access Rules of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2013.” 2. Objective

To ensure a simplified, liberalized, transparent, and non-discriminatory interconnection and access framework that promotes the flow of communications between telecommunications networks, market entry and the efficient utilization of network infrastructure in order to facilitate the adequate and timely deployment of telecommunications services to the people of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar. 3. Scope

These Rules provide details relating to:

a) the obligations of Licensees regarding Interconnection and Access;

b) procedures for entering into Interconnection and Access Agreements and Reference Interconnection and Reference Access Agreements; and

c) dispute resolution procedures for Interconnection and Access disputes.

The provisions hereunder are complementary to and should be read in conjunction with the licensing provisions found in the Licensing Rules and the competition provisions, particularly the provisions related to dominance found in the Competition Rules. 4. Application

These Rules apply to those Persons providing, or who wish to provide Telecommunications Networks and/or Telecommunications Services in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and holding a License issued by the Department entitling that person to receive or provide Interconnection or Access. Except where a contrary intention appears, the Department’s powers in these Rules shall apply to both proposed and previously approved Interconnection or Access Agreements. 5. Interpretation

Headings and titles used in these Rules are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction herein. The terms below that are not defined in the Telecommunications Law shall have the following meanings for purposes of these Rules only. To the extent that a term is capitalized in these Rules and not defined below, the term is defined in the Telecommunications Law.

a) “Access” means the making available of Network Facilities Services and Network Services to another Qualifying Licensee, under defined conditions, for the purpose of providing Telecommunications Services. Access includes such arrangements as infrastructure sharing,


November 4, 2013

Page | 4

international gateway access, national roaming, provision of leased lines on a wholesale basis and collocation.

b) “Access Agreement” means an agreement pursuant to which a Qualifying Licensee agrees to provide Access to an Other Qualifying Licensee.

c) “Affiliate” means an entity that complies with the following test: an entity is an Affiliate of another entity if:

i. the first entity has a Controlling Interest in the second entity;

ii. the second entity has a Controlling Interest in the first entity; or

iii. a third entity has a Controlling Interest in both the first and second entity.

d) “Applicable Regulatory Framework” means the rules, regulations, orders, directives, instructions, codes, procedures, and directions issued by the Ministry or Department.

e) “Controlling Interest” means an ownership interest:

i. whether directly or indirectly, of more than fifty (50) percent of the voting stock, membership interest or general partnership interest in another entity; or

ii. that provides a Person with the right to do any or all of the following: 1) appoint more than fifty (50) percent of the board of directors or management

committee of another entity;

2) appoint, promote, demote, and dismiss senior executives who control the day-to-day activities of another entity;

3) make critical investment, administrative or management decisions of another entity;

4) play a decisive role in management decisions of another entity;

5) manage the day-to-day operations of another entity; or

6) make decisions or otherwise engage in practices or activities that determine or significantly influence the nature or types of services provided by another entity, the terms on which those services are offered or the prices charged for such services.

f) “Days” means calendar days.

g) “Department” means the Posts and Telecommunications Department under the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.


November 4, 2013

Page | 5

h) “Dispute Resolution Request” means a written request made by or to a Qualifying Licensee to

invoke the dispute resolution procedures set forth in these Rules.

i) “Dominant Licensee” means a Qualifying Licensee that, either individually or jointly with others, enjoys a position of economic strength affording it the power to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors, customers and ultimately end-users.

j) “End User” means a business or individual, other than an Other Qualifying Licensee, to whom a Licensee provides a Telecommunications Service.

k) “Interconnection” means the physical and logical linking of a Qualifying Licensee’s network with the network of any Other Qualifying Licensee in order to allow:

i. the users of one Qualifying Licensee’s Telecommunications Service to communicate with users of an Other Qualifying Licensee’s Telecommunications Service; or

ii. access to transit services required to connect the Network Facilities of two Other Qualifying Licensees.

l) “Interconnection Agreement” means an agreement pursuant to which a Qualifying Licensee agrees to provide Interconnection to an Other Qualifying Licensee.

m) “License” means, for the purpose of these Rules, an authorization to provide Telecommunications Services as defined under Section [XX] Licensing Rules, 2013.

n) “Ministry” means the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology of the Union Government.

o) “Other Qualifying Licensee” means a Person, other than the Qualifying Licensee, that holds a Network Facilities Service License (either Individual or Class) or a Network Service License issued by the Department entitling that person to receive or provide Interconnection or Access.

p) “Person” means any individual, legal entity or governmental body.

q) Qualifying Licensee” means a Person that holds a Network Facilities Service (either Individual or Class) License or a Network Service License issued by the Department entitling that person to receive or provide Interconnection or Access.

r) “Reference Interconnection Offer” or “RIO” means an offer, made by a Qualifying Licensee, that specifies the prices, terms and conditions on which the Qualifying Licensee is prepared to provide Interconnection to any Other Qualifying Licensee, as more particularly described in Part [IV].


November 4, 2013

Page | 6

s) “Reference Access Offer” or “”RAO” means an offer, made by a Qualifying Licensee, that specifies the prices, terms and conditions on which the Qualifying Licensee is prepared to provide Access to any Other Qualifying Licensee, as more particularly described in Part [V].

t) “Telecommunications Law” means the Telecommunications Law 2013 enacted by the Union

Parliament and signed by the President of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

PART II. PRINCIPLES AND OBLIGATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION AND ACCESS

6. Role of the Department in Interconnection and Access

a) The Department shall encourage and, where appropriate, ensure suitable and timely Interconnection and Access aimed at promoting efficiency and sustainable competition, and at providing tangible and lasting benefits to End Users, by:

i. imposing obligations on Qualifying Licensees regarding Interconnection and Access; and

ii. intervening upon its own initiative whenever justified or at the request of either of the parties involved.

b) Notwithstanding any provisions of these Rules imposing additional conditions on Dominant

Licensees, in promoting the provision of information and communication in the country, the Department may set conditions regarding Interconnection, including:

i. conditions to ensure effective competition;

ii. technical conditions;

iii. conditions relating to tariffs;

iv. supply and usage conditions;

v. conditions regarding compliance with relevant standards;

vi. conditions regarding the provision of essential facilities and services;

vii. conditions regarding the protection of the environment;

viii. maintenance of end-to-end quality of service and consumer protection;

ix. conditions regarding network disaggregation; and/or

x. conditions regarding costing approaches and methodologies.


November 4, 2013

Page | 7

7. Obligations in respect of Interconnection and Access

a) The Department may, by written notice, direct any Qualifying Licensee to negotiate an Interconnection Agreement with any Other Qualifying Licensee designated by the Department.

b) A Qualifying Licensee shall negotiate an Interconnection Agreement with an Other Qualifying Licensee where requested in writing to do so by such Other Qualifying Licensee.

c) The Department may, by written notice, direct any Dominant Licensee to negotiate an Access Agreement with any Other Qualifying Licensee designated by the Department.

d) The Department may, after providing notice and a reasonable opportunity for comment, direct any Qualifying Licensees to negotiate an Access Agreement to share network facilities that the Regulator determines cannot be efficiently replicated by Other Qualifying Licensees.

e) A Qualifying Licensee may negotiate an Access Agreement with an Other Qualifying Licensee where requested in writing to do so by such Other Qualifying Licensee, but unless the Qualifying Licensee has been directed to negotiate an Access Agreement by the Department in accordance with Section[7.c) or 7.d)], above, the Qualifying Licensee shall not be required to do so.

f) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections [7a)-e)] above, no person shall be granted Interconnection or Access unless it is a Qualifying Licensee.

g) Any Qualifying Licensee negotiating an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement pursuant to Sections [7a)-f)], including any Other Qualifying Licensee designated by the Department pursuant to Sections [7a), c) and d)] shall:

i. negotiate in good faith and act in a manner that enables Interconnection or Access to be established as quickly as reasonably possible;

ii. provide Interconnection and/or Access on equitable and non-discriminatory terms and conditions, including rates, quality of service and technical standards, and in each case on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than those provided to itself, its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or to Other Qualifying Licensees;

iii. ensure that Interconnection capacity is provided in sufficient quantity and quality to be

consistent with the relevant quality of service obligations under the Other Qualifying Licensee’s License;

iv. only refuse to negotiate an Interconnection Agreement or, where applicable, an Access Agreement, where it is not technically feasible to provide such Interconnection or Access services; and

v. provide on request to any Other Qualifying Licensee, information reasonably necessary to facilitate the conclusion of any Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement.


November 4, 2013

Page | 8

h) The Department shall have the right to impose additional obligations on Dominant Licensees in the relevant market, taking account of their appropriateness in each specific case and setting the timeframe for the fulfillment of such obligations.

8. Principles of Interconnection and Access

a) Interconnection and Access shall be provided at any technically feasible point on the Qualifying Licensee’s network.

b) A Qualifying License shall not refuse to provide Interconnection at any requested technically feasible point of interconnect and shall not require additional points of interconnect unless it can be demonstrated that there are reasonable engineering grounds or a need to ensure network resilience justifying such a denial or requirement.

c) Interconnection and Access shall be provided in a manner that:

i. minimizes the potential for negative environmental impacts; and

ii. enables the development of competition in the provision of Telecommunications Services.

d) Any Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement submitted for approval by a Qualifying Licensee shall be consistent with the Telecommunications Law, the Applicable Regulatory Framework, any Reference Interconnection Offer or Reference Access Offer (as applicable) approved in respect of that Qualifying Licensee, the terms and conditions of the parties’ licenses, and any other applicable law.

e) Where access to any facilities (e.g., for co-location of equipment) is required to effect Interconnection or Access, such Access shall be provided together with the required Interconnection or Access, in accordance with these Rules, pursuant to Section [20], as if the party or parties providing the Access is a Dominant Licensee.

9. Rates for Interconnection

a) Rates for Interconnection services shall be cost-oriented and set to allow the Qualifying Licensee providing the service to recover its costs of providing the service together with a reasonable return on its capital employed.

b) In determining whether rates for Interconnection services are cost-oriented, the Department may use any internationally accepted methodology for determining rates, including benchmarking and cost studies.

c) Rates for Interconnection services shall be sufficiently unbundled so that the Qualifying Licensee receiving Interconnection is only required to pay for the network elements and services that it requires.


November 4, 2013

Page | 9

d) The costs of establishing Interconnection shall be shared equally by the interconnecting Qualifying Licensees.

e) Rates shall be arrived at in a transparent manner.

f) The Department will review rates for Interconnection periodically, but no less frequently than every four (4) years to ensure they are still cost-oriented.

10. Rates for Access

a) Where an Access Agreement is negotiated pursuant to Section [7.c) or d)] above, rates for Access services shall be cost-oriented unless the Department explicitly approves an alternative reasonable basis for rate determination.

b) Rates for Access services shall be sufficiently unbundled so that the Qualifying Licensee receiving Access is only required to pay for the network elements and services that it requires.

c) Except where an Access Agreement is negotiated pursuant to Section [7.d)], above, the costs of establishing Access shall be borne by the Qualifying Licensee seeking the Access services.

d) Where an Access Agreement is negotiated pursuant to Section [7.d)], above, the costs of establishing the shared network facilities shall be shared equitably by the Qualifying Licensees.

e) Rates shall be arrived at in a transparent manner.

f) The Department will review rates in an Access Agreement negotiated pursuant to Section [7.c) or d)] above, periodically, but no less frequently than every four (4) years to ensure they are still consistent with the Applicable Regulatory Framework.

11. Treatment of Confidential Information

a) The Department shall pay due regard to the confidentiality of commercially sensitive information of any Qualifying Licensee and shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure the confidentiality of such information.

b) The provisions of the preceding Section do not prejudice the exercise of the supervisory and monitoring powers of the Department.

c) Each Qualifying Licensee shall:

i. respect and ensure the confidentiality of information received, transmitted or stored, before, during or after the process of negotiating and entering into an Access or Interconnection Agreement;

ii. use any information provided by an Other Qualifying Licensee solely for the purpose for which it was supplied; and

iii. not pass any information received from a Other Qualifying Licensee on to any other person, in particular other departments, Affiliates, subsidiaries or partners of the Qualifying Licensee, on which such information could bestow a competitive advantage.


November 4, 2013

Page | 10

PART III. INTERCONNECTION AND ACCESS NEGOTIATIONS AND AGREEMENTS

12. Interconnection and Access Negotiations

a) A Qualifying Licensee directed to negotiate an Interconnection Agreement or an Access Agreement pursuant to Section [7.a), 7.c) and 7.d)] shall initiate negotiations with the Other Qualifying Licensee within seven (7) Days of receipt of the direction. The Qualifying Licensee shall provide, at a minimum, the following materials in writing:

i. a copy of any Reference Interconnection Offer or Reference Access Offer approved in respect of the Qualifying Licensee, as applicable;

ii. where a RIO or RAO is not available, a description of the Interconnection or Access services the Qualifying Licensee provides, including rates, terms, and conditions.

b) A Qualifying Licensee who receives a request to negotiate an Interconnection Agreement in

accordance with Section [7.b)] shall respond to the request within seven (7) Days of its receipt with a copy sent to the Department, and its response shall include at a minimum the information required in Section [13.a) and b)].

c) The Qualifying Licensee and the Other Qualifying Licensee shall use good faith efforts to reach agreement on Interconnection or Access by negotiation.

d) If, within ninety (90) Days of being directed to negotiate an Interconnection Agreement or

Access Agreement in accordance with Section [7.a) and c)], the Qualifying Licensee and the Other Qualifying Licensee are unable to reach agreement, one or both Qualifying Licensees shall refer the matter to the Department for resolution in accordance with the provisions of Part [VI].

e) If, within ninety (90) Days of receipt of a request to negotiate an Interconnection Agreement in

accordance with Section [7.b)], the Qualifying Licensee and the Other Qualifying Licensee are unable to reach agreement, the Qualifying Licensee that made the request may refer the matter to the Department for resolution in accordance with the provisions in Part [VI].

13. Form and Contents of Interconnection Agreement and Access Agreements

a) An Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall specify, at a minimum:

i. the date of entry into force, duration and arrangements for the modification, termination, suspension and renewal of the agreement;

ii. arrangements for the establishment of Interconnection or Access and the planning of subsequent deployment, technical standards for interconnection, level of quality of service guaranteed by each network and coordination measures for monitoring quality of service and fault identification and clearance;

iii. a description of the services provided by each party;


November 4, 2013

Page | 11

iv. location of the points of interconnection or access;

v. measures relating to tests for interoperability;

vi. treatment of intellectual property rights;

vii. notification procedures and the contact details of the authorized representatives of

each party for each field of competence;

viii. operational and maintenance procedures;

ix. rules for compensation in the case of failure by one of the parties to meet agreed standards of quality of service;

x. procedure in the event of alterations being proposed to the network or service offerings of one of the parties;

xi. arrangements for setting fees for services, billing and settlement procedures; and

xii. confidentiality.

b) In addition, an Interconnection Agreement shall specify

i. arrangements for the provision of equal access and number portability, where

applicable;

ii. access to basic services including emergency, free-phone and toll-free numbers, directory assistance and text messaging SMS termination services where applicable; and any other services specified by the Department;

iii. access to special access services including premium rate services where applicable; and

iv. arrangements for measuring traffic. 14. Regulatory Approval

a) Within three (3) Days of reaching agreement on the terms of an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement, the Qualifying Licensees shall submit the proposed agreement to the Department for approval.

b) The Department may request additional information from the Qualifying Licensees to a

proposed Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement where it considers it necessary to further evaluate the terms, conditions and rates contained in the proposed agreement.

c) The Department shall approve the proposed Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement if

it is satisfied that the Agreement is:


November 4, 2013

Page | 12

i. consistent with the Telecommunications Law, the Applicable Regulatory Framework,

any Reference Interconnection Offer or Reference Access Offer (as applicable), the terms and conditions of the Qualifying Licensees’ licenses, and any other applicable law; and

ii. not unreasonably discriminatory or contrary to the interests of End Users.

d) Where the Department deems an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement to be inconsistent with the Telecommunications Law, these Rules, the Applicable Regulatory Framework, any RIO or RAO, the terms and conditions of a Licensee’s Licenses, or any other applicable law, the Department may require the parties to amend the agreement to ensure compliance with such instruments. In such cases, the Department shall notify the parties that it does not consider that the proposed Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement or any part thereof should be approved. It will provide the parties reasonable opportunity to comment on its determination. If, after considering any submissions from the parties, the Department remains of the view that the Agreement should be rejected or amended, the parties to the agreement shall negotiate and submit a revised proposed agreement to the Department within the period specified by the Department.

e) No Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall take effect unless and until approved by the Department.

15. Publication, Amendment and Modification of Agreements

a) The parties to an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall make available to the public on request all portions of approved Interconnection Agreements or Access Agreements that have not been designated as confidential by the Department.

b) The parties to an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement may propose to amend or

modify an agreement that has been approved by the Department by:

i. giving not less than thirty (30) Days written notice before the effective date of the amendment or modification; and

ii. submitting a copy of the proposed amendment or modification to the Department.

c) No amendment or modification to any approved Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall take effect unless approved by the Department.

16. Suspension and Termination of Agreement

a) No suspension of an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall take effect unless approved by the Department.

b) Where a party to an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement wishes to suspend that

agreement, that party shall provide reasonable notice to the other party and the Department in


November 4, 2013

Page | 13

writing, such notice to be at least fifteen (15) Days unless circumstances are such that a shorter notice period is required.

c) An Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall include provisions for the suspension

of the Agreement, or parts thereof, in the event of: i. conduct that is illegal or interferes with the Interconnection or Access obligations of a

party to the Agreement; ii. health or safety problems;

iii. circumstances that pose an unreasonable risk to the integrity or security of the network or services of a Licensee; or

iv. a Union Government determination that it is in the public interest to require suspension of the Agreement.

d) No termination of an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement shall take effect unless approved by the Department.

e) Where a Party wishes to terminate all or part of an Interconnection Agreement or Access

Agreement, that party shall provide reasonable notice to the other party and the Department in writing at least thirty (30) Days prior to implementing such termination.

f) Notwithstanding any right in an Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement to suspend or

terminate all or any part thereof, the Department shall have the authority to stay such suspension or termination and to impose reasonable conditions on suspension or termination, or to require any party to provide Interconnection or Access on such terms and conditions and at such rates as the Department may deem appropriate, pending suspension or termination, modification or replacement of the Interconnection Agreement or Access Agreement.

17. Implementation of Agreements

a) Every Interconnection Agreement and Access Agreement shall stipulate a period not exceeding thirty (30) Days within which arrangements for the provision of service shall be effected between the parties.

b) The Department may, upon written application by a party to the Agreement, extend this period

provided that the party uses all reasonable efforts to effect operations within thirty (30) Days of concluding the relevant agreement, provides the Department with all relevant documentation proving that it has exhausted all practicable means to achieve operational status, and justifies the extension of the original time period. Such application shall be made within the original thirty (30) Day period.

c) Any extension of this period by the Department in accordance with Section [17.b)] shall not

exceed ninety (90) Days.


November 4, 2013

Page | 14

PART IV. REFERENCE INTERCONNECTION OFFER

18. RIO Obligation for Dominant Licensees

a) The Department may, by written notice, direct any Dominant Licensee to prepare and submit a Reference Interconnection Offer for approval by the Department. The RIO shall adhere to and incorporate the principles for Interconnection Agreements as set out in Parts II and III of these Rules.

b) Subject to public consultation, the Department may publish guidelines or models for RIOs, which

shall be used by all Dominant Licensees in the preparation of any RIO.

c) A Dominant Licensee who is required to prepare a RIO under these Rules shall, within sixty (60) Days of notice to that effect by the Department, and periodically thereafter as determined by the Department, submit its RIO to the Department for approval.

d) The Department may require the Dominant Licensee to modify the terms and conditions of a

RIO where the Department is of the view that such terms and conditions are inconsistent with the principles for Interconnection set out in these Rules, the Telecommunications Law, the Applicable Regulatory Framework, the Dominant Licensee’s License, or any other applicable law.

e) Where a Dominant Licensee wishes to modify an approved RIO, it shall make a request in writing

to the Department setting out the proposed modification with supporting rationale.

f) The Department may adopt whatever process it considers necessary for determining whether a proposed RIO or modifications to a RIO should be approved, including holding a public hearing and inviting submissions from interested parties. The Department shall reach a determination on the RIO or modification as expeditiously as possible.

g) Any existing approved RIO remains in effect until a revised RIO is approved, unless otherwise

determined by the Department.

h) Within seven (7) Days of approval of a RIO or any modification to a RIO, the Dominant Licensee shall publish its offer by:

i. posting the RIO on its website; and

ii. making printed and electronic copies of the RIO available to any Qualifying Licensee upon request.

19. Content of RIO

a) The RIO shall be as detailed as possible in order to facilitate contract negotiations and shall include, at a minimum, all of the terms and conditions contained in Section [13] above, as well as provisions covering the following if requested by at least one Other Qualifying Licensee:

i. services for the routing of traffic (call or session termination and origination);


November 4, 2013

Page | 15

ii. interconnection links;

iii. domestic and international outbound transit;

iv. supplementary services and implementation arrangements;

v. a description of all points of interconnection and conditions of access thereto, for the

purposes of physical co-location;

vi. comprehensive description of proposed interconnection interfaces, including the signaling protocol and, where appropriate, the encryption methods used for the interfaces;

vii. technical and tariff conditions governing the selection of carrier and number portability, where applicable; and

viii. third-party billing services.

b) Every Dominant Licensee shall ensure to the greatest extent possible, that its Interconnection Agreement and its RIO are not inconsistent with each other. In instances where the Interconnection Agreement and RIO are inconsistent and such inconsistencies cannot be justified on the basis of specific circumstances existing between the interconnecting parties, the terms and conditions of the RIO shall prevail.

PART V. ACCESS

20. Access Obligations for Dominant Licensees

a) The Department may, upon written notice, require a Qualifying Licensee referred to in Sections [7c and d)] to provide reasonable access to and use of its Network Facilities Services and Network Services, particularly in situations where the denial of Access or the setting of unreasonable conditions on Access would hinder the emergence of a sustainable competitive market or harm the interests of End Users. Such obligations may include, but are not limited to the following:

i. to give Other Qualifying Licensees access to specified network components and/or facilities;

ii. not to withdraw or impair access to its Network Facilities where access has been already granted, except where authorized by the Department;

iii. to interconnect its Network Facilities;

iv. to provide co-location or other forms of facilities sharing, including duct, building or mast sharing;


November 4, 2013

Page | 16

v. to provide specified services needed to ensure interoperability of end-to-end services to

End Users, including a requirement for a Qualifying Licensee to provide services enabling third party Qualifying Licensees to interconnect via the first Qualifying Licensee’s network, and including facilities for intelligent network services or roaming on mobile networks;

vi. to grant open access to technical interfaces, protocols or other key technologies that are necessary for the interoperability of services or virtual network services;

vii. to provide specified services, e.g., leased lines, on a wholesale basis for resale by third parties;

viii. to provide access to operational support systems or similar software systems necessary to ensure fair competition in the provision of services; and

ix. to negotiate in good faith with Qualifying Licensees requesting access.

b) The Department may attach conditions in respect of fairness, reasonableness and timeliness to the imposition of obligations provided for in the preceding Section [20.a)].

c) In considering whether or not to impose the obligations set forth in Section [20.a)] of these

Rules, the Department shall take into account the following factors, particularly when assessing whether such obligations would be proportionate to the regulatory objectives set out in these Rules:

i. the technical, environmental and economic viability of using or installing competing facilities, in light of the rate of market development and taking into account the nature and type of access involved;

ii. the feasibility of providing the proposed Access, in relation to the available capacity;

iii. the initial investment by the facilities owner, taking into account the risks involved in making such investment;

iv. the need to safeguard competition over the long term; and

v. any relevant intellectual property rights, where appropriate. 21. RAO Obligation for Dominant Licensee

a) The Department may require a Dominant Licensee to submit a Reference Access Offer for approval by the Department. The RAO shall set out the Access services which the Dominant Licensee offers, and shall include the following, where required:

i. access to fixed and mobile network elements and associated facilities, which may

involve the connection of equipment, by fixed or non-fixed means;


November 4, 2013

Page | 17

ii. access to passive physical infrastructure including buildings, ducts and masts;

iii. access to relevant software systems including operational support systems, access to

number translation or systems offering equivalent functionality;

iv. access to conditional access systems for digital television services;

v. access to virtual network services; and

vi. indirect access.

b) Subject to public consultation, the Department may publish guidelines or models for RAOs, which shall be used by all Dominant Licensees in the preparation of any RAO.

c) A Dominant Licensee who is required to prepare a RAO under these Rules shall, within sixty (60) Days of notice to that effect by the Department, and periodically thereafter as determined by the Department, submit its RAO to the Department for approval.

d) The Department may require the Dominant Licensee to modify the terms and conditions of a

RAO where the Department is of the view that such terms and conditions are inconsistent with the principles for Access set out in these Rules, the Telecommunications Law, the Applicable Regulatory Framework, the Dominant Licensee’s License, or any other applicable law.

e) Where a Dominant Licensee wishes to modify an approved RAO, it shall make a request in

writing to the Department setting out the proposed modification with supporting rationale.

f) The Department may adopt whatever process it considers necessary for determining whether a proposed RAO or modifications to a RAO should be approved, including holding a public hearing and inviting submissions from interested parties. The Department shall reach a determination on the RIO or modification as expeditiously as possible.

g) Any existing approved RAO remains in effect until a revised RAO is approved, unless otherwise

determined by the Department.

i) Within seven (7) Days of approval of a RAO or any modification to a RAO, the Dominant Licensee shall publish its offer by:

iii. posting the RAO on its website; and

iv. making printed and electronic copies of the RAO available to any Qualifying Licensee upon request.


November 4, 2013

Page | 18

PART VI. RESOLUTION FOR INTERCONNECTION AND ACCESS DISPUTES

22. Referral of Matter for Dispute Resolution

a) A Qualifying Licensee (i) required by these Rules or its License, or (ii) wishing of its own motion, to invoke dispute resolution in a matter relating to Interconnection or Access, shall file a Dispute Resolution Request in writing with the Department. For the purposes of this Part, the Qualifying Licensee filing the Dispute Resolution Request shall be known as the Claimant, and the other party to the dispute shall be known as the Respondent.

b) A Dispute Resolution Request shall:

i. include the identity and address of the Claimant and Respondent;

ii. include a description of the Network Facilities and Network Services which are the

subject of the dispute;

iii. set out the issues in dispute as well as any issues which have been agreed by the parties;

iv. include a detailed description of the efforts the parties have taken to resolve the dispute, the matters the Claimant wishes to have determined, and a concise statement of the relief sought; and

v. be copied on the Respondent.

c) If the Claimant is seeking dispute resolution of its own motion, as a precondition to filing a Dispute Resolution Request, the Claimant shall demonstrate that:

i. it has notified the Respondent of the matters in dispute;

ii. has made good faith efforts to resolve the dispute through discussions with the Respondent; and

iii. at least thirty (30) Days have passed since notice of the dispute was given to the Respondent with the dispute remaining unresolved.

d) The Respondent shall file with the Department and provide the Claimant with its written response within twenty (20) Days of receiving the Dispute Resolution Request.

e) The Department may, if the circumstances warrant, shorten or extend the period within which

the Respondent shall file its response.


November 4, 2013

Page | 19

f) Upon receipt of the Dispute Resolution Request, the Department may take one or more of the following actions:

i. request such other information from any person as may be affected by the dispute as it may deem necessary;

ii. direct the parties to commence or continue efforts to resolve the dispute; iii. decline to determine the dispute on the basis that the matter:

1) is outside the jurisdiction of the Department;

2) is frivolous, vexatious, or an abuse of process;

3) the Claimant has not made sufficient efforts to resolve the dispute with the

Respondent;

4) the subject matter of the dispute is misconceived, defective, or lacking in substance;

5) the determination is unlikely to significantly advance competition in the market;

6) the subject matter of the dispute is not of sufficient social or economic importance;

7) the subject matter of the dispute is not of sufficient importance as to warrant interfering with the commercial agreement reached between the parties; and

8) it is not in the best interests of End Users to subject the matter to dispute resolution.

iv. establish any process, including where necessary a public hearing, to gather evidence and submissions from interested parties;

v. appoint a mediator or arbitrator to deal with the dispute and establish the terms of reference of such mediation or arbitration, including but not limited to, the process to be used, the timeframes within which the mediation or arbitration shall be commenced and completed, whether the outcome shall be binding on the parties and the Department, and the methodology for apportioning costs;

vi. adjudicate the dispute using any process which the Department deems appropriate in the circumstances; and

vii. such other action as the Department considers appropriate in the circumstances. 23. Guidelines for Resolving Disputes

a) In determining a dispute, the Department shall attempt to achieve a fair balance between all legitimate competing interests, including those of the parties to the dispute, End Users, and the country as a whole, and shall act as promptly as practicable, preserving to the greatest extent practicable any agreements between the parties over issues that are not in dispute.


November 4, 2013

Page | 20

b) The Department may consider, where appropriate, the following factors in resolving the

dispute: i. promotion of the long-term interests of End Users of Telecommunications Services;

ii. the economically efficient operation of Telecommunications Services and Networks; iii. the availability of technically and commercially viable alternatives to the

Interconnection or Access requested; iv. the desirability of providing users with a wide range of information and communications

services; v. the nature of the request in relation to the resources available to meet the request;

vi. the need to maintain a universal service; vii. the need to maintain the integrity of telecommunications networks and the

interoperability of services; viii. the promotion of competition;

ix. the public interest; x. any regulatory obligations or constraints imposed on any of the parties; and

xi. any other relevant and appropriate consideration. 24. Own initiative

The Department may initiate the dispute resolution process on its own initiative and may impose temporary measures in respect of a Qualifying Licensee to ensure Interconnection and Access disputes do not adversely affect the public interest.




AAnnnneexx CC--11::

NNaattiioonnaall TTaabbllee ooff FFrreeqquueennccyy AAllllooccaattiioonnss



PAGE | 2

Annex C‐1: National Table of Frequency Allocations

The National Table of Frequency Allocations for the Republic of the Union of Myanmar is presented below. It is based on the Table of Frequency Allocations found in Article 5 of the ITU’s Radio Regulations (Edition of 2012), with consequential changes to numbering/formatting to fit this document. The numerical references located to the left of each provision in Parts I, II and III below and the bold references in the text refer to provisions in the ITU’s Radio Regulations (Edition of 2012).

Part I. Categories of services and allocations

The following definitions come from Article 5 of the Radio Regulations.

5.23 Primary and secondary services

5.24 1) Where, in a box of the Table in Part III, a band is indicated as allocated to more than one service, either on a worldwide or Regional basis, such services are listed in the following order:

5.25 a) services the names of which are printed in “capitals” (example: FIXED); these are called “primary” services;

5.26 b) services the names of which are printed in “normal characters” (example: Mobile); these are called “secondary” services (see Nos. 5.28 to 5.31).

5.27 2) Additional remarks shall be printed in normal characters (example: MOBILE except aeronautical mobile).

5.28 3) Stations of a secondary service:

5.29 a) shall not cause harmful interference to stations of primary services to which frequencies are already assigned or to which frequencies may be assigned at a later date;

5.30 b) cannot claim protection from harmful interference from stations of a primary service to which frequencies are already assigned or may be assigned at a later date;

5.31 c) can claim protection, however, from harmful interference from stations of the same or other secondary service(s) to which frequencies may be assigned at a later date.

5.32 4) Where a band is indicated in a footnote of the Table as allocated to a service “on a secondary basis” in an area smaller than a Region, or in a particular country, this is a secondary service (see Nos. 5.28 to 5.31).

5.33 5) Where a band is indicated in a footnote of the Table as allocated to a service “on a primary basis”, in an area smaller than a Region, or in a particular country, this is a primary service only in that area or country.

5.34 Additional allocations

5.35 1) Where a band is indicated in a footnote of the Table as “also allocated” to a service in an area smaller than a Region, or in a particular country, this is an “additional” allocation, i.e. an allocation which is added in this area or in this country to the service or services which are indicated in the Table (see No. 5.36).


PAGE | 3

5.36 2) If the footnote does not include any restriction on the service or services concerned apart from the restriction to operate only in a particular area or country, stations of this service or these services shall have equality of right to operate with stations of the other primary service or services indicated in the Table.

5.37 3) If restrictions are imposed on an additional allocation in addition to the restriction to operate only in a particular area or country, this is indicated in the footnote of the Table.

5.38 Alternative allocations

5.39 1) Where a band is indicated in a footnote of the Table as “allocated” to one or more services in an area smaller than a Region, or in a particular country, this is an “alternative” allocation, i.e. an allocation which replaces, in this area or in this country, the allocation indicated in the Table (see No. 5.40).

5.40 2) If the footnote does not include any restriction on stations of the service or services concerned, apart from the restriction to operate only in a particular area or country, these stations of such a service or services shall have an equality of right to operate with stations of the primary service or services, indicated in the Table, to which the band is allocated in other areas or countries.

5.41 3) If restrictions are imposed on stations of a service to which an alternative allocation is made, in addition to the restriction to operate only in a particular country or area, this is indicated in the footnote.

5.42 Miscellaneous provisions

5.43 1) Where it is indicated in the Radio Regulations that a service or stations in a service may operate in a specific frequency band subject to not causing harmful interference to another service or to another station in the same service, this means also that the service which is subject to not causing harmful interference cannot claim protection from harmful interference caused by the other service or other station in the same service. (WRC‐2000)

5.43A 1bis) Where it is indicated in these Regulations that a service or stations in a service may operate in a specific frequency band subject to not claiming protection from another service or from another station in the same service, this means also that the service which is subject to not claiming protection shall not cause harmful interference to the other service or other station in the same service. (WRC‐2000)

5.44 2) Except if otherwise specified in a footnote, the term “fixed service”, where appearing in Part III, does not include systems using ionospheric scatter propagation.

5.45 Not used.

Part II. Description of the Table of Frequency Allocations

1) The headings of the Table include four columns, the first three of which correspond to one of the ITU Regions (see Radio Regulation No. 5.2), while the fourth (right side) column presents the allocations in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar.

5.47 2) The frequency band referred to in each allocation is indicated in the left‐hand top corner of the part of the Table concerned.


PAGE | 4

5.48 3) Within each of the categories specified in Nos. 5.25 and 5.26 of the ITU Radio Regulations, radiocommunication services are listed in alphabetical order according to the French language. The order of listing does not indicate relative priority within each category.

5.49 4) In the case where there is a parenthetical addition to an allocation in the Table, that service allocation is restricted to the type of operation so indicated.

5.50 5) The footnote references which appear in the Table below the allocated service or services apply to more than one of the allocated services, or to the whole of the allocation concerned.

5.51 6) The footnote references which appear to the right of the name of a service are applicable only to that particular service.

5.52 7) In certain cases, the names of countries appearing in the footnotes have been simplified in order to shorten the text.

Part III. Definitions of terms found in the Table of Frequency Allocations

The following definitions come from Article 1 of the Radio Regulations.

Section I – General Terms

1.2 administration: Any governmental department or service responsible for discharging the obligations undertaken in the Constitution of the International Telecommunication Union, in the Convention of the International Telecommunication Union and in the Administrative Regulations (CS 1002).

1.3 telecommunication: Any transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writings, images and sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electromagnetic systems (CS).

1.4 radio: A general term applied to the use of radio waves.

1.5 radio waves or hertzian waves: Electromagnetic waves of frequencies arbitrarily lower than 3 000 GHz, propagated in space without artificial guide.

1.6 radiocommunication: Telecommunication by means of radio waves (CS) (CV).

1.7 terrestrial radiocommunication: Any radiocommunication other than space radiocommunication or radio astronomy.

1.8 space radiocommunication: Any radiocommunication involving the use of one or more space stations or the use of one or more reflecting satellites or other objects in space.

1.9 radiodetermination: The determination of the position, velocity and/or other characteristics of an object, or the obtaining of information relating to these parameters, by means of the propagation properties of radio waves.

1.10 radionavigation: Radiodetermination used for the purposes of navigation, including obstruction warning.

1.11 radiolocation: Radiodetermination used for purposes other than those of radionavigation.

1.12 radio direction‐finding: Radiodetermination using the reception of radio waves for the purpose of determining the direction of a station or object.


PAGE | 5

1.13 radio astronomy: Astronomy based on the reception of radio waves of cosmic origin.

1.14 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC): Time scale, based on the second (SI), as defined in Recommendation ITU‐R TF.460‐6. (WRC‐03)

For most practical purposes associated with the Radio Regulations, UTC is equivalent to mean solar time at the prime meridian (0° longitude), formerly expressed in GMT.

1.15 industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications (of radio frequency energy): Operation of equipment or appliances designed to generate and use locally radio frequency energy for industrial, scientific, medical, domestic or similar purposes, excluding applications in the field of telecommunications.

Section II – Specific terms related to frequency management

1.16 allocation (of a frequency band): Entry in the Table of Frequency Allocations of a given frequency band for the purpose of its use by one or more terrestrial or space radiocommunication services or the radio astronomy service under specified conditions. This term shall also be applied to the frequency band concerned.

1.17 allotment (of a radio frequency or radio frequency channel): Entry of a designated frequency channel in an agreed plan, adopted by a competent conference, for use by one or more administrations for a terrestrial or space radiocommunication service in one or more identified countries or geographical areas and under specified conditions.

1.18 assignment (of a radio frequency or radio frequency channel): Authorization given by an administration for a radio station to use a radio frequency or radio frequency channel under specified conditions.

Section III – Radio services

1.19 radiocommunication service: A service as defined in this Section involving the transmission, emission and/or reception of radio waves for specific telecommunication purposes.

In these Regulations, unless otherwise stated, any radiocommunication service relates to terrestrial radiocommunication.

1.20 fixed service: A radiocommunication service between specified fixed points.

1.21 fixed‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service between earth stations at given positions, when one or more satellites are used; the given position may be a specified fixed point or any fixed point within specified areas; in some cases this service includes satellite‐to‐satellite links, which may also be operated in the inter‐satellite service; the fixed‐satellite service may also include feeder links for other space radiocommunication services.

1.22 inter‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service providing links between artificial satellites.

1.23 space operation service: A radiocommunication service concerned exclusively with the operation of spacecraft, in particular space tracking, space telemetry and space telecommand.

These functions will normally be provided within the service in which the space station is operating.


PAGE | 6

1.24 mobile service: A radiocommunication service between mobile and land stations, or between mobile stations (CV).

1.25 mobile‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service:

– between mobile earth stations and one or more space stations, or between space stations used by this service; or

– between mobile earth stations by means of one or more space stations.

This service may also include feeder links necessary for its operation.

1.26 land mobile service: A mobile service between base stations and land mobile stations, or between land mobile stations.

1.27 land mobile‐satellite service: A mobile‐satellite service in which mobile earth stations are located on land.

1.28 maritime mobile service: A mobile service between coast stations and ship stations, or between ship stations, or between associated on‐board communication stations; survival craft stations and emergency position‐indicating radiobeacon stations may also participate in this service.

1.29 maritime mobile‐satellite service: A mobile‐satellite service in which mobile earth stations are located on board ships; survival craft stations and emergency position‐indicating radiobeacon stations may also participate in this service.

1.30 port operations service: A maritime mobile service in or near a port, between coast stations and ship stations, or between ship stations, in which messages are restricted to those relating to the operational handling, the movement and the safety of ships and, in emergency, to the safety of persons.

Messages which are of a public correspondence nature shall be excluded from this service.

1.31 ship movement service: A safety service in the maritime mobile service other than a port operations service, between coast stations and ship stations, or between ship stations, in which messages are restricted to those relating to the movement of ships.

Messages which are of a public correspondence nature shall be excluded from this service.

1.32 aeronautical mobile service: A mobile service between aeronautical stations and aircraft stations, or between aircraft stations, in which survival craft stations may participate; emergency position‐indicating radiobeacon stations may also participate in this service on designated distress and emergency frequencies.

1.33 aeronautical mobile (R)* service: An aeronautical mobile service reserved for communications relating to safety and regularity of flight, primarily along national or international civil air routes.

1.34 aeronautical mobile (OR)** service: An aeronautical mobile service intended for communications, including those relating to flight coordination, primarily outside national or international civil air routes.

* (R): route.

** (OR): off‐route.


PAGE | 7

1.35 aeronautical mobile‐satellite service: A mobile‐satellite service in which mobile earth stations are located on board aircraft; survival craft stations and emergency position‐indicating radiobeacon stations may also participate in this service.

1.36 aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R)* service: An aeronautical mobile‐satellite service reserved for communications relating to safety and regularity of flights, primarily along national or international civil air routes.

1.37 aeronautical mobile‐satellite (OR)** service: An aeronautical mobile‐satellite service intended for communications, including those relating to flight coordination, primarily outside national and international civil air routes.

1.38 broadcasting service: A radiocommunication service in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public. This service may include sound transmissions, television transmissions or other types of transmission (CS).

1.39 broadcasting‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service in which signals transmitted or retransmitted by space stations are intended for direct reception by the general public.

In the broadcasting‐satellite service, the term “direct reception” shall encompass both individual reception and community reception.

1.40 radiodetermination service: A radiocommunication service for the purpose of radiodetermination.

1.41 radiodetermination‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service for the purpose of radiodetermination involving the use of one or more space stations.

This service may also include feeder links necessary for its own operation.

1.42 radionavigation service: A radiodetermination service for the purpose of radionavigation.

1.43 radionavigation‐satellite service: A radiodetermination‐satellite service used for the purpose of radionavigation.


1.44 maritime radionavigation service: A radionavigation service intended for the benefit and for the safe operation of ships.

1.45 maritime radionavigation‐satellite service: A radionavigation‐satellite service in which earth stations are located on board ships.

1.46 aeronautical radionavigation service: A radionavigation service intended for the benefit and for the safe operation of aircraft.

1.47 aeronautical radionavigation‐satellite service: A radionavigation‐satellite service in which earth stations are located on board aircraft.

1.48 radiolocation service: A radiodetermination service for the purpose of radiolocation.

1.49 radiolocation‐satellite service: A radiodetermination‐satellite service used for the purpose of radiolocation.

This service may also include the feeder links necessary for its operation.

1.50 meteorological aids service: A radiocommunication service used for meteorological, including hydrological, observations and exploration.


PAGE | 8

1.51 Earth exploration‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service between earth stations and one or more space stations, which may include links between space stations, in which:

– information relating to the characteristics of the Earth and its natural phenomena, including data relating to the state of the environment, is obtained from active sensors or passive sensors on Earth satellites;

– similar information is collected from airborne or Earth‐based platforms;

– such information may be distributed to earth stations within the system concerned;

– platform interrogation may be included.


1.52 meteorological‐satellite service: An earth exploration‐satellite service for meteorological purposes.

1.53 standard frequency and time signal service: A radiocommunication service for scientific, technical and other purposes, providing the transmission of specified frequencies, time signals, or both, of stated high precision, intended for general reception.

1.54 standard frequency and time signal‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service using space stations on earth satellites for the same purposes as those of the standard frequency and time signal service.


1.55 space research service: A radiocommunication service in which spacecraft or other objects in space are used for scientific or technological research purposes.

1.56 amateur service: A radiocommunication service for the purpose of self‐training, intercommunication and technical investigations carried out by amateurs, that is, by duly authorized persons interested in radio technique solely with a personal aim and without pecuniary interest.

1.57 amateur‐satellite service: A radiocommunication service using space stations on earth satellites for the same purposes as those of the amateur service.

1.58 radio astronomy service: A service involving the use of radio astronomy.

1.59 safety service: Any radiocommunication service used permanently or temporarily for the safeguarding of human life and property.

1.60 special service: A radiocommunication service, not otherwise defined in this Section, carried on exclusively for specific needs of general utility, and not open to public correspondence.

Part IV. Table of Frequency Allocations

[Editor’s Note: the colored highlights found in certain blocks of spectrum in the tables below indicate discrepancies between the service allocations for ITU Region 3 (of which Myanmar is a part) and the service allocations maintained by Myanmar, as of the most recent update in 2001. A green highlight indicates an allocation for ITU Region 3 (and other regions in some cases) that is not employed in Myanmar. A yellow highlight indicates a service allocation made by the government of Myanmar in a particular block of spectrum that has not been similarly allocated in ITU Region 3. It is expected that the final National Table of Frequency Allocations will not contain these highlights.]

The footnotes specific to Myanmar in the right side column are presented at the end of the Table.


PAGE | 9

8.3‐110 kHz

Allocation to services

Region 1 Region 2 Region 3 Republic of the Union of Myanmar

Below 8.3 (Not allocated)

5.53 5.54

Below 9 (Not allocated)

8.3‐9 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS 5.54A 5.54B 5.54C

9‐11.3 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS 5.54A

RADIONAVIGATION

9‐14

RADIONAVIGATION

11.3‐14 RADIONAVIGATION

14‐19.95 FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE 5.57

5.55 5.56

14‐19.95 FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

19.95‐20.05 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL (20 kHz)

19.95‐20.05 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND

TIME SIGNAL (20 kHz)

20.05‐70 FIXED


5.56 5.58

20.05‐70 FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

70‐72

RADIONAVIGATION 5.60

70‐90

FIXED


MARITIME RADIO‐ NAVIGATION 5.60

Radiolocation

70‐72


Fixed

Maritime mobile 5.57

5.59

70‐72 RADIONAVIGATION Fixed

Maritime mobile

72‐84

FIXED



5.56

72‐84

FIXED



72‐84 FIXED MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

84‐86


84‐86


Fixed

Maritime mobile 5.57

5.59

84‐86 RADIONAVIGATION Fixed

Maritime mobile

86‐90

FIXED


RADIONAVIGATION

86‐90

FIXED



86‐90 FIXED MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

5.56 5.61


PAGE | 10

90‐110 RADIONAVIGATION 5.62

Fixed

5.64

90‐110 RADIONAVIGATION

Fixed

5.53 Administrations authorizing the use of frequencies below 8.3 kHz shall ensure that no harmful interference is caused to services to which the bands above 8.3 kHz are allocated. (WRC‐12)

5.54 Administrations conducting scientific research using frequencies below 8.3 kHz are urged to advise other administrations that may be concerned in order that such research may be afforded all practicable protection from harmful interference. (WRC‐12)

5.54A Use of the 8.3‐11.3 kHz frequency band by stations in the meteorological aids service is limited to passive use only. In the band 9‐11.3 kHz, meteorological aids stations shall not claim protection from stations of the radionavigation service submitted for notification to the Bureau prior to 1 January 2013. For sharing between stations of the meteorological aids service and stations in the radionavigation service submitted for notification after this date, the most recent version of Recommendation ITU‐R RS.1881 should be applied. (WRC‐12)

5.54B Additional allocation: in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, the Russian Federation, Iraq, Lebanon, Morocco, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Sudan and Tunisia, the frequency band 8.3‐9 kHz is also allocated to the radionavigation, fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.54C Additional allocation: in China, the frequency band 8.3‐9 kHz is also allocated to the maritime radionavigation and maritime mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.55 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the band 14‐17 kHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.56 The stations of services to which the bands 14‐19.95 kHz and 20.05‐70 kHz and in Region 1 also the bands 72‐84 kHz and 86‐90 kHz are allocated may transmit standard frequency and time signals. Such stations shall be afforded protection from harmful interference. In Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the frequencies 25 kHz and 50 kHz will be used for this purpose under the same conditions. (WRC‐12)

5.57 The use of the bands 14‐19.95 kHz, 20.05‐70 kHz and 70‐90 kHz (72‐84 kHz and 86‐90 kHz in Region 1) by the maritime mobile service is limited to coast radiotelegraph stations (A1A and F1B only). Exceptionally, the use of class J2B or J7B emissions is authorized subject to the necessary bandwidth not exceeding that normally used for class A1A or F1B emissions in the band concerned.

5.58 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the band 67‐70 kHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐2000)

5.59 Different category of service: in Bangladesh and Pakistan, the allocation of the bands 70‐72 kHz and 84‐86 kHz to the fixed and maritime mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐2000)

5.60 In the bands 70‐90 kHz (70‐86 kHz in Region 1) and 110‐130 kHz (112‐130 kHz in Region 1), pulsed radionavigation systems may be used on condition that they do not cause harmful interference to other services to which these bands are allocated.

5.61 In Region 2, the establishment and operation of stations in the maritime radionavigation service in the bands 70‐90 kHz and 110‐130 kHz shall be subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 with administrations whose services, operating in accordance with the Table, may be affected. However, stations of the fixed, maritime mobile and radiolocation services shall not cause harmful interference to stations in the maritime radionavigation service established under such agreements.

5.62 Administrations which operate stations in the radionavigation service in the band 90‐110 kHz are urged to coordinate technical and operating characteristics in such a way as to avoid harmful interference to the services provided by these stations.

5.63 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)


PAGE | 11

5.64 Only classes A1A or F1B, A2C, A3C, F1C or F3C emissions are authorized for stations of the fixed service in the bands allocated to this service between 90 kHz and 160 kHz (148.5 kHz in Region 1) and for stations of the maritime mobile service in the bands allocated to this service between 110 kHz and 160 kHz (148.5 kHz in Region 1). Exceptionally, class J2B or J7B emissions are also authorized in the bands between 110 kHz and 160 kHz (148.5 kHz in Region 1) for stations of the maritime mobile service.

110‐255 kHz



110‐112

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

110‐130

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

MARITIME RADIO‐ NAVIGATION 5.60

110‐112

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE


110‐112

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

5.64 Radiolocation 5.64

112‐115


112‐117.6


112‐117.6

RADIONAVIGATION

115‐117.6


Fixed

Maritime mobile

Fixed

Maritime mobile

Fixed

Maritime mobile

5.64 5.66 5.64 5.65

117.6‐126

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE


5.64

117.6‐126

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE


5.64

117.6‐126

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

126‐129


126‐129


Fixed

Maritime mobile

5.64 5.65

126‐129

RADIONAVIGATION

Fixed

Maritime mobile

129‐130

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE


129‐130

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE


129‐160

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

5.64 5.61 5.64 5.64

130‐135.7

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

5.64 5.67

130‐135.7

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

5.64

130‐135.7

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

5.64

135.7‐137.8

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

Amateur 5.67A

135.7‐137.8

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

Amateur 5.67A

135.7‐137.8

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION


PAGE | 12

5.65 Different category of service: in Bangladesh, the allocation of the bands 112‐117.6 kHz and 126‐129 kHz to the fixed and maritime mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐2000)

5.66 Different category of service: in Germany, the allocation of the band 115‐117.6 kHz to the fixed and maritime mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33) and to the radionavigation service on a secondary basis (see No. 5.32).

5.67 Additional allocation: in Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 130‐148.5 kHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a secondary basis. Within and between these countries this service shall have an equal right to operate. (WRC‐07)

5.67A Stations in the amateur service using frequencies in the band 135.7‐137.8 kHz shall not exceed a maximum radiated power of 1 W (e.i.r.p.) and shall not cause harmful interference to stations of the radionavigation service operating in countries listed in No. 5.67. (WRC‐07)

5.67B The use of the band 135.7‐137.8 kHz in Algeria, Egypt, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Lebanon, Syrian Arab Republic, Sudan, South Sudan and Tunisia is limited to the fixed and maritime mobile services. The amateur service shall not be used in the above‐mentioned countries in the band 135.7‐137.8 kHz, and this should be taken into account by the countries authorizing such use. (WRC‐12)

5.68 Alternative allocation: in Angola, Congo (Rep. of the), the Dem. Rep. of the Congo and South Africa, the band 160‐200 kHz is allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.69 Additional allocation: in Somalia, the band 200‐255 kHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis.

5.70 Alternative allocation: in Angola, Botswana, Burundi, the Central African Rep., Congo (Rep. of the), Ethiopia, Kenya, Lesotho, Madagascar, Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia, Nigeria, Oman, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, South Africa, Swaziland, Tanzania, Chad, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 200‐283.5 kHz is allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.64 5.67 5.67B

5.64

Amateur 5.67A

5.64 5.67B

137.8‐148.5

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

5.64 5.67

137.8‐160

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

137.8‐160

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

148.5‐255 5.64 5.64

BROADCASTING 160‐190

FIXED

160‐190

FIXED

Aeronautical radionavigation

160‐190

FIXED


190‐200

AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

190‐405


5.68 5.69 5.70


PAGE | 13

200‐495 kHz



255‐283.5

BROADCASTING


5.70 5.71 283.5‐315


MARITIME

200‐275


Aeronautical mobile 275‐285


Aeronautical mobile

Maritime radionavigation (radiobeacons)

200‐285


Aeronautical mobile


RADIONAVIGATION (radiobeacons) 5.73

5.72 5.74

285‐315


MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION (radiobeacons) 5.73

315‐325


Maritime radionavigation (radiobeacons) 5.73

315‐325



315‐325



5.72 5.75

325‐405


325‐335


Aeronautical mobile

Maritime radionavigation (radiobeacons)

325‐405


Aeronautical mobile

335‐405


5.72 Aeronautical mobile

405‐415


5.72

405‐415


Aeronautical mobile

405‐415 RADIONAVIGATION

Aeronautical mobile

415‐435



415‐472


Aeronautical radionavigation 5.77 5.80

415‐495 MARITIME MOBIL



PAGE | 14

5.71 Alternative allocation: in Tunisia, the band 255‐283.5 kHz is allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis.

5.72 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.73 The band 285‐325 kHz (283.5‐325 kHz in Region 1) in the maritime radionavigation service may be used to transmit supplementary navigational information using narrow‐band techniques, on condition that no harmful interference is caused to radiobeacon stations operating in the radionavigation service. (WRC‐97)

5.74 Additional Allocation: in Region 1, the frequency band 285.3‐285.7 kHz is also allocated to the maritime radionavigation service (other than radiobeacons) on a primary basis.

5.75 Different category of service: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Moldova, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and the Black Sea areas of Romania, the allocation of the band 315‐325 kHz to the maritime radionavigation service is on a primary basis under the condition that in the Baltic Sea area, the assignment of frequencies in this band to new stations in the maritime or aeronautical radionavigation services shall be subject to prior consultation between the administrations concerned. (WRC‐07)

5.76 The frequency 410 kHz is designated for radio direction‐finding in the maritime radionavigation service. The other radionavigation services to which the band 405‐415 kHz is allocated shall not cause harmful interference to radio direction‐finding in the band 406.5‐413.5 kHz.

5.77 Different category of service: in Australia, China, the French overseas communities of Region 3, Korea (Rep. of), India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Japan, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea and Sri Lanka, the allocation of the frequency band 415‐495 kHz to the aeronautical radionavigation service is on a primary basis. In Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the allocation of the frequency band 435‐495 kHz to the aeronautical radionavigation service is on a primary basis. Administrations in all the aforementioned countries shall take all practical steps necessary to ensure that aeronautical radionavigation stations in the frequency band 435‐495 kHz do not cause interference to reception by coast stations of transmissions from ship stations on frequencies designated for ship stations on a worldwide basis. (WRC‐12)

5.78 Different category of service: in Cuba, the United States of America and Mexico, the allocation of the band 415‐435 kHz to the aeronautical radionavigation service is on a primary basis.

435‐472


Aeronautical radionavigation 5.77

5.82 5.78 5.82

472‐479


Amateur 5.80A


5.80B 5.82

479‐495

MARITIME MOBILE 5.79 5.79A

Aeronautical radionavigation 5.77

479‐495

MARITIME MOBILE 5.79 5.79A


5.82 5.82


PAGE | 15

5.79 The use of the bands 415‐495 kHz and 505‐526.5 kHz (505‐510 kHz in Region 2) by the maritime mobile service is limited to radiotelegraphy.

5.79A When establishing coast stations in the NAVTEX service on the frequencies 490 kHz, 518 kHz and 4 209.5 kHz, administrations are strongly recommended to coordinate the operating characteristics in accordance with the procedures of the International Maritime Organization (IMO) (see Resolution 339 (Rev.WRC‐07)). (WRC‐07)

5.80 In Region 2, the use of the band 435‐495 kHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to non‐directional beacons not employing voice transmission.

5.80A The maximum equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) of stations in the amateur service using frequencies in the band 472‐479 kHz shall not exceed 1 W. Administrations may increase this limit of e.i.r.p. to 5 W in portions of their territory which are at a distance of over 800 km from the borders of Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belarus, China, Comoros, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, the Russian Federation, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Mauritania, Oman, Uzbekistan, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Somalia, Sudan, Tunisia, Ukraine and Yemen. In this frequency band, stations in the amateur service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations of the aeronautical radionavigation service. (WRC‐12)

5.80B The use of the frequency band 472‐479 kHz in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belarus, China, Comoros, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, the Russian Federation, Iraq, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Mauritania, Oman, Uzbekistan, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Somalia, Sudan, Tunisia and Yemen is limited to the maritime mobile and aeronautical radionavigation services. The amateur service shall not be used in the above‐mentioned countries in this frequency band, and this should be taken into account by the countries authorizing such use. (WRC‐12)

5.81 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.82 In the maritime mobile service, the frequency 490 kHz is to be used exclusively for the transmission by coast stations of navigational and meteorological warnings and urgent information to ships, by means of narrow‐band direct‐printing telegraphy. The conditions for use of the frequency 490 kHz are prescribed in Articles 31 and 52. In using the frequency band 415‐495 kHz for the aeronautical radionavigation service, administrations are requested to ensure that no harmful interference is caused to the frequency 490 kHz. In using the frequency band 472‐479 kHz for the amateur service, administrations shall ensure that no harmful interference is caused to the frequency 490 kHz. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 16

495‐1 800 kHz



495‐505 MARITIME MOBILE 495‐505

MOBILE (distress and calling)

505‐526.5

MARITIME MOBILE 5.79 5.79A 5.84


505‐510


505‐526.5

MARITIME MOBILE 5.79 5.79A 5.84


Aeronautical mobile

Land mobile

505‐526.5 AERONAUTICAL

RADIONAVIGATION

510‐525

MARITIME MOBILE 5.79A 5.84


525‐535

526.5‐1 606.5

BROADCASTING

BROADCASTING 5.86


526.5‐535

BROADCASTING

Mobile

526.5‐1 606.5

BROADCASTING

5.88

535‐1 605

BROADCASTING

535‐1 606.5

BROADCASTING

5.87 5.87A 1 605‐1 625

1 606.5‐1 625

FIXED


LAND MOBILE

BROADCASTING 5.89 1 606.5‐1 800

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION

1 606.5‐1 800 FIXED

MOBILE

5.92 5.90

1 625‐1 635

RADIOLOCATION

5.93

1 625‐1 705

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING 5.89

Radiolocation

1 635‐1 800

FIXED


LAND MOBILE

5.90 1 705‐1 800

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

5.92 5.96


5.91


PAGE | 17

5.82A (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.82B (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.83 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.84 The conditions for the use of the frequency 518 kHz by the maritime mobile service are prescribed in Articles 31 and 52. (WRC‐07)

5.85 Not used.

5.86 In Region 2, in the band 525‐535 kHz the carrier power of broadcasting stations shall not exceed 1 kW during the day and 250 W at night.

5.87 Additional allocation: in Angola, Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger and Swaziland, the band 526.5‐535 kHz is also allocated to the mobile service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.87A Additional allocation: in Uzbekistan, the band 526.5‐1 606.5 kHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. Such use is subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 with administrations concerned and limited to ground‐based radiobeacons in operation on 27 October 1997 until the end of their lifetime. (WRC‐97)

5.88 Additional allocation: in China, the band 526.5‐535 kHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a secondary basis.

5.89 In Region 2, the use of the band 1 605‐1 705 kHz by stations of the broadcasting service is subject to the Plan established by the Regional Administrative Radio Conference (Rio de Janeiro, 1988).

The examination of frequency assignments to stations of the fixed and mobile services in the band 1 625‐1 705 kHz shall take account of the allotments appearing in the Plan established by the Regional Administrative Radio Conference (Rio de Janeiro, 1988).

5.90 In the band 1 605‐1 705 kHz, in cases where a broadcasting station of Region 2 is concerned, the service area of the maritime mobile stations in Region 1 shall be limited to that provided by ground‐wave propagation.

5.91 Additional allocation: in the Philippines and Sri Lanka, the band 1 606.5‐1 705 kHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.92 Some countries of Region 1 use radiodetermination systems in the bands 1 606.5‐1 625 kHz, 1 635‐1 800 kHz, 1 850‐2 160 kHz, 2 194‐2 300 kHz, 2 502‐2 850 kHz and 3 500‐3 800 kHz, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The radiated mean power of these stations shall not exceed 50 W.

5.93 Additional allocation: in Angola, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Mongolia, Nigeria, Uzbekistan, Poland, Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia, Tajikistan, Chad, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the bands 1 625‐1 635 kHz, 1 800‐1 810 kHz and 2 160‐2 170 kHz are also allocated to the fixed and land mobile services on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.94 and 5.95 Not used.

5.96 In Germany, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Denmark, Estonia, the Russian Federation, Finland, Georgia, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Israel, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Norway, Uzbekistan, Poland, Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia, the Czech Rep., the United Kingdom, Sweden, Switzerland, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, administrations may allocate up to 200 kHz to their amateur service in the bands 1 715‐1 800 kHz and 1 850‐2 000 kHz. However, when allocating the bands within this range to their amateur service, administrations shall, after prior consultation with administrations of neighbouring countries, take such steps as may be necessary to prevent harmful interference from their amateur service to the fixed and mobile services of other countries. The mean power of any amateur station shall not exceed 10 W. (WRC‐03)


PAGE | 18

1 800‐2 194 kHz



1 800‐1 810

RADIOLOCATION

5.93 1 810‐1 850

AMATEUR

5.98 5.99 5.100 5.101

1 800‐1 850

AMATEUR

1 800‐2 000

AMATEUR

FIXED

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

RADIONAVIGATION

Radiolocation

1 800‐2 000 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

AMATEUR

1 850‐2 000

FIXED


1 850‐2 000

AMATEUR

FIXED


RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION

5.92 5.96 5.103 5.102 5.97

2 000‐2 025

FIXED

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile (R)

5.92 5.103

2 000‐2 065

FIXED

MOBILE

2 000‐2 065 FIXED

MOBILE

2 025‐2 045

FIXED


Meteorological aids 5.104

5.92 5.103

2 045‐2 160

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

LAND MOBILE

2 065‐2 107


5.106

2 065‐2 107

MARITIME MOBILE

5.92 2 160‐2 170

RADIOLOCATION

5.93 5.107

2 107‐2 170

FIXED

MOBILE

2 107‐2 170 FIXED

MOBILE

2 170‐2 173.5 MARITIME MOBILE 2 170‐2 173.5

MARITIME MOBILE

2 173.5‐2 190.5 MOBILE (distress and calling)

5.108 5.109 5.110 5.111

2 173.5‐2 190.5

MOBILE (distress and calling)


PAGE | 19

5.97 In Region 3, the Loran system operates either on 1 850 kHz or 1 950 kHz, the bands occupied being 1 825‐1 875 kHz and 1 925‐1 975 kHz respectively. Other services to which the band 1 800‐2 000 kHz is allocated may use any frequency therein on condition that no harmful interference is caused to the Loran system operating on 1 850 kHz or 1 950 kHz.

5.98 Alternative allocation: in Angola, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Cameroon, Congo (Rep. of the), Denmark, Egypt, Eritrea, Spain, Ethiopia, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Greece, Italy, Kazakhstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Somalia, Tajikistan, Tunisia, Turkmenistan, Turkey and Ukraine, the band 1 810‐1 830 kHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.99 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Austria, Iraq, Libya, Uzbekistan, Slovakia, Romania, Slovenia, Chad, and Togo, the band 1 810‐1 830 kHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.100 In Region 1, the authorization to use the band 1 810‐1 830 kHz by the amateur service in countries situated totally or partially north of 40° N shall be given only after consultation with the countries mentioned in Nos. 5.98 and 5.99 to define the necessary steps to be taken to prevent harmful interference between amateur stations and stations of other services operating in accordance with Nos. 5.98 and 5.99.

5.101 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.102 Alternative allocation: in Bolivia, Chile, Mexico, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay, the band 1 850‐2 000 kHz is allocated to the fixed, mobile except aeronautical mobile, radiolocation and radionavigation services on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.103 In Region 1, in making assignments to stations in the fixed and mobile services in the bands 1 850‐2 045 kHz, 2 194‐2 498 kHz, 2 502‐2 625 kHz and 2 650‐2 850 kHz, administrations should bear in mind the special requirements of the maritime mobile service.

5.104 In Region 1, the use of the band 2 025‐2 045 kHz by the meteorological aids service is limited to oceanographic buoy stations.

5.105 In Region 2, except in Greenland, coast stations and ship stations using radiotelephony in the band 2 065‐2 107 kHz shall be limited to class J3E emissions and to a peak envelope power not exceeding 1 kW. Preferably, the following carrier frequencies should be used: 2 065.0 kHz, 2 079.0 kHz, 2 082.5 kHz, 2 086.0 kHz, 2 093.0 kHz, 2 096.5 kHz, 2 100.0 kHz and 2 103.5 kHz. In Argentina and Uruguay, the carrier frequencies 2 068.5 kHz and 2 075.5 kHz are also used for this purpose, while the frequencies within the band 2 072‐2 075.5 kHz are used as provided in No. 52.165.

5.106 In Regions 2 and 3, provided no harmful interference is caused to the maritime mobile service, the frequencies between 2 065 kHz and 2 107 kHz may be used by stations of the fixed service communicating only within national borders and whose mean power does not exceed 50 W. In notifying the frequencies, the attention of the Bureau should be drawn to these provisions.

5.107 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Iraq, Libya, Somalia and Swaziland, the band 2 160‐2 170 kHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile (R), services on a primary basis. The mean power of stations in these services shall not exceed 50 W. (WRC‐12)

5.108 The carrier frequency 2 182 kHz is an international distress and calling frequency for radiotelephony. The conditions for the use of the band 2 173.5‐2 190.5 kHz are prescribed in Articles 31 and 52. (WRC‐07)

2 190.5‐2 194 MARITIME MOBILE 2 190.5‐2 194

MARITIME MOBILE


PAGE | 20

5.109 The frequencies 2 187.5 kHz, 4 207.5 kHz, 6 312 kHz, 8 414.5 kHz, 12 577 kHz and 16 804.5 kHz are international distress frequencies for digital selective calling. The conditions for the use of these frequencies are prescribed in Article 31.

5.110 The frequencies 2 174.5 kHz, 4 177.5 kHz, 6 268 kHz, 8 376.5 kHz, 12 520 kHz and 16 695 kHz are international distress frequencies for narrow‐band direct‐printing telegraphy. The conditions for the use of these frequencies are prescribed in Article 31.

5.111 The carrier frequencies 2 182 kHz, 3 023 kHz, 5 680 kHz, 8 364 kHz and the frequencies 121.5 MHz, 156.525 MHz, 156.8 MHz and 243 MHz may also be used, in accordance with the procedures in force for terrestrial radiocommunication services, for search and rescue operations concerning manned space vehicles. The conditions for the use of the frequencies are prescribed in Article 31.

The same applies to the frequencies 10 003 kHz, 14 993 kHz and 19 993 kHz, but in each of these cases emissions must be confined in a band of � 3 kHz about the frequency. (WRC‐07)

2 194‐3 230 kHz



2 194‐2 300

FIXED


2 194‐2 300

FIXED

MOBILE

2 194‐2 495 FIXED

MOBILE

5.92 5.103 5.112 5.112

2 300‐2 498

FIXED


BROADCASTING 5.113

5.103 2 498‐2 501

STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL (2 500 kHz)

2 300‐2 495

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING 5.113 2 495‐2 501

STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL (2 500 kHz)

2 495‐2 501 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND

TIME SIGNAL (2 500 kHz)

2 501‐2 502 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL

Space Research

2 501‐2 505

STANDARD FREQUENCY AND

TIME SIGNAL 2 502‐2 625

FIXED


5.92 5.103 5.114

2 502‐2 505

STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL 2 505‐2 850

FIXED

MOBILE

2 505‐2 850

FIXED

MOBILE

2 625‐2 650

MARITIME MOBILE

MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION

5.92


PAGE | 21

5.112 Alternative allocation: in Denmark and Sri Lanka, the band 2 194‐2 300 kHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.113 For the conditions for the use of the bands 2 300‐2 495 kHz (2 498 kHz in Region 1), 3 200‐3 400 kHz, 4 750‐4 995 kHz and 5 005‐5 060 kHz by the broadcasting service, see Nos. 5.16 to 5.20, 5.21 and 23.3 to 23.10.

5.114 Alternative allocation: in Denmark and Iraq, the band 2 502‐2 625 kHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.115 The carrier (reference) frequencies 3 023 kHz and 5 680 kHz may also be used, in accordance with Article 31, by stations of the maritime mobile service engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations. (WRC‐07)

5.116 Administrations are urged to authorize the use of the band 3 155‐3 195 kHz to provide a common worldwide channel for low power wireless hearing aids. Additional channels for these devices may be assigned by administrations in the bands between 3 155 kHz and 3 400 kHz to suit local needs.

It should be noted that frequencies in the range 3 000 kHz to 4 000 kHz are suitable for hearing aid devices which are designed to operate over short distances within the induction field.

5.117 Alternative allocation: in Côte d'Ivoire, Denmark, Egypt, Liberia, Sri Lanka and Togo, the band 3 155‐3 200 kHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

2 650‐2 850

FIXED


5.92 5.103

2 850‐3 025 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R)

5.111 5.115

2 850‐3 025

AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R)

3 025‐3 155 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (OR) 3 025‐3 155

AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (OR)

3 155‐3 200 FIXED


5.116 5.117

3 155‐3 400 FIXED


3 200‐3 230 FIXED


BROADCASTING 5.113

5.116


PAGE | 22

3 230‐5 003 kHz



3 230‐3 400 FIXED


BROADCASTING 5.113

5.116 5.118

FIXED


3 400‐3 500 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R) 3 400‐3 500


3 500‐3 800

AMATEUR

FIXED


3 500‐3 750

AMATEUR

5.119

3 500‐3 900

AMATEUR

FIXED

MOBILE

3 500‐3 900 FIXED

MOBILE

5.92 3 750‐4 000

3 800‐3 900

FIXED


LAND MOBILE

AMATEUR

FIXED


3 900‐3 950


5.123

3 900‐3 950

AERONAUTICAL MOBILE

BROADCASTING

3 900‐3 950

AERONAUTICAL MOBILE

3 950‐4 000

FIXED

BROADCASTING

3 950‐4 000

FIXED

BROADCASTING

3 950‐4 063

FIXED

5.122 5.125 5.126

4 000‐4 063 FIXED


5.126

4 063‐4 438 MARITIME MOBILE 5.79A 5.109 5.110 5.130 5.131 5.132

5.128

4 063‐4 438

MARITIME MOBILE

4 438‐4 488

FIXED


Radiolocation 5.132A

4 438‐4 488

FIXED


RADIOLOCATION 5.132A

4 438‐4 488

FIXED



4 438‐4 650 FIXED

MOBILE

5.132B

4 488‐4 650

FIXED


4 488‐4 650

FIXED





PAGE | 23

5.118 Additional allocation: in the United States, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay, the band 3 230‐3 400 kHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐03)

5.119 Additional allocation: in Honduras, Mexico and Peru, the band 3 500‐3 750 kHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.120 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.121 Not used.

5.122 Alternative allocation: in Bolivia, Chile, Ecuador, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay, the band 3 750‐4 000 kHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.123 Additional allocation: in Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia, South Africa, Swaziland, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 3 900‐3 950 kHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.124 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.125 Additional allocation: in Greenland, the band 3 950‐4 000 kHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. The power of the broadcasting stations operating in this band shall not exceed that necessary for a national service and shall in no case exceed 5 kW.

5.126 In Region 3, the stations of those services to which the band 3 995‐4 005 kHz is allocated may transmit standard frequency and time signals.

5.127 The use of the band 4 000‐4 063 kHz by the maritime mobile service is limited to ship stations using radiotelephony (see No. 52.220 and Appendix 17).

5.128 Frequencies in the bands 4 063‐4 123 kHz and 4 130‐4 438 kHz may be used exceptionally by stations in the fixed service, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, with a mean power not exceeding 50 W, on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the maritime mobile service. In addition, in Afghanistan, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Botswana, Burkina Faso, the Central African Rep., China, the Russian Federation, Georgia, India, Kazakhstan, Mali, Niger, Pakistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Chad, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, in the bands 4 063‐4 123 kHz, 4 130‐4 133 kHz and 4 408‐4 438 kHz, stations in the fixed service, with a mean power not exceeding 1 kW, can be operated on condition that they are situated at least 600 km from the coast and that harmful interference is not caused to the maritime mobile service. (WRC‐12)

5.129 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.130 The conditions for the use of the carrier frequencies 4 125 kHz and 6 215 kHz are prescribed in Articles 31 and 52. (WRC‐07)



4 750‐4 850

FIXED


LAND MOBILE

BROADCASTING 5.113

4 750‐4 850

FIXED


BROADCASTING 5.113

4 750‐4 850

FIXED

BROADCASTING 5.113

Land mobile

4 750‐4 850 FIXED

Land mobile

4 850‐4 995 FIXED

LAND MOBILE

BROADCASTING 5.113

4 850‐4 995 FIXED

LAND MOBILE

4 995‐5 003 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL (5 000 kHz) 4 995‐5 003 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME

SIGNAL (5 000 kHz)


PAGE | 24

5.131 The frequency 4 209.5 kHz is used exclusively for the transmission by coast stations of meteorological and navigational warnings and urgent information to ships by means of narrow‐band direct‐printing techniques. (WRC‐97)

5.132 The frequencies 4 210 kHz, 6 314 kHz, 8 416.5 kHz, 12 579 kHz, 16 806.5 kHz, 19 680.5 kHz, 22 376 kHz and 26 100.5 kHz are the international frequencies for the transmission of maritime safety information (MSI) (see Appendix 17).

5.132A Stations in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations operating in the fixed or mobile services. Applications of the radiolocation service are limited to oceanographic radars operating in accordance with Resolution 612 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.132B Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the frequency band 4 438‐4 488 kHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile (R), services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5 003‐7 450 kHz



5 003‐5 005 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL Space research


5 005‐5 060 FIXED BROADCASTING 5.113

5 005‐5 250

FIXED

5 060‐5 250 FIXED Mobile except aeronautical mobile 5.133

5 250‐5 275

FIXED



5 250‐5 275

FIXED



5 250‐5 275

FIXED



5 250‐5 450 FIXED

MOBILE

5.133A

5 275‐5 450 FIXED


5 450‐5 480 FIXED AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (OR) LAND MOBILE


5 450‐5 480 FIXED AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (OR) LAND MOBILE

5 450‐5 480 FIXED AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (OR)

LAND MOBILE

5 480‐5 680 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R) 5.111 5.115

5 480‐5 680


5 680‐5 730 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (OR) 5.111 5.115

5 680‐5 730


5 730‐5 900 5 730‐5 900 5 730‐5 900 5 730‐5 900

FIXED LAND MOBILE

FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile (R)

FIXED Mobile except aeronautical mobile (R)

FIXED

5 900‐5 950 BROADCASTING 5.134 5.136

5 900‐6 200

BROADCASTING


PAGE | 25

5.133 Different category of service: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Niger, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the allocation of the band 5 130‐5 250 kHz to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐12)

5.133A Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the frequency bands 5 250‐5 275 kHz and 26 200‐26 350 kHz are allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.134 The use of the bands 5 900‐5 950 kHz, 7 300‐7 350 kHz, 9 400‐9 500 kHz, 11 600‐11 650 kHz, 12 050‐12 100 kHz, 13 570‐13 600 kHz, 13 800‐13 870 kHz, 15 600‐15 800 kHz, 17 480‐17 550 kHz and 18 900‐19 020 kHz by the broadcasting service is subject to the application of the procedure of Article 12. Administrations are encouraged to use these bands to facilitate the introduction of digitally modulated emissions in accordance with the provisions of Resolution 517 (Rev.WRC‐07). (WRC‐07)

5.135 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.136 Additional allocation: frequencies in the band 5 900‐5 950 kHz may be used by stations in the following services, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located: fixed service (in all three Regions), land mobile service (in Region 1), mobile except aeronautical mobile (R) service (in Regions 2 and 3), on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. When using frequencies for these services, administrations are urged to use the minimum power required and to take account of the seasonal use of frequencies by the broadcasting service published in accordance with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐

07)

5.137 On condition that harmful interference is not caused to the maritime mobile service, the bands 6 200‐6 213.5 kHz and 6 220.5‐6 525 kHz may be used exceptionally by stations in the fixed service, communicating

5 950‐6 200 BROADCASTING

6 200‐6 525 MARITIME MOBILE 5.109 5.110 5.130 5.132 5.137

6 200‐6 525

MARITIME MOBILE





6 765‐7 000 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile (R) 5.138

6 765‐7 000 FIXED

MYN10

7 000‐7 100 AMATEUR AMATEUR‐SATELLITE 5.140 5.141 5.141A

7 000‐7 100 AMATEUR AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

7 100‐7 200 AMATEUR 5.141A 5.141B

7 100‐7 350

BROADCASTING


7 200‐7 300 AMATEUR 5.142


7 300‐7 400 BROADCASTING 5.134 5.143 5.143A 5.143B 5.143C 5.143D

7 350‐8 100 FIXED

Land mobile 7 400‐7 450 BROADCASTING 5.143B 5.143C

7 400‐7 450 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile (R)

7 400‐7 450 BROADCASTING 5.143A 5.143C


PAGE | 26

only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, with a mean power not exceeding 50 W. At the time of notification of these frequencies, the attention of the Bureau will be drawn to the above conditions.

5.138 The following bands:

6 765‐6 795 kHz (centre frequency 6 780 kHz),

433.05‐434.79 MHz (centre frequency 433.92 MHz) in Region 1 except in the countries mentioned in No. 5.280,

61‐61.5 GHz (centre frequency 61.25 GHz),

122‐123 GHz (centre frequency 122.5 GHz), and

244‐246 GHz (centre frequency 245 GHz)

are designated for industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications. The use of these frequency bands for ISM applications shall be subject to special authorization by the administration concerned, in agreement with other administrations whose radiocommunication services might be affected. In applying this provision, administrations shall have due regard to the latest relevant ITU‐R Recommendations.

5.138A (SUP‐WRC‐12)

5.139 (SUP‐WRC‐12)

5.140 Additional allocation: in Angola, Iraq, Kenya, Somalia and Togo, the band 7 000‐7 050 kHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.141 Alternative allocation: in Egypt, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Guinea, Libya, Madagascar and Niger, the band 7 000‐7 050 kHz is allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.141A Additional allocation: in Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the bands 7 000‐7 100 kHz and 7 100‐7 200 kHz are also allocated to the fixed and land mobile services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐03)

5.141B Additional allocation: in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Australia, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, China, Comoros, Korea (Rep. of), Diego Garcia, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Libya, Morocco, Mauritania, Niger, New Zealand, Oman, Papua New Guinea, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Singapore, Sudan, South Sudan, Tunisia, Viet Nam and Yemen, the band 7 100‐7 200 kHz is also allocated to the fixed and the mobile, except aeronautical mobile (R), services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.141C (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.142 The use of the band 7 200‐7 300 kHz in Region 2 by the amateur service shall not impose constraints on the broadcasting service intended for use within Region 1 and Region 3. (WRC‐12)

5.143 Additional allocation: frequencies in the band 7 300‐7 350 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed service and in the land mobile service, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. When using frequencies for these services, administrations are urged to use the minimum power required and to take account of the seasonal use of frequencies by the broadcasting service published in accordance with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.143A In Region 3, frequencies in the band 7 350‐7 450 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed service on a primary basis and land mobile service on a secondary basis, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. When using frequencies for these services, administrations are urged to use the minimum power required and to take account of the seasonal use of frequencies by the broadcasting service published in accordance with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐12)

5.143B In Region 1, frequencies in the band 7 350‐7 450 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed and land mobile services communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. The total radiated power of each station shall not exceed 24 dBW. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 27

5.143C Additional allocation: in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Jordan, Kuwait, Libya, Morocco, Mauritania, Niger, Oman, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Sudan, South Sudan, Tunisia and Yemen, the bands 7 350‐7 400 kHz and 7 400‐7 450 kHz are also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.143D In Region 2, frequencies in the band 7 350‐7 400 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed service and in the land mobile service, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. When using frequencies for these services, administrations are urged to use the minimum power required and to take account of the seasonal use of frequencies by the broadcasting service published in accordance with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐12)

7 450‐13 360 kHz



7 450‐8 100 FIXED


5.144

7 350‐8 100 FIXED

Land mobile

8 100‐8 195 FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

8 100‐8 195

FIXED

8 195‐8 815 MARITIME MOBILE 5.109 5.110 5.132 5.145

5.111

8 195‐8 815

MARITIME MOBILE





9 040‐9 305

FIXED

9 040‐9 400

FIXED

9 040‐9 305

FIXED

9 040‐9 400

FIXED

9 305‐9 355

FIXED


9 305‐9 355

FIXED


5.145B

9 355‐9 400

FIXED

9 355‐9 400

FIXED

9 400‐9 500 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.146


S5.146


5.147

9 500‐9 900

BROADCASTING

9 900‐9 995 FIXED 9 900‐9 995

FIXED

9 995‐10 003 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL (10 000 kHz)

5.111

9 995‐10 003 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME

SIGNAL (10 000 kHz)


Space research

5.111



5.111

10 005‐10 100



PAGE | 28

5.143E (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)


5.145 The conditions for the use of the carrier frequencies 8 291 kHz, 12 290 kHz and 16 420 kHz are prescribed in Articles 31 and 52. (WRC‐07)

5.145A Stations in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations operating in the fixed service. Applications of the radiolocation service are limited to oceanographic radars operating in accordance with Resolution 612 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.145B Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the frequency bands 9 305‐9 355 kHz and 16 100‐16 200 kHz are allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.146 Additional allocation: frequencies in the bands 9 400‐9 500 kHz, 11 600‐11 650 kHz, 12 050‐12 100 kHz, 15 600‐15 800 kHz, 17 480‐17 550 kHz and 18 900‐19 020 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed service, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. When using frequencies in the fixed service, administrations are urged to use the minimum power required and to take account of the seasonal use of frequencies by the broadcasting service published in accordance with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.147 On condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service, frequencies in the bands 9 775‐9 900 kHz, 11 650‐11 700 kHz and 11 975‐12 050 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed service communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, each station using a total radiated power not exceeding 24 dBW.

5.148 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

10 100‐10 150 FIXED

Amateur

10 100‐11 175

FIXED

10 150‐11 175 FIXED

Mobile except aeronautical mobile (R)





11 400‐11 600 FIXED 11 400‐11 600

FIXED

11 600‐11 650 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.146

11 600‐12 100

BROADCASTING

Land Mobile

S5.146 S5.147 MYN2


5.147

12 050‐12 100 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.146

12 100‐12 230 FIXED 12 100‐12 230

FIXED

12 230‐13 200 MARITIME MOBILE 5.109 5.110 5.132 5.145 12 230‐13 200

MARITIME MOBILE






PAGE | 29

13 360‐18 030 kHz



13 360‐13 410 FIXED

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149

13 360‐13 410 FIXED

MYN9

13 410‐13 450 FIXED


13 410‐13 570 FIXED

MYN10 13 450‐13 550

FIXED



13 450‐13 550

FIXED



5.149A

13 550‐13 570 FIXED


5.150

13 570‐13 600 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.151


MYN36

13 600‐13 800 BROADCASTING 13 600‐13 870

BROADCASTING

MYN3 13 800‐13 870 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.151

13 870‐14 000 FIXED


13 870‐14 000

FIXED

14 000‐14 250 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE


14 250‐14 350 AMATEUR

5.152

14 250‐14 350 AMATEUR

14 350‐14 990 FIXED


14 350‐14 990

FIXED


5.111



Space research




15 100‐15 600 BROADCASTING 15 100‐15 600 BROADCASTING

MYN3

15 600‐15 800 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.146


S5.146


PAGE | 30

5.149 In making assignments to stations of other services to which the bands:

13 360‐13 410 kHz,

25 550‐25 670 kHz,

37.5‐38.25 MHz,

73‐74.6 MHz in Regions 1 and 3,

150.05‐153 MHz in Region 1,

322‐328.6 MHz,

406.1‐410 MHz,

608‐614 MHz in Regions 1 and 3,

1 330‐1 400 MHz,

1 610.6‐1 613.8 MHz,

1 660‐1 670 MHz,

1 718.8‐1 722.2 MHz,

2 655‐2 690 MHz,

3 260‐3 267 MHz,

3 332‐3 339 MHz,

3 345.8‐3 352.5 MHz,

4 825‐4 835 MHz,

4 950‐4 990 MHz,

4 990‐5 000 MHz,

6 650‐6 675.2 MHz,

10.6‐10.68 GHz,

14.47‐14.5 GHz,

22.01‐22.21 GHz,

22.21‐22.5 GHz,

22.81‐22.86 GHz,

23.07‐23.12 GHz,

31.2‐31.3 GHz,

31.5‐31.8 GHz in Regions 1 and 3,

36.43‐36.5 GHz,

42.5‐43.5 GHz,

48.94‐49.04 GHz,

76‐86 GHz,

92‐94 GHz,

94.1‐100 GHz,

102‐109.5 GHz,

111.8‐114.25 GHz,

128.33‐128.59 GHz,

129.23‐129.49 GHz,

130‐134 GHz,

136‐148.5 GHz,

151.5‐158.5 GHz,

168.59‐168.93 GHz,

171.11‐171.45 GHz,

172.31‐172.65 GHz,

173.52‐173.85 GHz,

195.75‐196.15 GHz,

209‐226 GHz,

241‐250 GHz,

252‐275 GHz

are allocated, administrations are urged to take all practicable steps to protect the radio astronomy service from harmful interference. Emissions from spaceborne or airborne stations can be particularly serious sources of interference to the radio astronomy service (see Nos. 4.5 and 4.6 and Article 29). (WRC‐07)

5.149A Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the frequency band 13 450‐13 550 kHz is allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis and to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile (R), service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.150 The following bands:

15 800‐16 100 FIXED

5.153

15 800‐16 360

FIXED

16 100‐16 200

FIXED


16 100‐16 200

FIXED


16 100‐16 200

FIXED


5.145B

16 200‐16 360 FIXED

16 360‐17 410 MARITIME MOBILE 5.109 5.110 5.132 5.145 16 360‐17 410

MARITIME MOBILE

17 410‐17 480 FIXED 17 410‐17 480

FIXED

17 480‐17 550 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.146


MYN7, S5.146

17 550‐17 900 BROADCASTING 17 550‐17 900

BROADCASTING






PAGE | 31



40.66‐40.70 MHz (centre frequency 40.68 MHz),

902‐928 MHz in Region 2 (centre frequency 915 MHz),

2 400‐2 500 MHz (centre frequency 2 450 MHz),

5 725‐5 875 MHz (centre frequency 5 800 MHz), and

24‐24.25 GHz (centre frequency 24.125 GHz)

are also designated for industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications. Radiocommunication services operating within these bands must accept harmful interference which may be caused by these applications. ISM equipment operating in these bands is subject to the provisions of No. 15.13.

5.151 Additional allocation: frequencies in the bands 13 570‐13 600 kHz and 13 800‐13 870 kHz may be used by stations in the fixed service and in the mobile except aeronautical mobile (R) service, communicating only within the boundary of the country in which they are located, on the condition that harmful interference is not caused to the broadcasting service. When using frequencies in these services, administrations are urged to use the minimum power required and to take account of the seasonal use of frequencies by the broadcasting service published in accordance with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.152 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, China, Côte d’Ivoire, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 14 250‐14 350 kHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. Stations of the fixed service shall not use a radiated power exceeding 24 dBW. (WRC‐03)


18 030‐23 350 kHz



18 030‐18 052 FIXED 18 030‐18 052

FIXED

18 052‐18 068 FIXED

Space research

18 052‐18 068 FIXED

MYN4

18 068‐18 168 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

5.154


18 168‐18 780 FIXED

Mobile except aeronautical mobile

18 168‐18 780

FIXED

18 780‐18 900 MARITIME MOBILE 18 780‐18 900 MARITIME MOBILE

MYN5

18 900‐19 020 BROADCASTING 5.134

5.146


S5.146


PAGE | 32

5.154 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 18 068‐18 168 kHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis for use within their boundaries, with a peak envelope power not exceeding 1 kW. (WRC‐03)

5.155 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 21 850‐21 870 kHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile (R) service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

19 020‐19 680 FIXED 19 020‐19 680

FIXED

19 680‐19 800 MARITIME MOBILE 5.132 19 680‐19 800

MARITIME MOBILE

19 800‐19 990 FIXED 19 800‐19 990 FIXED

MYN4


Space research

5.111


TIME SIGNAL


5.111



20 010‐21 000 FIXED

Mobile

20 010‐21 000

FIXED

21 000‐21 450 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE


21 450‐21 850 BROADCASTING 21 450‐21 850

BROADCASTING

21 850‐21 870 FIXED 5.155A

5.155

21 850‐21 924

FIXED

MYN4 21 870‐21 924 FIXED 5.155B



22 000‐22 855 MARITIME MOBILE 5.132

5.156

22 000‐22 855

MARITIME MOBILE

22 855‐23 000 FIXED

5.156

22 855‐23 200

FIXED

23 000‐23 200 FIXED


5.156

23 200‐23 350 FIXED 5.156A


23 200‐23 350 FIXED



PAGE | 33

5.155A In Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the use of the band 21 850‐21 870 kHz by the fixed service is limited to provision of services related to aircraft flight safety. (WRC‐07)

5.155B The band 21 870‐21 924 kHz is used by the fixed service for provision of services related to aircraft flight safety.

5.156 Additional allocation: in Nigeria, the band 22 720‐23 200 kHz is also allocated to the meteorological aids service (radiosondes) on a primary basis.

5.156A The use of the band 23 200‐23 350 kHz by the fixed service is limited to provision of services related to aircraft flight safety.

23 350‐27 500 kHz



23 350‐24 000 FIXED

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.157


MYN4

24 000‐24 450 FIXED

LAND MOBILE

24 000‐24 890 FIXED LAND MOBILE

MYN4 24 450‐24 600

FIXED

LAND MOBILE


24 450‐24 650

FIXED

LAND MOBILE


24 450‐24 600

FIXED

LAND MOBILE


5.158

24 600‐24 890

FIXED

LAND MOBILE

24 600‐24 890

FIXED

LAND MOBILE

24 650‐24 890

FIXED

LAND MOBILE

24 890‐24 990 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE


24 990‐25 005 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL (25 000 kHz) 24 990‐25 005 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND



Space research


TIME SIGNAL

25 010‐25 070 FIXED



MYN4

25 070‐25 210 MARITIME MOBILE 25 070‐25 210

MARITIME MOBILE


PAGE | 34

5.157 The use of the band 23 350‐24 000 kHz by the maritime mobile service is limited to inter‐ship radiotelegraphy.

5.158 Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the frequency band 24 450‐24 600 kHz is allocated to the fixed and land mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

27.5‐47 MHz

25 210‐25 550 FIXED


25 210‐25 550 FIXED


25 550‐25 670 RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149

25 550‐25 600 FIXED

MYN8 25 600‐25 670 RADIO ASTRONOMY MYN9

25 670‐26 100 BROADCASTING 25 670‐26 100

BROADCASTING

26 100‐26 175 MARITIME MOBILE 5.132 26 100‐26 175

MARITIME MOBILE

26 175‐26 200 FIXED



MYN10

26 200‐26 350

FIXED



26 200‐26 420

FIXED



26 200‐26 350

FIXED



5.133A

26 350‐27 500

FIXED


26 350‐27 500

FIXED


26 420‐27 500

FIXED


5.150 5.150 5.150


Region 1 Region 2 Region 3 Republic of Union of Myanmar

27.5‐28 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS

FIXED

MOBILE

27.5‐28 FIXED MOBILE

METEOROLOGICAL AIDS

28‐29.7 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

28‐29.7 AMATEUR AMATEUR‐SATELLITE


PAGE | 35

29.7‐30.005 FIXED

MOBILE

29.7‐37.5

FIXED

MOBILE 30.005‐30.01 SPACE OPERATION (satellite identification)

FIXED

MOBILE

SPACE RESEARCH

30.01‐37.5 FIXED

MOBILE

37.5‐38.25 FIXED

MOBILE

Radio astronomy

5.149

37.5‐38.25 FIXED MOBILE

MYN9

38.25‐39

FIXED

MOBILE

38.25‐39.986

FIXED

MOBILE

38.25‐39.5

FIXED

MOBILE

38.25‐40.02

FIXED

MOBILE

39‐39.5

FIXED

MOBILE


5.159

39.5‐39.986

FIXED

MOBILE

39.5‐39.986

FIXED

MOBILE


39.986‐40.02

FIXED

MOBILE

Space research

39.986‐40

FIXED

MOBILE


Space research

40‐40.02

FIXED

MOBILE

Space research

40.02‐40.98 FIXED

MOBILE

5.150


MYN10

40.98‐41.015 FIXED

MOBILE

Space research

5.160 5.161



PAGE | 36

5.159 Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan, the frequency band 39‐39.5 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.160 Additional allocation: in Botswana, Burundi, Dem. Rep. of the Congo and Rwanda, the band 41‐44 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.161 Additional allocation: in Iran (Islamic Republic of) and Japan, the band 41‐44 MHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service on a secondary basis.

5.161A Additional allocation: in Korea (Rep. of) and the United States, the frequency bands 41.015‐41.665 MHz and 43.35‐44 MHz are also allocated to the radiolocation service on a primary basis. Stations in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations operating in the fixed or mobile services. Applications of the radiolocation service are limited to oceanographic radars operating in accordance with Resolution 612 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.161B Alternative allocation: in Albania, Germany, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Vatican, Croatia, Denmark, Spain, Estonia, Finland, France, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, The Former Yugoslav Rep. of Macedonia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Moldova, Monaco, Montenegro, Norway, Uzbekistan, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia, Czech Rep., Romania, United Kingdom, San Marino, Slovenia, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and Ukraine, the frequency band 42‐42.5 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.162 Additional allocation: in Australia, the band 44‐47 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.162A Additional allocation: in Germany, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, China, Vatican, Denmark, Spain, Estonia, the Russian Federation, Finland, France, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Monaco, Montenegro, Norway, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, the Czech Rep., the United Kingdom, Serbia, Slovenia, Sweden and Switzerland the band 46‐68 MHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service on a secondary basis. This use is limited to the operation of wind profiler radars in accordance with Resolution 217 (WRC‐97). (WRC‐12)

41.015‐42 FIXED

MOBILE

5.160 5.161 5.161A

42‐42.5

FIXED

MOBILE


5.160 5.161B

42‐42.5

FIXED

MOBILE

5.161

42.5‐44 FIXED

MOBILE

5.160 5.161 5.161A

44‐47 FIXED

MOBILE

5.162 5.162A

44‐50 FIXED MOBILE

S5.162A


PAGE | 37

47‐75.2 MHz

5.163 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Moldova, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the bands 47‐48.5 MHz and 56.5‐58 MHz are also allocated to the fixed and land mobile services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)



47‐68

BROADCASTING

47‐50

FIXED

MOBILE

47‐50

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING

5.162A

FIXED MOBILE

50‐54

AMATEUR

5.162A 5.166 5.167 5.167A 5.168 5.170

50‐54 FIXED MOBILE AMATEUR

MYN11

54‐68

BROADCASTING

Fixed

Mobile

54‐68

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING

54‐68 FIXED

LAND MOBILE

5.162A 5.163 5.164 5.165 5.169 5.171

5.172

5.162A

68‐74.8

FIXED


68‐72

BROADCASTING

Fixed

Mobile

5.173

68‐74.8

FIXED

MOBILE

68‐74.8 FIXED

Mobile

72‐73

FIXED

MOBILE

73‐74.6

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.178

74.6‐74.8

FIXED

MOBILE

5.149 5.175 5.177 5.179

5.149 5.176 5.179

MYN9 S5.176 S5.179

74.8‐75.2 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

5.180 5.181

74.8‐75.2



PAGE | 38

5.164 Additional allocation: in Albania, Algeria, Germany, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Côte d'Ivoire, Denmark, Spain, Estonia, Finland, France, Gabon, Greece, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Madagascar, Mali, Malta, Morocco, Mauritania, Monaco, Montenegro, Nigeria, Norway, the Netherlands, Poland, Syrian Arab Republic, Slovakia, Czech Rep., Romania, the United Kingdom, Serbia, Slovenia, Sweden, Switzerland, Swaziland, Chad, Togo, Tunisia and Turkey, the band 47‐68 MHz, in South Africa the band 47‐50 MHz, and in Latvia the band 48.5‐56.5 MHz, are also allocated to the land mobile service on a primary basis. However, stations of the land mobile service in the countries mentioned in connection with each band referred to in this footnote shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, existing or planned broadcasting stations of countries other than those mentioned in connection with the band. (WRC‐12)

5.165 Additional allocation: in Angola, Cameroon, Congo (Rep. of the), Madagascar, Mozambique, Niger, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Tanzania and Chad, the band 47‐68 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.166 Alternative allocation: in New Zealand, the band 50‐51 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis; the band 53‐54 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.167 Alternative allocation: in Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Pakistan, Singapore and Thailand, the band 50‐54 MHz is allocated to the fixed, mobile and broadcasting services on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.167A Additional allocation: in Indonesia, the band 50‐54 MHz is also allocated to the fixed, mobile and broadcasting services on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.168 Additional allocation: in Australia, China and the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, the band 50‐54 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis.

5.169 Alternative allocation: in Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Namibia, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Rwanda, South Africa, Swaziland, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 50‐54 MHz is allocated to the amateur service on a primary basis. In Senegal, the band 50‐51 MHz is allocated to the amateur service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.170 Additional allocation: in New Zealand, the band 51‐53 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis.

5.171 Additional allocation: in Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mali, Namibia, Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Rwanda, South Africa, Swaziland, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 54‐68 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.172 Different category of service: in the French overseas departments and communities in Region 2, Guyana, Jamaica and Mexico, the allocation of the band 54‐68 MHz to the fixed and mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.173 Different category of service: in the French overseas departments and communities in Region 2, Guyana, Jamaica and Mexico, the allocation of the band 68‐72 MHz to the fixed and mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.174 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.175 Alternative allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the bands 68‐73 MHz and 76‐87.5 MHz are allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. In Latvia and Lithuania, the bands 68‐73 MHz and 76‐87.5 MHz are allocated to the broadcasting and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. The services to which these bands are allocated in other countries and the broadcasting service in the countries listed above are subject to agreements with the neighbouring countries concerned. (WRC‐07)


PAGE | 39

5.176 Additional allocation: in Australia, China, Korea (Rep. of), the Philippines, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea and Samoa, the band 68‐74 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.177 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 73‐74 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐07)

5.178 Additional allocation: in Colombia, Cuba, El Salvador, Guatemala, Guyana, Honduras and Nicaragua, the band 73‐74.6 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.179 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, China, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Lithuania, Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the bands 74.6‐74.8 MHz and 75.2‐75.4 MHz are also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service, on a primary basis, for ground‐based transmitters only. (WRC‐12)

5.180 The frequency 75 MHz is assigned to marker beacons. Administrations shall refrain from assigning frequencies close to the limits of the guardband to stations of other services which, because of their power or geographical position, might cause harmful interference or otherwise place a constraint on marker beacons.

Every effort should be made to improve further the characteristics of airborne receivers and to limit the power of transmitting stations close to the limits 74.8 MHz and 75.2 MHz.

5.181 Additional allocation: in Egypt, Israel and the Syrian Arab Republic, the band 74.8‐75.2 MHz is also allocated to the mobile service on a secondary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In order to ensure that harmful interference is not caused to stations of the aeronautical radionavigation service, stations of the mobile service shall not be introduced in the band until it is no longer required for the aeronautical radionavigation service by any administration which may be identified in the application of the procedure invoked under No. 9.21. (WRC‐03)

75.2‐137.175 MHz



75.2‐87.5

FIXED


75.2‐75.4

FIXED

MOBILE

5.179


S5.179

75.4‐76

FIXED

MOBILE

75.4‐87

FIXED

MOBILE

75.4‐87 FIXED

MOBILE

76‐88

BROADCASTING

Fixed

5.182 5.183 5.188

S5.182

5.175 5.179 5.187

Mobile 87‐100

FIXED

87‐100

BROADCASTING

87.5‐100

BROADCASTING

5.185

MOBILE

BROADCASTING

5.190

88‐100

BROADCASTING

MYN12


PAGE | 40

5.182 Additional allocation: in Western Samoa, the band 75.4‐87 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis.

5.183 Additional allocation: in China, Korea (Rep. of), Japan, the Philippines and the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, the band 76‐87 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis.

5.184 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.185 Different category of service: in the United States, the French overseas departments and communities in Region 2, Guyana, Jamaica, Mexico and Paraguay, the allocation of the band 76‐88 MHz to the fixed and mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.186 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.187 Alternative allocation: in Albania, the band 81‐87.5 MHz is allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis and used in accordance with the decisions contained in the Final Acts of the Special Regional Conference (Geneva, 1960).

5.188 Additional allocation: in Australia, the band 85‐87 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. The introduction of the broadcasting service in Australia is subject to special agreements between the administrations concerned.

5.189 Not used.

5.190 Additional allocation: in Monaco, the band 87.5‐88 MHz is also allocated to the land mobile service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐97)

5.191 Not used.

100‐108 BROADCASTING

5.192 5.194


MYN12 S5.192

108‐117.975 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

5.197 5.197A

108‐117.975


117.975‐137 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R)

5.111 5.200 5.201 5.202

117.975‐137


137‐137.025 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth)

METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208A 5.208B 5.209

SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth)

Fixed


5.204 5.205 5.206 5.207 5.208

137‐138 FIXED


137.025‐137.175 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth)



Fixed


Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208A 5.208B 5.209

5.204 5.205 5.206 5.207 5.208

S5.204 S5.208


PAGE | 41

5.192 Additional allocation: in China and Korea (Rep. of), the band 100‐108 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.193 Not used.

5.194 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Kyrgyzstan, Somalia and Turkmenistan, the band 104‐108 MHz is also allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile (R), service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐07)


5.197 Additional allocation: in the Syrian Arab Republic, the band 108‐111.975 MHz is also allocated to the mobile service on a secondary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In order to ensure that harmful interference is not caused to stations of the aeronautical radionavigation service, stations of the mobile service shall not be introduced in the band until it is no longer required for the aeronautical radionavigation service by any administration which may be identified in the application of the procedures invoked under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.197A Additional allocation: the band 108‐117.975 MHz is also allocated on a primary basis to the aeronautical mobile (R) service, limited to systems operating in accordance with recognized international

aeronautical standards. Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 413 (Rev.WRC‐07)*. The use of the band 108‐112 MHz by the aeronautical mobile (R) service shall be limited to systems composed of ground‐based transmitters and associated receivers that provide navigational information in support of air navigation functions in accordance with recognized international aeronautical standards. (WRC‐07)

5.198 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.199 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.200 In the band 117.975‐137 MHz, the frequency 121.5 MHz is the aeronautical emergency frequency and, where required, the frequency 123.1 MHz is the aeronautical frequency auxiliary to 121.5 MHz. Mobile stations of the maritime mobile service may communicate on these frequencies under the conditions laid down in Article 31 for distress and safety purposes with stations of the aeronautical mobile service. (WRC‐07)

5.201 Additional allocation: in Angola, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Estonia, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq (Republic of), Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Moldova, Mongolia, Mozambique, Uzbekistan, Papua New Guinea, Poland, Kyrgyzstan, Romania, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 132‐136 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile (OR) service on a primary basis. In assigning frequencies to stations of the aeronautical mobile (OR) service, the administration shall take account of the frequencies assigned to stations in the aeronautical mobile (R) service. (WRC‐12)

5.202 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, the United Arab Emirates, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Jordan, Latvia, Oman, Uzbekistan, Poland, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Romania, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 136‐137 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile (OR) service on a primary basis. In assigning frequencies to stations of the aeronautical mobile (OR) service, the administration shall take account of the frequencies assigned to stations in the aeronautical mobile (R) service. (WRC‐12)

5.203 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.203A (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.203B (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.204 Different category of service: in Afghanistan, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, China, Cuba, the United Arab Emirates, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Kuwait, Montenegro, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, Serbia, Singapore, Thailand and Yemen, the band 137‐138 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile (R), services on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐07)

5.205 Different category of service: in Israel and Jordan, the allocation of the band 137‐138 MHz to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

* Note by the Secretariat: This Resolution was revised by WRC‐12.


PAGE | 42

5.206 Different category of service: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Egypt, the Russian Federation, Finland, France, Georgia, Greece, Kazakhstan, Lebanon, Moldova, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Poland, Kyrgyzstan, the Syrian Arab Republic, Slovakia, the Czech Rep., Romania, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the allocation of the band 137‐138 MHz to the aeronautical mobile (OR) service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐2000)

5.207 Additional allocation: in Australia, the band 137‐144 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis until that service can be accommodated within regional broadcasting allocations.

5.208 The use of the band 137‐138 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. (WRC‐97)

5.208A In making assignments to space stations in the mobile‐satellite service in the bands 137‐138 MHz, 387‐390 MHz and 400.15‐401 MHz, administrations shall take all practicable steps to protect the radio astronomy service in the bands 150.05‐153 MHz, 322‐328.6 MHz, 406.1‐410 MHz and 608‐614 MHz from harmful interference from unwanted emissions. The threshold levels of interference detrimental to the radio astronomy service are shown in the relevant ITU‐R Recommendation. (WRC‐07)

5.208B* In the bands:

137‐138 MHz, 387‐390 MHz, 400.15‐401 MHz, 1 452‐1 492 MHz, 1 525‐1 610 MHz, 1 613.8‐1 626.5 MHz, 2 655‐2 690 MHz, 21.4‐22 GHz,

Resolution 739 (Rev.WRC‐07) applies. (WRC‐07)

5.209 The use of the bands 137‐138 MHz, 148‐150.05 MHz, 399.9‐400.05 MHz, 400.15‐401 MHz, 454‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is limited to non‐geostationary‐satellite systems. (WRC‐97)

137.175‐148 MHz

* This provision was previously numbered as No. 5.347A. It was renumbered to preserve the sequential order.



137.175‐137.825 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth)




Fixed


5.204 5.205 5.206 5.207 5.208

FIXED



PAGE | 43

5.210 Additional allocation: in Italy, the Czech Rep. and the United Kingdom, the bands 138‐143.6 MHz and 143.65‐144 MHz are also allocated to the space research service (space‐to‐Earth) on a secondary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.211 Additional allocation: in Germany, Saudi Arabia, Austria, Bahrain, Belgium, Denmark, the United Arab Emirates, Spain, Finland, Greece, Ireland, Israel, Kenya, Kuwait, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia,

137.825‐138 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth)



Fixed


Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208A 5.208B 5.209

5.204 5.205 5.206 5.207 5.208

138‐143.6


138‐143.6

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

138‐143.6

FIXED

MOBILE

Space research (space‐to‐Earth)

138‐144 FIXED

MOBILE

5.210 5.211 5.212 5.214 Space research (space‐to‐Earth)

5.207 5.213

S5.207 S5.213

143.6‐143.65



5.211 5.212 5.214

143.6‐143.65

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION


143.6‐143.65

FIXED

MOBILE


5.207 5.213

143.65‐144


5.210 5.211 5.212 5.214

143.65‐144

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION


143.65‐144

FIXED

MOBILE


5.207 5.213

144‐146 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

5.216

144‐145.8 FIXED MOBILE

S5.216

145.8‐146 AMATEUR

146‐148

FIXED


146‐148

AMATEUR

146‐148

AMATEUR

FIXED

MOBILE

146‐148 FIXED

MOBILE

5.217 5.217


PAGE | 44

Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Mali, Malta, Montenegro, Norway, the Netherlands, Qatar, Slovakia, the United Kingdom, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, Sweden, Switzerland, Tanzania, Tunisia and Turkey, the band 138‐144 MHz is also allocated to the maritime mobile and land mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.212 Alternative allocation: in Angola, Botswana, Cameroon, the Central African Rep., Congo (Rep. of the), Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Iraq, Jordan, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Oman, Uganda, Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, South Africa, Swaziland, Chad, Togo, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 138‐144 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.213 Additional allocation: in China, the band 138‐144 MHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service on a primary basis.

5.214 Additional allocation: in Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan and Tanzania, the band 138‐144 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.215 Not used.

5.216 Additional allocation: in China, the band 144‐146 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile (OR) service on a secondary basis.

5.217 Alternative allocation: in Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Cuba, Guyana and India, the band 146‐148 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis.

148‐223 MHz



148‐149.9

FIXED


MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.209

148‐149.9

FIXED

MOBILE

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.209

148‐149.9 FIXED

MOBILE

5.218 5.219 5.221 5.218 5.219 5.221 S5.219

149.9‐150.05 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.209 5.224A

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE 5.224B

5.220 5.222 5.223

149.9‐150.05 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE

150.05‐153

FIXED


RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149

150.05‐154

FIXED

MOBILE

150.05‐156.7625 FIXED

MOBILE

153‐154

FIXED


Meteorological aids

5.225


PAGE | 45

148‐223 MHz (end)

154‐156.4875

FIXED


5.225A 5.226

154‐156.4875

FIXED

MOBILE

5.226

154‐156.4875

FIXED

MOBILE

5.225A 5.226

S5.225 S5.226 S5.227

156.4875‐156.5625 MARITIME MOBILE (distress and calling via DSC)

5.111 5.226 5.227

156.5625‐156.7625

FIXED


156.5625‐156.7625

FIXED

MOBILE

156.7625‐156.8375

MARITIME MOBILE(distress and calling)

5.226 5.226

156.7625‐156.7875

MARITIME MOBILE

Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

156.7625‐156.7875

MARITIME MOBILE

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

156.7625‐156.7875

MARITIME MOBILE


5.111 5.226 5.228 5.111 5.226 5.228 5.111 5.226 5.228

156.7875‐156.8125 MARITIME MOBILE (distress and calling)

5.111 5.226

156.8125‐156.8375

MARITIME MOBILE


156.8125‐156.8375

MARITIME MOBILE


156.8125‐156.8375

MARITIME MOBILE


5.111 5.226 5.228 5.111 5.226 5.228 5.111 5.226 5.228

156.8375‐161.9625

FIXED


156.8375‐161.9625

FIXED

MOBILE

156.8375‐174 FIXED

MOBILE

5.226 5.226 S5.230 S5.231



161.9625‐161.9875

FIXED


Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.228F

161.9625‐161.9875


MARITIME MOBILE

MOBILE‐SATELITE (Earth‐to‐space)

161.9625‐161.9875

MARITIME MOBILE

Aeronautical mobile (OR) 5.228E


FIXED

MOBILE

5.226 5.228A 5.228B 5.228C 5.228D 5.226

161.9875‐162.0125

FIXED


161.9875‐162.0125

FIXED

MOBILE


PAGE | 46

5.218 Additional allocation: the band 148‐149.9 MHz is also allocated to the space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The bandwidth of any individual transmission shall not exceed � 25 kHz.

5.219 The use of the band 148‐149.9 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. The mobile‐satellite service shall not constrain the development and use of the fixed, mobile and space operation services in the band 148‐149.9 MHz.

5.220 The use of the bands 149.9‐150.05 MHz and 399.9‐400.05 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. The mobile‐satellite service shall not constrain the development and use of the radionavigation‐satellite service in the bands 149.9‐150.05 MHz and 399.9‐400.05 MHz. (WRC‐97)

5.221 Stations of the mobile‐satellite service in the band 148‐149.9 MHz shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations of the fixed or mobile services operating in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations in the following countries: Albania, Algeria, Germany, Saudi Arabia, Australia, Austria, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, Bulgaria, Cameroon, China, Cyprus, Congo (Rep. of the), Korea (Rep. of), Côte d'Ivoire, Croatia, Cuba, Denmark, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Spain, Estonia, Ethiopia, the Russian Federation, Finland, France, Gabon, Ghana, Greece, Guinea, Guinea Bissau, Hungary, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Ireland, Iceland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kuwait, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Lesotho, Latvia, Lebanon, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Mali, Malta, Mauritania, Moldova, Mongolia, Montenegro, Mozambique, Namibia, Norway, New Zealand, Oman, Uganda, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Slovakia, Romania, the United Kingdom,

5.226 5.229 5.226

162.0125‐162.0375

FIXED



162.0125‐162.0375


MARITIME MOBILE

MOBILE‐SATELITE (Earth‐to‐space)

162.0125‐162.0375

MARITIME MOBILE

Aeronautical mobile (OR) 5.228E


5.226 5.228A 5.228B 5.229

5.228C 5.228D

5.226

162.0375‐174

FIXED


162.0375‐174

FIXED

MOBILE

5.226 5.229 5.226 5.230 5.231 5.232

174‐223

BROADCASTING

174‐216

BROADCASTING

Fixed

Mobile

5.234

174‐223

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING

174‐223 BROADCASTING FIXED

MOBILE

216‐220

FIXED

MARITIME MOBILE

Radiolocation 5.241

5.242

5.235 5.237 5.243 5.233 5.238 5.240 5.245 S5.233 S5.238 S5.240


PAGE | 47

Senegal, Serbia, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovenia, Sudan, Sri Lanka, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Swaziland, Tanzania, Chad, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, Viet Nam, Yemen, Zambia and Zimbabwe. (WRC‐12)

5.222 Emissions of the radionavigation‐satellite service in the bands 149.9‐150.05 MHz and 399.9‐400.05 MHz may also be used by receiving earth stations of the space research service.

5.223 Recognizing that the use of the band 149.9‐150.05 MHz by the fixed and mobile services may cause harmful interference to the radionavigation‐satellite service, administrations are urged not to authorize such use in application of No. 4.4.

5.224 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.224A The use of the bands 149.9‐150.05 MHz and 399.9‐400.05 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to the land mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) until 1 January 2015. (WRC‐97)

5.224B The allocation of the bands 149.9‐150.05 MHz and 399.9‐400.05 MHz to the radionavigation‐satellite service shall be effective until 1 January 2015. (WRC‐97)

5.225 Additional allocation: in Australia and India, the band 150.05‐153 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a primary basis.

5.225A Additional allocation: in Algeria, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, China, the Russian Federation, France, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Viet Nam, the frequency band 154‐156 MHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service on a primary basis. The usage of the frequency band 154‐156 MHz by the radiolocation service shall be limited to space‐object detection systems operating from terrestrial locations. The operation of stations in the radiolocation service in the frequency band 154‐156 MHz shall be subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. For the identification of potentially affected administrations in Region 1, the instantaneous field‐strength value of 12 dB(μV/m) for 10% of the time produced at 10 m above ground level in the 25 kHz reference frequency band at the border of the territory of any other administration shall be used. For the identification of potentially affected administrations in Region 3, the interference‐to‐noise ratio (I/N) value of −6 dB (N = −161 dBW/4 kHz), or −10 dB for applications with greater protection requirements, such as public protection and disaster relief (PPDR (N = −161 dBW/4 kHz)), for 1% of the time produced at 60 m above ground level at the border of the territory of any other administration shall be used. In the frequency bands 156.7625‐156.8375 MHz, 156.5125‐156.5375 MHz, 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz, 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz, out‐of‐band e.i.r.p. of space surveillance radars shall not exceed −16 dBW. Frequency assignments to the radiolocation service under this allocation in Ukraine shall not be used without the agreement of Moldova. (WRC‐12)

5.226 The frequency 156.525 MHz is the international distress, safety and calling frequency for the maritime mobile VHF radiotelephone service using digital selective calling (DSC). The conditions for the use of this frequency and the band 156.4875‐156.5625 MHz are contained in Articles 31 and 52, and in Appendix 18.

The frequency 156.8 MHz is the international distress, safety and calling frequency for the maritime mobile VHF radiotelephone service. The conditions for the use of this frequency and the band 156.7625‐156.8375 MHz are contained in Article 31 and Appendix 18.

In the bands 156‐156.4875 MHz, 156.5625‐156.7625 MHz, 156.8375‐157.45 MHz, 160.6‐160.975 MHz and 161.475‐162.05 MHz, each administration shall give priority to the maritime mobile service on only such frequencies as are assigned to stations of the maritime mobile service by the administration (see Articles 31 and 52, and Appendix 18).

Any use of frequencies in these bands by stations of other services to which they are allocated should be avoided in areas where such use might cause harmful interference to the maritime mobile VHF radiocommunication service.

However, the frequencies 156.8 MHz and 156.525 MHz and the frequency bands in which priority is given to the maritime mobile service may be used for radiocommunications on inland waterways subject to agreement between interested and affected administrations and taking into account current frequency usage and existing agreements. (WRC‐07)


PAGE | 48

5.227 Additional allocation: the bands 156.4875‐156.5125 MHz and 156.5375‐156.5625 MHz are also allocated to the fixed and land mobile services on a primary basis. The use of these bands by the fixed and land mobile services shall not cause harmful interference to nor claim protection from the maritime mobile VHF radiocommunication service. (WRC‐07)

5.227A (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.228 The use of the frequency bands 156.7625‐156.7875 MHz and 156.8125‐156.8375 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to the reception of automatic identification system (AIS) emissions of long‐range AIS broadcast messages (Message 27, see the most recent version of Recommendation ITU‐R M.1371). With the exception of AIS emissions, emissions in these frequency bands by systems operating in the maritime mobile service for communications shall not exceed 1 W. (WRC‐12)

5.228A The frequency bands 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz and 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz may be used by aircraft stations for the purpose of search and rescue operations and other safety‐related communications. (WRC‐12)

5.228B The use of the frequency bands 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz and 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz by the fixed and land mobile services shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, the maritime mobile service. (WRC‐12)

5.228C The use of the frequency bands 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz and 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz by the maritime mobile service and the mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) service is limited to the automatic identification system (AIS). The use of these frequency bands by the aeronautical mobile (OR) service is limited to AIS emissions from search and rescue aircraft operations. The AIS operations in these frequency bands shall not constrain the development and use of the fixed and mobile services operating in the adjacent frequency bands. (WRC‐12)

5.228D The frequency bands 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz (AIS 1) and 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz (AIS 2) may continue to be used by the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis until 1 January 2025, at which time this allocation shall no longer be valid. Administrations are encouraged to make all practicable efforts to discontinue the use of these bands by the fixed and mobile services prior to the transition date. During this transition period, the maritime mobile service in these frequency bands has priority over the fixed, land mobile and aeronautical mobile services. (WRC‐12)

5.228E The use of the automatic identification system in the frequency bands 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz and 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz by the aeronautical mobile (OR) service is limited to aircraft stations for the purpose of search and rescue operations and other safety‐related communications. (WRC‐12)

5.228F The use of the frequency bands 161.9625‐161.9875 MHz and 162.0125‐162.0375 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to the reception of automatic identification system emissions from stations operating in the maritime mobile service. (WRC‐12)

5.229 Alternative allocation: in Morocco, the band 162‐174 MHz is allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. The use of this band shall be subject to agreement with administrations having services, operating or planned, in accordance with the Table which are likely to be affected. Stations in existence on 1 January 1981, with their technical characteristics as of that date, are not affected by such agreement.

5.230 Additional allocation: in China, the band 163‐167 MHz is also allocated to the space operation service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.231 Additional allocation: in Afghanistan and China, the band 167‐174 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. The introduction of the broadcasting service into this band shall be subject to agreement with the neighbouring countries in Region 3 whose services are likely to be affected. (WRC‐12)

5.232 Additional allocation: in Japan, the band 170‐174 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis.

5.233 Additional allocation: in China, the band 174‐184 MHz is also allocated to the space research (space‐to‐Earth) and the space operation (space‐to‐Earth) services on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. These services shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, existing or planned broadcasting stations.


PAGE | 49

5.234 Different category of service: in Mexico, the allocation of the band 174‐216 MHz to the fixed and mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.235 Additional allocation: in Germany, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, Finland, France, Israel, Italy, Liechtenstein, Malta, Monaco, Norway, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Sweden and Switzerland, the band 174‐223 MHz is also allocated to the land mobile service on a primary basis. However, the stations of the land mobile service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, broadcasting stations, existing or planned, in countries other than those listed in this footnote.

5.236 Not used.

5.237 Additional allocation: in Congo (Rep. of the), Egypt, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gambia, Guinea, Libya, Mali, Sierra Leone, Somalia and Chad, the band 174‐223 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.238 Additional allocation: in Bangladesh, India, Pakistan and the Philippines, the band 200‐216 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis.

5.239 Not used.

5.240 Additional allocation: in China and India, the band 216‐223 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis and to the radiolocation service on a secondary basis.

5.241 In Region 2, no new stations in the radiolocation service may be authorized in the band 216‐225 MHz. Stations authorized prior to 1 January 1990 may continue to operate on a secondary basis.

5.242 Additional allocation: in Canada, the band 216‐220 MHz is also allocated to the land mobile service on a primary basis.

5.243 Additional allocation: in Somalia, the band 216‐225 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis, subject to not causing harmful interference to existing or planned broadcasting services in other countries.

5.244 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.245 Additional allocation: in Japan, the band 222‐223 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis and to the radiolocation service on a secondary basis.

220‐335.4 MHz



220‐225

223‐230

BROADCASTING

Fixed

Mobile

AMATEUR

FIXED

MOBILE

Radiolocation 5.241

223‐230

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING


BROADCASTING

225‐235

FIXED

MOBILE


Radiolocation

5.243 5.246 5.247 5.250


PAGE | 50

5.246 Alternative allocation: in Spain, France, Israel and Monaco, the band 223‐230 MHz is allocated to the broadcasting and land mobile services on a primary basis (see No. 5.33) on the basis that, in the preparation of frequency plans, the broadcasting service shall have prior choice of frequencies; and allocated to the fixed and mobile, except land mobile, services on a secondary basis. However, the stations of the land mobile service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, existing or planned broadcasting stations in Morocco and Algeria.

230‐235

FIXED

MOBILE

230‐235

FIXED

MOBILE




5.247 5.251 5.252 5.250 MYN4

235‐267 FIXED

MOBILE

5.111 5.252 5.254 5.256 5.256A

235‐312 FIXED

MOBILE

S5.254

267‐272 FIXED

MOBILE

Space operation (space‐to‐Earth)

5.254 5.257

272‐273 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth)

FIXED

MOBILE

5.254

273‐312 FIXED

MOBILE

5.254

312‐315 FIXED

MOBILE

Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.254 5.255

312‐315 FIXED MOBILE Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

S5.254 S5.255

315‐322 FIXED

MOBILE

5.254


S5.254

322‐328.6 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149


MYN9

328.6‐335.4 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION 5.258

5.259


MYN4 S5.258


PAGE | 51

5.247 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, the United Arab Emirates, Jordan, Oman, Qatar and Syrian Arab Republic, the band 223‐235 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis.


5.250 Additional allocation: in China, the band 225‐235 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a secondary basis.

5.251 Additional allocation: in Nigeria, the band 230‐235 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.252 Alternative allocation: in Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia, South Africa, Swaziland, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the bands 230‐238 MHz and 246‐254 MHz are allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.253 Not used.

5.254 The bands 235‐322 MHz and 335.4‐399.9 MHz may be used by the mobile‐satellite service, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21, on condition that stations in this service do not cause harmful interference to those of other services operating or planned to be operated in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations except for the additional allocation made in footnote No. 5.256A. (WRC‐03)

5.255 The bands 312‐315 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) and 387‐390 MHz (space‐to‐Earth) in the mobile‐satellite service may also be used by non‐geostationary‐satellite systems. Such use is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A.

5.256 The frequency 243 MHz is the frequency in this band for use by survival craft stations and equipment used for survival purposes. (WRC‐07)

5.256A Additional allocation: in China, the Russian Federation, Kazakhstan and Ukraine, the band 258‐261 MHz is also allocated to the space research service (Earth‐to‐space) and space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) on a primary basis. Stations in the space research service (Earth‐to‐space) and space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, nor constrain the use and development of the mobile service systems and mobile‐satellite service systems operating in the band. Stations in space research service (Earth‐to‐space) and space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) shall not constrain the future development of fixed service systems of other countries. (WRC‐03)

5.257 The band 267‐272 MHz may be used by administrations for space telemetry in their countries on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.258 The use of the band 328.6‐335.4 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to Instrument Landing Systems (glide path).

5.259 Additional allocation: in Egypt and the Syrian Arab Republic, the band 328.6‐335.4 MHz is also allocated to the mobile service on a secondary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In order to ensure that harmful interference is not caused to stations of the aeronautical radionavigation service, stations of the mobile service shall not be introduced in the band until it is no longer required for the aeronautical radionavigation service by any administration which may be identified in the application of the procedure invoked under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

335.4‐410 MHz



335.4‐387 FIXED

MOBILE

5.254


MYN4 S5.254


PAGE | 52

387‐390 FIXED

MOBILE

Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208A 5.208B 5.254 5.255

387‐390 FIXED MOBILE Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4 S5.254 S5.255

390‐399.9 FIXED

MOBILE

5.254


MYN4 S5.254

399.9‐400.05 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.209 5.224A

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE 5.222 5.224B 5.260

5.220

399.9‐400.05 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE

MYN4

400.05‐400.15 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME SIGNAL‐ SATELLITE (400.1 MHz)

5.261 5.262

400.05‐400.15 STANDARD FREQUENCY AND TIME

SIGNAL SATELLITE 400.1 MHz




SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth) 5.263

Space operation (space‐to‐Earth)

5.262 5.264

400.15‐401 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN14 MYN17 S5.264

401‐402 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS

SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth)

EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

Fixed


401‐406 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Fixed




EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)


Fixed



Fixed


406‐406.1 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

5.266 5.267

406‐406.1


406.1‐410 FIXED


RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149

406.1‐410 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

MYN9


PAGE | 53


PAGE | 54

5.260 Recognizing that the use of the band 399.9‐400.05 MHz by the fixed and mobile services may cause harmful interference to the radionavigation satellite service, administrations are urged not to authorize such use in application of No. 4.4.

5.261 Emissions shall be confined in a band of � 25 kHz about the standard frequency 400.1 MHz.

5.262 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belarus, Botswana, Colombia, Cuba, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Ecuador, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Liberia, Malaysia, Moldova, Oman, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Singapore, Somalia, Tajikistan, Chad, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 400.05‐401 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.263 The band 400.15‐401 MHz is also allocated to the space research service in the space‐to‐space direction for communications with manned space vehicles. In this application, the space research service will not be regarded as a safety service.

5.264 The use of the band 400.15‐401 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. The power flux‐density limit indicated in Annex 1 of Appendix 5 shall apply until such time as a competent world radiocommunication conference revises it.

5.265 Not used.

5.266 The use of the band 406‐406.1 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is limited to low power satellite emergency position‐indicating radiobeacons (see also Article 31). (WRC‐07)

5.267 Any emission capable of causing harmful interference to the authorized uses of the band 406‐406.1 MHz is prohibited.

410‐460 MHz



410‐420 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐space) 5.268

410‐420 FIXED LAND MOBILE

MYN16 S5.268

420‐430 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile Radiolocation 5.269 5.270 5.271

420‐430 FIXED LAND MOBILE

MYN16 S5.269 S5.270

430‐432 AMATEUR RADIOLOCATION

430‐432 RADIOLOCATION Amateur

430‐440 FIXED

LAND MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

5.271 5.272 5.273 5.274 5.275 5.276 5.277

5.271 5.276 5.278 5.279

S5.276

432‐438 AMATEUR RADIOLOCATION Earth exploration‐satellite (active) 5.279A

432‐438 RADIOLOCATION Amateur Earth exploration‐satellite (active) 5.279A

5.138 5.271 5.272 5.276 5.277 5.280 5.281 5.282

5.271 5.276 5.278 5.279 5.281 5.282

438‐440 AMATEUR RADIOLOCATION

438‐440 RADIOLOCATION Amateur


PAGE | 55

5.268 Use of the band 410‐420 MHz by the space research service is limited to communications within 5 km of an orbiting, manned space vehicle. The power flux‐density at the surface of the Earth produced by

emissions from extra‐vehicular activities shall not exceed –153 dB(W/m2) for 0� 5�, ‐153 � 0.077 ( – 5) dB(W/m2) for 5� 70� and –148 dB(W/m2) for 70� ��, where is the angle of arrival of the radio‐frequency wave and the reference bandwidth is 4 kHz. No. 4.10 does not apply to extra‐vehicular activities. In this frequency band the space research (space‐to‐space) service shall not claim protection from, nor constrain the use and development of, stations of the fixed and mobile services. (WRC‐97)

5.269 Different category of service: in Australia, the United States, India, Japan and the United Kingdom, the allocation of the bands 420‐430 MHz and 440‐450 MHz to the radiolocation service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.270 Additional allocation: in Australia, the United States, Jamaica and the Philippines, the bands 420‐430 MHz and 440‐450 MHz are also allocated to the amateur service on a secondary basis.

5.271 Additional allocation: in Belarus, China, India, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 420‐460 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service (radio altimeters) on a secondary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.272 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.273 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.274 Alternative allocation: in Denmark, Norway, Sweden and Chad, the bands 430‐432 MHz and 438‐440 MHz are allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.271 5.273 5.274 5.275 5.276 5.277 5.283

5.271 5.276 5.278 5.279

440‐450 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile Radiolocation 5.269 5.270 5.271 5.284 5.285 5.286

440‐450 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

S5.269

450‐455 FIXED MOBILE 5.286AA 5.209 5.271 5.286 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C 5.286D 5.286E

450‐456 FIXED

MOBILE

455‐456 FIXED MOBILE 5.286AA


MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.209 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C

455‐456FIXED MOBILE 5.286AA

5.209 5.271 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C 5.286E

5.209 5.271 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C 5.286E

S5.286B S5.286C

456‐459 FIXED MOBILE 5.286AA 5.271 5.287 5.288

456‐459 FIXED

MOBILE



MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.209 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C

459‐460FIXED MOBILE 5.286AA

459‐460 FIXED

MOBILE

5.209 5.271 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C 5.286E

5.209 5.271 5.286A 5.286B 5.286C 5.286E

S5.271 S5.286B S5.286C


PAGE | 56

5.275 Additional allocation: in Croatia, Estonia, Finland, Libya, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Slovenia, the bands 430‐432 MHz and 438‐440 MHz are also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.276 Additional allocation: in Afghanistan, Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, Burkina Faso, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Ecuador, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Greece, Guinea, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Italy, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Libya, Malaysia, Niger, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, Switzerland, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Turkey and Yemen, the band 430‐440 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis and the bands 430‐435 MHz and 438‐440 MHz are also allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.277 Additional allocation: in Angola, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Cameroon, Congo (Rep. of the), Djibouti, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Israel, Kazakhstan, Mali, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Poland, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia, Romania, Rwanda, Tajikistan, Chad, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 430‐440 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.278 Different category of service: in Argentina, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Guyana, Honduras, Panama and Venezuela, the allocation of the band 430‐440 MHz to the amateur service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.279 Additional allocation: in Mexico, the bands 430‐435 MHz and 438‐440 MHz are also allocated on a primary basis to the land mobile service, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.279A The use of this band by sensors in the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) shall be in accordance with Recommendation ITU‐R RS.1260‐1. Additionally, the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) in the band 432‐438 MHz shall not cause harmful interference to the aeronautical radionavigation service in China. The provisions of this footnote in no way diminish the obligation of the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) to operate as a secondary service in accordance with Nos. 5.29 and 5.30. (WRC‐03)

5.280 In Germany, Austria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Liechtenstein, Montenegro, Portugal, Serbia, Slovenia and Switzerland, the band 433.05‐434.79 MHz (centre frequency 433.92 MHz) is designated for industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications. Radiocommunication services of these countries operating within this band must accept harmful interference which may be caused by these applications. ISM equipment operating in this band is subject to the provisions of No. 15.13. (WRC‐07)

5.281 Additional allocation: in the French overseas departments and communities in Region 2 and India, the band 433.75‐434.25 MHz is also allocated to the space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) on a primary basis. In France and in Brazil, the band is allocated to the same service on a secondary basis.

5.282 In the bands 435‐438 MHz, 1 260‐1 270 MHz, 2 400‐2 450 MHz, 3 400‐3 410 MHz (in Regions 2 and 3 only) and 5 650‐5 670 MHz, the amateur‐satellite service may operate subject to not causing harmful interference to other services operating in accordance with the Table (see No. 5.43). Administrations authorizing such use shall ensure that any harmful interference caused by emissions from a station in the amateur‐satellite service is immediately eliminated in accordance with the provisions of No. 25.11. The use of the bands 1 260‐1 270 MHz and 5 650‐5 670 MHz by the amateur‐satellite service is limited to the Earth‐to‐space direction.

5.283 Additional allocation: in Austria, the band 438‐440 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis.

5.284 Additional allocation: in Canada, the band 440‐450 MHz is also allocated to the amateur service on a secondary basis.

5.285 Different category of service: in Canada, the allocation of the band 440‐450 MHz to the radiolocation service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.286 The band 449.75‐450.25 MHz may be used for the space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) and the space research service (Earth‐to‐space), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.286A The use of the bands 454‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. (WRC‐97)


PAGE | 57

5.286AA The band 450‐470 MHz is identified for use by administrations wishing to implement International

Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). See Resolution 224 (Rev.WRC‐07)*. This identification does not preclude the use of this band by any application of the services to which it is allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.286B The use of the band 454‐455 MHz in the countries listed in No. 5.286D, 455‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz in Region 2, and 454‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz in the countries listed in No. 5.286E, by stations in the mobile‐satellite service, shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations of the fixed or mobile services operating in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations. (WRC‐97)

5.286C The use of the band 454‐455 MHz in the countries listed in No. 5.286D, 455‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz in Region 2, and 454‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz in the countries listed in No. 5.286E, by stations in the mobile‐satellite service, shall not constrain the development and use of the fixed and mobile services operating in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations. (WRC‐97)

5.286D Additional allocation: in Canada, the United States and Panama, the band 454‐455 MHz is also allocated to the mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.286E Additional allocation: in Cape Verde, Nepal and Nigeria, the bands 454‐456 MHz and 459‐460 MHz are also allocated to the mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.287 In the maritime mobile service, the frequencies 457.525 MHz, 457.550 MHz, 457.575 MHz, 467.525 MHz, 467.550 MHz and 467.575 MHz may be used by on‐board communication stations. Where needed, equipment designed for 12.5 kHz channel spacing using also the additional frequencies 457.5375 MHz, 457.5625 MHz, 467.5375 MHz and 467.5625 MHz may be introduced for on‐board communications. The use of these frequencies in territorial waters may be subject to the national regulations of the administration concerned. The characteristics of the equipment used shall conform to those specified in Recommendation ITU‐R M.1174‐2. (WRC‐07)

5.288 In the territorial waters of the United States and the Philippines, the preferred frequencies for use by on‐board communication stations shall be 457.525 MHz, 457.550 MHz, 457.575 MHz and 457.600 MHz paired, respectively, with 467.750 MHz, 467.775 MHz, 467.800 MHz and 467.825 MHz. The characteristics of the equipment used shall conform to those specified in Recommendation ITU‐R M.1174‐2. (WRC‐03)

460‐890 MHz




460‐470 FIXED

MOBILE 5.286AA Meteorological‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

5.287 5.288 5.289 5.290

460‐470 FIXED MOBILE Meteorological‐Satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

470‐790

BROADCASTING

470‐512

BROADCASTING

Fixed

Mobile

5.292 5.293

470‐585

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING

5.291 5.298


512‐608 MYN9 MYN15


PAGE | 58

5.289 Earth exploration‐satellite service applications, other than the meteorological‐satellite service, may also be used in the bands 460‐470 MHz and 1 690‐1 710 MHz for space‐to‐Earth transmissions subject to not causing harmful interference to stations operating in accordance with the Table.

5.290 Different category of service: in Afghanistan, Azerbaijan, Belarus, China, the Russian Federation, Japan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the allocation of the band 460‐470 MHz to the meteorological‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.291 Additional allocation: in China, the band 470‐485 MHz is also allocated to the space research (space‐to‐Earth) and the space operation (space‐to‐Earth) services on a primary basis subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 and subject to not causing harmful interference to existing and planned broadcasting stations.

5.291A Additional allocation: in Germany, Austria, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Netherlands, the Czech Rep. and Switzerland, the band 470‐494 MHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service

5.149 5.291A 5.294 5.296 5.300 5.304 5.306 5.311A 5.312 5.312A

BROADCASTING

5.297 585‐610

FIXED

MOBILE

BROADCASTING

RADIONAVIGATION

5.149 5.305 5.306 5.307


BROADCASTING

608‐614

RADIO ASTRONOMY

Mobile‐satellite except aeronautical mobile‐satellite(Earth‐to‐space)

610‐890

FIXED

MOBILE 5.313A 5.317A

BROADCASTING

FIXED

MOBILE 5.313A 5.317A

BROADCASTING

614‐698

BROADCASTING

Fixed

Mobile

5.293 5.309 5.311A

698‐806

MOBILE 5.313B 5.317A

BROADCASTING

Fixed 5.293 5.309 5.311A

790‐862

FIXED

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.316B 5.317A

BROADCASTING

5.312 5.314 5.315 5.316 5.316A 5.319

806‐890

FIXED

MOBILE 5.317A

BROADCASTING

MYN9 S5. MYN18

820‐890

MOBILE

862‐890

FIXED

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.317A

BROADCASTING 5.322

5.319 5.323

5.317 5.318

5.149 5.305 5.306 5.307 5.311A 5.320

MYN9 MYN18 MYN19


PAGE | 59

on a secondary basis. This use is limited to the operation of wind profiler radars in accordance with Resolution 217 (WRC‐97). (WRC‐97)

5.292 Different category of service: in Mexico, the allocation of the band 470‐512 MHz to the fixed and mobile services, and in Argentina, Uruguay and Venezuela to the mobile service, is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐07)

5.293 Different category of service: in Canada, Chile, Cuba, the United States, Guyana, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama and Peru, the allocation of the bands 470‐512 MHz and 614‐806 MHz to the fixed service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In Canada, Chile, Cuba, the United States, Guyana, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama and Peru, the allocation of the bands 470‐512 MHz and 614‐698 MHz to the mobile service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In Argentina and Ecuador, the allocation of the band 470‐512 MHz to the fixed and mobile services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.294 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Cameroon, Côte d'Ivoire, Egypt, Ethiopia, Israel, Kenya, Libya, the Syrian Arab Republic, South Sudan, Chad and Yemen, the band 470‐582 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.295 Not used.

5.296 Additional allocation: in Albania, Germany, Saudi Arabia, Austria, Bahrain, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Congo (Rep. of the), Côte d'Ivoire, Croatia, Denmark, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Spain, Estonia, Finland, France, Gabon, Ghana, Iraq, Ireland, Iceland, Israel, Italy, Jordan, Kuwait, Latvia, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Mali, Malta, Morocco, Moldova, Monaco, Niger, Norway, Oman, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Slovakia, the Czech Republic, the United Kingdom, Sudan, Sweden, Switzerland, Swaziland, Chad, Togo, Tunisia and Turkey, the band 470‐790 MHz, and in Angola, Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mauritius, Mozambique, Namibia, Nigeria, South Africa, Tanzania, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 470‐698 MHz are also allocated on a secondary basis to the land mobile service, intended for applications ancillary to broadcasting. Stations of the land mobile service in the countries listed in this footnote shall not cause harmful interference to existing or planned stations operating in accordance with the Table in countries other than those listed in this footnote. (WRC‐12)

5.297 Additional allocation: in Canada, Costa Rica, Cuba, El Salvador, the United States, Guatemala, Guyana, Honduras, Jamaica and Mexico, the band 512‐608 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐07)

5.298 Additional allocation: in India, the band 549.75‐550.25 MHz is also allocated to the space operation service (space‐to‐Earth) on a secondary basis.

5.299 Not used.

5.300 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Cameroon, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Israel, Jordan, Libya, Oman, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Sudan and South Sudan, the band 582‐790 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.301 Not used.

5.302 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.303 Not used.

5.304 Additional allocation: in the African Broadcasting Area (see Nos. 5.10 to 5.13), the band 606‐614 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a primary basis.

5.305 Additional allocation: in China, the band 606‐614 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a primary basis.

5.306 Additional allocation: in Region 1, except in the African Broadcasting Area (see Nos. 5.10 to 5.13), and in Region 3, the band 608‐614 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a secondary basis.


PAGE | 60

5.307 Additional allocation: in India, the band 608‐614 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a primary basis.

5.308 Not used.

5.309 Different category of service: in Costa Rica, El Salvador and Honduras, the allocation of the band 614‐806 MHz to the fixed service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.310 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.311 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.311A For the frequency band 620‐790 MHz, see also Resolution 549 (WRC‐07). (WRC‐07)

5.312 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 645‐862 MHz, in Bulgaria the bands 646‐686 MHz, 726‐758 MHz, 766‐814 MHz and 822‐862 MHz, in Romania the band 830‐862 MHz, and in Poland, the band 830‐860 MHz until 31 December 2012 and the band 860‐862 MHz until 31 December 2017, are also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.312A In Region 1, the use of the band 694‐790 MHz by the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service is subject to the provisions of Resolution 232 (WRC‐12). See also Resolution 224 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.313 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.313A The band, or portions of the band 698‐790 MHz, in Bangladesh, China, Korea (Rep. of), India, Japan, New Zealand, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Philippines and Singapore are identified for use by these administrations wishing to implement International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). This identification does not preclude the use of these bands by any application of the services to which they are allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. In China, the use of IMT in this band will not start until 2015. (WRC‐12)

5.313B Different category of service: in Brazil, the allocation of the band 698‐806 MHz to the mobile service is on a secondary basis (see No. 5.32). (WRC‐07)

5.314 Additional allocation: in Austria, Italy, Moldova, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan and the United Kingdom, the band 790‐862 MHz is also allocated to the land mobile service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.315 Alternative allocation: in Greece, the band 790‐838 MHz is allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.316 Additional allocation: in Germany, Saudi Arabia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Côte d'Ivoire, Croatia, Denmark, Egypt, Finland, Greece, Israel, Jordan, Kenya, Libya, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Liechtenstein, Mali, Monaco, Montenegro, Norway, the Netherlands, Portugal, the United Kingdom, the Syrian Arab Republic, Serbia, Sweden and Switzerland, the band 790‐830 MHz, and in these same countries and in Spain, France, Gabon and Malta, the band 830‐862 MHz, are also allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis. However, stations of the mobile service in the countries mentioned in connection with each band referred to in this footnote shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations of services operating in accordance with the Table in countries other than those mentioned in connection with the band. This allocation is effective until 16 June 2015. (WRC‐07)

5.316A Additional allocation: in Spain, France, Gabon and Malta, the band 790‐830 MHz, in Albania, Angola, Bahrain, Benin, Botswana, Burundi, Congo (Rep. of the), Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Estonia, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea‐Bissau, Hungary, Iraq, Kuwait, Lesotho, Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malawi, Morocco, Mauritania, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Nigeria, Oman, Uganda, Poland, Qatar, Slovakia, Czech Rep., Romania, Rwanda, Senegal, Sudan, South Sudan, South Africa, Swaziland, Tanzania, Chad, Togo, Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe and French overseas departments and communities of Region 1, the band 790‐862 MHz and in Georgia, the band 806‐862 MHz, are also allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis subject to the agreement by the administrations concerned obtained under No. 9.21 and under the GE06 Agreement, as appropriate, including those administrations mentioned in No. 5.312, where appropriate. See Resolutions 224 (Rev.WRC‐12) and 749 (Rev.WRC‐12). This allocation is effective until 16 June 2015. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 61

5.316B In Region 1, the allocation to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis in the frequency band 790‐862 MHz shall come into effect from 17 June 2015 and shall be subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 with respect to the aeronautical radionavigation service in countries mentioned in No. 5.312. For countries party to the GE06 Agreement, the use of stations of the mobile service is also subject to the successful application of the procedures of that Agreement. Resolutions 224 (Rev.WRC‐12) and 749 (Rev.WRC‐12) shall apply, as appropriate. (WRC‐12)

5.317 Additional allocation: in Region 2 (except Brazil and the United States), the band 806‐890 MHz is also allocated to the mobile‐satellite service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The use of this service is intended for operation within national boundaries.

5.317A Those parts of the band 698‐960 MHz in Region 2 and the band 790‐960 MHz in Regions 1 and 3 which are allocated to the mobile service on a primary basis are identified for use by administrations wishing to implement International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) – see Resolutions 224 (Rev.WRC‐12) and 749 (Rev.WRC‐12), as appropriate. This identification does not preclude the use of these bands by any application of the services to which they are allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐12)

5.318 Additional allocation: in Canada, the United States and Mexico, the bands 849‐851 MHz and 894‐896 MHz are also allocated to the aeronautical mobile service on a primary basis, for public correspondence with aircraft. The use of the band 849‐851 MHz is limited to transmissions from aeronautical stations and the use of the band 894‐896 MHz is limited to transmissions from aircraft stations.

5.319 Additional allocation: in Belarus, the Russian Federation and Ukraine, the bands 806‐840 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) and 856‐890 MHz (space‐to‐Earth) are also allocated to the mobile‐satellite, except aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R), service. The use of these bands by this service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, services in other countries operating in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations and is subject to special agreements between the administrations concerned.

5.320 Additional allocation: in Region 3, the bands 806‐890 MHz and 942‐960 MHz are also allocated to the mobile‐satellite, except aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R), service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The use of this service is limited to operation within national boundaries. In seeking such agreement, appropriate protection shall be afforded to services operating in accordance with the Table, to ensure that no harmful interference is caused to such services.

5.321 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.322 In Region 1, in the band 862‐960 MHz, stations of the broadcasting service shall be operated only in the African Broadcasting Area (see Nos. 5.10 to 5.13) excluding Algeria, Burundi, Egypt, Spain, Lesotho, Libya, Morocco, Malawi, Namibia, Nigeria, South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.323 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 862‐960 MHz, in Bulgaria the bands 862‐890.2 MHz and 900‐935.2 MHz, in Poland the band 862‐876 MHz until 31 December 2017, and in Romania the bands 862‐880 MHz and 915‐925 MHz, are also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis. Such use is subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 with administrations concerned and limited to ground‐based radiobeacons in operation on 27 October 1997 until the end of their lifetime. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 62

890‐1 300 MHz



890‐942

FIXED


BROADCASTING 5.322

Radiolocation

5.323

890‐902

FIXED


Radiolocation

5.318 5.325

890‐942

FIXED

MOBILE 5.317A

BROADCASTING

Radiolocation

5.327

890‐915 LAND MOBILE

MYN18 MYN20


902‐928

FIXED

Amateur

Mobile except aeronautical mobile 5.325A

Radiolocation

5.150 5.325 5.326

MYN18 935‐960

LAND MOBILE

MYN18 MYN20

928‐942

FIXED


Radiolocation 5.325

942‐960

FIXED


BROADCASTING 5.322

5.323

942‐960

FIXED

MOBILE 5.317A

942‐960

FIXED

MOBILE 5.317A

BROADCASTING

5.320

960‐1 164 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R) 5.327A

AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION 5.328

960‐1 215


1 164‐1 215 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION 5.328

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space) 5.328B

5.328A

1 215‐1 240 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active)

RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space) 5.328B 5.329 5.329A

SPACE RESEARCH (active)

5.330 5.331 5.332

1 215‐1 260 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE RADIOLOCATION RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE

(space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4 S5.330 S5.331


PAGE | 63

5.324 Not used.

5.325 Different category of service: in the United States, the allocation of the band 890‐942 MHz to the radiolocation service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.325A Different category of service: in Cuba, the allocation of the band 902‐915 MHz to the land mobile service is on a primary basis. (WRC‐2000)

5.326 Different category of service: in Chile, the band 903‐905 MHz is allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.327 Different category of service: in Australia, the allocation of the band 915‐928 MHz to the radiolocation service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.327A The use of the frequency band 960‐1 164 MHz by the aeronautical mobile (R) service is limited to systems that operate in accordance with recognized international aeronautical standards. Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 417 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.328 The use of the band 960‐1 215 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is reserved on a worldwide basis for the operation and development of airborne electronic aids to air navigation and any directly associated ground‐based facilities. (WRC‐2000)

5.328A Stations in the radionavigation‐satellite service in the band 1 164‐1 215 MHz shall operate in accordance with the provisions of Resolution 609 (Rev.WRC‐07) and shall not claim protection from stations in the aeronautical radionavigation service in the band 960‐1 215 MHz. No. 5.43A does not apply. The provisions of No. 21.18 shall apply. (WRC‐07)

5.328B The use of the bands 1 164‐1 300 MHz, 1 559‐1 610 MHz and 5 010‐5 030 MHz by systems and networks in the radionavigation‐satellite service for which complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, is received by the Radiocommunication Bureau after 1 January 2005 is subject to the application of the provisions of Nos. 9.12, 9.12A and 9.13. Resolution 610 (WRC‐03) shall also apply; however, in the case of radionavigation‐satellite service (space‐to‐space) networks and systems, Resolution 610 (WRC‐03) shall only apply to transmitting space stations. In accordance with No. 5.329A, for systems and networks in the radionavigation‐satellite service (space‐to‐space) in the bands 1 215‐1 300 MHz and 1 559‐1 610 MHz, the provisions of Nos. 9.7, 9.12, 9.12A and 9.13 shall only apply with respect to other systems and networks in the radionavigation‐satellite service (space‐to‐space). (WRC‐07)

5.329 Use of the radionavigation‐satellite service in the band 1 215‐1 300 MHz shall be subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to, and no protection is claimed from, the radionavigation service authorized under No. 5.331. Furthermore, the use of the radionavigation‐satellite service in the band 1 215‐1 300 MHz shall be subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to the radiolocation service. No. 5.43 shall not apply in respect of the radiolocation service. Resolution 608 (WRC‐03) shall apply. (WRC‐03)

5.329A Use of systems in the radionavigation‐satellite service (space‐to‐space) operating in the bands 1 215‐1 300 MHz and 1 559‐1 610 MHz is not intended to provide safety service applications, and shall not impose any additional constraints on radionavigation‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) systems or on other services operating in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations. (WRC‐07)

5.330 Additional allocation: in Angola, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Cameroon, China, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Guyana, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel,


RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space) 5.328B 5.329 5.329A


Amateur

5.282 5.330 5.331 5.332 5.335 5.335A

1 260‐1 300 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE RADIOLOCATION Amateur

MYN4 S5.330 S5.331


PAGE | 64

Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Nepal, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Chad, Togo and Yemen, the band 1 215‐1 300 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.331 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Germany, Saudi Arabia, Australia, Austria, Bahrain, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, China, Korea (Rep. of), Croatia, Denmark, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Estonia, the Russian Federation, Finland, France, Ghana, Greece, Guinea, Equatorial Guinea, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Ireland, Israel, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Lesotho, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Madagascar, Mali, Mauritania, Montenegro, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Slovakia, the United Kingdom, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Togo, Turkey, Venezuela and Viet Nam, the band 1 215‐1 300 MHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. In Canada and the United States, the band 1 240‐1 300 MHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service, and use of the radionavigation service shall be limited to the aeronautical radionavigation service. (WRC‐12)

5.332 In the band 1 215‐1 260 MHz, active spaceborne sensors in the Earth exploration‐satellite and space research services shall not cause harmful interference to, claim protection from, or otherwise impose constraints on operation or development of the radiolocation service, the radionavigation‐satellite service and other services allocated on a primary basis. (WRC‐2000)

5.333 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.334 Additional allocation: in Canada and the United States, the band 1 350‐1 370 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐03)

5.335 In Canada and the United States in the band 1 240‐1 300 MHz, active spaceborne sensors in the Earth exploration‐satellite and space research services shall not cause interference to, claim protection from, or otherwise impose constraints on operation or development of the aeronautical radionavigation service. (WRC‐97)

5.335A In the band 1 260‐1 300 MHz, active spaceborne sensors in the Earth exploration‐satellite and space research services shall not cause harmful interference to, claim protection from, or otherwise impose constraints on operation or development of the radiolocation service and other services allocated by footnotes on a primary basis. (WRC‐2000)

1 300‐1 525 MHz



1 300‐1 350 RADIOLOCATION


RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

5.149 5.337A

1 300‐1 350 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION RADIOLOCATION RADIONAVIGATION SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4 MYN9

1 350‐1 400

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

5.149 5.338 5.338A 5.339

1 350‐1 400


5.149 5.334 5.339

1 350‐1 400

RADIOLOCATION

MYN4 MYN9


PAGE | 65

5.336 Not used.

5.337 The use of the bands 1 300‐1 350 MHz, 2 700‐2 900 MHz and 9 000‐9 200 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is restricted to ground‐based radars and to associated airborne transponders which transmit only on frequencies in these bands and only when actuated by radars operating in the same band.

5.337A The use of the band 1 300‐1 350 MHz by earth stations in the radionavigation‐satellite service and by stations in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, nor constrain the operation and development of, the aeronautical‐radionavigation service. (WRC‐2000)

5.338 In Kyrgyzstan, Slovakia and Turkmenistan, existing installations of the radionavigation service may continue to operate in the band 1 350‐1 400 MHz. (WRC‐12)

1 400‐1 427 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

RADIO ASTRONOMY

SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

5.340 5.341

1 400‐1 427 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

S5.340

1 427‐1 429 SPACE OPERATION (Earth‐to‐space)

FIXED


5.338A 5.341

1 427‐1 429 FIXED


1 429‐1 452

FIXED


5.338A 5.341 5.342

1 429‐1 452

FIXED

MOBILE 5.343

5.338A 5.341

1 429‐1 452 FIXED

MOBILE

MYN4

1 452‐1 492

FIXED


BROADCASTING

BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE 5.208B

5.341 5.342 5.345

1 452‐1 492

FIXED

MOBILE 5.343

BROADCASTING


5.341 5.344 5.345

1 452‐1 492 FIXED MOBILE BROADCASTING

BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE

MYN4

1 492‐1 518

FIXED


5.341 5.342

1 492‐1 518

FIXED

MOBILE 5.343

5.341 5.344

1 492‐1 518

FIXED

MOBILE

5.341

1 492‐1 525 FIXED

MOBILE

MYN4

1 518‐1 525

FIXED


MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A

5.341 5.342

1 518‐1 525

FIXED

MOBILE 5.343


5.341 5.344

1 518‐1 525

FIXED

MOBILE


5.341


PAGE | 66

5.338A In the bands 1 350‐1 400 MHz, 1 427‐1 452 MHz, 22.55‐23.55 GHz, 30‐31.3 GHz, 49.7‐50.2 GHz, 50.4‐50.9 GHz, 51.4‐52.6 GHz, 81‐86 GHz and 92‐94 GHz, Resolution 750 (Rev.WRC‐12) applies. (WRC‐12)

5.339 The bands 1 370‐1 400 MHz, 2 640‐2 655 MHz, 4 950‐4 990 MHz and 15.20‐15.35 GHz are also allocated to the space research (passive) and Earth exploration‐satellite (passive) services on a secondary basis.

5.339A (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.340 All emissions are prohibited in the following bands:

1 400‐1 427 MHz,

2 690‐2 700 MHz, except those provided for by No. 5.422,

10.68‐10.7 GHz, except those provided for by No. 5.483,

15.35‐15.4 GHz, except those provided for by No. 5.511,

23.6‐24 GHz,

31.3‐31.5 GHz,

31.5‐31.8 GHz, in Region 2,

48.94‐49.04 GHz, from airborne stations

50.2‐50.4 GHz1,

52.6‐54.25 GHz,

86‐92 GHz,

100‐102 GHz,

109.5‐111.8 GHz,

114.25‐116 GHz,

148.5‐151.5 GHz,

164‐167 GHz,

182‐185 GHz,

190‐191.8 GHz,

200‐209 GHz,

226‐231.5 GHz,

250‐252 GHz. (WRC‐03)

5.341 In the bands 1 400‐1 727 MHz, 101‐120 GHz and 197‐220 GHz, passive research is being conducted by some countries in a programme for the search for intentional emissions of extraterrestrial origin.

5.342 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan and Ukraine, the band 1 429‐1 535 MHz, and in Bulgaria the band 1 525‐1 535 MHz, are also allocated to the aeronautical mobile service on a primary basis exclusively for the purposes of aeronautical telemetry within the national territory. As of 1 April 2007, the use of the band 1 452‐1 492 MHz is subject to agreement between the administrations concerned. (WRC‐12)

5.343 In Region 2, the use of the band 1 435‐1 535 MHz by the aeronautical mobile service for telemetry has priority over other uses by the mobile service.

5.344 Alternative allocation: in the United States, the band 1 452‐1 525 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis (see also No. 5.343).

1 5.340.1 The allocation to the Earth exploration‐satellite service (passive) and the space research service (passive) in the band 50.2‐50.4 GHz should not impose undue constraints on the use of the adjacent bands by the primary allocated services in those bands. (WRC‐97)


PAGE | 67

5.345 Use of the band 1 452‐1 492 MHz by the broadcasting‐satellite service, and by the broadcasting

service, is limited to digital audio broadcasting and is subject to the provisions of Resolution 528 (WARC‐92)*.

5.346 Not used.

5.347 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.347A** (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.348 The use of the band 1 518‐1 525 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. In the band 1 518‐1 525 MHz stations in the mobile‐satellite service shall not claim protection from the stations in the fixed service. No. 5.43A does not apply. (WRC‐03)

5.348A In the band 1 518‐1 525 MHz, the coordination threshold in terms of the power flux‐density levels at the surface of the Earth in application of No. 9.11A for space stations in the mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) service, with respect to the land mobile service use for specialized mobile radios or used in conjunction with public switched telecommunication networks (PSTN) operating within the territory of Japan, shall be –150 dB(W/m2) in any 4 kHz band for all angles of arrival, instead of those given in Table 5‐2 of Appendix 5. In the band 1 518‐1 525 MHz stations in the mobile‐satellite service shall not claim protection from stations in the mobile service in the territory of Japan. No. 5.43A does not apply. (WRC‐03)

5.348B In the band 1 518‐1 525 MHz, stations in the mobile‐satellite service shall not claim protection from aeronautical mobile telemetry stations in the mobile service in the territory of the United States (see Nos. 5.343 and 5.344) and in the countries listed in No. 5.342. No. 5.43A does not apply. (WRC‐03)

5.348C (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

1 525‐1 610 MHz


** Note by the Secretariat: This provision has been modified by WRC‐07, and subsequently renumbered No. 5.208B in order to preserve the sequential order.



1 525‐1 530


FIXED

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208B 5.351A

Earth exploration‐satellite

Mobile except aeronautical mobile 5.349

1 525‐1 530




Fixed

Mobile 5.343

1 525‐1 530


FIXED



Mobile 5.349

1 525‐1 530 FIXED MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Earth exploration‐satellite

Mobile

5.341 5.342 5.350 5.351 5.352A 5.354

5.341 5.351 5.354

5.341 5.351 5.352A 5.354

S5.351A S5.354


PAGE | 68

5.349 Different category of service: in Saudi Arabia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Cameroon, Egypt, France, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Lebanon, Morocco, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Turkmenistan and Yemen, the allocation of the band 1 525‐1 530 MHz to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐07)

5.350 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 1 525‐1 530 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile service on a primary basis. (WRC‐2000)

5.351 The bands 1 525‐1 544 MHz, 1 545‐1 559 MHz, 1 626.5‐1 645.5 MHz and 1 646.5‐1 660.5 MHz shall not be used for feeder links of any service. In exceptional circumstances, however, an earth station at a specified fixed point in any of the mobile‐satellite services may be authorized by an administration to communicate via space stations using these bands.

5.351A For the use of the bands 1 518‐1 544 MHz, 1 545‐1 559 MHz, 1 610‐1 645.5 MHz, 1 646.5‐1 660.5 MHz, 1 668‐1 675 MHz, 1 980‐2 010 MHz, 2 170‐2 200 MHz, 2 483.5‐2 520 MHz and 2 670‐2 690 MHz by

the mobile‐satellite service, see Resolutions 212 (Rev.WRC‐07) and 225 (Rev.WRC‐07)*. (WRC‐07)

5.352 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.352A In the band 1 525‐1 530 MHz, stations in the mobile‐satellite service, except stations in the maritime mobile‐satellite service, shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations of the fixed service in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, France and French overseas communities of Region 3, Guinea, India, Israel, Italy, Jordan, Kuwait, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Tanzania, Viet Nam and Yemen notified prior to 1 April 1998. (WRC‐12)

5.353 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.353A In applying the procedures of Section II of Article 9 to the mobile‐satellite service in the bands 1 530‐1 544 MHz and 1 626.5‐1 645.5 MHz, priority shall be given to accommodating the spectrum requirements for distress, urgency and safety communications of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS).


1 530‐1 535


MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208B 5.351A 5.353A


Fixed


1 530‐1 535


MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208B 5.351A 5.353A


Fixed

Mobile 5.343

1 530‐1 535 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Earth exploration‐satellite Fixed

Mobile

5.341 5.342 5.351 5.354 5.341 5.351 5.354 MYN4 S5.351A S5.354

1 535‐1 559 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208B 5.351A

5.341 5.351 5.353A 5.354 5.355 5.356 5.357 5.357A 5.359 5.362A

1 535‐1 559 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4 S5.351A S5.354

1 559‐1 610 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space) 5.208B 5.328B 5.329A

5.341 5.362B 5.362C

1 559‐1 610 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4


PAGE | 69

Maritime mobile‐satellite distress, urgency and safety communications shall have priority access and immediate availability over all other mobile satellite communications operating within a network. Mobile‐satellite systems shall not cause unacceptable interference to, or claim protection from, distress, urgency and safety communications of the GMDSS. Account shall be taken of the priority of safety‐related communications in the

other mobile‐satellite services. (The provisions of Resolution 222 (WRC‐2000)* shall apply.) (WRC‐2000)

5.354 The use of the bands 1 525‐1 559 MHz and 1 626.5‐1 660.5 MHz by the mobile‐satellite services is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A.

5.355 Additional allocation: in Bahrain, Bangladesh, Congo (Rep. of the), Djibouti, Egypt, Eritrea, Iraq, Israel, Kuwait, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Chad, Togo and Yemen, the bands 1 540‐1 559 MHz, 1 610‐1 645.5 MHz and 1 646.5‐1 660 MHz are also allocated to the fixed service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.356 The use of the band 1 544‐1 545 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is limited to distress and safety communications (see Article 31).

5.357 Transmissions in the band 1 545‐1 555 MHz from terrestrial aeronautical stations directly to aircraft stations, or between aircraft stations, in the aeronautical mobile (R) service are also authorized when such transmissions are used to extend or supplement the satellite‐to‐aircraft links.

5.357A In applying the procedures of Section II of Article 9 to the mobile‐satellite service in the frequency bands 1 545‐1 555 MHz and 1 646.5‐1 656.5 MHz, priority shall be given to accommodating the spectrum requirements of the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service providing transmission of messages with priority 1 to 6 in Article 44. Aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service communications with priority 1 to 6 in Article 44 shall have priority access and immediate availability, by pre‐emption if necessary, over all other mobile‐satellite communications operating within a network. Mobile‐satellite systems shall not cause unacceptable interference to, or claim protection from, aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service communications with priority 1 to 6 in Article 44. Account shall be taken of the priority of safety‐related communications in the other mobile‐satellite services. (The provisions of Resolution 222 (Rev.WRC‐12) shall apply.) (WRC‐12)

5.358 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.359 Additional allocation: in Germany, Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Benin, Cameroon, the Russian Federation, France, Georgia, Greece, Guinea, Guinea‐Bissau, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Lithuania, Mauritania, Uganda, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Poland, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Romania, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Tunisia, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the bands 1 550‐1 559 MHz, 1 610‐1 645.5 MHz and 1 646.5‐1 660 MHz are also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. Administrations are urged to make all practicable efforts to avoid the implementation of new fixed‐service stations in these bands. (WRC‐12)

5.360 to 5.362 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.362A In the United States, in the bands 1 555‐1 559 MHz and 1 656.5‐1 660.5 MHz, the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service shall have priority access and immediate availability, by pre‐emption if necessary, over all other mobile‐satellite communications operating within a network. Mobile‐satellite systems shall not cause unacceptable interference to, or claim protection from, aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service communications with priority 1 to 6 in Article 44. Account shall be taken of the priority of safety‐related communications in the other mobile‐satellite services. (WRC‐97)

5.362B Additional allocation: The band 1 559‐1 610 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a secondary basis in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Benin, Cameroon, Russian Federation, Gabon, Georgia, Guinea, Guinea‐Bissau, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Libya, Lithuania, Mali, Mauritania, Nigeria, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Poland, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Romania, Senegal, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Tunisia, Turkmenistan and Ukraine until 1 January 2015, at which time this allocation shall no longer be valid. Administrations are urged to take all practicable steps to protect the radionavigation‐satellite service and the

* Note by the Secretariat: This Resolution was revised by WRC‐07 and WRC‐12.


PAGE | 70

aeronautical radionavigation service and not authorize new frequency assignments to fixed‐service systems in this band. (WRC‐12)

5.362C Additional allocation: in Congo (Rep. of the), Eritrea, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Chad, Togo and Yemen, the band 1 559‐1 610 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a secondary basis until 1 January 2015, at which time this allocation shall no longer be valid. Administrations are urged to take all practicable steps to protect the radionavigation‐satellite service and not authorize new frequency assignments to fixed‐service systems in this band. (WRC‐12)

5.363 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

1 610‐1 660 MHz



1 610‐1 610.6

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A


1 610‐1 610.6



RADIODETERMINATION‐ SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

1 610‐1 610.6



Radiodetermination‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

1 610‐1 610.6 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION Radiodetermination‐satellite

(Earth‐to‐space)

5.341 5.355 5.359 5.364 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.369 5.371 5.372

5.341 5.364 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.370 5.372

5.341 5.355 5.359 5.364 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.369 5.372

MYN4

S5.364 S5.366 S5.369 S5.351A

1 610.6‐1 613.8


RADIO ASTRONOMY


1 610.6‐1 613.8


RADIO ASTRONOMY


RADIODETERMINATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

1 610.6‐1 613.8


RADIO ASTRONOMY



1 610.6‐1 613.8 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) RADIO ASTRONOMY AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION Radiodetermination‐satellite


5.149 5.341 5.355 5.359 5.364 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.369 5.371 5.372

5.149 5.341 5.364 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.370 5.372

5.149 5.341 5.355 5.359 5.364 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.369 5.372

MYN4

MYN9..S5.364 S5.366 S5.369 S5.351A


PAGE | 71

5.364 The use of the band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) and by the radiodetermination‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. A mobile earth station operating in either of the services in this band shall not produce a peak e.i.r.p. density in excess of ‐15 dB(W/4 kHz) in the part of the band used by systems operating in accordance with the provisions of No. 5.366 (to which No. 4.10 applies), unless otherwise agreed by the affected administrations. In the part of the band where such systems are not operating, the mean e.i.r.p. density of a mobile earth station shall not exceed –3 dB(W/4 kHz). Stations of the mobile‐satellite service shall not claim protection from stations in the aeronautical radionavigation service, stations operating in accordance with the provisions of No. 5.366 and stations in the fixed service operating in accordance with the provisions of No. 5.359. Administrations responsible for the coordination of mobile‐satellite networks shall make all practicable efforts to ensure protection of stations operating in accordance with the provisions of No. 5.366.

5.365 The use of the band 1 613.8‐1 626.5 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A.

5.366 The band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz is reserved on a worldwide basis for the use and development of airborne electronic aids to air navigation and any directly associated ground‐based or satellite‐borne facilities. Such satellite use is subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.367 Additional allocation: The frequency band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.368 With respect to the radiodetermination‐satellite and mobile‐satellite services the provisions of No. 4.10 do not apply in the band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz, with the exception of the aeronautical radionavigation‐satellite service.

5.369 Different category of service: in Angola, Australia, China, Eritrea, Ethiopia, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Israel, Lebanon, Liberia, Madagascar, Mali, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Sudan, South Sudan, Togo and Zambia, the allocation of the band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz to the radiodetermination‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 from countries not listed in this provision. (WRC‐12)

1 613.8‐1 626.5



Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208B

1 613.8‐1 626.5



RADIODETERMINATION‐ SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)


1 613.8‐1 626.5





1 613.8‐1 626.5 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) Radiodetermination‐satellite


5.341 5.355 5.359 5.364 5.365 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.369 5.371 5.372

5.341 5.364 5.365 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.370 5.372

5.341 5.355 5.359 5.364 5.365 5.366 5.367 5.368 5.369 5.372

MYN4

S5.364 S5.365 S5.366 S5.369 S5.351A

1 626.5‐1 660 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A

5.341 5.351 5.353A 5.354 5.355 5.357A 5.359 5.362A 5.374 5.375 5.376

1 626.5‐1 660 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4 S5.354 S5.351A


PAGE | 72

5.370 Different category of service: in Venezuela, the allocation to the radiodetermination‐satellite service in the band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) is on a secondary basis.

5.371 Additional allocation: in Region 1, the band 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) is also allocated to the radiodetermination‐satellite service on a secondary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.372 Harmful interference shall not be caused to stations of the radio astronomy service using the band 1 610.6‐1 613.8 MHz by stations of the radiodetermination‐satellite and mobile‐satellite services (No. 29.13 applies).

5.373 Not used.

5.373A (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.374 Mobile earth stations in the mobile‐satellite service operating in the bands 1 631.5‐1 634.5 MHz and 1 656.5‐1 660 MHz shall not cause harmful interference to stations in the fixed service operating in the countries listed in No. 5.359. (WRC‐97)

5.375 The use of the band 1 645.5‐1 646.5 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) and for inter‐satellite links is limited to distress and safety communications (see Article 31).

5.376 Transmissions in the band 1 646.5‐1 656.5 MHz from aircraft stations in the aeronautical mobile (R) service directly to terrestrial aeronautical stations, or between aircraft stations, are also authorized when such transmissions are used to extend or supplement the aircraft‐to‐satellite links.

1 660‐1 710 MHz



1 660‐1 660.5 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A

RADIO ASTRONOMY 5.149 5.341 5.351 5.354 5.362A 5.376A

1 660‐1 660.5 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN9 S5.354 S5.351A

1 660.5‐1 668 RADIO ASTRONOMY

SPACE RESEARCH (passive) Fixed Mobile except aeronautical mobile

5.149 5.341 5.379 5.379A

1 660.5‐1 668.4 RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive) Fixed Mobile except aeronautical mobile

MYN9

1 668‐1 668.4 MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A 5.379B 5.379C RADIO ASTRONOMY

SPACE RESEARCH (passive) Fixed Mobile except aeronautical mobile

5.149 5.341 5.379 5.379A

1 668.4‐1 670 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A 5.379B 5.379C RADIO ASTRONOMY 5.149 5.341 5.379D 5.379E

1 668.4‐1 670 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

MYN9


PAGE | 73

5.376A Mobile earth stations operating in the band 1 660‐1 660.5 MHz shall not cause harmful interference to stations in the radio astronomy service. (WRC‐97)

5.377 (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.378 Not used.

5.379 Additional allocation: in Bangladesh, India, Indonesia, Nigeria and Pakistan, the band 1 660.5‐1 668.4 MHz is also allocated to the meteorological aids service on a secondary basis.

5.379A Administrations are urged to give all practicable protection in the band 1 660.5‐1 668.4 MHz for future research in radio astronomy, particularly by eliminating air‐to‐ground transmissions in the meteorological aids service in the band 1 664.4‐1 668.4 MHz as soon as practicable.

5.379B The use of the band 1 668‐1 675 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. In the band 1 668‐1 668.4 MHz, Resolution 904 (WRC‐07) shall apply. (WRC‐07)

5.379C In order to protect the radio astronomy service in the band 1 668‐1 670 MHz, the aggregate power flux‐density values produced by mobile earth stations in a network of the mobile‐satellite service operating in

this band shall not exceed –181 dB(W/m2) in 10 MHz and 194 dB(W/m2) in any 20 kHz at any radio astronomy station recorded in the Master International Frequency Register, for more than 2% of integration periods of 2 000 s. (WRC‐03)

5.379D For sharing of the band 1 668.4‐1 675 MHz between the mobile‐satellite service and the fixed and mobile services, Resolution 744 (Rev.WRC‐07) shall apply. (WRC‐07)

1 670‐1 675 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS

FIXED METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A 5.379B 5.341 5.379D 5.379E 5.380A

1 670‐1 675 FIXED MOBILE METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE


1 675‐1 690 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS FIXED

METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.341

1 675‐1 690 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE


1 690‐1 700

METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

Fixed Mobile except aeronautical mobile

1 690‐1 700

METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

1 690‐1 700 FIXED MOBILE METEOROLOGICAL AIDS METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE


5.289 5.341 5.382 5.289 5.341 5.381 MYN21

1 700‐1 710 FIXED

METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

1 700‐1 710 FIXED



1 700‐1 710 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE


5.289 5.341 5.289 5.341 5.384 S5.384


PAGE | 74

5.379E In the band 1 668.4‐1 675 MHz, stations in the mobile‐satellite service shall not cause harmful interference to stations in the meteorological aids service in China, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Japan and Uzbekistan. In the band 1 668.4‐1 675 MHz, administrations are urged not to implement new systems in the meteorological aids service and are encouraged to migrate existing meteorological aids service operations to other bands as soon as practicable. (WRC‐03)

5.380 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.380A In the band 1 670‐1 675 MHz, stations in the mobile‐satellite service shall not cause harmful interference to, nor constrain the development of, existing earth stations in the meteorological‐satellite service notified before 1 January 2004. Any new assignment to these earth stations in this band shall also be protected from harmful interference from stations in the mobile‐satellite service. (WRC‐07)

5.381 Additional allocation: in Afghanistan, Cuba, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of) and Pakistan, the band 1 690‐1 700 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.382 Different category of service: in Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belarus, Congo (Rep. of the), Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, the Russian Federation, Guinea, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Lebanon, Mauritania, Moldova, Mongolia, Oman, Uzbekistan, Poland, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Somalia, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Yemen, the allocation of the band 1 690‐1 700 MHz to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33), and in the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, the allocation of the band 1 690‐1 700 MHz to the fixed service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33) and to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.383 Not used.

5.384 Additional allocation: in India, Indonesia and Japan, the band 1 700‐1 710 MHz is also allocated to the space research service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

1 710‐2 170 MHz



1 710‐1 930 FIXED MOBILE 5.384A 5.388A 5.388B 5.149 5.341 5.385 5.386 5.387 5.388

1 710‐1 930 FIXED MOBILE MYN22 MYN23 MYN24..

S5.388 S5.384A S5.388A

1 930‐1 970 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B

1 930‐1 970 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

1 930‐1 970 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B

1 930‐1 980 FIXED

MOBILE

5.388 5.388 5.388

S5.388 S5.388A

1 970‐1 980 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B 5.388


PAGE | 75

5.384A The bands, or portions of the bands, 1 710‐1 885 MHz, 2 300‐2 400 MHz and 2 500‐2 690 MHz, are identified for use by administrations wishing to implement International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) in

accordance with Resolution 223 (Rev.WRC‐07)*. This identification does not preclude the use of these bands by any application of the services to which they are allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.385 Additional allocation: the band 1 718.8‐1 722.2 MHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a secondary basis for spectral line observations. (WRC‐2000)

5.386 Additional allocation: the band 1 750‐1 850 MHz is also allocated to the space operation (Earth‐to‐space) and space research (Earth‐to‐space) services in Region 2, in Australia, Guam, India, Indonesia and Japan on


1 980‐2 010 FIXED MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A 5.388 5.389A 5.389B 5.389F

1 980‐2 010 FIXED MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

S5.388 S5.389A S5.389B S5.351A

2 010‐2 025 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B 5.388

2 010‐2 025 FIXED MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

5.388 5.389C 5.389E

2 010‐2 025 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B 5.388

2 010‐2 025 FIXED

MOBILE

S5.388 S5.388A

2 025‐2 110 SPACE OPERATION (Earth‐to‐space) (space‐to‐space) EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) (space‐to‐space) FIXED MOBILE 5.391 SPACE RESEARCH (Earth‐to‐space) (space‐to‐space) 5.392

2 025‐2 110 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN25 S5.391

2 110‐2 120 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B SPACE RESEARCH (deep space) (Earth‐to‐space) 5.388

2 110‐2 170 FIXED

MOBILE

S5.388 S5.388A

2 120‐2 160 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B

2 120‐2 160 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

2 120‐2 160 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B

5.388 5.388 5.388

2 160‐2 170 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B 5.388

2 160‐2 170 FIXED MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

5.388 5.389C 5.389E

2 160‐2 170 FIXED MOBILE 5.388A 5.388B 5.388


PAGE | 76

a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21, having particular regard to troposcatter systems. (WRC‐03)

5.387 Additional allocation: in Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Romania, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the band 1 770‐1 790 MHz is also allocated to the meteorological‐satellite service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐12)

5.388 The bands 1 885‐2 025 MHz and 2 110‐2 200 MHz are intended for use, on a worldwide basis, by administrations wishing to implement International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). Such use does not preclude the use of these bands by other services to which they are allocated. The bands should be made available for IMT in accordance with Resolution 212 (Rev.WRC‐07) (See also Resolution 223

(Rev.WRC‐07)*). (WRC‐12)

5.388A In Regions 1 and 3, the bands 1 885‐1 980 MHz, 2 010‐2 025 MHz and 2 110‐2 170 MHz and, in Region 2, the bands 1 885‐1 980 MHz and 2 110‐2 160 MHz may be used by high altitude platform stations as base stations to provide International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT), in accordance with Resolution 221 (Rev.WRC‐07). Their use by IMT applications using high altitude platform stations as base stations does not preclude the use of these bands by any station in the services to which they are allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐12)

5.388B In Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Benin, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Comoros, Côte d’Ivoire, China, Cuba, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Ghana, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Israel, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Libya, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Nigeria, Oman, Uganda, Pakistan, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Senegal, Singapore, Sudan, South Sudan, Tanzania, Chad, Togo, Tunisia, Yemen, Zambia and Zimbabwe, for the purpose of protecting fixed and mobile services, including IMT mobile stations, in their territories from co‐channel interference, a high altitude platform station (HAPS) operating as an IMT base station in neighbouring countries, in the bands referred to in No. 5.388A, shall not exceed a co‐channel power flux‐density of −127 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) at the Earth’s surface outside a country’s borders unless explicit agreement of the affected administration is provided at the time of the notification of HAPS. (WRC‐12)

5.389 Not used.

5.389A The use of the bands 1 980‐2 010 MHz and 2 170‐2 200 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service is subject

to coordination under No. 9.11A and to the provisions of Resolution 716 (Rev.WRC‐2000)*. (WRC‐07)

5.389B The use of the band 1 980‐1 990 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service shall not cause harmful interference to or constrain the development of the fixed and mobile services in Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Ecuador, the United States, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico, Peru, Suriname, Trinidad and Tobago, Uruguay and Venezuela.

5.389C The use of the bands 2 010‐2 025 MHz and 2 160‐2 170 MHz in Region 2 by the mobile‐satellite service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A and to the provisions of Resolution 716 (Rev.WRC‐

2000)*. (WRC‐07)

5.389D (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.389E The use of the bands 2 010‐2 025 MHz and 2 160‐2 170 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service in Region 2 shall not cause harmful interference to or constrain the development of the fixed and mobile services in Regions 1 and 3.

5.389F In Algeria, Benin, Cape Verde, Egypt, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Mali, Syrian Arab Republic and Tunisia, the use of the bands 1 980‐2 010 MHz and 2 170‐2 200 MHz by the mobile‐satellite service shall neither cause harmful interference to the fixed and mobile services, nor hamper the development of those services prior to 1 January 2005, nor shall the former service request protection from the latter services. (WRC‐2000)

5.390 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.391 In making assignments to the mobile service in the bands 2 025‐2 110 MHz and 2 200‐2 290 MHz, administrations shall not introduce high‐density mobile systems, as described in Recommendation ITU‐R SA.1154, and shall take that Recommendation into account for the introduction of any other type of mobile system. (WRC‐97)


PAGE | 77

5.392 Administrations are urged to take all practicable measures to ensure that space‐to‐space transmissions between two or more non‐geostationary satellites, in the space research, space operations and Earth exploration‐satellite services in the bands 2 025‐2 110 MHz and 2 200‐2 290 MHz, shall not impose any constraints on Earth‐to‐space, space‐to‐Earth and other space‐to‐space transmissions of those services and in those bands between geostationary and non‐geostationary satellites.

5.392A (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

2 170‐2 520 MHz



2 170‐2 200 FIXED

MOBILE

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.351A

5.388 5.389A 5.389F

2 170‐2 200 FIXED MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

S5.388 S5.389A S5.351A

2 200‐2 290 SPACE OPERATION (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space)

EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space)

FIXED

MOBILE 5.391

SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space)

5.392

2 200‐2 290 FIXED MOBILE

S5.391

2 290‐2 300 FIXED


SPACE RESEARCH (deep space) (space‐to‐Earth)

2 290‐2 300 FIXED


2 300‐2 450

FIXED

MOBILE 5.384A

Amateur

Radiolocation

2 300‐2 450

FIXED

MOBILE 5.384A

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

2 300‐2 450 FIXED MOBILE RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

5.150 5.282 5.395 5.150 5.282 5.393 5.394 5.396 MYN10 MYN26 S5.393 S5.396

2 450‐2 483.5

FIXED

MOBILE

Radiolocation

5.150 5.397

2 450‐2 483.5

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

5.150

2 450‐2 483.5 FIXED MOBILE RADIOLOCATION

MYN10 MYN26


PAGE | 78

5.393 Additional allocation: in Canada, the United States, India and Mexico, the band 2 310‐2 360 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) and complementary terrestrial sound broadcasting service on a primary basis. Such use is limited to digital audio broadcasting and is subject to the provisions of Resolution 528 (Rev.WRC‐03), with the exception of resolves 3 in regard to the limitation on broadcasting‐satellite systems in the upper 25 MHz. (WRC‐07)

5.394 In the United States, the use of the band 2 300‐2 390 MHz by the aeronautical mobile service for telemetry has priority over other uses by the mobile services. In Canada, the use of the band 2 360‐2 400 MHz by the aeronautical mobile service for telemetry has priority over other uses by the mobile services. (WRC‐07)

5.395 In France and Turkey, the use of the band 2 310‐2 360 MHz by the aeronautical mobile service for telemetry has priority over other uses by the mobile service. (WRC‐03)

5.396 Space stations of the broadcasting‐satellite service in the band 2 310‐2 360 MHz operating in accordance with No. 5.393 that may affect the services to which this band is allocated in other countries shall

be coordinated and notified in accordance with Resolution 33 (Rev.WRC‐97)*. Complementary terrestrial broadcasting stations shall be subject to bilateral coordination with neighbouring countries prior to their bringing into use.

5.397 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.398 In respect of the radiodetermination‐satellite service in the band 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz, the provisions of No. 4.10 do not apply.

5.398A Different category of service: In Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Ukraine, the band 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz is allocated on a primary basis to the radiolocation service. The radiolocation stations in these countries shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim


2 483.5‐2 500

FIXED

MOBILE


RADIODETERMINATION‐ SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.398


2 483.5‐2 500

FIXED

MOBILE


RADIOLOCATION


2 483.5‐2 500

FIXED

MOBILE


RADIOLOCATION


2 483.5‐2 500 FIXED MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE


5.150 5.399 5.401 5.402

5.150 5.402

5.150 5.401 5.402

MYN10 MYN26 S5.351A S5.402

2 500‐2 520

FIXED 5.410


2 500‐2 520

FIXED 5.410

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.415


2 500‐2 520

FIXED 5.410



MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.351A 5.407 5.414 5.414A

2 500‐2 520 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

5.405 5.412 5.404 5.415A MYN27..S5.384A S5.351A S5.404 S5.415


PAGE | 79

protection from, stations of the fixed, mobile and mobile‐satellite services operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations in the frequency band 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz. (WRC‐12)

5.399 Except for cases referred to in No. 5.401, stations of the radiodetermination‐satellite service operating in the frequency band 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz for which notification information is received by the Bureau after 17 February 2012, and the service area of which includes Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Ukraine, shall not cause harmful interference to, and shall not claim protection from stations of the radiolocation service operating in these countries in accordance with No. 5.398A. (WRC‐12)

5.400 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.401 In Angola, Australia, Bangladesh, Burundi, China, Eritrea, Ethiopia, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Madagascar, Mali, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Syrian Arab Republic, Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Sudan, Swaziland, Togo and Zambia, the band 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz was already allocated on a primary basis to the radiodetermination‐satellite service before WRC‐12, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 from countries not listed in this provision. Systems in the radiodetermination‐satellite service for which complete coordination information has been received by the Radiocommunication Bureau before 18 February 2012 will retain their regulatory status, as of the date of receipt of the coordination request information. (WRC‐12)

5.402 The use of the band 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz by the mobile‐satellite and the radiodetermination‐satellite services is subject to the coordination under No. 9.11A. Administrations are urged to take all practicable steps to prevent harmful interference to the radio astronomy service from emissions in the 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz band, especially those caused by second‐harmonic radiation that would fall into the 4 990‐5 000 MHz band allocated to the radio astronomy service worldwide.

5.403 Subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21, the band 2 520‐2 535 MHz may also be used for the mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth), except aeronautical mobile‐satellite, service for operation limited to within national boundaries. The provisions of No. 9.11A apply. (WRC‐07)

5.404 Additional allocation: in India and Iran (Islamic Republic of), the band 2 500‐2 516.5 MHz may also be used for the radiodetermination‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) for operation limited to within national boundaries, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.405 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.406 Not used.

5.407 In the band 2 500‐2 520 MHz, the power flux‐density at the surface of the Earth from space stations operating in the mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) service shall not exceed –152 dB(W/(m2 � 4 kHz)) in Argentina, unless otherwise agreed by the administrations concerned.

5.408 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.409 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.410 The band 2 500‐2 690 MHz may be used for tropospheric scatter systems in Region 1, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. No. 9.21 does not apply to tropospheric scatter links situated entirely outside Region 1. Administrations shall make all practicable efforts to avoid developing new tropospheric scatter systems in this band. When planning new tropospheric scatter radio‐relay links in this band, all possible measures shall be taken to avoid directing the antennas of these links towards the geostationary‐satellite orbit. (WRC‐12)

5.411 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.412 Alternative allocation: in Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 2 500‐2 690 MHz is allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.413 In the design of systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service in the bands between 2 500 MHz and 2 690 MHz, administrations are urged to take all necessary steps to protect the radio astronomy service in the band 2 690‐2 700 MHz.

5.414 The allocation of the frequency band 2 500‐2 520 MHz to the mobile‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. (WRC‐07)


PAGE | 80

5.414A In Japan and India, the use of the bands 2 500‐2 520 MHz and 2 520‐2 535 MHz, under No. 5.403, by a satellite network in the mobile‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is limited to operation within national boundaries and subject to the application of No. 9.11A. The following pfd values shall be used as a threshold for coordination under No. 9.11A, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation, in an area of 1 000 km around the territory of the administration notifying the mobile‐satellite service network:

−136 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 0° 5°

−136 + 0.55 ( 5) dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 5° < 25°

−125 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 25° < 90°

where is the angle of arrival of the incident wave above the horizontal plane, in degrees. Outside this area Table 21‐4 of Article 21 shall apply. Furthermore, the coordination thresholds in Table 5‐2 of Annex 1 to Appendix 5 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2004), in conjunction with the applicable provisions of Articles 9 and 11 associated with No. 9.11A, shall apply to systems for which complete notification information has been received by the Radicommunication Bureau by 14 November 2007 and that have been brought into use by that date. (WRC‐07)

5.415 The use of the bands 2 500‐2 690 MHz in Region 2 and 2 500‐2 535 MHz and 2 655‐2 690 MHz in Region 3 by the fixed‐satellite service is limited to national and regional systems, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21, giving particular attention to the broadcasting‐satellite service in Region 1. (WRC‐07)

5.415A Additional allocation: in India and Japan, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21, the band 2 515‐2 535 MHz may also be used for the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) for operation limited to within their national boundaries. (WRC‐2000)

2 520‐2 700 MHz



2 520‐2 655

FIXED 5.410


BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE 5.413 5.416

2 520‐2 655

FIXED 5.410




2 520‐2 535

FIXED 5.410




5.403 5.414A 5.415A



MYN27 S5.415 S5.416

2 535‐2 655

FIXED 5.410





5.339 5.405 5.412 5.417C 5.417D 5.418B 5.418C

5.339 5.417C 5.417D 5.418B 5.418C

5.339 5.417A 5.417B 5.417C 5.417D 5.418 5.418A 5.418B 5.418C

MYN27 S5.416


PAGE | 81

5.416 The use of the band 2 520‐2 670 MHz by the broadcasting‐satellite service is limited to national and regional systems for community reception, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The provisions of No. 9.19 shall be applied by administrations in this band in their bilateral and multilateral negotiations. (WRC‐07)

5.417 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.417A In applying provision No. 5.418, in Korea (Rep. of) and Japan, resolves 3 of Resolution 528 (Rev.WRC‐03) is relaxed to allow the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) and the complementary terrestrial broadcasting service to additionally operate on a primary basis in the band 2 605‐2 630 MHz. This use is limited to systems intended for national coverage. An administration listed in this provision shall not have simultaneously two overlapping frequency assignments, one under this provision and the other under No. 5.416. The provisions of No. 5.416 and Table 21‐4 of Article 21 do not apply. Use of non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) in the band 2 605‐2 630 MHz is subject to the provisions of Resolution 539 (Rev.WRC‐03). The power flux‐density at the Earth’s surface produced by emissions from a geostationary broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) space station operating in the band 2 605‐2 630 MHz for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 4 July 2003, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation, shall not exceed the following limits:

2 655‐2 670

FIXED 5.410


BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE 5.208B 5.413 5.416

Earth exploration‐satellite (passive)

Radio astronomy

Space research (passive)

2 655‐2 670

FIXED 5.410

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) (space‐to‐Earth) 5.415




Radio astronomy


2 655‐2 670

FIXED 5.410

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.415


BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE 5.208B 5.413 5.416


Radio astronomy


2 655‐2 670 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE


5.149 5.412 5.149 5.208B 5.149 5.420 MYN9 MYN27 S5.415 S5.416

2 670‐2 690

FIXED 5.410



Radio astronomy


2 670‐2 690

FIXED 5.410

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) (space‐to‐Earth) 5.208B 5.415



Radio astronomy


2 670‐2 690

FIXED 5.410



MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.351A 5.419


Radio astronomy


2 670‐2 690 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)


5.149 5.412 5.149 5.149 MYN9 MYN27 S5.415 S5.420s

2 690‐2 700 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340 5.422

2 690‐2 700 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY



PAGE | 82

130 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 0� 5�

130 � 0.4 ( 5) dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 5� � 25�

122 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 25� � 90�

where is the angle of arrival of the incident wave above the horizontal plane, in degrees. These limits may be exceeded on the territory of any country whose administration has so agreed. In the case of the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) networks of Korea (Rep. of), as an exception to the limits above, the power flux‐density value of �122 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) shall be used as a threshold for coordination under No. 9.11 in an area of 1 000 km around the territory of the administration notifying the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) system, for angles of arrival greater than 35�. (WRC‐03)

5.417B In Korea (Rep. of) and Japan, use of the band 2 605‐2 630 MHz by non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound), pursuant to No. 5.417A, for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 4 July 2003, is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.12A, in respect of geostationary‐satellite networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, is considered to have been received after 4 July 2003, and No. 22.2 does not apply. No. 22.2 shall continue to apply with respect to geostationary‐satellite networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, is considered to have been received before 5 July 2003. (WRC‐03)

5.417C Use of the band 2 605‐2 630 MHz by non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound), pursuant to No. 5.417A, for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 4 July 2003, is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.12. (WRC‐03)

5.417D Use of the band 2 605‐2 630 MHz by geostationary‐satellite networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 4 July 2003 is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.13 with respect to non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound), pursuant to No. 5.417A, and No. 22.2 does not apply. (WRC‐03)

5.418 Additional allocation: in Korea (Rep. of), India, Japan and Thailand, the band 2 535‐2 655 MHz is also allocated to the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) and complementary terrestrial broadcasting service on a primary basis. Such use is limited to digital audio broadcasting and is subject to the provisions of Resolution 528 (Rev.WRC‐03). The provisions of No. 5.416 and Table 21‐4 of Article 21, do not apply to this additional allocation. Use of non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) is subject to Resolution 539 (Rev.WRC‐03). Geostationary broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) systems for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information has been received after 1 June 2005 are limited to systems intended for national coverage. The power flux‐density at the Earth’s surface produced by emissions from a geostationary broadcasting satellite service (sound) space station operating in the band 2 630‐2 655 MHz, and for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information has been received after 1 June 2005, shall not exceed the following limits, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation:

130 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 0� 5�

130 � 0.4 ( 5) dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 5� � 25�

–122 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) for 25� � 90�

where is the angle of arrival of the incident wave above the horizontal plane, in degrees. These limits may be exceeded on the territory of any country whose administration has so agreed. As an exception to the limits above, the pfd value of −122 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) shall be used as a threshold for coordination under No. 9.11 in an area of 1 500 km around the territory of the administration notifying the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) system.

In addition, an administration listed in this provision shall not have simultaneously two overlapping frequency assignments, one under this provision and the other under No. 5.416 for systems for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information has been received after 1 June 2005. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 83

5.418A In certain Region 3 countries listed in No. 5.418, use of the band 2 630‐2 655 MHz by non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound) for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 2 June 2000, is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.12A, in respect of geostationary‐satellite networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, is considered to have been received after 2 June 2000, and No. 22.2 does not apply. No. 22.2 shall continue to apply with respect to geostationary‐satellite networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, is considered to have been received before 3 June 2000. (WRC‐03)

5.418B Use of the band 2 630‐2 655 MHz by non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound), pursuant to No. 5.418, for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 2 June 2000, is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.12. (WRC‐03)

5.418C Use of the band 2 630‐2 655 MHz by geostationary‐satellite networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, has been received after 2 June 2000 is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.13 with respect to non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service (sound), pursuant to No. 5.418 and No. 22.2 does not apply. (WRC‐03)

5.419 When introducing systems of the mobile‐satellite service in the band 2 670‐2 690 MHz, administrations shall take all necessary steps to protect the satellite systems operating in this band prior to 3 March 1992. The coordination of mobile‐satellite systems in the band shall be in accordance with No. 9.11A. (WRC‐07)

5.420 The band 2 655‐2 670 MHz may also be used for the mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space), except aeronautical mobile‐satellite, service for operation limited to within national boundaries, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The coordination under No. 9.11A applies. (WRC‐07)

5.420A (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.421 (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.422 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belarus, Brunei Darussalam, Congo (Rep. of the), Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Georgia, Guinea, Guinea‐Bissau, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Mauritania, Mongolia, Montenegro, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Romania, Somalia, Tajikistan, Tunisia, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Yemen, the band 2 690‐2 700 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. Such use is limited to equipment in operation by 1 January 1985. (WRC‐12)

2 700‐4 800 MHz



2 700‐2 900 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION 5.337 Radiolocation

5.423 5.424


Radiolocation

2 900‐3 100 RADIOLOCATION 5.424A RADIONAVIGATION 5.426

5.425 5.427

2 900‐3 100 RADIONAVIGATION S5.426

Radiolocation


Earth exploration‐satellite (active)

Space research (active)

5.149 5.428

3 100‐3 300 RADIOLOCATION Earth exploration‐satellite (active) Space research (active)

MYN9


PAGE | 84

5.423 In the band 2 700‐2 900 MHz, ground‐based radars used for meteorological purposes are authorized to operate on a basis of equality with stations of the aeronautical radionavigation service.

5.424 Additional allocation: in Canada, the band 2 850‐2 900 MHz is also allocated to the maritime radionavigation service, on a primary basis, for use by shore‐based radars.

5.424A In the band 2 900‐3 100 MHz, stations in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, radar systems in the radionavigation service. (WRC‐03)

3 300‐3 400

RADIOLOCATION

3 300‐3 400 RADIOLOCATION Amateur Fixed

Mobile


Amateur


Amateur

5.149 5.429 5.430 5.149 5.149 5.429 MYN9 S5.429

3 400‐3 600 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Mobile 5.430A Radiolocation

5.431

3 400‐3 500 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

Amateur Mobile 5.431A Radiolocation 5.433

5.282


Amateur Mobile 5.432B Radiolocation 5.433 5.282 5.432 5.432A

3 400‐3 700 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Mobile

Radiolocation

S5.433



Radiolocation 5.433



Radiolocation 5.433


Mobile



Radiolocation 5.435

3 700‐4 200 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (space to‐Earth) MOBILE except aeronautical mobile


MYN28

4 200‐4 400 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION 5.438

5.439 5.440


S5.438 S5.439

4 400‐4 500 FIXED

MOBILE 5.440A

4 400‐4 500 FIXED

MOBILE

4 500‐4 800 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.441 MOBILE 5.440A

4 500‐4 800 FIXED MOBILE

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


PAGE | 85

5.425 In the band 2 900‐3 100 MHz, the use of the shipborne interrogator‐transponder (SIT) system shall be confined to the sub‐band 2 930 ‐2 950 MHz.

5.426 The use of the band 2 900‐3 100 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to ground‐based radars.

5.427 In the bands 2 900‐3 100 MHz and 9 300‐9 500 MHz, the response from radar transponders shall not be capable of being confused with the response from radar beacons (racons) and shall not cause interference to ship or aeronautical radars in the radionavigation service, having regard, however, to No. 4.9.

5.428 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 3 100‐3 300 MHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.429 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, China, Congo (Rep. of the), Korea (Rep. of), Côte d'Ivoire, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Oman, Uganda, Pakistan, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea and Yemen, the band 3 300‐3 400 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. The countries bordering the Mediterranean shall not claim protection for their fixed and mobile services from the radiolocation service. (WRC‐12)

5.430 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 3 300‐3 400 MHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.430A Different category of service: in Albania, Algeria, Germany, Andorra, Saudi Arabia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Cyprus, Vatican, Congo (Rep. of the), Côte d'Ivoire, Croatia, Denmark, Egypt, Spain, Estonia, Finland, France and French overseas departments and communities in Region 1, Gabon, Georgia, Greece, Guinea, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Israel, Italy, Jordan, Kuwait, Lesotho, Latvia, The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malawi, Mali, Malta, Morocco, Mauritania, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Norway, Oman, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Slovakia, Czech Rep., Romania, United Kingdom, San Marino, Senegal, Serbia, Sierra Leone, Slovenia, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Swaziland, Chad, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, Zambia and Zimbabwe, the band 3 400‐3 600 MHz is allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 with other administrations and is identified for International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). This identification does not preclude the use of this band by any application of the services to which it is allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. At the stage of coordination the provisions of Nos. 9.17 and 9.18 also apply. Before an administration brings into use a (base or mobile) station of the mobile service in this band, it shall ensure that the power flux‐density (pfd) produced at 3 m

above ground does not exceed −154.5 dB(W/(m2 4 kHz)) for more than 20% of time at the border of the territory of any other administration. This limit may be exceeded on the territory of any country whose administration has so agreed. In order to ensure that the pfd limit at the border of the territory of any other administration is met, the calculations and verification shall be made, taking into account all relevant information, with the mutual agreement of both administrations (the administration responsible for the terrestrial station and the administration responsible for the earth station), with the assistance of the Bureau if so requested. In case of disagreement, the calculation and verification of the pfd shall be made by the Bureau, taking into account the information referred to above. Stations of the mobile service in the band 3 400‐3 600 MHz shall not claim more protection from space stations than that provided in Table 21‐4 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2004). This allocation is effective from 17 November 2010. (WRC‐12)

5.431 Additional allocation: in Germany, Israel and the United Kingdom, the band 3 400‐3 475 MHz is also allocated to the amateur service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐03)

5.431A Different category of service: in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Cuba, French overseas departments and communities in Region 2, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, Paraguay, Suriname, Uruguay and Venezuela, the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz is allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. Stations of the mobile service in


PAGE | 86

the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz shall not claim more protection from space stations than that provided in Table 21‐4 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2004). (WRC‐12)

5.432 Different category of service: in Korea (Rep. of), Japan and Pakistan, the allocation of the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐2000)

5.432A In Korea (Rep. of), Japan and Pakistan, the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz is identified for International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). This identification does not preclude the use of this band by any application of the services to which it is allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. At the stage of coordination the provisions of Nos. 9.17 and 9.18 also apply. Before an administration brings into use a (base or mobile) station of the mobile service in this band it shall ensure that the power flux‐density (pfd) produced at 3 m

above ground does not exceed −154.5 dB(W/(m2 4 kHz)) for more than 20% of time at the border of the territory of any other administration. This limit may be exceeded on the territory of any country whose administration has so agreed. In order to ensure that the pfd limit at the border of the territory of any other administration is met, the calculations and verification shall be made, taking into account all relevant information, with the mutual agreement of both administrations (the administration responsible for the terrestrial station and the administration responsible for the earth station), with the assistance of the Bureau if so requested. In case of disagreement, the calculation and verification of the pfd shall be made by the Bureau, taking into account the information referred to above. Stations of the mobile service in the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz shall not claim more protection from space stations than that provided in Table 21‐4 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2004). (WRC‐07)

5.432B Different category of service: in Bangladesh, China, French overseas communities of Region 3, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), New Zealand and Singapore, the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz is allocated to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21 with other administrations and is identified for International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). This identification does not preclude the use of this band by any application of the services to which it is allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. At the stage of coordination the provisions of Nos. 9.17 and 9.18 also apply. Before an administration brings into use a (base or mobile) station of the mobile service in this band it shall ensure

that the power flux‐density (pfd) produced at 3 m above ground does not exceed −154.5 dB(W/(m2 4 kHz)) for more than 20% of time at the border of the territory of any other administration. This limit may be exceeded on the territory of any country whose administration has so agreed. In order to ensure that the pfd limit at the border of the territory of any other administration is met, the calculations and verification shall be made, taking into account all relevant information, with the mutual agreement of both administrations (the administration responsible for the terrestrial station and the administration responsible for the earth station) with the assistance of the Bureau if so requested. In case of disagreement, the calculation and verification of the pfd shall be made by the Bureau, taking into account the information referred to above. Stations of the mobile service in the band 3 400‐3 500 MHz shall not claim more protection from space stations than that provided in Table 21‐4 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2004). This allocation is effective from 17 November 2010. (WRC‐12)

5.433 In Regions 2 and 3, in the band 3 400‐3 600 MHz the radiolocation service is allocated on a primary basis. However, all administrations operating radiolocation systems in this band are urged to cease operations by 1985. Thereafter, administrations shall take all practicable steps to protect the fixed‐satellite service and coordination requirements shall not be imposed on the fixed‐satellite service.

5.433A In Bangladesh, China, French overseas communities of Region 3, Korea (Rep. of), India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Japan, New Zealand and Pakistan, the band 3 500‐3 600 MHz is identified for International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT). This identification does not preclude the use of this band by any application of the services to which it is allocated and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. At the stage of coordination the provisions of Nos. 9.17 and 9.18 also apply. Before an administration brings into use a (base or mobile) station of the mobile service in this band it shall ensure that the power flux‐density (pfd) produced at 3 m

above ground does not exceed −154.5 dB(W/(m2 4 kHz)) for more than 20% of time at the border of the territory of any other administration. This limit may be exceeded on the territory of any country whose administration has so agreed. In order to ensure that the pfd limit at the border of the territory of any other administration is met, the calculations and verification shall be made, taking into account all relevant information, with the mutual


PAGE | 87

agreement of both administrations (the administration responsible for the terrestrial station and the administration responsible for the earth station), with the assistance of the Bureau if so requested. In case of disagreement, the calculation and verification of the pfd shall be made by the Bureau, taking into account the information referred to above. Stations of the mobile service in the band 3 500‐3 600 MHz shall not claim more protection from space stations than that provided in Table 21‐4 of the Radio Regulations (Edition of 2004). (WRC‐12)

5.434 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.435 In Japan, in the band 3 620‐3 700 MHz, the radiolocation service is excluded.

5.436 Not used.

5.437 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.438 Use of the band 4 200‐4 400 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is reserved exclusively for radio altimeters installed on board aircraft and for the associated transponders on the ground. However, passive sensing in the Earth exploration‐satellite and space research services may be authorized in this band on a secondary basis (no protection is provided by the radio altimeters).

5.439 Additional allocation: in Iran (Islamic Republic of), the band 4 200‐4 400 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.440 The standard frequency and time signal‐satellite service may be authorized to use the frequency 4 202 MHz for space‐to‐Earth transmissions and the frequency 6 427 MHz for Earth‐to‐space transmissions. Such transmissions shall be confined within the limits of � 2 MHz of these frequencies, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.440A In Region 2 (except Brazil, Cuba, French overseas departments and communities, Guatemala, Paraguay, Uruguay and Venezuela), and in Australia, the band 4 400‐4 940 MHz may be used for aeronautical mobile telemetry for flight testing by aircraft stations (see No. 1.83). Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 416 (WRC‐07) and shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, the fixed‐satellite and fixed services. Any such use does not preclude the use of this band by other mobile service applications or by other services to which this band is allocated on a co‐primary basis and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.441 The use of the bands 4 500‐4 800 MHz (space‐to‐Earth), 6 725‐7 025 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) by the fixed‐satellite service shall be in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 30B. The use of the bands 10.7‐10.95 GHz (space‐to‐Earth), 11.2‐11.45 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) and 12.75‐13.25 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) by geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service shall be in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 30B. The use of the bands 10.7‐10.95 GHz (space‐to‐Earth), 11.2‐11.45 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) and 12.75‐13.25 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) by a non‐geostationary‐satellite system in the fixed‐satellite service is subject to application of the provisions of No. 9.12 for coordination with other non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service shall not claim protection from geostationary‐satellite networks in the fixed‐satellite service operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations, irrespective of the dates of receipt by the Bureau of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service and of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the geostationary‐satellite networks, and No. 5.43A does not apply. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service in the above bands shall be operated in such a way that any unacceptable interference that may occur during their operation shall be rapidly eliminated. (WRC‐2000)


PAGE | 88

4 800‐5 570 MHz



4 800‐4 990 FIXED

MOBILE 5.440A 5.442

Radio astronomy

5.149 5.339 5.443

4 800‐5 000 FIXED

LAND MOBILE

MYN9

4 990‐5 000 FIXED


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.149

5 000‐5 010 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE‐SATELLITE (R) 5.443AA


RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

5 000‐5 150


5 010‐5 030 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE‐SATELLITE (R) 5.443AA


RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (space‐to‐space) 5.328B 5.443B

5 030‐5 091 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE (R) 5.443C

AERONAUTICAL MOBILE‐SATELLITE (R) 5.443D


5.444

5 091‐5 150 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE 5.444B

AERONAUTICAL MOBILE‐SATELLITE (R) 5.443AA


5.444 5.444A

5 150‐5 250 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.447A

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.446A 5.446B


5.446 5.446C 5.447 5.447B 5.447C

5 150‐5 250 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION FIXED‐SATELLITE SERVICE



MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.446A 5.447F

RADIOLOCATION

SPACE RESEARCH 5.447D

5.447E 5.448 5.448A


RADIOLOCATION


PAGE | 89

4 800‐5 570 MHz (end)

5.442 In the bands 4 825‐4 835 MHz and 4 950‐4 990 MHz, the allocation to the mobile service is restricted to the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service. In Region 2 (except Brazil, Cuba, Guatemala, Paraguay, Uruguay and Venezuela), and in Australia, the band 4 825‐4 835 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile service, limited to aeronautical mobile telemetry for flight testing by aircraft stations. Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 416 (WRC‐07) and shall not cause harmful interference to the fixed service. (WRC‐07)

5.443 Different category of service: in Argentina, Australia and Canada, the allocation of the bands 4 825‐4 835 MHz and 4 950‐4 990 MHz to the radio astronomy service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33).

5.443A (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.443AA In the frequency bands 5 000‐5 030 MHz and 5 091‐5 150 MHz, the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service is subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. The use of these bands by the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service is limited to internationally standardized aeronautical systems. (WRC‐12)

5.443B In order not to cause harmful interference to the microwave landing system operating above 5 030 MHz, the aggregate power flux‐density produced at the Earth’s surface in the band 5 030‐5 150 MHz by all the space stations within any radionavigation‐satellite service system (space‐to‐Earth) operating in the band 5 010‐5 030 MHz shall not exceed −124.5 dB(W/m2) in a 150 kHz band. In order not to cause harmful interference to the radio astronomy service in the band 4 990‐5 000 MHz, radionavigation‐satellite service systems operating in


MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.446A 5.447F

RADIOLOCATION


5.447E 5.448 5.448A

5 350‐5 460 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) 5.448B

RADIOLOCATION 5.448D


SPACE RESEARCH (active) 5.448C

5 350‐5 460 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

Radiolocation



5 460‐5 470 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) RADIOLOCATION 5.448D RADIONAVIGATION 5.449 SPACE RESEARCH (active) 5.448B

5 460‐5 470 RADIONAVIGATION

Radiolocation

5 470‐5 570 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.446A 5.450A RADIOLOCATION 5.450B MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION SPACE RESEARCH (active) 5.448B 5.450 5.451

5 470‐5 650 MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION

Radiolocation


PAGE | 90

the band 5 010‐5 030 MHz shall comply with the limits in the band 4 990‐5 000 MHz defined in Resolution 741 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.443C The use of the frequency band 5 030‐5 091 MHz by the aeronautical mobile (R) service is limited to internationally standardized aeronautical systems. Unwanted emissions from the aeronautical mobile (R) service in the frequency band 5 030‐5 091 MHz shall be limited to protect RNSS system downlinks in the adjacent 5 010‐5 030 MHz band. Until such time that an appropriate value is established in a relevant ITU‐R Recommendation, the e.i.r.p. density limit of −75 dBW/MHz in the frequency band 5 010‐5 030 MHz for any AM(R)S station unwanted emission should be used. (WRC‐12)

5.443D In the frequency band 5 030‐5 091 MHz, the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. The use of this frequency band by the aeronautical mobile‐satellite (R) service is limited to internationally standardized aeronautical systems. (WRC‐12)

5.444 The frequency band 5 030‐5 150 MHz is to be used for the operation of the international standard system (microwave landing system) for precision approach and landing. In the frequency band 5 030‐5 091 MHz, the requirements of this system shall have priority over other uses of this band. For the use of the frequency band 5 091‐5 150 MHz, No. 5.444A and Resolution 114 (Rev.WRC‐12) apply. (WRC‐12)

5.444A Additional allocation: the band 5 091‐5 150 MHz is also allocated to the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) on a primary basis. This allocation is limited to feeder links of non‐geostationary satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service and is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A.

In the band 5 091‐5 150 MHz, the following conditions also apply:

– prior to 1 January 2018, the use of the band 5 091‐5 150 MHz by feeder links of non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service shall be made in

accordance with Resolution 114 (Rev.WRC‐03)*;

– after 1 January 2016, no new assignments shall be made to earth stations providing feeder links of non‐geostationary mobile‐satellite systems;

– after 1 January 2018, the fixed‐satellite service will become secondary to the aeronautical radionavigation service. (WRC‐07)

5.444B The use of the frequency band 5 091‐5 150 MHz by the aeronautical mobile service is limited to:

– systems operating in the aeronautical mobile (R) service and in accordance with international aeronautical standards, limited to surface applications at airports. Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 748 (Rev.WRC‐12);

– aeronautical telemetry transmissions from aircraft stations (see No. 1.83) in accordance with Resolution 418 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.445 Not used.

5.446 Additional allocation: in the countries listed in No. 5.369, the band 5 150‐5 216 MHz is also allocated to the radiodetermination‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In Region 2, the band is also allocated to the radiodetermination‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis. In Regions 1 and 3, except those countries listed in No. 5.369 and Bangladesh, the band is also allocated to the radiodetermination‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a secondary basis. The use by the radiodetermination‐satellite service is limited to feeder links in conjunction with the radiodetermination‐satellite service operating in the bands 1 610‐1 626.5 MHz and/or 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz. The total power flux‐density at the

Earth’s surface shall in no case exceed −159 dB(W/m2) in any 4 kHz band for all angles of arrival. (WRC‐12)

5.446A The use of the bands 5 150‐5 350 MHz and 5 470‐5 725 MHz by the stations in the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service shall be in accordance with Resolution 229 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)



PAGE | 91

5.446B In the band 5 150‐5 250 MHz, stations in the mobile service shall not claim protection from earth stations in the fixed‐satellite service. No. 5.43A does not apply to the mobile service with respect to fixed‐satellite service earth stations. (WRC‐03)

5.446C Additional allocation: in Region 1 (except in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Morocco, Oman, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Sudan, South Sudan and Tunisia) and in Brazil, the band 5 150‐5 250 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical mobile service on a primary basis, limited to aeronautical telemetry transmissions from aircraft stations (see No. 1.83), in accordance with Resolution 418 (Rev.WRC‐12). These stations shall not claim protection from other stations operating in accordance with Article 5. No. 5.43A does not apply. (WRC‐12)

5.447 Additional allocation: in Côte d'Ivoire, Egypt, Israel, Lebanon, the Syrian Arab Republic and Tunisia, the band 5 150‐5 250 MHz is also allocated to the mobile service, on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. In this case, the provisions of Resolution 229 (Rev.WRC‐12) do not apply. (WRC‐12)

5.447A The allocation to the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) in the band 5 150‐5 250 MHz is limited to feeder links of non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service and is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A.

5.447B Additional allocation: the band 5 150‐5 216 MHz is also allocated to the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis. This allocation is limited to feeder links of non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service and is subject to provisions of No. 9.11A. The power flux‐density at the Earth’s surface produced by space stations of the fixed‐satellite service operating in the space‐to‐Earth direction in the band 5 150‐5 216 MHz shall in no case exceed –164 dB(W/m2) in any 4 kHz band for all angles of arrival.

5.447C Administrations responsible for fixed‐satellite service networks in the band 5 150‐5 250 MHz operated under Nos. 5.447A and 5.447B shall coordinate on an equal basis in accordance with No. 9.11A with administrations responsible for non‐geostationary‐satellite networks operated under No. 5.446 and brought into use prior to 17 November 1995. Satellite networks operated under No. 5.446 brought into use after 17 November 1995 shall not claim protection from, and shall not cause harmful interference to, stations of the fixed‐satellite service operated under Nos. 5.447A and 5.447B.

5.447D The allocation of the band 5 250‐5 255 MHz to the space research service on a primary basis is limited to active spaceborne sensors. Other uses of the band by the space research service are on a secondary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.447E Additional allocation: The band 5 250‐5 350 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis in the following countries in Region 3: Australia, Korea (Rep. of), India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Japan, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea, the Philippines, Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Viet Nam. The use of this band by the fixed service is intended for the implementation of fixed wireless access systems and shall comply with Recommendation ITU‐R F.1613. In addition, the fixed service shall not claim protection from the radiodetermination, Earth exploration‐satellite (active) and space research (active) services, but the provisions of No. 5.43A do not apply to the fixed service with respect to the Earth exploration‐satellite (active) and space research (active) services. After implementation of fixed wireless access systems in the fixed service with protection for the existing radiodetermination systems, no more stringent constraints should be imposed on the fixed wireless access systems by future radiodetermination implementations. (WRC‐07)

5.447F In the band 5 250‐5 350 MHz, stations in the mobile service shall not claim protection from the radiolocation service, the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and the space research service (active). These services shall not impose on the mobile service more stringent protection criteria, based on system characteristics and interference criteria, than those stated in Recommendations ITU‐R M.1638 and ITU‐R RS.1632. (WRC‐03)

5.448 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Kyrgyzstan, Romania and Turkmenistan, the band 5 250‐5 350 MHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.448A The Earth exploration‐satellite (active) and space research (active) services in the frequency band 5 250‐5 350 MHz shall not claim protection from the radiolocation service. No. 5.43A does not apply. (WRC‐03)

5.448B The Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) operating in the band 5 350‐5 570 MHz and space research service (active) operating in the band 5 460‐5 570 MHz shall not cause harmful interference to the


PAGE | 92

aeronautical radionavigation service in the band 5 350‐5 460 MHz, the radionavigation service in the band 5 460‐5 470 MHz and the maritime radionavigation service in the band 5 470‐5 570 MHz. (WRC‐03)

5.448C The space research service (active) operating in the band 5 350‐5 460 MHz shall not cause harmful interference to nor claim protection from other services to which this band is allocated. (WRC‐03)

5.448D In the frequency band 5 350‐5 470 MHz, stations in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, radar systems in the aeronautical radionavigation service operating in accordance with No. 5.449. (WRC‐03)

5.449 The use of the band 5 350‐5 470 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to airborne radars and associated airborne beacons.

5.450 Additional allocation: in Austria, Azerbaijan, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Kyrgyzstan, Romania, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 5 470‐5 650 MHz is also allocated to the aeronautical radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.450A In the band 5 470‐5 725 MHz, stations in the mobile service shall not claim protection from radiodetermination services. Radiodetermination services shall not impose on the mobile service more stringent protection criteria, based on system characteristics and interference criteria, than those stated in Recommendation ITU‐R M.1638. (WRC‐03)

5.450B In the frequency band 5 470‐5 650 MHz, stations in the radiolocation service, except ground‐based radars used for meteorological purposes in the band 5 600‐5 650 MHz, shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, radar systems in the maritime radionavigation service. (WRC‐03)

5.451 Additional allocation: in the United Kingdom, the band 5 470‐5 850 MHz is also allocated to the land mobile service on a secondary basis. The power limits specified in Nos. 21.2, 21.3, 21.4 and 21.5 shall apply in the band 5 725‐5 850 MHz.

5 570‐7 250 MHz



5 570‐5 650 MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.446A 5.450A

RADIOLOCATION 5.450B


5.450 5.451 5.452


Radiolocation

5 650‐5 725 MOBILE except aeronautical mobile 5.446A 5.450A

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

Space research (deep space)

5.282 5.451 5.453 5.454 5.455

5 650‐5 725 RADIOLOCATION Amateur

Space research (deep space)

MYN4

5 725‐5 830

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

5 725‐5 830

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur


Amateur

5.150 5.451 5.453 5.455 5.456

5.150 5.453 5.455 MYN4 MYN10


PAGE | 93

5 570‐7 250 MHz (end)

5.452 Between 5 600 MHz and 5 650 MHz, ground‐based radars used for meteorological purposes are authorized to operate on a basis of equality with stations of the maritime radionavigation service.

5.453 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, China, Congo (Rep. of the), Korea (Rep. of), Côte d’Ivoire, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Gabon, Guinea,

5 830‐5 850


RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

Amateur‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

5 830‐5 850

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

Amateur‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

5 830‐5 850 FIXED LAND MOBILE RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

5.150 5.451 5.453 5.455 5.456

5.150 5.453 5.455 MYN4 MYN10

5 850‐5 925

FIXED


MOBILE

5 850‐5 925

FIXED


MOBILE

Amateur

Radiolocation

5 850‐5 925

FIXED


MOBILE

Radiolocation

5 850‐5 925 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

Radiolocation

5.150 5.150 5.150 MYN4 MYN10

5 925‐6 700 FIXED 5.457

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.457B

MOBILE 5.457C

5.149 5.440 5.458


MYN9 MYN29

6 700‐7 075 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) (space‐to‐Earth) 5.441

MOBILE

5.458 5.458A 5.458B 5.458C





7 075‐7 145 FIXED MOBILE 5.458 5.459

7 075‐7 250 FIXED

MOBILE

7 145‐7 235 FIXED MOBILE SPACE RESEARCH (Earth‐to‐space) 5.460 5.458 5.459

7 235‐7 250 FIXED MOBILE 5.458


PAGE | 94

Equatorial Guinea, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Madagascar, Malaysia, Niger, Nigeria, Oman, Uganda, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Tanzania, Chad, Thailand, Togo, Viet Nam and Yemen, the band 5 650‐5 850 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. In this case, the provisions of Resolution 229 (Rev.WRC‐12) do not apply. (WRC‐12)

5.454 Different category of service: in Azerbaijan, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the allocation of the band 5 670‐5 725 MHz to the space research service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐12)

5.455 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Cuba, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 5 670‐5 850 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.456 Additional allocation: in Cameroon, the band 5 755‐5 850 MHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐03)

5.457 In Australia, Burkina Faso, Cote d'Ivoire, Mali and Nigeria, the allocation to the fixed service in the bands 6 440‐6 520 MHz (HAPS‐to‐ground direction) and 6 560‐6 640 MHz (ground‐to‐HAPS direction) may also be used by gateway links for high‐altitude platform stations (HAPS) within the territory of these countries. Such use is limited to operation in HAPS gateway links and shall not cause harmful interference to, and shall not claim protection from, existing services, and shall be in compliance with Resolution 150 (WRC‐12). Existing services shall not be constrained in future development by HAPS gateway links. The use of HAPS gateway links in these bands requires explicit agreement with other administrations whose territories are located within 1 000 kilometres from the border of an administration intending to use the HAPS gateway links. (WRC‐12)

5.457A In the bands 5 925‐6 425 MHz and 14‐14.5 GHz, earth stations located on board vessels may communicate with space stations of the fixed‐satellite service. Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 902 (WRC‐03). (WRC‐03)

5.457B In the bands 5 925‐6 425 MHz and 14‐14.5 GHz, earth stations located on board vessels may operate with the characteristics and under the conditions contained in Resolution 902 (WRC‐03) in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Jordan, Kuwait, Libya, Morocco, Mauritania, Oman, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Sudan, South Sudan, Tunisia and Yemen, in the maritime mobile‐satellite service on a secondary basis. Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 902 (WRC‐03). (WRC‐12)

5.457C In Region 2 (except Brazil, Cuba, French overseas departments and communities, Guatemala, Paraguay, Uruguay and Venezuela), the band 5 925‐6 700 MHz may be used for aeronautical mobile telemetry for flight testing by aircraft stations (see No. 1.83). Such use shall be in accordance with Resolution 416 (WRC‐07) and shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, the fixed‐satellite and fixed services. Any such use does not preclude the use of this band by other mobile service applications or by other services to which this band is allocated on a co‐primary basis and does not establish priority in the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.458 In the band 6 425‐7 075 MHz, passive microwave sensor measurements are carried out over the oceans. In the band 7 075‐7 250 MHz, passive microwave sensor measurements are carried out. Administrations should bear in mind the needs of the Earth exploration‐satellite (passive) and space research (passive) services in their future planning of the bands 6 425‐7 075 MHz and 7 075‐7 250 MHz.

5.458A In making assignments in the band 6 700‐7 075 MHz to space stations of the fixed‐satellite service, administrations are urged to take all practicable steps to protect spectral line observations of the radio astronomy service in the band 6 650‐6 675.2 MHz from harmful interference from unwanted emissions.

5.458B The space‐to‐Earth allocation to the fixed‐satellite service in the band 6 700‐7 075 MHz is limited to feeder links for non‐geostationary satellite systems of the mobile‐satellite service and is subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. The use of the band 6 700‐7 075 MHz (space‐to‐Earth) by feeder links for non‐geostationary satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service is not subject to No. 22.2.

5.458C Administrations making submissions in the band 7 025‐7 075 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) for geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service after 17 November 1995 shall consult on the basis of relevant ITU‐R Recommendations with the administrations that have notified and brought into use non‐geostationary‐satellite


PAGE | 95

systems in this frequency band before 18 November 1995 upon request of the latter administrations. This consultation shall be with a view to facilitating shared operation of both geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service and non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in this band.

5.459 Additional allocation: in the Russian Federation, the frequency bands 7 100‐7 155 MHz and 7 190‐7 235 MHz are also allocated to the space operation service (Earth‐to‐space) on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. (WRC‐97)

5.460 The use of the band 7 145‐7 190 MHz by the space research service (Earth‐to‐space) is restricted to deep space; no emissions to deep space shall be effected in the band 7 190‐7 235 MHz. Geostationary satellites in the space research service operating in the band 7 190‐7 235 MHz shall not claim protection from existing and future stations of the fixed and mobile services and No. 5.43A does not apply. (WRC‐03)

7 250‐8 500 MHz



7 250‐7 300 FIXED


MOBILE

5.461

7 250‐7 300 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

S5.461

7 300‐7 450 FIXED



5.461


S5.461

7 450‐7 550 FIXED




5.461A

7 450‐7 550 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE


7 550‐7 750 FIXED





7 750‐7 900 FIXED

METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.461B


FIXED

METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.461B


7 750‐7 850 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE


7 850‐7 900 FIXED



PAGE | 96

5.461 Additional allocation: the bands 7 250‐7 375 MHz (space‐to‐Earth) and 7 900‐8 025 MHz (Earth‐to‐space) are also allocated to the mobile‐satellite service on a primary basis, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21.

5.461A The use of the band 7 450‐7 550 MHz by the meteorological‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is limited to geostationary‐satellite systems. Non‐geostationary meteorological‐satellite systems in this band notified before 30 November 1997 may continue to operate on a primary basis until the end of their lifetime. (WRC‐97)

5.461B The use of the band 7 750‐7 900 MHz by the meteorological‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is limited to non‐geostationary satellite systems. (WRC‐12)

5.462 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.462A In Regions 1 and 3 (except for Japan), in the band 8 025‐8 400 MHz, the Earth exploration‐satellite service using geostationary satellites shall not produce a power flux‐density in excess of the following values for

angles of arrival (), without the consent of the affected administration:

−135 dB(W/m2) in a 1 MHz band for 0° 5°

−135 + 0.5 ( − 5) dB(W/m2) in a 1 MHz band for 5° 5°

−125 dB(W/m2) in a 1 MHz band for 25° 90° (WRC‐12)

7 900‐8 025 FIXED


MOBILE

5.461

7 900‐8 025 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) MOBILE

S5.461

8 025‐8 175 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

FIXED


MOBILE 5.463

5.462A

8 025‐8 175 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

S5.462A


FIXED



MOBILE 5.463

5.462A

8 175‐8 215 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) METEOROLOGICAL‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

S5.462A S5.463


FIXED


MOBILE 5.463

5.462A

8 215‐8 400 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

S5.462A S5.463

8 400‐8 500 FIXED


SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth) 5.465 5.466

8 400‐8 500 FIXED



PAGE | 97

5.463 Aircraft stations are not permitted to transmit in the band 8 025‐8 400 MHz. (WRC‐97)

5.464 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.465 In the space research service, the use of the band 8 400‐8 450 MHz is limited to deep space.

5.466 Different category of service: in Singapore and Sri Lanka, the allocation of the band 8 400‐8 500 MHz to the space research service is on a secondary basis (see No. 5.32). (WRC‐12)

8 500‐10 000 MHz




5.468 5.469


MYN4


RADIOLOCATION


5.468 5.469 5.469A

8 550‐8 650 RADIOLOCATION EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active)

MYN4


5.468 5.469


MYN4



5.471

8 750‐8 850 RADIOLOCATION AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4


MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION 5.472

5.473

8 850‐9 000 RADIOLOCATION MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4



5.471 5.473A

9 000‐9 200 AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION Radiolocation

MYN4


MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION 5.472

5.473 5.474

9 200‐9 300 RADIOLOCATION MARITIME RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4


RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION


5.427 5.474 5.475 5.475A 5.475B 5.476A

9 300‐9 500 RADIONAVIGATION Radiolocation

MYN4


PAGE | 98

5.467 (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.468 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, Burundi, Cameroon, China, Congo (Rep. of the), Costa Rica, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Gabon, Guyana, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Jamaica, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Nepal, Nigeria, Oman, Uganda, Pakistan, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Senegal, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Chad, Togo, Tunisia and Yemen, the band 8 500‐8 750 MHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.469 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Lithuania, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Poland, Kyrgyzstan, the Czech Rep., Romania, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 8 500‐8 750 MHz is also allocated to the land mobile and radionavigation services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.469A In the band 8 550‐8 650 MHz, stations in the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and space research service (active) shall not cause harmful interference to, or constrain the use and development of, stations of the radiolocation service. (WRC‐97)

5.470 The use of the band 8 750‐8 850 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to airborne Doppler navigation aids on a centre frequency of 8 800 MHz.

5.471 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Germany, Bahrain, Belgium, China, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, France, Greece, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Libya, the Netherlands, Qatar, Sudan and South Sudan, the bands 8 825‐8 850 MHz and 9 000‐9 200 MHz are also allocated to the maritime radionavigation service, on a primary basis, for use by shore‐based radars only. (WRC‐12)

5.472 In the bands 8 850‐9 000 MHz and 9 200‐9 225 MHz, the maritime radionavigation service is limited to shore‐based radars.

5.473 Additional allocation: in Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Cuba, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Mongolia, Uzbekistan, Poland, Kyrgyzstan, Romania, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the bands 8 850‐9 000 MHz and 9 200‐9 300 MHz are also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.473A In the band 9 000‐9 200 MHz, stations operating in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, systems identified in No. 5.337 operating in the aeronautical radionavigation service, or radar systems in the maritime radionavigation service operating in this band on a primary basis in the countries listed in No. 5.471. (WRC‐07)

5.474 In the band 9 200‐9 500 MHz, search and rescue transponders (SART) may be used, having due regard to the appropriate ITU‐R Recommendation (see also Article 31).


RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION


5.476A

9 500‐9 800 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) RADIOLOCATION RADIONAVIGATION SPACE RESEARCH (active)

MYN4



Fixed

Space research (active)

5.477 5.478 5.478A 5.478B

9 800‐10 000 RADIOLOCATION Fixed

MYN4


Fixed

5.477 5.478 5.479


PAGE | 99

5.475 The use of the band 9 300‐9 500 MHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to airborne weather radars and ground‐based radars. In addition, ground‐based radar beacons in the aeronautical radionavigation service are permitted in the band 9 300‐9 320 MHz on condition that harmful interference is not caused to the maritime radionavigation service. (WRC‐07)

5.475A The use of the band 9 300‐9 500 MHz by the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and the space research service (active) is limited to systems requiring necessary bandwidth greater than 300 MHz that cannot be fully accommodated within the 9 500‐9 800 MHz band. (WRC‐07)

5.475B In the band 9 300‐9 500 MHz, stations operating in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, radars operating in the radionavigation service in conformity with the Radio Regulations. Ground‐based radars used for meteorological purposes have priority over other radiolocation uses. (WRC‐07)

5.476 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.476A In the band 9 300‐9 800 MHz, stations in the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and space research service (active) shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, stations of the radionavigation and radiolocation services. (WRC‐07)

5.477 Different category of service: in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Guyana, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Liberia, Malaysia, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Trinidad and Tobago, and Yemen, the allocation of the band 9 800‐10 000 MHz to the fixed service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐12)

5.478 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan, Romania, Turkmenistan and Ukraine, the band 9 800‐10 000 MHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.478A The use of the band 9 800‐9 900 MHz by the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and the space research service (active) is limited to systems requiring necessary bandwidth greater than 500 MHz that cannot be fully accommodated within the 9 300‐9 800 MHz band. (WRC‐07)

5.478B In the band 9 800‐9 900 MHz, stations in the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and space research service (active) shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from stations of the fixed service to which this band is allocated on a secondary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.479 The band 9 975‐10 025 MHz is also allocated to the meteorological‐satellite service on a secondary basis for use by weather radars.

10‐11.7 GHz



10‐10.45

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

10‐10.45

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

10‐10.45

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

10‐10.45 FIXED MOBILE RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

5.479 5.479 5.480 5.479 MYN4


PAGE | 100

5.480 Additional allocation: in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Cuba, El Salvador, Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Paraguay, the Netherlands Antilles, Peru and Uruguay, the band 10‐10.45 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. In Venezuela, the band 10‐10.45 GHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐07)

5.481 Additional allocation: in Germany, Angola, Brazil, China, Costa Rica, Côte d'Ivoire, El Salvador, Ecuador, Spain, Guatemala, Hungary, Japan, Kenya, Morocco, Nigeria, Oman, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Paraguay, Peru, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Romania, Tanzania, Thailand and Uruguay, the band 10.45‐10.5 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

10.45‐10.5 RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

Amateur‐satellite

5.481

10.45‐10.5 FIXED MOBILE RADIOLOCATION Amateur

Amateur‐satellite

MYN4 MYN30

10.5‐10.55

FIXED

MOBILE

Radiolocation

10.5‐10.55

FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

10.5‐10.55 FIXED MOBILE RADIOLOCATION

MYN4

10.55‐10.6 FIXED


Radiolocation

10.55‐10.6 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile Radiolocation

MYN4

10.6‐10.68 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

FIXED


RADIO ASTRONOMY


Radiolocation

5.149 5.482 5.482A

10.6‐10.68 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) Radiolocation

MYN4 MYN9 S5.482


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340 5.483

10.68‐10.7 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

MYN4

10.7‐11.7

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.441 5.484A (Earth‐to‐space) 5.484


10.7‐11.7

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.441 5.484A


10.7‐11.7 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4


PAGE | 101

5.482 In the band 10.6‐10.68 GHz, the power delivered to the antenna of stations of the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services shall not exceed −3 dBW. This limit may be exceeded, subject to agreement obtained under No. 9.21. However, in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Belarus, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Georgia, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Mauritania, Moldova, Nigeria, Oman, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Philippines, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Singapore, Tajikistan, Tunisia, Turkmenistan and Viet Nam, this restriction on the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services is not applicable. (WRC‐07)

5.482A For sharing of the band 10.6‐10.68 GHz between the Earth exploration‐satellite (passive) service and the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services, Resolution 751 (WRC‐07) applies. (WRC‐07)

5.483 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Belarus, China, Colombia, Korea (Rep. of), Costa Rica, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Georgia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Mongolia, Qatar, Kyrgyzstan, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Yemen, the band 10.68‐10.7 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. Such use is limited to equipment in operation by 1 January 1985. (WRC‐12)

5.484 In Region 1, the use of the band 10.7‐11.7 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service.

5.484A The use of the bands 10.95‐11.2 GHz (space‐to‐Earth), 11.45‐11.7 GHz (space‐to‐Earth), 11.7‐12.2 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 2, 12.2‐12.75 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 3, 12.5‐12.75 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 1, 13.75‐14.5 GHz (Earth‐to‐space), 17.8‐18.6 GHz (space‐to‐Earth), 19.7‐20.2 GHz (space‐to‐Earth), 27.5‐28.6 GHz (Earth‐to‐space), 29.5‐30 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) by a non‐geostationary‐satellite system in the fixed‐satellite service is subject to application of the provisions of No. 9.12 for coordination with other non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service shall not claim protection from geostationary‐satellite networks in the fixed‐satellite service operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations, irrespective of the dates of receipt by the Bureau of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service and of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the geostationary‐satellite networks, and No. 5.43A does not apply. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service in the above bands shall be operated in such a way that any unacceptable interference that may occur during their operation shall be rapidly eliminated. (WRC‐2000)

11.7‐14 GHz



11.7‐12.5

FIXED


BROADCASTING


5.492

11.7‐12.1

FIXED 5.486

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A 5.488


5.485

11.7‐12.2

FIXED


BROADCASTING


5.492

11.7‐12.2 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile BROADCASTING


12.1‐12.2

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A 5.488

5.485 5.489 5.487 5.487A


PAGE | 102

12.2‐12.7

FIXED


BROADCASTING


5.492

12.2‐12.5

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A


BROADCASTING

12.2‐12.5 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

BROADCASTING

5.487 5.487A 5.487 MYN4

12.5‐12.75 5.487A 5.488 5.490 12.5‐12.75 12.5‐12.75

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A (Earth‐to‐space)

5.494 5.495 5.496

12.7‐12.75

FIXED



FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A


BROADCASTING‐ SATELLITE 5.493

MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


MYN4

12.75‐13.25 FIXED


MOBILE

Space research (deep space) (space‐to‐Earth)

12.75‐13.25 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

13.25‐13.4 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active)



5.498A 5.499

13.25‐13.4 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION SPACE RESEARCH (active)

MYN4


RADIOLOCATION

SPACE RESEARCH 5.501A

Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

5.499 5.500 5.501 5.501B

13.4‐13.75 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) RADIOLOCATION SPACE RESEARCH Standard frequency and time signalsatellite (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

13.75‐14 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.484A

RADIOLOCATION



Space research

5.499 5.500 5.501 5.502 5.503

13.75‐14 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) RADIOLOCATION Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) Space research

MYN4


PAGE | 103

5.485 In Region 2, in the band 11.7‐12.2 GHz, transponders on space stations in the fixed‐satellite service may be used additionally for transmissions in the broadcasting‐satellite service, provided that such transmissions do not have a maximum e.i.r.p. greater than 53 dBW per television channel and do not cause greater interference or require more protection from interference than the coordinated fixed‐satellite service frequency assignments. With respect to the space services, this band shall be used principally for the fixed‐satellite service.

5.486 Different category of service: in Mexico and the United States, the allocation of the band 11.7‐12.1 GHz to the fixed service is on a secondary basis (see No. 5.32).

5.487 In the band 11.7‐12.5 GHz in Regions 1 and 3, the fixed, fixed‐satellite, mobile, except aeronautical mobile, and broadcasting services, in accordance with their respective allocations, shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, broadcasting‐satellite stations operating in accordance with the Regions 1 and 3 Plan in Appendix 30. (WRC‐03)

5.487A Additional allocation: in Region 1, the band 11.7‐12.5 GHz, in Region 2, the band 12.2‐12.7 GHz and, in Region 3, the band 11.7‐12.2 GHz, are also allocated to the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis, limited to non‐geostationary systems and subject to application of the provisions of No. 9.12 for coordination with other non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service shall not claim protection from geostationary‐satellite networks in the broadcasting‐satellite service operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations, irrespective of the dates of receipt by the Bureau of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service and of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the geostationary‐satellite networks, and No. 5.43A does not apply. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service in the above bands shall be operated in such a way that any unacceptable interference that may occur during their operation shall be rapidly eliminated. (WRC‐03)

5.488 The use of the band 11.7‐12.2 GHz by geostationary‐satellite networks in the fixed‐satellite service in Region 2 is subject to application of the provisions of No. 9.14 for coordination with stations of terrestrial services in Regions 1, 2 and 3. For the use of the band 12.2‐12.7 GHz by the broadcasting‐satellite service in Region 2, see Appendix 30. (WRC‐03)

5.489 Additional allocation: in Peru, the band 12.1‐12.2 GHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis.

5.490 In Region 2, in the band 12.2‐12.7 GHz, existing and future terrestrial radiocommunication services shall not cause harmful interference to the space services operating in conformity with the broadcasting‐satellite Plan for Region 2 contained in Appendix 30.

5.491 (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.492 Assignments to stations of the broadcasting‐satellite service which are in conformity with the appropriate regional Plan or included in the Regions 1 and 3 List in Appendix 30 may also be used for transmissions in the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth), provided that such transmissions do not cause more interference, or require more protection from interference, than the broadcasting‐satellite service transmissions operating in conformity with the Plan or the List, as appropriate. (WRC‐2000)

5.493 The broadcasting‐satellite service in the band 12.5‐12.75 GHz in Region 3 is limited to a power flux‐density not exceeding –111 dB(W/(m2 � 27 MHz)) for all conditions and for all methods of modulation at the edge of the service area. (WRC‐97)

5.494 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Angola, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Cameroon, the Central African Rep., Congo (Rep. of the), Côte d’Ivoire, Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Ghana, Guinea, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Mongolia, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Chad, Togo and Yemen, the band 12.5‐12.75 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 104

5.495 Additional allocation: in France, Greece, Monaco, Montenegro, Uganda, Romania, Tanzania and Tunisia, the band 12.5‐12.75 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.496 Additional allocation: in Austria, Azerbaijan, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan, the band 12.5‐12.75 GHz is also allocated to the fixed service and the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service on a primary basis. However, stations in these services shall not cause harmful interference to fixed‐satellite service earth stations of countries in Region 1 other than those listed in this footnote. Coordination of these earth stations is not required with stations of the fixed and mobile services of the countries listed in this footnote. The power flux‐density limit at the Earth’s surface given in Table 21‐4 of Article 21, for the fixed‐satellite service shall apply on the territory of the countries listed in this footnote. (WRC‐2000)

5.497 The use of the band 13.25‐13.4 GHz by the aeronautical radionavigation service is limited to Doppler navigation aids.

5.498 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.498A The Earth exploration‐satellite (active) and space research (active) services operating in the band 13.25‐13.4 GHz shall not cause harmful interference to, or constrain the use and development of, the aeronautical radionavigation service. (WRC‐97)

5.499 Additional allocation: in Bangladesh and India, the band 13.25‐14 GHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. In Pakistan, the band 13.25‐13.75 GHz is allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.500 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Angola, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Gabon, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Madagascar, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Niger, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Singapore, Sudan, South Sudan, Chad and Tunisia, the band 13.4‐14 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. In Pakistan, the band 13.4‐13.75 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.501 Additional allocation: in Azerbaijan, Hungary, Japan, Kyrgyzstan, Romania and Turkmenistan, the band 13.4‐14 GHz is also allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.501A The allocation of the band 13.4‐13.75 GHz to the space research service on a primary basis is limited to active spaceborne sensors. Other uses of the band by the space research service are on a secondary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.501B In the band 13.4‐13.75 GHz, the Earth exploration‐satellite (active) and space research (active) services shall not cause harmful interference to, or constrain the use and development of, the radiolocation service. (WRC‐97)

5.502 In the band 13.75‐14 GHz, an earth station of a geostationary fixed‐satellite service network shall have a minimum antenna diameter of 1.2 m and an earth station of a non‐geostationary fixed‐satellite service system shall have a minimum antenna diameter of 4.5 m. In addition, the e.i.r.p., averaged over one second, radiated by a station in the radiolocation or radionavigation services shall not exceed 59 dBW for elevation angles above 2° and 65 dBW at lower angles. Before an administration brings into use an earth station in a geostationary‐satellite network in the fixed‐satellite service in this band with an antenna diameter smaller than 4.5 m, it shall ensure that the power flux‐density produced by this earth station does not exceed:

– –115 dB(W/(m2 ∙ 10 MHz)) for more than 1% of the time produced at 36 m above sea level at the low water mark, as officially recognized by the coastal State;

– –115 dB(W/(m2 ∙ 10 MHz)) for more than 1% of the time produced 3 m above ground at the border of the territory of an administration deploying or planning to deploy land mobile radars in this band, unless prior agreement has been obtained.

For earth stations within the fixed‐satellite service having an antenna diameter greater than or equal to 4.5 m, the e.i.r.p. of any emission should be at least 68 dBW and should not exceed 85 dBW. (WRC‐03)


PAGE | 105

5.503 In the band 13.75‐14 GHz, geostationary space stations in the space research service for which information for advance publication has been received by the Bureau prior to 31 January 1992 shall operate on an equal basis with stations in the fixed‐satellite service; after that date, new geostationary space stations in the space research service will operate on a secondary basis. Until those geostationary space stations in the space research service for which information for advance publication has been received by the Bureau prior to 31 January 1992 cease to operate in this band:

– in the band 13.77‐13.78 GHz, the e.i.r.p. density of emissions from any earth station in the fixed‐satellite service operating with a space station in geostationary‐satellite orbit shall not exceed:

i) 4.7D � 28 dB(W/40 kHz), where D is the fixed‐satellite service earth station antenna diameter (m) for antenna diameters equal to or greater than 1.2 m and less than 4.5 m;

ii) 49.2 � 20 log(D/4.5) dB(W/40 kHz), where D is the fixed‐satellite service earth station antenna diameter (m) for antenna diameters equal to or greater than 4.5 m and less than 31.9 m;

iii) 66.2 dB(W/40 kHz) for any fixed‐satellite service earth station for antenna diameters (m) equal to or greater than 31.9 m;

iv) 56.2 dB(W/4 kHz) for narrow‐band (less than 40 kHz of necessary bandwidth) fixed‐satellite service earth station emissions from any fixed‐satellite service earth station having an antenna diameter of 4.5 m or greater;

– the e.i.r.p. density of emissions from any earth station in the fixed‐satellite service operating with a space station in non‐geostationary‐satellite orbit shall not exceed 51 dBW in the 6 MHz band from 13.772 to 13.778 GHz.

Automatic power control may be used to increase the e.i.r.p. density in these frequency ranges to compensate for rain attenuation, to the extent that the power flux‐density at the fixed‐satellite service space station does not exceed the value resulting from use by an earth station of an e.i.r.p. meeting the above limits in clear‐sky conditions. (WRC‐03)

5.503A (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

14‐15.4 GHz



14‐14.25 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.457B 5.484A 5.506 5.506B RADIONAVIGATION 5.504 Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.504B 5.504C 5.506A Space research 5.504A 5.505

14‐14.3 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) RADIONAVIGATION Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) except aeronautical mobile‐satellite

Space research

MYN4

14.25‐14.3 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.457B 5.484A 5.506 5.506B

RADIONAVIGATION 5.504 Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.504B 5.506A 5.508A Space research 5.504A 5.505 5.508


PAGE | 106

14.3‐14.4 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.457B 5.484A 5.506 5.506B


Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.504B 5.506A 5.509A

Radionavigation‐satellite 5.504A

14.3‐14.4 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.484A 5.506 5.506B

Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.506A


14.3‐14.4 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.484A 5.506 5.506B


Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.504B 5.506A 5.509A


14.3‐14.4 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) except aeronautical mobile‐satellite Radionavigation‐satellite MYN4

14.4‐14.47 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.457B 5.484A

5.506 5.506B MOBILE except aeronautical mobile Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.504B 5.506A 5.509A Space research (space‐to‐Earth) 5.504A

14.4‐14.47 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) except aeronautical mobile‐satellite Space research (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

14.47‐14.5 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.457A 5.457B 5.484A 5.506 5.506B MOBILE except aeronautical mobile Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.504B 5.506A 5.509A Radio astronomy 5.149 5.504A

14.47‐14.5 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) except aeronautical mobile‐satellite Radio astronomy

MYN4 MYN9

14.5‐14.8 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.510 MOBILE Space research

14.5‐14.8 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Space research

MYN4

14.8‐15.35 FIXED MOBILE Space research 5.339

14.8‐15.35 FIXED MOBILE Space research

MYN4

15.35‐15.4 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive) 5.340 5.511


MYN4


PAGE | 107

5.504 The use of the band 14‐14.3 GHz by the radionavigation service shall be such as to provide sufficient protection to space stations of the fixed‐satellite service.

5.504A In the band 14‐14.5 GHz, aircraft earth stations in the secondary aeronautical mobile‐satellite service may also communicate with space stations in the fixed‐satellite service. The provisions of Nos. 5.29, 5.30 and 5.31 apply. (WRC‐03)

5.504B Aircraft earth stations operating in the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service in the band 14‐14.5 GHz shall comply with the provisions of Annex 1, Part C of Recommendation ITU‐R M.1643, with respect to any radio astronomy station performing observations in the 14.47‐14.5 GHz band located on the territory of Spain, France, India, Italy, the United Kingdom and South Africa. (WRC‐03)

5.504C In the band 14‐14.25 GHz, the power flux‐density produced on the territory of the countries of Saudi Arabia, Botswana, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Guinea, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Kuwait, Nigeria, Oman, the Syrian Arab Republic and Tunisia by any aircraft earth station in the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service shall not exceed the limits given in Annex 1, Part B of Recommendation ITU‐R M.1643, unless otherwise specifically agreed by the affected administration(s). The provisions of this footnote in no way derogate the obligations of the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service to operate as a secondary service in accordance with No. 5.29. (WRC‐12)

5.505 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Angola, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, China, Congo (Rep. of the), Korea (Rep. of), Djibouti, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Gabon, Guinea, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Oman, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Chad, Viet Nam and Yemen, the band 14‐14.3 GHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.506 The band 14‐14.5 GHz may be used, within the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space), for feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service, subject to coordination with other networks in the fixed‐satellite service. Such use of feeder links is reserved for countries outside Europe.

5.506A In the band 14‐14.5 GHz, ship earth stations with an e.i.r.p. greater than 21 dBW shall operate under the same conditions as earth stations located on board vessels, as provided in Resolution 902 (WRC‐03). This footnote shall not apply to ship earth stations for which the complete Appendix 4 information has been received by the Bureau prior to 5 July 2003. (WRC‐03)

5.506B Earth stations located on board vessels communicating with space stations in the fixed‐satellite service may operate in the frequency band 14‐14.5 GHz without the need for prior agreement from Cyprus, Greece and Malta, within the minimum distance given in Resolution 902 (WRC‐03) from these countries. (WRC‐03)

5.507 Not used.

5.508 Additional allocation: in Germany, France, Italy, Libya, The Former Yugoslav Rep. of Macedonia and the United Kingdom, the band 14.25‐14.3 GHz is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.508A In the band 14.25‐14.3 GHz, the power flux‐density produced on the territory of the countries of Saudi Arabia, Botswana, China, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, France, Guinea, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Italy, Kuwait, Nigeria, Oman, the Syrian Arab Republic, the United Kingdom and Tunisia by any aircraft earth station in the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service shall not exceed the limits given in Annex 1, Part B of Recommendation ITU‐R M.1643, unless otherwise specifically agreed by the affected administration(s). The provisions of this footnote in no way derogate the obligations of the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service to operate as a secondary service in accordance with No. 5.29. (WRC‐12)

5.509 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.509A In the band 14.3‐14.5 GHz, the power flux‐density produced on the territory of the countries of Saudi Arabia, Botswana, Cameroon, China, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, France, Gabon, Guinea, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Italy, Kuwait, Morocco, Nigeria, Oman, the Syrian Arab Republic, the United Kingdom, Sri Lanka, Tunisia and Viet Nam by any aircraft earth station in the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service shall not exceed the limits given in Annex 1, Part B of Recommendation ITU‐R M.1643, unless otherwise specifically agreed by the affected administration(s). The provisions of this footnote in no way derogate the obligations of the aeronautical mobile‐satellite service to operate as a secondary service in accordance with No. 5.29. (WRC‐12)


PAGE | 108

5.510 The use of the band 14.5‐14.8 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service. This use is reserved for countries outside Europe.

5.511 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Cameroon, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Guinea, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Kuwait, Lebanon, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic and Somalia, the band 15.35‐15.4 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐12)

15.4‐18.4 GHz



15.4‐15.43 RADIOLOCATION 5.511E 5.511F


5.511D


MYN4

15.43‐15.63 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.511A

RADIOLOCATION 5.511E 5.511F


5.511C

15.43‐15.63 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) AERONAUTICAL RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4 S5.111A S5.111C

15.63‐15.7 RADIOLOCATION 5.511E 5.511F


5.511D


MYN4


5.512 5.513

15.7‐17.2

RADIOLOCATION

MYN4


Space research (deep space) (Earth‐to‐space)

5.512 5.513


5.512 5.513


RADIOLOCATION


5.512 5.513 5.513A

17.2‐17.3 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) RADIOLOCATION SPACE RESEARCH (active)

MYN4

17.3‐17.7

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.516 (space‐to‐Earth) 5.516A 5.516B

Radiolocation

17.3‐17.7



Radiolocation

17.3‐17.7


Radiolocation

17.3‐17.7 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

Radiolocation

5.514 5.514 5.515 5.514 S5.516


PAGE | 109

5.511A The band 15.43‐15.63 GHz is also allocated to the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis. Use of the band 15.43‐15.63 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth and Earth‐to‐space) is limited to feeder links of non‐geostationary systems in the mobile‐satellite service, subject to coordination under No. 9.11A. The use of the frequency band 15.43‐15.63 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is limited to feeder links of non‐geostationary systems in the mobile‐satellite service for which advance publication information has been received by the Bureau prior to 2 June 2000. In the space‐to‐Earth direction, the minimum earth station elevation angle above and gain towards the local horizontal plane and the minimum coordination distances to protect an earth station from harmful interference shall be in accordance with Recommendation ITU‐R S.1341. In order to protect the radio astronomy service in the band 15.35‐15.4 GHz, the aggregate power flux‐density radiated in the 15.35‐15.4 GHz band by all the space stations within any feeder‐link of a non‐geostationary system in the mobile‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) operating in the 15.43‐15.63 GHz band shall not exceed the

level of 156 dB(W/m2) in a 50 MHz bandwidth, into any radio astronomy observatory site for more than 2% of the time. (WRC‐2000)

5.511B (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.511C Stations operating in the aeronautical radionavigation service shall limit the effective e.i.r.p. in accordance with Recommendation ITU‐R S.1340. The minimum coordination distance required to protect the aeronautical radionavigation stations (No. 4.10 applies) from harmful interference from feeder‐link earth stations and the maximum e.i.r.p. transmitted towards the local horizontal plane by a feeder‐link earth station shall be in accordance with Recommendation ITU‐R S.1340. (WRC‐97)

5.511D Fixed‐satellite service systems for which complete information for advance publication has been received by the Bureau by 21 November 1997 may operate in the bands 15.4‐15.43 GHz and 15.63‐15.7 GHz in the space‐to‐Earth direction and 15.63‐15.65 GHz in the Earth‐to‐space direction. In the bands 15.4‐15.43 GHz and 15.65‐15.7 GHz, emissions from a non‐geostationary space station shall not exceed the power flux‐density limits at the Earth’s surface of –146 dB(W/(m2 � MHz)) for any angle of arrival. In the band 15.63‐15.65 GHz, where an administration plans emissions from a non‐geostationary space station that exceed –146 dB(W/(m2 � MHz)) for any angle of arrival, it shall coordinate under No. 9.11A with the affected administrations. Stations in the fixed‐satellite service operating in the band 15.63‐15.65 GHz in the Earth‐to‐space direction shall not cause harmful interference to stations in the aeronautical radionavigation service (No. 4.10 applies). (WRC‐97)

17.7‐18.1

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A (Earth‐to‐space) 5.516

MOBILE

17.7‐17.8

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.517 (Earth‐to‐space) 5.516


Mobile

5.515

17.7‐18.1

FIXED


MOBILE

17.7‐18.1 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


17.8‐18.1

FIXED


MOBILE

5.519

MYN4

18.1‐18.4 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A 5.516B (Earth‐to‐space) 5.520

MOBILE

5.519 5.521

18.1‐18.4 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4


PAGE | 110

5.511E In the frequency band 15.4‐15.7 GHz, stations operating in the radiolocation service shall not cause harmful interference to, or claim protection from, stations operating in the aeronautical radionavigation service. (WRC‐12)

5.511F In order to protect the radio astronomy service in the frequency band 15.35‐15.4 GHz, radiolocation stations operating in the frequency band 15.4‐15.7 GHz shall not exceed the power flux‐density level of −156 dB(W/m2) in a 50 MHz bandwidth in the frequency band 15.35‐15.4 GHz, at any radio astronomy observatory site for more than 2 per cent of the time. (WRC‐12)

5.512 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Angola, Saudi Arabia, Austria, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, Congo (Rep. of the), Costa Rica, Egypt, El Salvador, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Finland, Guatemala, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Montenegro, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Serbia, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Tanzania, Chad, Togo and Yemen, the band 15.7‐17.3 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

5.513 Additional allocation: in Israel, the band 15.7‐17.3 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. These services shall not claim protection from or cause harmful interference to services operating in accordance with the Table in countries other than those included in No. 5.512.

5.513A Spaceborne active sensors operating in the band 17.2‐17.3 GHz shall not cause harmful interference to, or constrain the development of, the radiolocation and other services allocated on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.514 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Angola, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Cameroon, El Salvador, the United Arab Emirates, Guatemala, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Italy, Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Libya, Lithuania, Nepal, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Oman, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Qatar, Kyrgyzstan, Sudan and South Sudan, the band 17.3‐17.7 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a secondary basis. The power limits given in Nos. 21.3 and 21.5 shall apply. (WRC‐12)

5.515 In the band 17.3‐17.8 GHz, sharing between the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) and the broadcasting‐satellite service shall also be in accordance with the provisions of § 1 of Annex 4 of Appendix 30A.

5.516 The use of the band 17.3‐18.1 GHz by geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service. The use of the band 17.3‐17.8 GHz in Region 2 by systems in the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to geostationary satellites. For the use of the band 17.3‐17.8 GHz in Region 2 by feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service in the band 12.2‐12.7 GHz, see Article 11. The use of the bands 17.3‐18.1 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in Regions 1 and 3 and 17.8‐18.1 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in Region 2 by non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service is subject to application of the provisions of No. 9.12 for coordination with other non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service shall not claim protection from geostationary‐satellite networks in the fixed‐satellite service operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations, irrespective of the dates of receipt by the Bureau of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service and of the complete coordination or notification information, as appropriate, for the geostationary‐satellite networks, and No. 5.43A does not apply. Non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the fixed‐satellite service in the above bands shall be operated in such a way that any unacceptable interference that may occur during their operation shall be rapidly eliminated. (WRC‐2000)

5.516A In the band 17.3‐17.7 GHz, earth stations of the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 1 shall not claim protection from the broadcasting‐satellite service feeder‐link earth stations operating under Appendix 30A, nor put any limitations or restrictions on the locations of the broadcasting‐satellite service feeder‐link earth stations anywhere within the service area of the feeder link. (WRC‐03)

5.516B The following bands are identified for use by high‐density applications in the fixed‐satellite service:

17.3‐17.7 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 1,


19.7‐20.2 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in all Regions,


PAGE | 111

39.5‐40 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 1,

40‐40.5 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in all Regions,

40.5‐42 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) in Region 2,




and

27.5‐27.82 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in Region 1,


28.45‐28.94 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in all Regions,

28.94‐29.1 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in Region 2 and 3,


29.46‐30 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in all Regions,

48.2‐50.2 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) in Region 2.

This identification does not preclude the use of these bands by other fixed‐satellite service applications or by other services to which these bands are allocated on a co‐primary basis and does not establish priority in these Radio Regulations among users of the bands. Administrations should take this into account when

considering regulatory provisions in relation to these bands. See Resolution 143 (WRC‐03)*. (WRC‐03)

5.517 In Region 2, use of the fixed‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) service in the band 17.7‐17.8 GHz shall not cause harmful interference to nor claim protection from assignments in the broadcasting‐satellite service operating in conformity with the Radio Regulations. (WRC‐07)

5.518 (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.519 Additional allocation: the bands 18‐18.3 GHz in Region 2 and 18.1‐18.4 GHz in Regions 1 and 3 are also allocated to the meteorological‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis. Their use is limited to geostationary satellites. (WRC‐07)

5.520 The use of the band 18.1‐18.4 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to feeder links of geostationary‐satellite systems in the broadcasting‐satellite service. (WRC‐2000)

5.521 Alternative allocation: in Germany, Denmark, the United Arab Emirates and Greece, the band 18.1‐18.4 GHz is allocated to the fixed, fixed‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) and mobile services on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). The provisions of No. 5.519 also apply. (WRC‐03)

18.4‐22 GHz




18.4‐18.6 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A 5.516B

MOBILE

18.4‐18.6 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4


PAGE | 112

18.6‐18.8

EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.522B



18.6‐18.8

EARTH EXPLORATION‐ SATELLITE (passive)

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.516B 5.522B



18.6‐18.8

EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

FIXED




18.6‐18.8 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


5.522A 5.522C 5.522A 5.522A MYN4

18.8‐19.3 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.516.B 5.523A

MOBILE



19.3‐19.7 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (Earth‐to‐space) 5.523B 5.523C 5.523D 5.523E

MOBILE

19.3‐19.7 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

19.7‐20.1


Mobile‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

19.7‐20.1



19.7‐20.1



19.7‐20.1 FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


5.524

5.524 5.525 5.526 5.527 5.528 5.529

5.524

MYN4 MYN33

20.1‐20.2 FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) 5.484A 5.516B


5.524 5.525 5.526 5.527 5.528

20.1‐20.2 FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

20.2‐21.2 FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

5.524

20.2‐21.2 FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4


FIXED

MOBILE


21.2‐21.4 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

MYN4


PAGE | 113

5.522 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.522A The emissions of the fixed service and the fixed‐satellite service in the band 18.6‐18.8 GHz are limited to the values given in Nos. 21.5A and 21.16.2, respectively. (WRC‐2000)

5.522B The use of the band 18.6‐18.8 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service is limited to geostationary systems and systems with an orbit of apogee greater than 20 000 km. (WRC‐2000)

5.522C In the band 18.6‐18.8 GHz, in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Oman, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, Tunisia and Yemen, fixed‐service systems in operation at the date of entry into force of the Final Acts of WRC‐2000 are not subject to the limits of No. 21.5A. (WRC‐2000)

5.523 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.523A The use of the bands 18.8‐19.3 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) and 28.6‐29.1 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) by geostationary and non‐geostationary fixed‐satellite service networks is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.11A and No. 22.2 does not apply. Administrations having geostationary‐satellite networks under coordination prior to 18 November 1995 shall cooperate to the maximum extent possible to coordinate pursuant to No. 9.11A with non‐geostationary‐satellite networks for which notification information has been received by the Bureau prior to that date, with a view to reaching results acceptable to all the parties concerned. Non‐geostationary‐satellite networks shall not cause unacceptable interference to geostationary fixed‐satellite service networks for which complete Appendix 4 notification information is considered as having been received by the Bureau prior to 18 November 1995. (WRC‐97)

5.523B The use of the band 19.3‐19.6 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) by the fixed‐satellite service is limited to feeder links for non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service. Such use is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.11A, and No. 22.2 does not apply.

5.523C No. 22.2 shall continue to apply in the bands 19.3‐19.6 GHz and 29.1‐29.4 GHz, between feeder links of non‐geostationary mobile‐satellite service networks and those fixed‐satellite service networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, is considered as having been received by the Bureau prior to 18 November 1995. (WRC‐97)

5.523D The use of the band 19.3‐19.7 GHz (space‐to‐Earth) by geostationary fixed‐satellite service systems and by feeder links for non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.11A, but not subject to the provisions of No. 22.2. The use of this band for other non‐geostationary fixed‐satellite service systems, or for the cases indicated in Nos. 5.523C and 5.523E, is not subject to the provisions of No. 9.11A and shall continue to be subject to Articles 9 (except No. 9.11A) and 11 procedures, and to the provisions of No. 22.2. (WRC‐97)

5.523E No. 22.2 shall continue to apply in the bands 19.6‐19.7 GHz and 29.4‐29.5 GHz, between feeder links of non‐geostationary mobile‐satellite service networks and those fixed‐satellite service networks for which complete Appendix 4 coordination information, or notification information, is considered as having been received by the Bureau by 21 November 1997. (WRC‐97)

5.524 Additional allocation: in Afghanistan, Algeria, Angola, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, China, Congo (Rep. of the), Costa Rica, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Gabon, Guatemala, Guinea, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania,

21.4‐22

FIXED

MOBILE


5.530A 5.530B 5.530C 5.530D

21.4‐22

FIXED

MOBILE

5.530A 5.530C

21.4‐22

FIXED

MOBILE


5.530A 5.530B 5.530C 5.530D 5.531

21.4‐22 FIXED MOBILE BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE

MYN4 S5.531


PAGE | 114

Nepal, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Tanzania, Chad, Togo and Tunisia, the band 19.7‐21.2 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. This additional use shall not impose any limitation on the power flux‐density of space stations in the fixed‐satellite service in the band 19.7‐21.2 GHz and of space stations in the mobile‐satellite service in the band 19.7‐20.2 GHz where the allocation to the mobile‐satellite service is on a primary basis in the latter band. (WRC‐12)

5.525 In order to facilitate interregional coordination between networks in the mobile‐satellite and fixed‐satellite services, carriers in the mobile‐satellite service that are most susceptible to interference shall, to the extent practicable, be located in the higher parts of the bands 19.7‐20.2 GHz and 29.5‐30 GHz.

5.526 In the bands 19.7‐20.2 GHz and 29.5‐30 GHz in Region 2, and in the bands 20.1‐20.2 GHz and 29.9‐30 GHz in Regions 1 and 3, networks which are both in the fixed‐satellite service and in the mobile‐satellite service may include links between earth stations at specified or unspecified points or while in motion, through one or more satellites for point‐to‐point and point‐to‐multipoint communications.

5.527 In the bands 19.7‐20.2 GHz and 29.5‐30 GHz, the provisions of No. 4.10 do not apply with respect to the mobile‐satellite service.

5.528 The allocation to the mobile‐satellite service is intended for use by networks which use narrow spot‐beam antennas and other advanced technology at the space stations. Administrations operating systems in the mobile‐satellite service in the band 19.7‐20.1 GHz in Region 2 and in the band 20.1‐20.2 GHz shall take all practicable steps to ensure the continued availability of these bands for administrations operating fixed and mobile systems in accordance with the provisions of No. 5.524.

5.529 The use of the bands 19.7‐20.1 GHz and 29.5‐29.9 GHz by the mobile‐satellite service in Region 2 is limited to satellite networks which are both in the fixed‐satellite service and in the mobile‐satellite service as described in No. 5.526.

5.530 (SUP ‐ WRC‐12)

5.530A Unless otherwise agreed between the administrations concerned, any station in the fixed or mobile services of an administration shall not produce a power flux‐density in excess of −120.4 dB(W/(m2 ∙ MHz)) at 3 m above the ground of any point of the territory of any other administration in Regions 1 and 3 for more than 20% of the time. In conducting the calculations, administrations should use the most recent version of Recommendation ITU‐R P.452 (see Recommendation ITU‐R BO.1898). (WRC‐12)

5.530B In the band 21.4‐22 GHz, in order to facilitate the development of the broadcasting‐satellite service, administrations in Regions 1 and 3 are encouraged not to deploy stations in the mobile service and are encouraged to limit the deployment of stations in the fixed service to point‐to‐point links. (WRC‐12)

5.530C The use of the band 21.4‐22 GHz is subject to the provisions of Resolution 755 (WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.530D See Resolution 555 (WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.531 Additional allocation: in Japan, the band 21.4‐22 GHz is also allocated to the broadcasting service on a primary basis.

22‐24.75 GHz



22‐22.21 FIXED


5.149

22‐22.21 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile

MYN4 MYN9


PAGE | 115


FIXED


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.149 5.532

22.21‐22.5 FIXED MOBILE except aeronautical mobile EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

MYN4 MYN9

22.5‐22.55 FIXED

MOBILE


MYN4

22.55‐23.15 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE 5.338A

MOBILE

SPACE RESEARCH (Earth‐to‐space) 5.532A

5.149

22.55‐23.55 FIXED MOBILE INTER‐SATELLITE

MYN4 MYN9

23.15‐23.55 FIXED


MOBILE

23.55‐23.6 FIXED

MOBILE


MYN4

23.6‐24 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340

23.6‐24 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

MYN4

24‐24.05 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

5.150

24‐24.05 AMATEUR AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

MYN4 MYN10


Amateur


5.150

24.05‐24.25 RADIOLOCATION Amateur Earth exploration‐satellite (active)

MYN4 MYN10

24.25‐24.45

FIXED

24.25‐24.45

RADIONAVIGATION

24.25‐24.45

RADIONAVIGATION

FIXED

MOBILE

24.25‐24.45FIXED MOBILE RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4

24.45‐24.65

FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

24.45‐24.65

INTER‐SATELLITE

RADIONAVIGATION

24.45‐24.65

FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE

RADIONAVIGATION

24.45‐24.65FIXED MOBILE INTER‐SATELLITE

RADIONAVIGATION

5.533 5.533 MYN4


PAGE | 116

5.532 The use of the band 22.21‐22.5 GHz by the Earth exploration‐satellite (passive) and space research (passive) services shall not impose constraints upon the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services.

5.532A The location of earth stations in the space research service shall maintain a separation distance of at least 54 km from the respective border(s) of neighbouring countries to protect the existing and future deployment of fixed and mobile services unless a shorter distance is otherwise agreed between the corresponding administrations. Nos. 9.17 and 9.18 do not apply. (WRC‐12)

5.532B Use of the band 24.65‐25.25 GHz in Region 1 and the band 24.65‐24.75 GHz in Region 3 by the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to earth stations using a minimum antenna diameter of 4.5 m. (WRC‐12)

5.533 The inter‐satellite service shall not claim protection from harmful interference from airport surface detection equipment stations of the radionavigation service.

5.534 (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

24.75‐29.9 GHz

24.65‐24.75

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.532B

INTER‐SATELLITE

24.65‐24.75

INTER‐SATELLITE

RADIOLOCATION‐ SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

24.65‐24.75

FIXED


INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE

24.65‐24.75FIXED MOBILE INTER‐SATELLITE

5.533 MYN4



24.75‐25.25

FIXED


24.75‐25.25


24.75‐25.25

FIXED


MOBILE

24.75‐25.25FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

25.25‐25.5 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE 5.536

MOBILE


25.25‐25.5 FIXED MOBILE INTER‐SATELLITE Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

25.5‐27 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to Earth) 5.536B

FIXED


MOBILE

SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth) 5.536C


5.536A

25.5‐27 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (space‐to Earth) INTER‐SATELLITE Standard frequency and time signal satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4


PAGE | 117

5.535 In the band 24.75‐25.25 GHz, feeder links to stations of the broadcasting‐satellite service shall have priority over other uses in the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space). Such other uses shall protect and shall not claim protection from existing and future operating feeder‐link networks to such broadcasting satellite stations.

5.535A The use of the band 29.1‐29.5 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) by the fixed‐satellite service is limited to geostationary‐satellite systems and feeder links to non‐geostationary‐satellite systems in the mobile‐satellite service. Such use is subject to the application of the provisions of No. 9.11A, but not subject to the provisions of No. 22.2, except as indicated in Nos. 5.523C and 5.523E where such use is not subject to the provisions of No. 9.11A and shall continue to be subject to Articles 9 (except No. 9.11A) and 11 procedures, and to the provisions of No. 22.2. (WRC‐97)

5.536 Use of the 25.25‐27.5 GHz band by the inter‐satellite service is limited to space research and Earth exploration‐satellite applications, and also transmissions of data originating from industrial and medical activities in space.

27‐27.5

FIXED


MOBILE

27‐27.5

FIXED


INTER‐SATELLITE 5.536 5.537

MOBILE

27‐27.5 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) INTER‐SATELLITE

MYN4

27.5‐28.5 FIXED 5.537A

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.484A 5.516B 5.539

MOBILE

5.538 5.540


MYN4 MYN34 S5.37A

28.5‐29.1 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.484A 5.516B 5.523A 5.539

MOBILE

Earth exploration‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.541

5.540


Earth exploration‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

29.1‐29.5 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.516B 5.523C 5.523E 5.535A 5.539 5.541A

MOBILE


5.540

29.5‐29.9




29.5‐29.9




29.5‐29.9




29.5‐29.9 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Earth exploration‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) Mobile‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

5.540 5.542

5.525 5.526 5.527 5.529 5.540

5.540 5.542

MYN4 MYN31


PAGE | 118

5.536A Administrations operating earth stations in the Earth exploration‐satellite service or the space research service shall not claim protection from stations in the fixed and mobile services operated by other administrations. In addition, earth stations in the Earth exploration‐satellite service or in the space research service should be operated taking into account the most recent version of Recommendation ITU‐R SA.1862. (WRC‐12)

5.536B In Saudi Arabia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Korea (Rep. of), Denmark, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Estonia, Finland, Hungary, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Moldova, Norway, Oman, Uganda, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Syrian Arab Republic, Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Slovakia, the Czech Rep., Romania, the United Kingdom, Singapore, Sweden, Switzerland, Tanzania, Turkey, Viet Nam and Zimbabwe, earth stations operating in the Earth exploration‐satellite service in the band 25.5‐27 GHz shall not claim protection from, or constrain the use and deployment of, stations of the fixed and mobile services. (WRC‐12)

5.536C In Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Botswana, Brazil, Cameroon, Comoros, Cuba, Djibouti, Egypt, United Arab Emirates, Estonia, Finland, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Israel, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lithuania, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Syrian Arab Republic, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Tanzania, Tunisia, Uruguay, Zambia and Zimbabwe, earth stations operating in the space research service in the band 25.5‐27 GHz shall not claim protection from, or constrain the use and deployment of, stations of the fixed and mobile services. (WRC‐12)

5.537 Space services using non‐geostationary satellites operating in the inter‐satellite service in the band 27‐27.5 GHz are exempt from the provisions of No. 22.2.

5.537A In Bhutan, Cameroon, Korea (Rep. of), the Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Japan, Kazakhstan, Malaysia, Maldives, Mongolia, Myanmar, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, the Philippines, Kyrgyzstan, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Sudan, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Viet Nam, the allocation to the fixed service in the band 27.9‐28.2 GHz may also be used by high altitude platform stations (HAPS) within the territory of these countries. Such use of 300 MHz of the fixed‐service allocation by HAPS in the above countries is further limited to operation in the HAPS‐to‐ground direction and shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, other types of fixed‐service systems or other co‐primary services. Furthermore, the development of these other services shall not be constrained by HAPS. See Resolution 145 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.538 Additional allocation: the bands 27.500‐27.501 GHz and 29.999‐30.000 GHz are also allocated to the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a primary basis for the beacon transmissions intended for up‐link power control. Such space‐to‐Earth transmissions shall not exceed an equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) of �10 dBW in the direction of adjacent satellites on the geostationary‐satellite orbit. (WRC‐07)

5.539 The band 27.5‐30 GHz may be used by the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) for the provision of feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service.

5.540 Additional allocation: the band 27.501‐29.999 GHz is also allocated to the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) on a secondary basis for beacon transmissions intended for up‐link power control.

5.541 In the band 28.5‐30 GHz, the earth exploration‐satellite service is limited to the transfer of data between stations and not to the primary collection of information by means of active or passive sensors.

5.541A Feeder links of non‐geostationary networks in the mobile‐satellite service and geostationary networks in the fixed‐satellite service operating in the band 29.1‐29.5 GHz (Earth‐to‐space) shall employ uplink adaptive power control or other methods of fade compensation, such that the earth station transmissions shall be conducted at the power level required to meet the desired link performance while reducing the level of mutual interference between both networks. These methods shall apply to networks for which Appendix 4 coordination information is considered as having been received by the Bureau after 17 May 1996 and until they are changed by a future competent world radiocommunication conference. Administrations submitting Appendix 4 information for coordination before this date are encouraged to utilize these techniques to the extent practicable. (WRC‐2000)

5.542 Additional allocation: in Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Brunei Darussalam, Cameroon, China, Congo (Rep. of the), Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Guinea, India, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Nepal, Oman, Pakistan, Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Sri Lanka and Chad, the


PAGE | 119

band 29.5‐31 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a secondary basis. The power limits specified in Nos. 21.3 and 21.5 shall apply. (WRC‐12)

29.9‐34.2 GHz



29.9‐30 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.484A 5.516B 5.539


Earth exploration‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space) 5.541 5.543

5.525 5.526 5.527 5.538 5.540 5.542

29.9‐30 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Fixed Mobile Earth exploration‐satellite (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4

30‐31 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.338A



5.542

30‐31 FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) Fixed Mobile Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

31‐31.3 FIXED 5.338A 5.543A

MOBILE


Space research 5.544 5.545

5.149

31‐31.3 FIXED MOBILE Standard frequency and time signal‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth) Space research

MYN9 MYN35 S5.543A


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340


MYN4

31.5‐31.8


RADIO ASTRONOMY


Fixed


31.5‐31.8


RADIO ASTRONOMY


31.5‐31.8


RADIO ASTRONOMY


Fixed


31.5‐31.8 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive) Fixed


5.149 5.546 5.340 5.149 MYN4 MYN9


PAGE | 120

5.543 The band 29.95‐30 GHz may be used for space‐to‐space links in the Earth exploration‐satellite service for telemetry, tracking, and control purposes, on a secondary basis.

5.543A In Bhutan, Cameroon, Korea (Rep. of), the Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Japan, Kazakhstan, Malaysia, Maldives, Mongolia, Myanmar, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, the Philippines, Kyrgyzstan, the Dem. People’s Rep. of Korea, Sudan, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Viet Nam, the allocation to the fixed service in the band 31‐31.3 GHz may also be used by systems using high altitude platform stations (HAPS) in the ground‐to‐HAPS direction. The use of the band 31‐31.3 GHz by systems using HAPS is limited to the territory of the countries listed above and shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, other types of fixed‐service systems, systems in the mobile service and systems operated under No. 5.545. Furthermore, the development of these services shall not be constrained by HAPS. Systems using HAPS in the band 31‐31.3 GHz shall not cause harmful interference to the radio astronomy service having a primary allocation in the band 31.3‐31.8 GHz, taking into account the protection criterion as given in Recommendation ITU‐R RA.769. In order to ensure the protection of satellite passive services, the level of unwanted power density into a HAPS ground station antenna in the band 31.3‐31.8 GHz shall be limited to −106 dB(W/MHz) under clear‐sky conditions, and may be increased up to −100 dB(W/MHz) under rainy conditions to mitigate fading due to rain, provided the effective impact on the passive satellite does not exceed the impact under clear‐sky conditions. See Resolution 145 (Rev.WRC‐12). (WRC‐12)

5.544 In the band 31‐31.3 GHz the power flux‐density limits specified in Article 21, Table 21‐4 shall apply to the space research service.

5.545 Different category of service: in Armenia, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the allocation of the band 31‐31.3 GHz to the space research service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐12)

5.546 Different category of service: in Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Spain, Estonia, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Hungary, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Moldova, Mongolia, Oman, Uzbekistan, Poland, the Syrian Arab Republic, Kyrgyzstan, Romania, the

31.8‐32 FIXED 5.547A

RADIONAVIGATION


5.547 5.547B 5.548

31.8‐32 FIXED RADIONAVIGATION SPACE RESEARCH (deep space)


MYN4

32‐32.3 FIXED 5.547A

RADIONAVIGATION


5.547 5.547C 5.548

32‐32.3 FIXED INTER‐SATELLITE RADIONAVIGATION SPACE RESEARCH (deep space) (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

32.3‐33 FIXED 5.547A

INTER‐SATELLITE

RADIONAVIGATION

5.547 5.547D 5.548

32.3‐33 FIXED INTER‐SATELLITE RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4

33‐33.4 FIXED 5.547A

RADIONAVIGATION

5.547 5.547E

33‐33.4 FIXED RADIONAVIGATION

MYN4


5.549


MYN4


PAGE | 121

United Kingdom, South Africa, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Turkey, the allocation of the band 31.5‐31.8 GHz to the fixed and mobile, except aeronautical mobile, services is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐12)

5.547 The bands 31.8‐33.4 GHz, 37‐40 GHz, 40.5‐43.5 GHz, 51.4‐52.6 GHz, 55.78‐59 GHz and 64‐66 GHz are

available for high‐density applications in the fixed service (see Resolution 75 (WRC‐2000)*). Administrations should take this into account when considering regulatory provisions in relation to these bands. Because of the potential deployment of high‐density applications in the fixed‐satellite service in the bands 39.5‐40 GHz and 40.5‐42 GHz (see No. 5.516B), administrations should further take into account potential constraints to high‐density applications in the fixed service, as appropriate. (WRC‐07)

5.547A Administrations should take practical measures to minimize the potential interference between stations in the fixed service and airborne stations in the radionavigation service in the 31.8‐33.4 GHz band, taking into account the operational needs of the airborne radar systems. (WRC‐2000)

5.547B Alternative allocation: in the United States, the band 31.8‐32 GHz is allocated to the radionavigation and space research (deep space) (space‐to‐Earth) services on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.547C Alternative allocation: in the United States, the band 32‐32.3 GHz is allocated to the radionavigation and space research (deep space) (space‐to‐Earth) services on a primary basis. (WRC‐03)

5.547D Alternative allocation: in the United States, the band 32.3‐33 GHz is allocated to the inter‐satellite and radionavigation services on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.547E Alternative allocation: in the United States, the band 33‐33.4 GHz is allocated to the radionavigation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.548 In designing systems for the inter‐satellite service in the band 32.3‐33 GHz, for the radionavigation service in the band 32‐33 GHz, and for the space research service (deep space) in the band 31.8‐32.3 GHz, administrations shall take all necessary measures to prevent harmful interference between these services, bearing in mind the safety aspects of the radionavigation service (see Recommendation 707). (WRC‐03)

5.549 Additional allocation: in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Gabon, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Mali, Morocco, Mauritania, Nepal, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Qatar, the Syrian Arab Republic, the Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Singapore, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Togo, Tunisia and Yemen, the band 33.4‐36 GHz is also allocated to the fixed and mobile services on a primary basis. (WRC‐12)

34.2‐40 GHz





SPACE RESEARCH (deep space) (Earth‐to‐space)

5.549

34.2‐34.7 RADIOLOCATION SPACE RESEARCH (deep space) (Earth‐to‐space)

MYN4


Space research 5.550

5.549

34.7‐35.2 RADIOLOCATION Space research

MYN4


PAGE | 122

5.549A In the band 35.5‐36.0 GHz, the mean power flux‐density at the Earth’s surface, generated by any spaceborne sensor in the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) or space research service (active), for any

angle greater than 0.8° from the beam centre shall not exceed 73.3 dB(W/m2) in this band. (WRC‐03)

35.2‐35.5 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS

RADIOLOCATION

5.549

35.2‐35.5 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS RADIOLOCATION

MYN4


EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active)

RADIOLOCATION


5.549 5.549A

35.5‐36 METEOROLOGICAL AIDS EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) RADIOLOCATION SPACE RESEARCH (active)

MYN4

36‐37 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

FIXED

MOBILE


5.149 5.550A

36‐37 FIXED MOBILE EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

MYN4

37‐37.5 FIXED



5.547

37‐37.5 FIXED MOBILE SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

37.5‐38 FIXED




Earth exploration‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

5.547

37.5‐38 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) SPACE RESEARCH (space‐to‐Earth) Earth exploration‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

38‐39.5 FIXED


MOBILE


5.547

38‐39.5 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Earth exploration‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4

39.5‐40 FIXED


MOBILE



5.547

39.5‐40 FIXED MOBILE FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) Earth exploration‐satellite (space‐to‐Earth)

MYN4


PAGE | 123

5.550 Different category of service: in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, the Russian Federation, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan, the allocation of the band 34.7‐35.2 GHz to the space research service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐12)

5.550A For sharing of the band 36‐37 GHz between the Earth exploration‐satellite (passive) service and the fixed and mobile services, Resolution 752 (WRC‐07) shall apply. (WRC‐07)

5.551 (SUP ‐ WRC‐97)

5.551A (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.551AA (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

40‐47.5 GHz



40‐40.5 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space)

FIXED


MOBILE


SPACE RESEARCH (Earth‐to‐space)


(above 40 GHz not allocated)

40.5‐41

FIXED


BROADCASTING


Mobile

5.547

40.5‐41

FIXED


BROADCASTING


Mobile


5.547

40.5‐41

FIXED


BROADCASTING


Mobile

5.547

41‐42.5 FIXED


BROADCASTING


Mobile

5.547 5.551F 5.551H 5.551I

42.5‐43.5 FIXED



RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149 5.547


PAGE | 124

5.551B (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.551C (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.551D (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.551E (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.551F Different category of service: in Japan, the allocation of the band 41.5‐42.5 GHz to the mobile service is on a primary basis (see No. 5.33). (WRC‐97)

5.551G (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.551H The equivalent power flux‐density (epfd) produced in the band 42.5‐43.5 GHz by all space stations in any non‐geostationary‐satellite system in the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth), or in the broadcasting‐satellite service operating in the 42‐42.5 GHz band, shall not exceed the following values at the site of any radio astronomy station for more than 2% of the time:

−230 dB(W/m2) in 1 GHz and –246 dB(W/m2) in any 500 kHz of the 42.5‐43.5 GHz band at the site of any radio astronomy station registered as a single‐dish telescope; and

−209 dB(W/m2) in any 500 kHz of the 42.5‐43.5 GHz band at the site of any radio astronomy station registered as a very long baseline interferometry station.

These epfd values shall be evaluated using the methodology given in Recommendation ITU‐R S.1586‐1 and the reference antenna pattern and the maximum gain of an antenna in the radio astronomy service given in Recommendation ITU‐R RA.1631 and shall apply over the whole sky and for elevation angles higher than the minimum operating angle θmin of the radiotelescope (for which a default value of 5° should be adopted in the absence of notified information).

These values shall apply at any radio astronomy station that either:

– was in operation prior to 5 July 2003 and has been notified to the Bureau before 4 January 2004; or

– was notified before the date of receipt of the complete Appendix 4 information for coordination or notification, as appropriate, for the space station to which the limits apply.

Other radio astronomy stations notified after these dates may seek an agreement with administrations that have authorized the space stations. In Region 2, Resolution 743 (WRC‐03) shall apply. The limits in this footnote may be exceeded at the site of a radio astronomy station of any country whose administration so agreed. (WRC‐07)

5.551I The power flux‐density in the band 42.5‐43.5 GHz produced by any geostationary space station in the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth), or the broadcasting‐satellite service operating in the 42‐42.5 GHz band, shall not exceed the following values at the site of any radio astronomy station:

43.5‐47 MOBILE 5.553

MOBILE‐SATELLITE

RADIONAVIGATION


5.554

47‐47.2 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

47.2‐47.5 FIXED


MOBILE

5.552A


PAGE | 125

–137 dB(W/m2) in 1 GHz and –153 dB(W/m2) in any 500 kHz of the 42.5‐43.5 GHz band at the site of any radio astronomy station registered as a single‐dish telescope; and

–116 dB(W/m2) in any 500 kHz of the 42.5‐43.5 GHz band at the site of any radio astronomy station registered as a very long baseline interferometry station.

These values shall apply at the site of any radio astronomy station that either:

– was in operation prior to 5 July 2003 and has been notified to the Bureau before 4 January 2004; or

– was notified before the date of receipt of the complete Appendix 4 information for coordination or notification, as appropriate, for the space station to which the limits apply.

Other radio astronomy stations notified after these dates may seek an agreement with administrations that have authorized the space stations. In Region 2, Resolution 743 (WRC‐03) shall apply. The limits in this footnote may be exceeded at the site of a radio astronomy station of any country whose administration so agreed. (WRC‐03)

5.552 The allocation of the spectrum for the fixed‐satellite service in the bands 42.5‐43.5 GHz and 47.2‐50.2 GHz for Earth‐to‐space transmission is greater than that in the band 37.5‐39.5 GHz for space‐to‐Earth transmission in order to accommodate feeder links to broadcasting satellites. Administrations are urged to take all practicable steps to reserve the band 47.2‐49.2 GHz for feeder links for the broadcasting‐satellite service operating in the band 40.5‐42.5 GHz.

5.552A The allocation to the fixed service in the bands 47.2‐47.5 GHz and 47.9‐48.2 GHz is designated for use by high altitude platform stations. The use of the bands 47.2‐47.5 GHz and 47.9‐48.2 GHz is subject to the provisions of Resolution 122 (Rev.WRC‐07). (WRC‐07)

5.553 In the bands 43.5‐47 GHz and 66‐71 GHz, stations in the land mobile service may be operated subject to not causing harmful interference to the space radiocommunication services to which these bands are allocated (see No. 5.43). (WRC‐2000)

5.554 In the bands 43.5‐47 GHz, 66‐71 GHz, 95‐100 GHz, 123‐130 GHz, 191.8‐200 GHz and 252‐265 GHz, satellite links connecting land stations at specified fixed points are also authorized when used in conjunction with the mobile‐satellite service or the radionavigation‐satellite service. (WRC‐2000)

47.5‐51.4 GHz



47.5‐47.9

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.552 (space‐to‐Earth) 5.516B 5.554A

MOBILE

47.5‐47.9

FIXED


MOBILE


47.9‐48.2 FIXED


MOBILE

5.552A


PAGE | 126

5.554A The use of the bands 47.5‐47.9 GHz, 48.2‐48.54 GHz and 49.44‐50.2 GHz by the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) is limited to geostationary satellites. (WRC‐03)

5.555 Additional allocation: the band 48.94‐49.04 GHz is also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a primary basis. (WRC‐2000)

5.555A (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.555B The power flux‐density in the band 48.94‐49.04 GHz produced by any geostationary space station in the fixed‐satellite service (space‐to‐Earth) operating in the bands 48.2‐48.54 GHz and 49.44‐50.2 GHz shall not exceed –151.8 dB(W/m2) in any 500 kHz band at the site of any radio astronomy station. (WRC‐03)

48.2‐48.54

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.552 (space‐to‐Earth) 5.516B 5.554A 5.555B

MOBILE

48.2‐50.2

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.516B 5.338A 5.552

MOBILE

48.54‐49.44

FIXED


MOBILE

5.149 5.340 5.555

49.44‐50.2

FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.338A 5.552 (space‐to‐Earth) 5.516B 5.554A 5.555B

MOBILE

5.149 5.340 5.555



5.340

50.4‐51.4 FIXED

FIXED‐SATELLITE (Earth‐to‐space) 5.338A

MOBILE



PAGE | 127

51.4‐55.78 GHz

5.556 In the bands 51.4‐54.25 GHz, 58.2‐59 GHz and 64‐65 GHz, radio astronomy observations may be carried out under national arrangements. (WRC‐2000)

5.556A Use of the bands 54.25‐56.9 GHz, 57‐58.2 GHz and 59‐59.3 GHz by the inter‐satellite service is limited to satellites in the geostationary‐satellite orbit. The single‐entry power flux‐density at all altitudes from 0 km to 1 000 km above the Earth’s surface produced by a station in the inter‐satellite service, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation, shall not exceed –147 dB(W/(m2 � 100 MHz)) for all angles of arrival. (WRC‐97)

5.556B Additional allocation: in Japan, the band 54.25‐55.78 GHz is also allocated to the mobile service on a primary basis for low‐density use. (WRC‐97)

55.78‐66 GHz



51.4‐52.6 FIXED 5.338A

MOBILE

5.547 5.556




5.340 5.556




5.556B




FIXED 5.557A


MOBILE 5.558


5.547 5.557



FIXED


MOBILE 5.558


5.547 5.557


PAGE | 128

5.557 Additional allocation: in Japan, the band 55.78‐58.2 GHz is also allocated to the radiolocation service on a primary basis. (WRC‐97)

5.557A In the band 55.78‐56.26 GHz, in order to protect stations in the Earth exploration‐satellite service (passive), the maximum power density delivered by a transmitter to the antenna of a fixed service station is limited to –26 dB(W/MHz). (WRC‐2000)

5.558 In the bands 55.78‐58.2 GHz, 59‐64 GHz, 66‐71 GHz, 122.25‐123 GHz, 130‐134 GHz, 167‐174.8 GHz and 191.8‐200 GHz, stations in the aeronautical mobile service may be operated subject to not causing harmful interference to the inter‐satellite service (see No. 5.43). (WRC‐2000)

5.558A Use of the band 56.9‐57 GHz by inter‐satellite systems is limited to links between satellites in geostationary‐satellite orbit and to transmissions from non‐geostationary satellites in high‐Earth orbit to those in low‐Earth orbit. For links between satellites in the geostationary‐satellite orbit, the single entry power flux‐density at all altitudes from 0 km to 1 000 km above the Earth’s surface, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation, shall not exceed –147 dB(W/(m2 � 100 MHz)) for all angles of arrival. (WRC‐97)

57‐58.2 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive)

FIXED


MOBILE 5.558


5.547 5.557


FIXED

MOBILE


5.547 5.556


FIXED


MOBILE 5.558

RADIOLOCATION 5.559


59.3‐64 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE 5.558

RADIOLOCATION 5.559

5.138

64‐65 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE


5.547 5.556

65‐66 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE

FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE


SPACE RESEARCH

5.547


PAGE | 129

5.559 In the band 59‐64 GHz, airborne radars in the radiolocation service may be operated subject to not causing harmful interference to the inter‐satellite service (see No. 5.43). (WRC‐2000)

66‐81 GHz



66‐71 INTER‐SATELLITE MOBILE 5.553 5.558 MOBILE‐SATELLITE RADIONAVIGATION RADIONAVIGATION‐SATELLITE 5.554


71‐74 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE MOBILE‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)

74‐76 FIXED FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth) MOBILE BROADCASTING BROADCASTING‐SATELLITE Space research (space‐to‐Earth) 5.561

76‐77.5 RADIO ASTRONOMY RADIOLOCATION Amateur Amateur‐satellite Space research (space‐to‐Earth) 5.149

77.5‐78 AMATEUR AMATEUR‐SATELLITE Radio astronomy Space research (space‐to‐Earth) 5.149

78‐79 RADIOLOCATION Amateur Amateur‐satellite Radio astronomy Space research (space‐to‐Earth) 5.149 5.560

79‐81 RADIO ASTRONOMY RADIOLOCATION Amateur Amateur‐satellite Space research (space‐to‐Earth) 5.149


PAGE | 130

5.559A (SUP ‐ WRC‐07)

5.560 In the band 78‐79 GHz radars located on space stations may be operated on a primary basis in the Earth exploration‐satellite service and in the space research service.

5.561 In the band 74‐76 GHz, stations in the fixed, mobile and broadcasting services shall not cause harmful interference to stations of the fixed‐satellite service or stations of the broadcasting‐satellite service operating in accordance with the decisions of the appropriate frequency assignment planning conference for the broadcasting‐satellite service. (WRC‐2000)

81‐86 GHz

5.561A The 81‐81.5 GHz band is also allocated to the amateur and amateur‐satellite services on a secondary basis. (WRC‐2000)

5.561B In Japan, use of the band 84‐86 GHz, by the fixed‐satellite service (Earth‐to‐space) is limited to feeder links in the broadcasting‐satellite service using the geostationary‐satellite orbit. (WRC‐2000)

86‐111.8 GHz



81‐84 FIXED 5.338A


MOBILE


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.149 5.561A


84‐86 FIXED 5.338A


MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149




RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340


92‐94 FIXED 5.338A

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

5.149


PAGE | 131

5.562 The use of the band 94‐94.1 GHz by the Earth exploration‐satellite (active) and space research (active) services is limited to spaceborne cloud radars. (WRC‐97)

5.562A In the bands 94‐94.1 GHz and 130‐134 GHz, transmissions from space stations of the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) that are directed into the main beam of a radio astronomy antenna have the potential to damage some radio astronomy receivers. Space agencies operating the transmitters and the radio astronomy stations concerned should mutually plan their operations so as to avoid such occurrences to the maximum extent possible. (WRC‐2000)

5.562B In the bands 105‐109.5 GHz, 111.8‐114.25 GHz, 155.5‐158.5 GHz and 217‐226 GHz, the use of this allocation is limited to space‐based radio astronomy only. (WRC‐2000)

94‐94.1 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active)

RADIOLOCATION


Radio astronomy

5.562 5.562A

94.1‐95 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

5.149

95‐100 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION


5.149 5.554


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340 5.341

102‐105 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149 5.341

105‐109.5 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

SPACE RESEARCH (passive) 5.562B

5.149 5.341


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340 5.341


PAGE | 132

111.8‐119.98 GHz

5.562C Use of the band 116‐122.25 GHz by the inter‐satellite service is limited to satellites in the geostationary‐satellite orbit. The single‐entry power flux‐density produced by a station in the inter‐satellite service, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation, at all altitudes from 0 km to 1 000 km above the Earth’s surface and in the vicinity of all geostationary orbital positions occupied by passive sensors, shall not

exceed –148 dB(W/(m2 MHz)) for all angles of arrival. (WRC‐2000)

119.98‐151.5 GHz


Region 1 Region 2 Region 3 Republic for the Union of Myanmar

111.8‐114.25 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.149 5.341



RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340 5.341


INTER‐SATELLITE 5.562C


5.341




INTER‐SATELLITE 5.562C


5.138 5.341


122.25‐123 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE 5.558

Amateur

5.138

123‐130 FIXED‐SATELLITE (space‐to‐Earth)


RADIONAVIGATION


Radio astronomy 5.562D

5.149 5.554


PAGE | 133

5.562D Additional allocation: In Korea (Rep. of), the bands 128‐130 GHz, 171‐171.6 GHz, 172.2‐172.8 GHz and 173.3‐174 GHz are also allocated to the radio astronomy service on a primary basis until 2015. (WRC‐2000)

5.562E The allocation to the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) is limited to the band 133.5‐134 GHz. (WRC‐2000)

151.5‐158.5 GHz

130‐134 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (active) 5.562E

FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE 5.558

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149 5.562A

134‐136 AMATEUR

AMATEUR‐SATELLITE

Radio astronomy

136‐141 RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

Amateur‐satellite

5.149

141‐148.5 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

5.149


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340



151.5‐155.5 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

5.149



FIXED

MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.149 5.562F 5.562G


PAGE | 134

5.562F In the band 155.5‐158.5 GHz, the allocation to the Earth exploration‐satellite (passive) and space research (passive) services shall terminate on 1 January 2018. (WRC‐2000)

5.562G The date of entry into force of the allocation to the fixed and mobile services in the band 155.5‐158.5 GHz shall be 1 January 2018. (WRC‐2000)

158.5‐200 GHz



158.5‐164 FIXED


MOBILE




RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340

167‐174.5 FIXED


INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE 5.558

5.149 5.562D

174.5‐174.8 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE 5.558


INTER‐SATELLITE 5.562H



RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340


INTER‐SATELLITE 5.562H




5.340


PAGE | 135

5.562H Use of the bands 174.8‐182 GHz and 185‐190 GHz by the inter‐satellite service is limited to satellites in the geostationary‐satellite orbit. The single‐entry power flux‐density produced by a station in the inter‐satellite service, for all conditions and for all methods of modulation, at all altitudes from 0 to 1 000 km above the Earth’s surface and in the vicinity of all geostationary orbital positions occupied by passive sensors, shall not exceed

�144 dB(W/(m2 MHz)) for all angles of arrival. (WRC‐2000)

5.563 (SUP ‐ WRC‐03)

5.563A In the bands 200‐209 GHz, 235‐238 GHz, 250‐252 GHz and 265‐275 GHz, ground‐based passive atmospheric sensing is carried out to monitor atmospheric constituents. (WRC‐2000)

200‐248 GHz

191.8‐200 FIXED

INTER‐SATELLITE

MOBILE 5.558

MOBILE‐SATELLITE

RADIONAVIGATION


5.149 5.341 5.554




RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340 5.341 5.563A


209‐217 FIXED


MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149 5.341

217‐226 FIXED


MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.149 5.341


RADIO ASTRONOMY


5.340

231.5‐232 FIXED

MOBILE

Radiolocation


PAGE | 136

5.563B The band 237.9‐238 GHz is also allocated to the Earth exploration‐satellite service (active) and the space research service (active) for spaceborne cloud radars only. (WRC‐2000)

248‐3 000 GHz

232‐235 FIXED


MOBILE

Radiolocation




5.563A 5.563B

238‐240 FIXED


MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

RADIONAVIGATION


240‐241 FIXED

MOBILE

RADIOLOCATION

241‐248 RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIOLOCATION

Amateur

Amateur‐satellite

5.138 5.149



248‐250 AMATEUR AMATEUR‐SATELLITE Radio astronomy

5.149


250‐252 EARTH EXPLORATION‐SATELLITE (passive) RADIO ASTRONOMY SPACE RESEARCH (passive)

5.340 5.563A

252‐265 FIXED

MOBILE


RADIO ASTRONOMY

RADIONAVIGATION


5.149 5.554


PAGE | 137

5.564 (SUP ‐ WRC‐2000)

5.565 The following frequency bands in the range 275‐1 000 GHz are identified for use by administrations for passive service applications:

– radio astronomy service: 275‐323 GHz, 327‐371 GHz, 388‐424 GHz, 426‐442 GHz, 453‐510 GHz, 623‐711 GHz, 795‐909 GHz and 926‐945 GHz;

– Earth exploration‐satellite service (passive) and space research service (passive): 275‐286 GHz, 296‐306 GHz, 313‐356 GHz, 361‐365 GHz, 369‐392 GHz, 397‐399 GHz, 409‐411 GHz, 416‐434 GHz, 439‐467 GHz, 477‐502 GHz, 523‐527 GHz, 538‐581 GHz, 611‐630 GHz, 634‐654 GHz, 657‐692 GHz, 713‐718 GHz, 729‐733 GHz, 750‐754 GHz, 771‐776 GHz, 823‐846 GHz, 850‐854 GHz, 857‐862 GHz, 866‐882 GHz, 905‐928 GHz, 951‐956 GHz, 968‐973 GHz and 985‐990 GHz.

The use of the range 275‐1 000 GHz by the passive services does not preclude use of this range by active services. Administrations wishing to make frequencies in the 275‐1 000 GHz range available for active service applications are urged to take all practicable steps to protect these passive services from harmful interference until the date when the Table of Frequency Allocations is established in the above‐mentioned 275‐1 000 GHz frequency range.

All frequencies in the range 1 000‐3 000 GHz may be used by both active and passive services. (WRC‐12)

Footnotes specific to Myanmar

MYN1: Not used.

MYN2: Based on an agreement that has been made among various relevant responsible departments, including broadcasters, the band 11 600 kHz – 11 650 kHz, in addition to Fixed service on a primary basis, is also nationally assigned to Land Mobile service on a secondary basis up to 1 April 2007. Any application of this band should not cause harmful interference to, or, claim protection from, internationally agreed broadcasting service.

MYN3: In The Union of Myanmar there are no HF broadcasters. Based on an agreement that has been made among various relevant responsible departments, including broadcasters, the bands 15 100‐15 800 kHz, 17 550‐17 900 kHz, 21 450‐21 850 kHz and 25 670‐26 100 kHz are assigned to the Fixed service on a primary basis. Any application of this band is limited to national needs and should not cause harmful interference to, or, claim protection from internationally agreed broadcasting services.

MYN4: This band is considered for the future needs of all or some of the services in this band. Clearly, the right of any modification of available services within this band is reserved for the Posts and Telecommunications Department (PTD) under the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology (MCIT).

MYN5: Currently, in the band 18 780‐18 900 kHz there are some Fixed stations which should not cause harmful interference to primary maritime mobile stations. These stations should be moved or stop their operation within this band.

265‐275 FIXED


MOBILE

RADIO ASTRONOMY

5.149 5.563A

275‐3 000 (Not allocated) 5.565


PAGE | 138

MYN6: The frequencies 19 680.5 kHz, 22 376 kHz and 26 100.5 kHz are the international frequencies for the transmission of maritime safety information (MSI) (see Appendix S17). Any usage of the band 19 680‐19 800 kHz should not cause harmful interference or claim protection from stations of Maritime Mobile service.

MYN7: Based on an agreement has been made among various relevant responsible departments, including broadcasters, the band 17 480‐17 550 kHz is assigned to the Fixed service on a primary basis up to 1 April 2007 (S5.146). Any application of this band should not cause harmful interference to, or, claim protection from internationally agreed broadcasting services.

MYN8: The band 25 550‐25 670 kHz is divided into two subbands, 25 550‐25 600 kHz and 25 600‐25 670 kHz, for Fixed and radio astronomy services respectively, with the aim of covering national needs.

MYN9: Stations of other services to which this band is allocated are urged to take all practicable steps to protect the primary radio astronomy service from harmful interference located in neighbouring countries which have a footnote allocation under this band. Emissions from spaceborne, airborne and broadcasting stations can be particularly serious sources of interference to the radio astronomy service.

MYN10: This band is also designated for industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications. Radiocommunication services operating within these bands must accept harmful interference which may be caused by these applications. ISM equipment operating in these bands is subject to the provisions of No. S15.13.

MYN11: Since there is very high demand for radio frequency spectrum in The Union of Myanmar in the VHF band, usage of the band 50‐54 MHz and 144‐146 MHz is allocated to the Fixed and Mobile services on a primary basis.

MYN12: The band 87‐108 MHz is intended for use by FM (Frequency Modulation) broadcasting operator(s) in the near future. Therefore, Fixed and Mobile services using the band 87‐100 MHz, with any type of priority, should be stopped or immigrated to other proper parts of the frequency spectrum until 1 August 2003.

MYN13: Not used.

MYN14: Not used.

MYN15: In the band 470‐585 MHz, operation of any Fixed or Mobile stations with secondary priority in populated areas is forbidden.

MYN16: The bands 410‐420 MHz and 420‐430 MHz are intended for use by Trunk systems (e.g. TETRA trunk system), taking account of the relevant regulatory procedure steps.

MYN17: Not used.

MYN18: The band 806‐960 MHz which is allocated to the Mobile service on a primary basis is planned to be used for third generation cellular mobile systems. This identification does not preclude the use of these bands by any application of the services to which they are allocated and does not establish any special priority in the Radio Regulations.

MYN19: The band 820‐890 MHz has been used for TETRA trunk systems in 820‐825/865‐870 MHz, D100 AMPS cellular mobile systems in 835‐845/880‐890 MHz and CDMA cellular mobile systems in 845‐855/870‐880 MHz bands.

MYN20: The bands 890‐915 MHz and 935‐960 MHz have been assigned for GSM900 cellular mobile uplink and downlink respectively.

MYN21: In the assignments that may be made in the band 1 690‐1 700 MHz, care should be taken to protect those services which have been permitted to operate according to the Region3 allocation.


PAGE | 139

MYN22: The bands 1 710‐1 885 MHz and 2 500‐2 690 MHz are initially intended for use by International Mobile Telecommunication‐2000 (IMT2000) exclusively and is widely assigned in many countries. Therefore in The Union of Myanmar, these bands are the first candidates to deploy stand‐alone third generation cellular mobile systems.

MYN23: This band also intended for use by DCS1800 (GSM1800) cellular mobile systems in the 1 710‐1 785 MHz and 1 805‐1880 MHz sub‐bands under the Mobile service allocation.

MYN24: In this band, Digitally Enhanced Cordless Telephony (DECT) systems can be assigned within the 1 880‐1 900 MHz sub‐band.

MYN25: All Fixed and Mobile service stations should keep minimum protection distances and requirements from existing Earth‐exploration stations via satellite.

MYN26: The bands 2 300‐2 450 MHz, 2 450‐2.483.5 MHz and 2 483.5‐2 500 MHz are widely used for short range low power communication systems.

MYN27: Developing of new trans‐horizon tropospheric scatter fixed radio link within the band 2 500‐2 690 MHz is prohibited and existing systems should be developed.

MYN28: Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) systems may be allowed to operate in the band 3 809‐3 818 on a primary basis. In addition, in this band Earth station on board (Vessel) can be operated on a secondary basis.

MYN29: In this band, frequency assignments for Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) systems may be made in the subband 6 034‐6 043 MHz.

MYN30: In The Union of Myanamar, the band 10.45‐10.5 GHz is also intended for use by Fixed and Mobile services on a primary basis subject to meeting frequency band sharing requirements among other existing services in these bands according to the Region 3 allocation plan.

MYN31: Using Fixed and Mobile stations in the band 29.5‐29.9 GHz shall not cause harmful interference to feeder links of the Fixed Satellite Service.

MYN32: Not used.

MYN33: Not used.

MYN34: In Myanmar, the allocation to the Fixed service in the band 27.5‐28.35 GHz may also be used by high altitude platform stations (HAPS). The use of the band 27.5‐28.35 GHz by HAPS is limited to operation in the HAPS‐to‐ground direction and shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, other types of fixed‐service systems or other co‐primary services.

MYN35: In Myanmar the allocation to the fixed service in the band 31‐31.3 GHz may also be used by high altitude platform stations (HAPS) in the ground‐to‐HAPS direction. The use of the band 31‐31.3 GHz by systems using HAPS shall not cause harmful interference to, nor claim protection from, other types of fixed‐service systems or other co‐primary services, taking into account No. S5.545. The use of HAPS in the band 31‐31.3 GHz shall not cause harmful interference to the passive services having a primary allocation in the band 31.3‐31.8 GHz, taking into account the interference criteria given in Recommendations ITU‐R SA.1029 and ITU‐R RA.769. Administrations have been urged to limit the deployment of HAPS in the band 31‐31.3 GHz to the lower half of this band (31‐31.15 GHz) until WRC‐03.

MYN36: All stations in services except the Broadcasting service operating in the band 13 570‐13 600 kHz should be stopped or moved to another part of the frequency spectrum until 1 April 2007.




AAnnnneexx CC--22::

DDiissttrreessss aanndd SSaaffeettyy CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss FFrreeqquueenncciieess


4.1. Introduction In this chapter all distress and safety communicatios frequencies will be presented according to RR APS13 and APS15 for non-GMDSS (Global Maritime Distress and Safety System) and GMDSS co mmunications respectively. The detailed provisions and operational procedures can be found in Article S31 to S34 of Radio Regulation.

4.2. Distress and safety communications (non-GMDSS) 4.2.1. Frequencies for distress and safety

A – 500 kHz The frequency 500 kHz is the international distress frequency for Morse telegraphy (see also chapter 2, S5.82); it shall be used for this purpose by ship, aircraft and survival craft stations which employ Morse telegraphy on frequencies in the bands between 415 kHz and 535 kHz when requesting assistance from the maritime services. It shall be used for the distress call and distress traffic, for the urgency signal and urgency messages, for the safety signal and, outside regions of heavy traffic, for short safety messages. When practicable, safety messages shall be transmitted on the working frequency after a p reliminary announcement on 500 kHz (see also No. S52.38). For distress and safety purposes, the classes of emission to be used on 500 kHz shall be A2A, A2B, H2A or H2B (see also 4.2.3, A and Annex 4.1). However, ship and aircraft stations which cannot transmit on 500 kHz should use any other available frequency on which attention might be attracted.

B – 518 kHz In the maritime mobile service, the frequency 518 kHz is used exclusively for the transmission by coast stations of meteorological and navigational warnings and urgent information to ships, by means of narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy using the international NAVTEX system.

C – 2 182 kHz The carrier frequency 2 182 kHz is an international distress frequency for radiotelephony (see also chapter 2, S5.108 and S5.111); it shall be used for this purpose by ship, aircraft and survival craft stations and by emergency position-indicating radiobeacons using frequencies in the authorized bands between 1 605 kHz and 4 000 kHz when requesting assistance from the maritime services. It is used for distress calls and distress traffic, for signals of emergency position-indicating radiobeacons, for the urgency signal and urgency messages and for the safety signal. Safety messages shall be transmitted, where practicable, on a working frequency after a preliminary announcement on 2 182 kHz. The class of emission to be used for radiotelephony on the frequency 2 182 kHz shall be J3E. The class of emission to be used by emergency position-indicating radiobeacons shall be A2A (or A2B) or H2A (or H2B), with a depth of modulation between 30 and 90 %. Distress traffic on 2 182 kHz following the reception of a distress call using digital selective calling should take into account that some shipping in the vicinity may not be able to receive this traffic. This frequency is also a GMDSS frequency (see also Annex 4.1) If a distress message on the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz has not been acknowledged, the radiotelephone alarm signal, whenever possible followed by the distress call and message, may be transmitted again on a carrier f requency of 4 125 kHz or 6 215 kHz, as appropriate (see E and G in section 4.2.1 and C in section 4.2.3). However, ship and aircraft stations which can transmit neither on the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz nor, on the carrier frequencies 4 125 kHz or 6 215 kHz, should use any other available frequency on which attention might be attracted. Any coast station using the carrier f requency 2 182 kHz for distress purposes shall be able to transmit the radiotelephone alarm signal. This alarm signal consists of two substantially sinusoidal audio frequency tones transmitted alternately. One tone shall have a frequency of 2 200 Hz and the other a frequency of 1 300 Hz, the duration of each tone being 250 ms. In addition, any coast station authorized to send navigational warnings should be able to tran smit the navigational warning signal. This warning signal consists of one substantially sinusoidal tone of the frequency 2 200 Hz, interrupted so that the durations of tone and space are 250 ms each.

D – 3 023 kHz The aeronautical carrier (reference) frequency 3 023 kHz may be used for intercommunication between mobile stations when they are en gaged in coordinated search and rescue operations, and for communication between these stations and participating land stations, in accordance with the provisions of RR APS27 (see chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.115).

Proposed Spectrum Rules – Annexes

November 4, 2013

B-1

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

Distress and Safety Communications Frequencies

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

yara

Typewritten Text

janet

Typewritten Text

ANNEX C-2

E – 4 125 kHz The carrier f requency 4 125 kHz is used to supplement the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz for distress and safety purposes and for call an d reply (see also chapter 2, S5.130). This frequency is also used for distress and safety traffic by radiotelephony. In addition the carrier frequency 4 125 kHz may be used by aircraft stations to communicate with stations of the maritime mobile service for distress and safety purposes, including search and rescue (see RR APS13, Part A1 § 9, 9 a) and 9 b)). Also, this frequency is a GMDSS frequency.

F – 5 680 kHz The aeronautical carrier (reference) frequency 5 680 kHz may be used for intercommunication between mobile stations when they are en gaged in coordinated search and rescue operations, and for communication between these stations and participating land stations (see also chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.115).

G – 6 215 kHz The carrier frequency 6 215 kHz is used to supplement the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz for distress and safety purposes and for call and reply (see also chapter 2, S5.130). This frequency is also used for distress and safety traffic by radiotelephony (see also section 4.3 and Annex 4.1).

H – 8 364 kHz The frequency 8 364 kHz is designated for use by survival craft stations if they are equipped to transmit on frequencies in the bands between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz and if they wish to establish communications relating to search and rescue operations with stations of the maritime and aeronautical mobile services (see chapter 2, S5.111 and Annex 4.1).

I – 121.5 MHz and 123.1 MHz The aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MHz5 is used for the purposes of distress and urgency for radiotelephony by stations of the aeronautical mobile service using frequencies in the band between 117.975 MHz and 136 MHz (137 MHz after 1 January 1990). This frequency may also be used for these purposes in survival craft stations and emergency position-indicating radiobeacons. The aeronautical auxiliary frequency 123.1 MHz, which is auxiliary to the aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MHz, is for use by stations of the aeronautical mobile service and by other mobile and land stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations (see chapter 2, S5.200). Mobile stations of the maritime mobile service may communicate with stations of the aeronautical mobile service on the aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MHz for the purposes of distress and urgency only, and on the aeronautical auxiliary frequency 123.1 MHz for coordinated search and rescue operations, using class A3E emissions for both frequencies (see also chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.200). They shall then comply with any special arrangements between the governments concerned by which the aeronautical mobile service is regulated.

J – 156.3 MHz The frequency 156.3 MHz may be u sed for communication between ship stations and aircraft stations, using G3E emission, engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations. It may also be used by aircraft stations to communicate with ship stations for other safety purposes. In addition, as explained in APS18, note f, this frequency (see also RR S51.79) may also be u sed for communication between ship stations and aircraft stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations. Ship stations shall avoid harmful interference to such communications on channel 06 (of maritime mobile VHF band) as well as to communications between aircraft stations, ice-breakers and assisted ships during ice seasons.

K – 156.650 MHz The frequency 156.650 MHz is used for ship-to-ship communications relating to the safety of navigation. It may also be used for the ship movement and port operations service, as channel 13 of maritime mobile VHF band, subject to the national regulations of the administrations concerned.

L – 156.8 MHz The frequency 156.8 MHz is the international distress, safety and calling frequency for radiotelephony for stations of the maritime mobile service when they use frequencies in the authorized bands between 156 MHz an d 174 MHz (s ee also chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.226). It is used for the distress signal, the distress call and distress traffic, as well as for the urgency signal, urgency traffic and the safety signal (see also L in this section). Safety messages shall be transmitted where practicable on a working frequency after a preliminary announcement on 156.8 MH z (see ITU-R Recommendation M.489-2 and also Annex 4.1). H owever, ship stations which cannot transmit on 156.8 MHz should use any other available

5 Normally aircraft stations transmit distress and urgency messages on the working frequency in use at the time of the distress or urgency incident.


November 4, 2013

B-2

frequency on which attention might be attracted. The frequency 156.8 MHz may be used by aircraft stations for safety purposes only.

M – 243 MHz The carrier frequency 243 MHz may be u sed, in accordance with the procedures in force for terrestrial radiocom-

munication services, for search and rescue operations concerning manned space vehicles. This frequency may also be used by survival craft stations and equipment used for survival purposes.

N – 406-406.1 MHz band The frequency band 406-406.1 MHz is used exclusively by satellite emergency position-indicating radiobeacons in the Earth-to-space direction (see chapter 2, S5.266).

O – 1 544-1 545 MHz band Use of the band 1 544-1 545 MHz (space-to-Earth) is limited to distress and safety operations (see chapter 2, S5.356); including:

a) feeder links of satellites needed to relay the emissions of satellite emergency position-indicating radiobeacons to earth stations;

b) narrow-band (space-to-Earth) links from space stations to mobile stations.

P – 1 645.5-1 646.5 MHz band Use of the band 1 645.5-1 646.5 MHz (Earth -to-space) is limited to dis tress and safety operations (see chapter 2, S5.375); including:

a) transmissions from satellite EPIRBs; b) relay of distress alerts received by satellites in low polar earth orbits to geostationary satellites.

Q – Aircraft in distress Any aircraft in distress shall transmit the distress call on the frequency on which watch is kept by the land or mobile stations capable of helping it. When the call is in tended for stations in the maritime mobile service, and ship stations cannot transmit on any authorized frequency, should use any other available frequency on which attention might be attracted.

R – Survival craft stations Equipment provided for use in survival craft stations shall, if capable of operating on any frequency:

a) in the authorized bands between 415 kHz and 526.5 kHz, be able to transmit with a carrier frequency of 500 kHz using either class A2A and A2B1 or H2A and H2B1 emissions. If a receiver is provided for any of these bands, it shall be able to receive class A2A and H2A emissions on a carrier frequency of 500 kHz;

b) in the bands between 1 605 kHz and 2 850 kHz, be able to transmit with a carrier frequency of 2 182 kHz using class A3E or H3E em issions. If a receiv er is provided for any of these bands, it s hall be able to receive class A3E and H3E emissions on a carrier frequency of 2 182 kHz;

c) in the bands between 4 000 kHz and 27 500 kHz, be able to transmit with a carrier frequency of 8 364 kHz using class A2A or H2A emissions. If a receiv er is provided for any of these bands, it s hall be able to receiv e class A1A, A2A and H2A emissions throughout the band 8 341.75 -8 728.5 kHz;

d) in the bands between 117.975 MHz and 136 MHz (137 MHz after 1 January 1990), be able to transmit on 121.5 MHz, using amplitude modulated emissions. If a receiver is provided for any of these bands, it shall be able to receive class A3E emissions on 121.5 MHz;

e) in the bands between 156 MHz and 174 MHz, be able to transmit on 156.8 MHz using class G3E emissions. If a receiver is provided for any of these bands it shall be able to receive class G3E emissions on 156.8 MHz;

f) in the bands between 235 MHz and 328.6 MHz, be able to transmit on the frequency 243 MHz

4.2.2 Protection of Distress and Safety Frequencies

A – General Except as provided for in these texts, any emission capable of causing harmful interference to distress, alarm, urgency or safety communications on the frequencies 500 kHz, 2 174.5 kHz, 2 182 kHz, 2 187.5 kHz, 4 125 kHz, 4 177.5 kHz, 4 207.5 kHz, 6 215 kHz, 6 268 kHz, 6 312 kHz, 8 291 kHz, 8 376.5 kHz, 8 414.5 kHz, 12 290 kHz, 12 520 kHz, 12 577 kHz, 16 420 kHz, 16 695 kHz, 16 804.5 kHz, 121.5 MHz, 156.525 MHz, 156.8 MHz or in the frequency bands 406-406.1 MHz, 1 544-1 545 MHz

1 This is to cater for the automatic reception of the radiotelegraph alarm signal.


November 4, 2013

B-3

and 1 645.5-1 646.5 MHz is prohibited. Any emission causing harmful interference to distress and safety communications on any of the other discrete frequencies identified in section 4.2 and 4.3 is prohibited. Test transmissions shall be kept to a minimum on the frequencies identified in this section (section 4.2) and should, wherever practicable, be carried out on artificial antennas or with reduced power. Moreover, it is not permitted to transmit complete alarm signals for testing purposes on any frequency except for essential tests co ordinated with the competent authorities. As an exception, such tests are p ermitted for radiotelephone equipment which can operate only on either of the international distress frequencies 2 182 kHz and 156.8 MHz, in which case a s uitable artificial antenna shall be em ployed. Before transmitting on any of the frequencies identified in this section (section 4.2) for distress and safety, a station, except stations in distress, shall listen on the frequency concerned to make sure that no distress transmission is being sent (see ITU-R Recommendation M.1171).

B – 500 kHz Apart from the transmissions authorized on 500 kHz, and taking account of chapter 2, S52.28, all transmissions on the frequencies included between 495 kHz and 505 kHz are forbidden. Until 1 February 1999, this applies to frequencies between 490 kHz and 510 kHz. In order to facilitate the reception of distress calls, other transmissions on the frequency 500 kHz shall be reduced to a minimum, and in any case shall not exceed one minute.

C – 2 182 kHz Except for transmissions authorized on the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz and on the frequencies 2 174.5 kHz, 2 177 kHz, 2 187.5 kHz and 2 189.5 kHz, all transmissions on the frequencies between 2 173.5 kHz and 2 190.5 kHz are forbidden (see also section 4.3) and to facilitate the reception of distress calls, all transmissions on 2 182 kHz shall be kept to a minimum. In addition, at sea it is not permitted to radiate test transmissions of the radiotelephone alarm signal on the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz. The function of the generator of the radiotelephone alarm signal shall be checked by aural monitoring without operating a transmitter. The transmitter shall be checked independently. During tests o f the radio installation carried out by an administration or on behalf of an administration the radiotelephone alarm signal device should be checked with a suitable artificial antenna on frequencies other than 2 182 kHz. If the installation is capable of operating only on the frequency 2 182 kHz a suitable artificial antenna should be employed (see 4.2.2, A). Before and after the tests performed using an artificial antenna, a suitable announcement should be made on the test frequency that the signals are o r were for testing purposes only. The identification of the station should be included in the announcement.

D – 121.5 MHz, 123.1 MHz and 243 MHz On the frequencies 121.5 MH z, 123.1 MH z and 243 MH z transmissions other than those authorized are forbidden (see chapter 2, S5.111, S5.200 and S5.256 and section 4.2.1, I). In order to avoid unjustified alerts in automatic emergency systems, transmissions of non-operational test signals on the emergency frequencies 121.5 MH z and 243 MH z should be coordinated with the competent authorities and carried out only during the first five minutes of each hour, with each test transmission lasting no longer than ten seconds (see 4.2.2, A).

E – 156.7625-156.8375 MHz Band All emissions in the band 156.7625-156.8375 MHz capable of causing harmful interference to the authorized transmissions of stations of the maritime mobile service on 156.8 MHz are f orbidden. To facilitate the reception of distress calls all transmissions on 156.8 MHz shall be kept to a minimum and shall not exceed one minute.

4.2.3. Watch on distress frequencies

A – 500 kHz In order to increase the safety of life at sea and over the sea, all statio ns of the maritime mobile service normally keeping watch on frequencies in the authorized bands between 415 kHz and 526.5 kHz which employ Morse telegraphy shall, during their hours of service, take the necessary measures to ensure watch on the international distress frequency 500 kHz for three minutes twice an hour beginning at x h 1 5 and x h 4 5, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), by an operator using headphones or loudspeaker (see also Annex 4.1). There is just one exclusion, above action does not apply to a coast station open to public correspondence when its operational area for distress purposes is covered by one or more coast stations keeping watch on 500 kHz in accordance with an agreement between the administrations concerned. These administrations shall inform the Secretary-General of the details of such agreements for publication in the List of Coast Stations (see RR Article S20). During the periods mentioned above, except for the emissions provided for in 4.2 on the frequency 500 kHz:

a) transmissions shall cease in the band between 490 kHz and 510 kHz. From 1 February 1999, this band is reduced to the band between 495 kHz and 505 kHz;

b) outside these bands, transmissions of stations of the mobile service may continue; stations of the maritime mobile service may listen to these transmissions on the express condition that they first ensure watch on the


November 4, 2013

B-4

distress frequency as required by § 19 1) (see also Annex 4.1). Moreover, stations of the maritime mobile service open to Morse telegraphy public correspondence and using frequencies in the authorized bands between 415 kHz and 526.5 kHz shall, during their hours of service, remain on watch on 500 kHz except in the above mentioned exclusion. This watch is obligatory only for class A2A and H2A emissions (see also Annex 4.1). These stations, while observing the above watching provisions, are authorized to relinquish this watch only when they are engaged in communications on other frequencies. In this case:

a) ship stations may maintain this watch on 500 kHz by means of an operator using headphones or a loudspeaker or by some appropriate means such as an automatic alarm receiver;

b) coast stations may maintain this watch on 500 kHz by means of an operator using headphones or a loudspeaker; in the latter case an indication may be inserted in the List of Coast Stations.

However, ship stations, while observing the the above watching provisions, are also authorized to relinquish this watch6 when it is im practical to listen by split headphones or by loudspeaker, and by order of the master in order to repair or carry out maintenance required to prevent imminent malfunction of equipment for radiocommunication used for safety; radionavigational equipment or oth er electronic navigational equipment. In this case, for decreasing missed request, ship stations fitted with an automatic alarm receiver should ensure the equipment is in operation. The provisions have been made here (under 4.2.3 A) will remain mandatory until 1 February 1999.

B – 2 182 kHz Coast stations which are open to public correspondence and which form an essential part of the coverage of the area for distress purposes using the techniques and frequencies described in 4.2.2 on 2 182 kHz should, during their hours of service, maintain a w atch on 2 182 kHz (see also Annex 4.1). S uch watch should be i ndicated in the List of Coast Stations. These stations should maintain this watch by means of an operator using some aural method, such as headphones, split headphones or loudspeaker. In addition, they should keep the maximum watch practicable on the carrier frequency 2 182 kHz for receiving by any appropriate means the radiotelephone alarm signal and the navigational warning signal described in 4.2.1 C, as well as distress, urgency and safety signals. (See also Annex 4.1.). Also, ship stations open to public correspondence should, as far as possible during their hours of service, keep watch on 2 182 kHz (see also Annex 4.1). However, in order to increase the safety of life at sea an d over the sea, all statio ns of the maritime mobile service normally keeping watch on frequencies in the authorized bands between 1 605 kHz and 2 850 kHz using the techniques described in 4.2 for distress purposes should, during their hours of service, and as far as possible, take steps to keep watch on the international distress carrier frequency 2 182 kHz for three minutes twice each hour beginning at x h 00 and x h 30, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) (see also Annex 4.1). Such watch, in the case of coast stations, should be indicated in the List of Coast Stations. During this watch keeping periods, all transmissions in the band 2 173.5-2 190.5 kHz shall cease, except those on 2 177 kHz and 2 189.5 kHz and those provided for in 4.2.2, 4.2.3 an d in Chapter SVII of Radio Regulation. The provisions have been made here (under 4.2.3 B) will remain mandatory until 1 February 1999.

C – 4 125 kHz, 6 215 kHz, 8 291 kHz, 12 290 kHz and 16 420 kHz All coast stations which are open to public correspondence and which form an essential part of the coverage of the area for distress purposes may, during their hours of service, maintain a w atch on the carrier f requencies 4 125 kHz, 6 215 kHz, 8 291 kHz, 12 290 kHz and 16 420 kHz (see 4.2.1, E and G above, as well as Table 4.1). Such watch should be indicated in the List of Coast Stations. These stations should maintain this watch by means of an operator using some aural method, such as headphones, split headphones or loudspeaker.

D – 156.8 MHz A coast station providing an international maritime mobile radiotelephone service in the band 156-174 MHz an d which forms an essential part of the coverage of the area for distress purposes using the techniques and frequencies described in this Appendix should, during its working hours in that band, maintain an efficient aural watch on 156.8 MH z (see also Appendix 4.1). Such watch should be indicated in the List of Coast Stations. Ship stations should, where practicable, maintain watch on 156.8 MHz when within the service area of a coast station providing international maritime mobile radiotelephone service in the band 156-174 MHz, using the techniques and frequencies described in 4.2. Ship stations fitted only with radiotelephone equipment operating in the authorized bands between 156 MHz and 174 MHz should maintain watch on 156.8 MHz when at sea and, when in communication with a port station, using the techniques and frequencies described in section 4.2, may on an exceptional basis and subject to th e agreement of the administration concerned, continue to maintain watch, on the appropriate port operations frequency only, provided that watch on 156.8 MHz is being maintained by the port station (see also Annex 4.1). Such watch by port stations should be indicated in the List of Coast Stations. 6 For additional information see th e relevant provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, as amended (see also Annex 4.1).


November 4, 2013

B-5

Ship stations, when in communication with a co ast station in the ship movement service using the techniques and frequencies described in section 4.2, and subject to the agreement of the administrations concerned, may continue to maintain watch on the appropriate ship movement service frequency only, provided the watch on 156.8 MHz is being maintained by the coast station (see also Annex 4.1). Such watch by coast stations in the ship movement service should be indicated in the List of Coast Stations.

4.3. Frequencies for distress and safety communications for the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) The frequencies for distress and safety communications for the non-GMDS were given in section 4.2 and under this sectio the frequencies for distress and safety communications for the GMDSS are g iven in Tables 4.1 and 4.2 for frequencies below and above 30 MHz, respectively.

Table 4.1. Frequencies below 30 MHz

Frequency (kHz)

Description of usage

Notes

490 MSI The frequency 490 kHz will be u sed exclusively for maritime safety information (MSI) after full implementation of the GMDSS.

518 MSI The frequency 518 kHz is used exclusively by the international NAVTEX system. *2 174.5 NBDP-COM -- *2 182 RTP-COM The frequency 2 182 kHz uses class of emission J3E. See also chapter 2, S52.190

and section 4.2. *2 187.5 DSC -- 3 023 AERO-SAR The aeronautical carrier (reference) frequencies 3 023 kHz and 5 680 kHz may be

used for intercommunication between mobile stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations, and for communication between these stations and participating land stations, in accordance with the provisions of Appendix S27 (see chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.115).

*4 125 RTP-COM See also chapter 2, S52.221 and section 4.2. The carrier frequency 4 125 kHz may be used by aircraft stations to communicate with stations of the maritime mobile service for distress and safety purposes, including search and rescue (see chapter 2, S30.11).

*4 177.5 NBDP-COM -- *4 207.5 DSC -- 4 209.5 MSI The frequency 4 209.5 kHz is exclusively used for NAVTEX-type transmissions

(see Resolution 339 (Rev.WRC-97)). 4 210 MSI-HF -- 5 680 AERO-SAR See note under 3 023 kHz above. *6 215 RTP-COM See also chapter 2, S52.221 and section 4.2. *6 268 NBDP-COM -- *6 312 DSC -- 6 314 MSI-HF -- *8 291 RTP-COM --


November 4, 2013

B-6

Table 4.1. Frequencies below 30 MHz(end)

Frequency (kHz)


Notes

*8 376.5 NBDP-COM -- *8 414.5 DSC -- 8 416.5 MSI-HF -- *12 290 RTP-COM -- *12 520 NBDP-COM -- *12 577 DSC -- 12 579 MSI-HF -- *16 420 RTP-COM -- *16 695 NBDP-COM -- *16 804.5 DSC -- 16 806.5 MSI-HF -- 19 680.5 MSI-HF -- 22 376 MSI-HF -- 26 100.5 MSI-HF --

Table 4.2. Frequencies above 30 MHz (VHF/UHF)

Frequency (MHz)


Notes

*121.5 AERO-SAR The aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MHz is used for the purposes of distress and urgency for radiotelephony by stations of the aeronautical mobile service using frequencies in the band between 117.975 MHz and 137 MHz. This frequency may also be used for these purposes by survival craft stations. Emergency position-indicating radio beacon s use the frequency 121.5 MHz as indicated in Recommendation ITU-R M.690-1. Mobile stations of the maritime mobile service may communicate with stations of the aeronautical mobile service on the aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MHz for the purposes of distress and urgency only, and on the aeronautical auxiliary frequency 123.1 MHz f or coordinated search and rescue operations, using class A3E emissions for both frequencies (see also chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.200). They shall then comply with any special arrangement between governments concerned by which the aeronautical mobile service is regulated.

123.1 AERO-SAR The aeronautical auxiliary frequency 123.1 MHz, w hich is auxiliary to th e aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MH z, is for use by stations of the aeronautical mobile service and by other mobile and land stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations (see also chapter 2, S5.200). Mobile stations of the maritime mobile service may communicate with stations of the aeronautical mobile service on the aeronautical emergency frequency 121.5 MHz for the purposes of distress and urgency only, and on the aeronautical auxiliary frequency 123.1 MHz f or coordinated search and rescue operations, using class A3E emissions for both frequencies (see also chapter 2, S5.111 and S5.200). They shall then comply with any special arrangement between governments concerned by which the aeronautical mobile service is regulated.

156.3 VHF-CH06 The frequency 156.3 MH z may be u sed for communication between ship stations and aircraft stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations. It may also be used by aircraft stations to communicate with ship stations for other safety purposes. The frequency 156.300 MHz (channel 06) may also be used for communication between ship stations and aircraft stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations.


November 4, 2013

B-7

Table 4.2 Frequencies above 30 MHz (VHF/UHF)(end)

Frequency (MHz)


Notes

*156.525 VHF-CH70 The frequency 156.525 MHz is used in the maritime mobile service for distress and safety calls using digital selective calling (see also chapter 2, S5.227, RR S30.2 and RR S30.3).

156.650 VHF-CH13 The frequency 156.650 MHz is used for ship-to-ship communications relating to the safety of navigation. It may also be used for the ship movement and port operations service subject to the national regulations of the administrations concerned.

*156.8 VHF-CH16 The frequency 156.8 MH z is used for distress and safety communications by radiotelephony (see also section 4.2). A dditionally, the frequency 156.8 MHz may be used by aircraft stations for safety purposes only.

*406-406.1 406-EPIRB This frequency band is used exclusively by satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacons in the Earth-to-space direction (see chapter 2, S5.266).

1 530-1 544 SAT-COM In addition to its availability for routine non-safety purposes, the band 1 530-1 544 MHz is used for distress and safety purposes in the space-to-Earth direction in the maritime mobile-satellite service. GMDSS distress, urgency and safety communications have priority in this band (see chapter 2, S5.353A).

*1 544-1 545 D&S-OPS Use of the band 1 544-1 545 MHz (s pace-to-Earth) is limited to distress and safety operations (see chapter 2, S5.356), including feeder links of satellites needed to relay the emissions of satellite em ergency position-indicating radio beacons to earth stations and narrow-band (space-to-Earth) links from space stations to mobile stations.

1 626.5-1 645.5

SAT-COM In addition to its availability for routine non-safety purposes, the band 1 626.5-1 645.5 MHz is used for distress and safety purposes in the Earth-to-space direction in the maritime mobile-satellite service. GMDSS distress, urgency and safety communications have priority in this band (see chapter 2, S5.353A).

*1 645.5-1 646.5

D&S-OPS Use of the band 1 645.5-1 646.5 MHz (Earth-to-space) is limited to distress and safety operations (see chapter 2, S5.375), including transmissions from satellite EPIRBs and relay of distress alerts receiv ed by satellites in low polar Earth orbits to geostationary satellites.

9 200-9 500 SARTS This frequency band is used by radar tran sponders to f acilitate search and rescue.

Legend: AERO-SAR These aeronautical carrier (reference) frequencies may be used for distress and safety purposes by mobile stations engaged in coordinated search and rescue operations. D&S-OPS The use of these bands is limited to distress and safety operations of satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs). SAT-COM These frequency bands are available for distress and safety purposes in the maritime mobile-satellite service (see Notes). VHF-CH# These VHF frequencies are used for distress and safety purposes. The channel number (CH#) refers to the VHF channel as listed in chapter 5, which should also be consulted. * Except as provided in these Regulations, any emission capable of causing harmful interference to distress, alarm, urgency or safety communications on the frequencies denoted by an asterisk (*) is p rohibited. Any emission causing harmful interference to distress and safety communications on any of the discrete frequencies identified in section 4.2 and section 4.3 is prohibited.


November 4, 2013

B-8

RESOLUTION 331 (Rev.WRC-97)

Transition to the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) and continuation of the distress and safety provisions in Appendix S13

The World Radiocommunication Conference (Geneva, 1997),

noting that the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, as amended, prescribes that all ships subject to this Convention shall be fitted for the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) by 1 February 1999,

noting further a) that a number of administrations have taken steps to implement the GMDSS also for classes of vessels not subject to SOLAS, 1974, as amended; b) that an increasing number of vessels not subject to SOLAS, 1974, as amended, are making use of the techniques and frequencies of the GMDSS prescribed in Chapter SVII; c) that some administrations and vessels, not subject to SOLAS, 1974, as amended, may wish to continue to use provisions of Appendix S13 for distress and safety communications for some time after 1 February 1999; d) that it would be costly for administrations to maintain in parallel for an excessive period of time shore-based facilities necessary to support both the old and new distress and safety systems; e) that there may be a n eed to con tinue existing shore-based distress and safety services for a certain period after 1 February 1999 so that vessels not subject to SOLAS, 1974, as amended and not yet using the techniques and frequencies of the GMDSS will be able to obtain assistance from these services until such time as they are able to participate in the GMDSS; f) that separate provisions of the existing Radio Regulations designate VHF channel 16 and the frequency 2 182 kHz as the international channels for general calling by radiotelephony; g) that the International Maritime Organization (IMO) has already decided for GMDSS vessels that:

– listening watches on 2 182 kHz will no longer be mandatory after 1 February 1999;

– listening watches on VHF channel 16 will be continued and that a final date for the cessation of mandatory watchkeeping on channel 16 is yet to be determined;

h) that the Radio Regulations require GMDSS sh ips to keep watch on the appropriate digital selective calling (DSC) distress frequencies; i) that the Radio Regulations establish that ship stations should, when practicable, keep watch on VHF channel 13; j) that several administrations have established Vessel T raffic Service (VTS) systems and require their ships to keep watch on local VTS channels; k) that ships that are required by SOLAS to carry a rad io station are b eing equipped with DSC, b ut the majority of vessels that carry a radio station on a voluntary basis might not have DSC equipment; l) that similarly, many administrations have established distress and safety service based on DSC watchkeeping, but the majority of port stations, pilot stations and other operational coast stations have not been equipped with DSC facilities; m) that for the reasons listed above, it will remain necessary for some stations in the maritime mobile service to call each other by radiotelephony in certain situations,

considering a) that the operation of the GMDSS described in Chapter SVII and the present distress and safety system described in Appendix S13 differ in many crucial aspects, such as m eans and methods of alerting, communication facilities available, announcement and transmission of maritime safety information, etc.; b) that operation of the two systems in parallel for a lo ng period would cause ever-increasing difficulties and incompatibilities between ships operating in the two different systems and may thus seriously degrade safety at sea in general; c) that the GMDSS overcomes the deficiencies of the aural watch-keeping on maritime distress and calling frequencies on which the distress and safety system described in Appendix S13 relies, by replacing these watches by automatic watch, i.e. digital selective calling and satellite communication systems,

resolves


November 4, 2013

B-9

1 that, until such time as voice calling has become obsolete, VHF channel 16 and the frequency 2 182 kHz may be used as voice-calling channels; 2 to urge all administrations to assist in enhancing safety at sea by:

– encouraging all ships to make use of the GMDSS as soon as possible;

– encouraging, where appropriate, establishment of suitable shore-based facilities for GMDSS, either on an individual basis or in cooperation with other relevant parties in the area;

3 that administrations may, taking account of all aspects involved, such as:

– decisions by IMO on aural watch on 2 182 kHz and VHF channel 16;

– the GMDSS radio systems available in the area concerned;

– the compatibility problems mentioned in considering a) and b) above;

– the density and classes of ships normally in the area;

– the geographical nature of the area and general navigational conditions within the area;

– other adequate measures taken to ensure safety communications for ships sailing in the area, at a time after 1 February 1999, when the development on transition to the GMDSS and the prevailing conditions in the area makes it reasonable to do so, release their ship stations and coast stations within the area con cerned from the obligations described in Appendix S13 on listening watch on 2 182 kHz or VHF channel 16 or both; when doing so, administrations should:

– inform IMO of their decisions and submit to IMO details on the area concerned;

– inform the Secretary-General on the necessary details for inclusion in the List of Coast Stations,

resolves further that the Secretary-General should ensure that such arrangements and details regarding the area con cerned be in dicated in relevant maritime publications,

invites the next world radiocommunication conference to include the review of this Resolution, Appendix S13 and Chapter SVII on the agenda of WRC-01,

instructs the Secretary-General to communicate this Resolution to IMO and the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO),

invites the Radiocommunication Study Group 8 to review the operational and procedural incompatibilities between the old and new systems with a v iew to presenting the information to WRC-01.


November 4, 2013

B-10




AAnnnneexx CC--33::

SSppeeccttrruumm LLiicceennssee FFeeeess



2

Annex C‐3: Spectrum License Fees

There are three types of fees associated with the award of a Radio Spectrum License. They are:

Initial Fee. This is a one‐time fee charged upon an application (except where noted below) to use Radio Spectrum resources. It is designed to cover the administrative costs of processing and reviewing the license application. It is non‐refundable.

Annual Fee. This fee provides compensation for the use of the spectrum by a Licensee, and is designed to cover the costs of managing the Radio Spectrum. This Spectrum Usage Fee must be paid every year on the anniversary date of the license award and will cover the upcoming year. For fees calculated according to a spectrum‐use formula, the amount due will be based on spectrum usage during the preceding year.

Renewal Fee. This fee is due upon approval of an application to renew an existing License.

The following fees may be changed from time to time, incorporating input from Licensees and other interested parties, which will be solicited through a public consultation process.

I. Public Land Mobile Spectrum Licenses

a. Initial Fee

This fee will be determined by the amount paid by the Licensee at auction. If an auction mechanism is not used, the Department will determine the initial fee based on a public consultation.

b. Annual Fee1

The Licensee will pay an annual Spectrum Usage Fee calculated according to this formula:

Spectrum Usage Fee = (Bandwidth x Price/MHz x Frequency Constant) + Minimum Charge), where:

‐ “Bandwidth” means the number of MHz of spectrum assigned to the Licensee pursuant to the License.

‐ “Price/MHz” means US [to be determined for each auction or tender], which price shall be adjusted prospectively, on an annual basis, for inflation (based on the Union Government’s published information regarding consumer prices) and for changes in the rate of exchange between the US dollar and the Myanmar Kyat.

‐ “Frequency Constant” means: o a multiplier of 4 for spectrum below 1 GHz; o a multiplier of 2 for spectrum between 1 and 3 GHz; an o a multiplier of 1 for spectrum above 3 GHz.

‐ “Minimum Charge” means US [to be determined for each auction or tender], which price shall be adjusted prospectively, on an annual basis, for inflation (based on the Union Government’s published information regarding consumer prices) and for changes in the rate of exchange between the US dollar and the Myanmar Kyat.

c. Renewal Fee2

1 This is the formula used in the ITT.


3

One (1) percent of the Licensee’s average annual Relevant Revenue for the three previous calendar years multiplied by the number of years that the License is to be extended.

II. Maritime Station Licenses

a. Initial Fee: $100

b. Annual Fee: $75

c. Renewal Fee: $50

III. Aircraft Station Licenses


b. Annual Fee: $75

c. Renewal Fee: $50

IV. Satellite Spectrum Licenses

a. Initial Fee

International Satellite Operators: $1000

VSAT network: $500

Satellite news gathering, Mobile Satellite Service: $250

Transmitting Earth station (other than VSAT): $500

Satellite broadcasting (DTH)/one‐way services: $250

b. Annual Fee

The Annual Fee associated with a Satellite Spectrum License consists of two parts:

i. Spectrum Usage3 fee

The Licensee will pay an annual Spectrum Usage Fee calculated according to this formula:

Spectrum Usage Fee = (Bandwidth x Price/MHz x Frequency Constant) + Minimum Charge), where:

‐ “Bandwidth” means the number of MHz (or portion thereof) of spectrum assigned to the Licensee pursuant to the License.

‐ “Price/MHz” means USD 150, which price shall be adjusted prospectively, on an annual basis, for inflation (based on the Union Government’s published information regarding consumer prices) and for changes in the rate of exchange between the US dollar and the Myanmar Kyat.

‐ “Frequency Constant” means: o a multiplier of 1.0 for spectrum below 10 GHz; o a multiplier of 0.75 for spectrum between 10 and 18.1 GHz; and o a multiplier of 0.5 for spectrum above 18.1 GHz.

‐ “Minimum Charge” means USD 200, which price shall be adjusted prospectively, on an annual basis, for inflation (based on the Union Government’s published information regarding

2 This fee is the same as in the ITT.

3 Note that this is not necessarily the amount of spectrum a Licensee is authorized to use. A licensee may be given access to a broad frequency band, within which it actually only uses a small portion of the spectrum. In cases where the amount of spectrum used may vary, the highest amount used will be charged.


4

consumer prices) and for changes in the rate of exchange between the US dollar and the Myanmar Kyat.

Uplink and downlink spectrum shall be calculated separately and summed.

PLUS

ii. Satellite Radio Apparatus fee of: ‐ $75 for each commercial VSAT terminal ‐ $50 for each private VSAT terminal or other terminals, including SNG ‐ $50 for each SNG or Mobile Satellite Service (e.g., Inmarsat) terminal ‐ $50 for each receive‐only terminal (except DTH) ‐ $0 for each DTH terminal ‐ $250 for each transmitting Earth station

There is no annual fee for international satellite operators as that fee is paid by the End User’s service provider based on their actual spectrum usage and Network and/or End Users facilities.

c. Renewal Fee

International Satellite Operators: $500

VSAT network: $250

Satellite news gathering, Mobile Satellite Service: $125

Transmitting Earth station (other than VSAT): $250

Satellite broadcasting (DTH)/one‐way services: $125

V. Private Network Spectrum Licenses


b. Annual Fee:

The Annual Fee associated with a Private Network License consists of two parts:

Spectrum Fee of o $25 for single‐channel systems with bandwidth ≤ 12.5 kHz; $50 for single‐

channel systems with bandwidth ≥ 12.5 kHz; or o $50 for two‐channel/repeater systems with bandwidth ≤ 12.5 kHz; $100 for

single‐channel systems with bandwidth ≥ 12.5 kHz. o Nationwide licenses will be subject to an additional fee of $250.

PLUS

Apparatus fee of: $50 per base station; $25 per repeater; and $5 per vehicle/hand‐held unit

c. Renewal Fee: $50

VI. Fixed Spectrum Licenses

a. Initial Fee

For nationwide fixed (microwave) spectrum, the Initial Fee will be: [TBD]

For individual links, the Initial Fee will be: $250 per frequency (simplex link)


5

b. Annual Fee

For nationwide fixed (microwave) spectrum, the Annual Fee will be calculated according to the following formula:

Annual Fee= (Bandwidth x Price/MHz x Frequency Constant) + Minimum Charge

Where:

‐ Bandwidth = number of MHz of spectrum to be assigned; ‐ Price/MHz= [TBD] ‐ Frequency Constant= [TBD]

For individual links, the Annual Fee will be calculated according to the following formula:

Annual Fee= [TBD]

c. Renewal Fee

TBD

VII. Broadcasting Spectrum Licenses

a. Initial Fee:

Television: $300;

Radio: $200

Repeaters/gap fillers: $100

b. Annual Fee:

Television: $2000/channel;

Radio: $500/channel

Repeaters/gap fillers: $200

c. Renewal Fee:

Television: $150;

Radio: $100;

repeaters/gap fillers: $50

VIII. Amateur Spectrum Licenses

a. Initial Fee: $15

b. Annual Fee: $5

c. Renewal Fee: $5

IX. Special Temporary Licenses


b. Bandwidth Use Fee (for duration of each authorization, to be paid upon application):


6

Total Frequency Bandwidth Used Fee (USD)

<25 kHz 50

25‐499 kHz 150

500 kHz‐999 kHz 250

1 MHz‐4.99 MHz 500

5 MHz‐10 MHz 1000

>10 MHz 2000

c. Annual Fee: Not Applicable.

d. Renewal Fee: $50